2011届高考英语第一轮复习检测试题

作者:佚名 资料来源:网络 点击数:    有奖投稿

2011届高考英语第一轮复习检测试题

文 章来源 莲
山 课 件 w w w.
5Y k J. c oM

第1天                          A
Learning English is one of the few things I have been doing consistently over the past 16 years. Like most Chinese students, I started learning English because it was a compulsory (必修的) course in my middle school. More importantly, English was a central subject for the college entrance exam.
At that time , studying English was not a pleasant experience for me . There was no fun in the process of learning . The focus of our English education was getting a good mark in exams . And nobody told me that the real meaning of studying mother language was communication.
When I became a university student , I spent nearly half of my time on English . In fact , more than 90 percent of the job offer ads in Shanghai list “ proficiency (精通) as a main requirement.
How did I improve my English ? People told me that TOEFL was very helpful and useful. As a result, I took a TOEFL training course and studied like mad. After six months’ preparation, I took part in the exam and got a high score . Later on , I had a chance to further my study in Britain . I soon discovered that all of my past English learning had been futile (没用的) . When I first went shopping in a local supermarket , I really could not understand what the cashier was saying at all.
It was then that I realized I had totally missed the point . Instead of just passing exams , the main function of learning English or any other language is communication . What is more , lanuage does not exist independent of culture. Hence , mechanical memorization helps very little in communication. That’s why I was still unable to freely express myself after learning English for many years . By no means am I talented in any foreign language . I am still learing English . Why ?
First and foremost , my job requires me to use English everyday . Secondly , English helps me to have access to more information . Thirdly , as a bookworm , English gives me a chance to dive into the huge pool of inspiring English books . Last but not least , it is such a great experience to write in another language . Indeed , English has become part of my life .
1. How did the writer find English when he was a student?
A. He was interested in it .
B. He studied it because it was compulsory course.
C. He thought it funny to study English.
D. He often recited something when he studied English.
2. What is the purpose of studying English according to the writer’s idea ?
A. To get high marks in exams.
B. To prove that Englsih is very important.
C. Studying Eglish well can ehlp you get a good job.
D. To use English for communication with others.
3. According to the text , how is my English ?
A. I am good at English.
B. I can speak Englsih like natives.
C. I can master it but I can’t use it correctly.
D. I continued to study Englsih.
4. How can we master Englsih well ?
A. We need more mechanical memorization.
B. We should read and recite more books.
C. We should study Englsih as well as its culture and use it more .
D. We can study hard in classrooms and houses and get high marks in exams .

B.
TYPING
This course is for those who want to learn to type, as well as those who want to improve their typing. The course is not common. You are tested in the first class and begin practicing at one of eight different skill levels. This allows you to learn at your own speed. Each program lasts 20 hours. Bring your own paper.
Course fee: $ 125   Materials: $25
Two hours each evening for two weeks. New classes begin every two weeks.
This course is taught by a number of qualified business education teachers who have successfully taught typing courses before.
UNDERSTANDING COMPUTERS
This twelve-hour course is for people who do not know very much about computers, but who need to learn about them. You will learn what computers are, what they can and can’t do and how to use them.
Course fee: $75    Equipment fee: $ 10
Jan. 4, 7, 11, 14, 18, Wed. & Sat. 9—11:30 a.m.
Joseph Saunders is Professor of Computer Science at New Urban University. He has over twenty years of experience in the computer field.
STOP SMOKING
Do you want to stop smoking? Have you already tried to stop and failed? Now is the time to stop smoking using the latest methods. You can stop smoking, and this twelve-hour course will help you do it.
Course fee: $30
Jan. 2, 9, 16, 23 Mon. 2—5 p. m.
Dr John Good is a practicing psychologist who had helped hundreds of people stop smoking.
5. If you choose the UNDERSTANDING COMPUTERS course, you will have classes _______.
A. from Monday to Sunday   
B. from Monday to Friday
C. on Wednesday and Saturday    
D. on Saturday and Sunday
6. The STOP SMOKING course will last ______.
A. for half a day         
B. for three hours  
C. for a week           
D. for four weeks
7. Mr. Black works every morning and evening, but he wants to take part in one of the three courses. The most probable course he will attend is ______.
A. typing       B. understanding computers 
C. stop smoking         D. all the courses
8. If you want to learn computer and at the same time you want to improve your typing, you will pay _______.
A. $ 75    B. $ 15   C. $ 115    D. $ 235
9. The typical difference of “Typing” from the other two is ______.
A. people with different skill levels may learn at different speed
B. you will take a test after the course
C. you will pay the fee before practicing
D. you will pay less money
第2天                         A
To master a language one must be able to speak and understand the spoken language as well as to read and write. Lenin and his wife Krupskaya translated a long English book into Russian. But when they went to England in 1902, English people couldn't understand what was said to them. These days more and more foreigners are coming to China and more Chinese are going out to foreign countries to work or study. So the spoken language is becoming more and more important.
Speaking, of course, can't go without listening. If you want to pronounce a word correctly, first you must hear it correctly. The sounds of the Chinese and English languages are not exactly the same. If you don't listen carefully, you'll find it difficult or even impossible to understand the native speakers.
Well, what about writing? Like speaking, it's to exchange ideas. People generally use shorter words and shorter sentences in their writing. The important thing is to make your idea clear in your head and then to write it in clear lively language.
Chinese students read far too slowly. If you read fast, you understand better. If you read too slowly, by the time you have reached the end of a page you have forgotten what the beginning is about. When you meet with new words, don't look them up in the dictionary. Guess the meaning from the context(上下文). You may not guess quite correctly the first time, but as new words come up again and again in different contexts, their meaning will become clearer and clearer. If you look up every word, you'll never finish a book.
Students of a foreign language need a particular knowledge, the knowledge of the life, history and geography of the people whose language they are studying. They should study these subjects in the
foreign language, not only in translation. In this way one can kill two birds with one stone: learn a foreign language and get some knowledge of the foreign country at the same time.
1. In the first paragraph, the writer mainly told us _________.
A. how to speak English well
B. how to read and write English
C. why spoken English is very important
D. why English people couldn't understand Lenin
2. In order to study a foreign language, the writer thinks the best way is ______.
A. to kill two birds with one stone
B. to learn two languages at a time
C. to study all the subjects in a foreign language
D. to get some knowledge of the foreign country as well as learn the language
3. In the fourth paragraph the writer gave some advice on ____.
A. how to imporve reading faster
B. how to guess the meaning from the context
C. how to look up new words in the dictionary
D. how to grasp the general meaning of a passage
4. "To kill two birds with one stone" means ____.
A. to get some particular knowledge
B. to get more than what one pays
C. the stone is too big
D. the birds are blind enough
B
Animals seem to have the sense to eat when they are hungry and they do not eat more than their bodies need.It has been demonstrated(证明)that rats will, when given a choice over a period of time, prefer water with vitamins to water without vitamins even though there is no difference in taste or smell between the two water bottles.When a fragrant(香的)flavor(作料)was added to the vitamin-enriched water, the rats did seem to prefer it and kept drinking it ,even after the vitamins were switched to the clear water.In time, however, they broke the habit and went back to where the necessary vitamins were.
In a classic experiment, babies of 6 to 12 months old were placed in a cafeteria(自助) feeding arrangement, with a wide selection of baby food before them.They were given whatever food they pointed to or appeared interested in.We are told that at first they showed some unusual eating patterns, but that over a period of time they managed to select well-balanced diet.
So, in selecting food, rats and babies do seem to know and act on what's best for them.Apparently, there is a kind of “body wisdom”,  which humans soon lose.Most of us do not eat as wisely as we could.Many of our food preferences are culturally determined and influenced by long-established habits.Some people eat fox, dog and blackbirds, while we eat cows and pigs.So what people eat and how much they eat seems to be greatly influenced by what is going on around them.
5.In the experiment on rats, a fragrant flavor was added to the rats’ drinking water to _____________ .
   A. encourage rats to drink vitamins-enriched water
   B. find out rats’ preference in flavor
   C. test whether rats know which drink is good for them
   D. demonstrate the vitamins are tasteless
6.According to the passage ,adults eating habits differ from those of babies because_________.
A.adults know better than babies what kind of food are good for their health
B.adults usually cannot resist the temptation of various delicious foods
C.adults' eating habits are closely related to the social and cultural customs
D.adults have more choices of food than babies in eating patterns
7.The author implied in the passage that most of us_________.
A.eat a balanced diet                      
B.choose the food that is of nutrition
C.have the habits influenced by the surroundings 
D.like to eat the food with a fragrant flavor.
8.As far as their eating habits are concerned, babies and rats are similar in that_________.
A.both have the wisdom to choose a balanced diet
B.both prefer flavored food and drink
C.both have the same eating patterns
D.both develop a taste for the same kinds of flavors


第3天                                A
Everyone wants some degree of success. Many people believe that they deserve (值得)success simply because they believe that they deserve success. But there is a widespread belief that people who get on in life may be successful not because they deserve it, but because of influential (有影响的)  friends or the right background. Sometimes it may just be a comforting and harmless belief, while at the other extreme it can be very destructive. I once met a brilliant young engineer who worked in a chemical plant. Because of her knowledge and experience, she should have been promoted(升职) to Production Manager. Instead, the job went to a man who was totally unsuited for the post. Everyone knew that he only got it because he was politically acceptable to his superiors (上司). This injustice discouraged the young engineer and many of her colleagues(同事). It also meant that the factory was much less efficient than it could have been.
At the same, we should not be pessimistic (悲观的). More and more then modern world depends on having people who are in the job because they are good enough, not just because their faces fit. There is a story of a factory owner who sent for an engineer to see to a machine which would not go. He examined it, then took out a hammer and tapped, once. The machine started up immediately. When he presented his bill, the owner protested, “This can’t be right! $ 100 just for tapping(敲打) a machine with a hammer ?” The engineer wrote out a new bill: “For tapping a machine, $1; for knowing where to tap. $99.”
1. The engineer at the chemical plant was not promoted because _____.
A. it was politically less good for the boss to accept her than the man
B. her boss did not think she had the right qualifications for the job
C. the man who got the promotion was more experienced than she was
D. it is more difficult for a woman to get a promotion than for her male colleague
2. The engineer who repaired the machine was right in charging $ 100 because____.
A. he hit the machine to get it started again
B. the factory owner could not have repaired it himself
C. he was charging for his knowledge and expert skills
D. he was the only person who could find out what was wrong with it
3. What can we learn about the author’s attitude toward the widespread belief that “people get on in life may be successful not because they deserve it”?
A. He quite agrees with it.         
B. He doesn’t express his opinion his opinion at it.
C. He completely disagrees with it.          
D. He doesn’t quite agree with it.
4. According to the text, which of the following is NOT true?
A. Having influential friends or right background seems helpful sometimes.
B. The engineer had good reason to overcharge the factory owner.
C. Not all those who are good in their jobs have the chance to be promoted.
D. Those who are good in their jobs are still largely needed by the modern society.

B
Even as Americans have been gaining weight, they have cut their average fat intake from 36 to 34 percent of their total diets in the past 15 years.  And indeed,  cutting fat  to control or lose weight makes sense. Fat has nine calories per gram. Protein and carbohydrates(碳水化合物) have just four. Moreover, the body uses fewer calories to metabolize fat than it does to metabolize other foods. Compared with protein and carbohydrates — which break down into amino acids and simple sugars, respectively, and can be used to strengthen and energize the body —— dietary fat is more easily converted to body fat. Therefore, it’s more likely to stay on buttocks, thighs and bellies. 
But cutting fat from your diet doesn’t necessarily mean your body won’t store fat. For example, between nonfat and regular cookies, there’s trivial difference in calories because manufacturers make up for the loss of fat by adding sugar. Low-fat crackers, soups and dressings can also be just as high in calories as richer versions. No matter where the calories come from, overeating will still cause weight again. The calories from fat just do it a little quicker. A Wisconsin computer programmer who decided with a diet coach to eat only 40 grams of fat a day learned the lesson firsthand. He wasn’t losing weight. Then he showed his food diary to his coach and revealed he’d been eating half a pound of jelly beans a day. “They don’t have any fat,” he explains. But they had enough sugar to keep him from shedding an ounce.  
Nonfat foods become add-on foods. When we add them to our diet, we actually increase the number of calories we eat per day and gain weight. That was borne out in a Pennsylvania State University study. For breakfast, Prof. Barbara Rolls gave two groups of women yogurt(酵母乳) that contained exactly the same amount of calories. One group’s yogurt label said “high fat”—the other, “low fat.” The “low fat” yogurt group ate significantly more calories later in the day than the other group. “People think they’ve saved fat and can indulge themselves later in the day with no adverse consequences,” says Richard Mattes, a nutrition researcher at Purdue University. “But when they do that, they don’t compensate very precisely, and they often end up overdoing it.”
5. What lessons did the computer programme learn ?
A. Overeating will cause weight gain
B. He can eat half a pound of jellybeans a day
C. He can’t didn’t eat any fat
D. His coach gave him a lecture
6. Prof. Barbara’s ecperiement proved that _______________.
A. two groups ate the same amount of calories
B. two groups ate the same wmount of yogurt
C. the “ low fat” yogurt group ate more calories later in the day than the other group
D. people increase the number of calories they eat per day and gain group
7. According to the author ,________has less calories.
A. fat                      
B. protein and carbohydrates
C. low-fat soups             
D. sugar
8.  What can you infer from the text ?
A. To keep from being overweight, people have to eat nofat food
B. The calories from fat just do it a little quicker than from protein and carbohydrates
C. People should avoid temptation
D. Americans realize that it is necessary to count calories before eating the food
第4天                                  A
Asian athletes have had a spare time in the first two days of the World Indoor Championships in Birmingham, England. But Chinese hurdler(跨栏运动员) Liu Xiang surprised everyone by taking the bronze medal in the men's 60-meter hurdles.
Liu became the first Chinese male athlete to get a world indoor medal in the 18-year history of the championship and was the only Asian medallist this time. 
"Karaoke (卡拉OK)! That's what I'm going to do. I'm going to get a big group of my friends together and sing. I love both Western and Chinese music but especially Michael Jackson," said Liu after clocking 7.52 seconds in the final to take his place on the podium (领奖台).
"Frankly speaking, I didn't think I was in the shape to win a medal," Liu said. "On my arrival here, my aim was just to fight my way into the final. After I did that, I thought I might just get into the top six. I knew British hurdler Colin Jackson was going to be here and he's the world record holder indoors and out."
"There was also Cuba's reigning (统治的) Olympic champion Anier Garcia and Allen Johnson, from the United States." It was Johnson, the reigning world outdoor champion, who was successful in 7.47 seconds with Garcia second and Jackson finished back in fifth. 
Now Liu will never underestimate his chances again and is aiming for glory in Paris later this year.
"There is the World Championship outdoors in the summer and I have now got to think that I can get a medal. I can never again think that I can't get a medal," he said. Liu's success here marks his rapid transition into the senior ranks.
"The university gives me a lot of flexibility. My courses are very easy and the teachers are very helpful," said Liu.
They might have to be even more accommodating(乐于助人的) now if Liu starts taking on celebrity status, although an invite to his homecoming karaoke party may help.
1. The first sentence "Asian athletes have had a spare time in the first two days…" means "________".
A. Asian athletes can do things at their will in the first two days
B. Asian athletes haven't any achievements in the first two days
C. Asian athletes could match athletes from other continents
D. Asian athletes are tired of competing in the first two days
2. The underlined sentence means "________".
A. I was not satisfied with my performances
B. winning a medal can't show what I have done
C. I didn't think I was able to win a medal
D. I haven't told anyone about my achievements in the hurdles
3. Liu ________ the World Championship outdoors in Paris later this year.
A. is busy preparing for
B. has great pressure on
C. is more confident of his ability in
D. pays little attention to
4. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A. Liu Xiang was the youngest athlete to take part in the competition in England.
B. Liu Xiang was the first Asian medallist to get a world indoor medal.
C. Liu Xiang is not only a good athlete but a music-lover.
D. Liu Xiang finds it hard to get along with teachers in university.

B
 EXERCISE IN EXACTLY 4 MINUTES PER DAY!
$14,615
TIME IS IT.Over 92% of people who own exercise equipment snd 88% of people who own health club memberships do not exercise.A 4-minute complete workout is no longer hard to believe for all the people who have bought our excellent Range of Motion machine (ROM) since 1990.Over 97% of people who rent our ROM for 30 days end up buying it,due to the health benefits experienced during that tryout and the ROM performance score that tells the story of health and fitness improvement.At under 20 cents per use,the 4-minute ROM exercise is the least expensive full body complete exercise a person can do.How do we know that it is under 20 cents per use?Over 90% of ROM machines go to private homes,but we have a few that are in commercial use for 12 years and they have endured over 80,000 uses each,without need of repair.The ROM 4-minute workout is for people from 10 to over 100 years old and highly trained athletes as well.The ROM balances blood sugar,and repairs bad backs and shoulders.Too good to be ture?Get our free video and see for yourself.The best proof for us is that 97% of rentals become sales.Please visit our websit at www. Fitness.com or call (800)123-6460. (07北京卷)
Factory Showroom : EOMFAB. 823 Main Street , Batom Ronge , LA70893
Fax(800)123-6461  Email: sakes @fitness. Com 
5 .What is ROM?
A.A peice of exercise equipment.
B.A club membership card.
C.A commercial health club.
D.An electric wheelchair.
6.How many people bought ROM after trying it out?
A.92%                              B.88%
C.97%                              D.90%
7.One selling point of ROM is that_____.
A.it makes full body exercise possible in 4 minutes
B.it can kill back and shoulder pains in 10 minutes
C.it needs no repair in the first 20 years
D.it is sold on a 3-month trial basis
8.The advertisement is made believable by______.
A.telling stories
B.using figures
C.making comparisons
D.asking question

第5 天                                 A

Special trees that grow faster, fight pollution, produce better wood, and even sense chemical attacks are being planted by scientists in the US.
    When 40 per cent of Hawaii's US$14 million-a-year papaya (木瓜)industry was destroyed by a virus five years ago, work began on creating genetically engineered(转基因的) trees.
    Researchers successfully introduced seeds that were designed to resist the virus. Since then, more and more people have been testing genetically engineered trees.
    Some researchers put special bacteria into trees to help them grow faster and produce better wood. Others are trying to create trees that can clean polluted soil.
    Meanwhile fruit farmers are looking for trees that are strong enough to resist worms, and paper companies want trees that produce more wood and therefore more paper.
    The Pentagon (五角大楼) even gave the researchers US$500,000 this year after they developed a pine tree that changes its colours if it senses a chemical attack..
    So far, the poplar, eucalyptus (杨树与桉树), apple and coffee trees are among those being engineered. All this can be done today because we have a better understanding of tree genomes(基因组).
    However, some people fear that the genetically engineered trees will cause dangerous results. They are worried that the new trees will breed with natural species and change the balance of the forest environment.
"It could be destructive," said Jim Diamond, an environmentalist. "Trees are what is left of our natural environment and home to many endangered species."
    But researchers insist that science could give nature a fighting chance against both natural and man-made dangers.
    They hope to answer the critics by stopping the new trees from breeding, so their effect on the environment can be controlled.
1.. What trees are NOT the ones that scientists are planting in the US?
A. Trees that worms can't hurt.   
B. Trees that can protect themselves at a chemical attack.
C. Trees that can resist wind better.    
D. Trees that can improve soil conditions.
2. What caused the American scientists to work on special trees?
A. They think science could give nature a fighting chance against both natural and man-made dangers.
B. Great numbers of trees have been lost due to attacks by viruses.
C. Researchers successfully introduced seeds designed to resist the virus.
D. Tree genomes are mapped out so scientists know how to improve trees.
3. Which of the following was probably the first kind of trees being engineered?
A. Papaya.   B. Pine.   C. Apple.   D. Poplar.
4. The best title of the passage is         .
A. The improvement of environment
B. The side-effects of special trees
C. The development of special trees
D. the program of genetically engineered trees
B
Last week my youngest son and I visited my father at his new home in Tucson, Arizona. He moved there a few years ago, and I was eager to see his now place and meet his friends.
My earliest memories of my father are of a tall, handsome, successful man devoted to his work and family but uncomfortable with his children. As a child I loved him; as a school girl and young adult(成年人),I feared him and felt bitter about him. He seemed unhappy with me unless I got straight A’s and unhappy with my boy friends if their fathers were not as“successful”as he was. Whenever I went out with him on weekends, I used to struggle to think up things to say, feeling on guard.
   On the first day of my visit, we went out with one of my father’s friends for lunch at an outdoor cafe. We walked along that afternoon, did some shopping, at each the street table, and laughed over my son’s funny facial expressions. Gone was my father’s critical(挑剔的)air and strict rules. Who was this person I knew as my father, who seemed so friendly and interesting to be around? What had held him back before?
  The next day my dad pulled out his childhood pictures and told me quite a few stories about his own childhood. Although our times together became easier over the years, I never felt closet to him at that moment. After so many years, I’m at last seeing another side of my father. And in so doing, I’m delighted with my new friend. My dad in his new home in Arizona is back to me from where he was. ( 08江西卷)
5.Why did the author feel bitter about her father as a young adult?
   A. He was silent most of the time              
B. He was too proud of himself
C. He did not love his children                
D. He expected too much of her
6.When the author went out with her father on weekends, she would feel            .
   A. nervous        B. sorry          C. tired              D. safe
7.What does the author think of her father after her visit to Tucson?
   A. More critical                            
B. More talkative
   C. Gentle and friendly                       
D. Strict and hard-working
8.The underlined words“my new friend”in the last paragraph refer to           .
   A. the author’s son                          
B. the author’s father
   C. the friend of the author’s father             
D. the cafe owner

 

第6天                                  A
Alzheimer’s disease is a major national health problem. Nearly 2 million Americans over the age of 65 have Alzheimer’s disease. It is a leading cause of death among the elderly. But Alzheimer’s disease is not confined(限于)to the aged. There may be a million or more people under the age of 65 suffering from the disease.
At one time, people suffering from the disease were said to be“getting old”.The disease was though to be a natural part of growing old, but it is now known that Alzheimer’s disease strikes young and old alike. It is an organic(器官的)disease that destroys brain cells.
Alzheimer’s disease affects the patient’s memory, speech, and movement. In the beginning stages of the disease, the patient may seem slightly confused. He may have trouble speaking. Then the patient’s memory begins to fail. He may forget dates, telephone numbers, names and plans.
As the disease progresses, the patient may not recognize family and friends. These symptoms(症状)often cause terrible anxiety in the patient. He may feel lost and frightened. Sometimes the patient reacts with wild and bad behavior.
In the last stages of the disease, the patient may not be able to take care of himself. He may have lost the ability to speak and walk.
Scientists don’t know exactly what causes Alzheimer’s disease. It may be caused by a virus(病毒).It may be caused by a poisonous substance(物质)in the environment. At present, there is no cure for the disease. But there are ways to slow its progress. Exercise and physical treatment can help the patients of this disease.
1.The main idea of the passage is that Alzheimer’s disease________.
A .is a terrible part of the aging process
B .is an organic disease that affects young and old
C .can be cured by physical treatment
D. causes forgetfulness
2.All of the following are symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease EXCEPT_________.
A. forgetfulness                       B. difficulty in speaking
C .loss of sight                        D. loss of the ability to walk
3.According to the passage, which of the following may be a cause of Alzheimer’s disease?
A. Poisons produced by the brain.         B. Getting old.
C.A virus.                            D. Lack of exercise.
4.The progress of Alzheimer’s disease can be slowed by________.
A. operation                          B. a change in environment
C .medicines                         D. physical treatment and exercise


  B
What’s On
Stage
An acrobatic(杂技)soul: To celebrate its 50th anniversary , the China Acrobatic Troupe will present “The Soul of China”, where the seemingly impossible is made real . Chills(寒战)will run down your spine(脊柱)as you watch breathlessly as performers take their art and their bodies to the edge .
Time : 7:30 p.m , September13—19
Place : Capital Theatre , 22 Wangfujing Dajie , Dongcheng District
Exhibitions
Joint Show : A group ink painting exhibition is running at the Huangshicheng Art Gallery in Beijing . About 50 works by 25 young artists including Ge Yun and Yu Yang are on display .
Time : 9 a .m —5p. m. until September 10
Place : Huangshicheng Gallery , 136 Nanchizi Dajie , Dongcheng Distirct
Oil paintings : The Wanfung Art Galley will host a joint show of oil paintings by 10 young and middle-aged artists . On display are more than 30 of their latest works , which capture(捕捉)the wondrous variety of life in unique(独特的)styles .
Time : 9 a.m. —4p.m until September 15
Place: 136 Nachizi Street , Dongcheng District
Literature(文学)museum : The National Museum of Modern Chinese Literature offers an indepth study of the evolution of Chinese contemporary literature from 1919 to 1949 .
Time : 9 a. m —4 p.m , daily
Place: 45 Anyuan Donglu , Chaoyang District(Shaoyaoju area )
Concerts
Beijing rocks : “ The Fashionow Night of Chinese Rock” is set to bring rock fans out by the thousands next month . Nine Chinese rock bands will perform at the concert , including older generation bands , middle generation and some recent arrivals. The audience(听众)will be given a chance to decide what songs they want to hear , which is sure to bring a storm .
Time: September 16
Place: The Olympic Center
Belgium Orchestra(管弦乐队):La Petite Bande , the Baroque Orchestra of Belgium will perform in Beijing at the Grand Theatre of the Cultural Palace of Nationalities as part of activities across the world to commemorate(纪念)the 250th anniversary of Bach’s death .
Time: 7:30 p.m . September11—14
Place: Grand Theatre of the Cultural Palace of Nationalities
5.What do you think of the acrobatic show mentioned here ?
A.When you watch it , you will certainly feel cold .
B.Something strange will puzzle everyone , including scientists .
C.Unexpected things will make you excited and surprised .
D.Even the bravest ones will be too frightened to go on watching .
6.The most characteristic thing about the Fashionow Night of Chinese Rock is that_______ .
A.it will let the audience choose the performers and the music
B.it is to bring thousands of rock fans out of their homes
C.it will certainly cause a rock storm throughout China
D.it is to be held in memory of one of the greatest musicians
7.Suppose it is September 14 today , how many activities can people choose to attend ?
A.2        B.3           C. 4           D.5
8.On the whole ,we can conclude _________________.
A.people in Beijing prefer modern culture to something traditional
B.there are usually more cultural activities in September than in any other month
C.most of the cultural activities in Beijing are for foreign visitors only
D.we can enjoy a large variety of cultural activities in Beijing
第7天                                 A

It is difficult for doctors to help a person with a damaged brain. Without enough blood, the brain lives for only three to five minutes. More often the doctors can' t fix the damage. Sometimes they are afraid to try something to help because it is dangerous to work on the brain. The doctors might make the person worse if he operates on the brain.
Dr. Robert White, a famous professor and doctor, thinks he knows a way to help. He thinks doctors should make the brain very cold. If it is very cold, the brain can live without blood for 30 minutes. This gives the doctor a longer time to do something for the brain.
Dr. White tried his idea on 13 monkeys. First he taught them to do different jobs, then he op¬erated on them. He made the monkeys' blood go through a machine. The machine cooled the blood. Then the machine sent the blood back to the monkeys' brains. When the brain' s tempera¬ture was 10°C, Dr. White stopped the blood to the brain. After 30 minutes he turned the blood back on. He warmed the blood again. After their operations the monkeys were like they had been before. They were healthy and busy. Each one could still do the jobs the doctor had taught them. (07全国卷二)
1. The biggest difficulty in operating on the damaged brain is that _______.
A. the time is too short for doctors  B. the patients are often too nervous
C. the damage is extremely hard to fix D. the blood-cooling machine might break down
2. The brain operation was made possible mainly by _______.
A. taking the blood out of the brain   B. trying the operation on monkeys first
C. having the blood go through a machine D. lowering the brain' s temperature
3. With Dr. White' s new idea, the operation on the damaged brain _______.
A. can last as long as 30 minutes       B. can keep the brain' s blood warm
C. can keep the patient' s brain healthy   D. can help monkeys do different jobs
4. What is the right order of the steps in the operation?
a. send the cooled blood back to the brain b. stop the blood to the brain
c. have the blood cooled down   d. operate on the brain
A. a,b,c,d              B. c,a,b,d        C. c, b, d, a            D. b, c, d, a

 

B
My husband, Tom, is a born shopper. He loves to look at things and to touch them. He likes to compare prices between the same things in different stores. He would never think of buying anything without looking around in several stores. I, on the other hand, am not a shopper. I regard shopping as boring and unpleasant. If I like something and can afford it, I buy it immediately. I never take a time to look around for a good sale or a better deal (交易). Of course my husband and I never go shopping together. Doing shopping together would be too painful for both of us . When it comes to shopping, we go our separate ways.
    Sometimes I ask my son Jimmy to buy some food in the shop not far from our home. But he is always absentminded. This was his story.
    One day I said to him , “ I hope you won’t forget what I have told you to buy.” “No,” said Jimmy. “ I won’t forget . You want three organs, six eggs and a pound of meet.”
    He went running down the street to the shop. As he ran , he said to himself over and over again , “ Three organs , six eggs and a pound of meat.”
    In the beginning he remembered everything but he stopped several times. Once he saw two men fighting outside a clothes shop until a policeman stopped them. One of them was badly hurt. Then he stopped to give ten cents to a beggar. Then he met some of his friends and he played with them for a while. When he reached the shop, he had forgotten everything except six eggs.
    As he walked home, his face became sadder and sadder. When he saw me he said, “ I’m sorry , mum . I have forgotten to buy oranges and the meat . I only remembered to buy six eggs , but I’ve dropped three of them.”
5. The husband loves shopping necause_________________.
A. he has much money                     
B. he likes the shops
C. he likes to compare the prices between the same items
D. he has nothing to do but do shopping
6. The wife doesn’t like shopping because___________________.
   A. she has no money
   B. she has no tome
   C. she doesn’t love her husband
   D. she feels it boring to go shopping
7. They never go shopping together because_____________________.
   A. their ways of shopping are quite different
   B. they hate each other
   C. they needn’t buy anything for the family
   D. they don’t have time for it
8. Jimmy didn’t buy what his mother wanted because_____________________.
   A. the shop was closed that day
   B. the policeman stopped him
   C. he forgot some of them
   D. he gave all the money to the beggar
  
第8天                                   A
SANTO DOMINGO, Domincan Republic ---An infant girl born with a second head bled to death Saturday after complex surgery (外科手术) to remove her partially formed twin , her parents and doctors said.
A medical team completed the 11- hour operation Friday night and said 8-week-old Rebecca Martinez died seven hours later. Doctors had warned after the surgery that the girl would be at great risk of death.
“ We knew this was a very risky surgery , and now we accept what God has decided , “ Rebecca’s father , 29-year-old Frankin Martinez, said at a news conference with his wife. “ Rebecca is no longer with us physically , but no one will forget her.”
Martinez said the family would bury Rebecca in a private funeral later in the day.
The girl lost a lot of blood in the operation, which apparently ( 明显地) caused her to suffer a heart attack , said Dr. Jorge Lazareff , the lead surgeon . Friends and family donated (捐赠) almost 4 gallons of blood for surgeons to use Rebeca’s operation
“This was not a failure or an error ,” Lazareff said . “ When we left here last night the girl was in stable condition. At some point in the middle of the night , she started to bleed.”
Rebecca was born Dec. 10 with the undeveloped head of her twin, an exteremely rare condition known as craniopagus parasticus . Rebecca was the eighth documented case in the world of craniopagus parasiticus, doctors said.
All the other infants documented to have had the condition died before birth , making Rebecca\s surgery the first known operation of its kind.
Without an operation , Rebecca would have barely been able to lift her head at 3 months old. Her doctors said the pressure from the second head would have prevented her brain from developing.
“ We always saw Rebecca without the extra part of her body, ”er father said after her death.
Rebecca was their third child-----along with a 4-year-old boy and a 1-year-old girl.
1. The underlined word “infant “ most probably means____________________.
A. a disabled child                        
B. a newly-born child
C. a 2-headed child                       
D. a very young child
2.  Rebecca Martinez died ________________________after she went to the operation table.
   A. 8 weeks              B. 11 hours          C. 7 hours          D. 18 hours
3.  Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the text?
   A. Rebecca died because mistakes happened during the operation
   B. Rebecca most probably died of bleeding
   C. Rebecca was her parents’ third child
   D. Without an operation , Rebecca would have little hope of living
4.  Which of the following would be the best title of the passage?
   A. Infant Girl Dies After 2nd Head Removed
   B. Rebecca , Hiciano’s Third Child
   C. The Death of a Gril With two Heads
   D. Rebecca’s Surgery, the First Known Operation

B
Most people want to know how things are made. They honestly admit, however, that they hard¬ly know a thing when it comes to understanding how a piece of music is made. Where a composer (作曲家) begins, how he manages to keep going - in fact, how and where he leams his trade -all are covered in complete darkness. The composer, in short, is a man of mystery. (神秘).
One of the first things the common man wants to know about is the part inspiration (灵感) plays in a composer' s work. He finds it difficult to believe that composers are not much interested in that question. Writing music is as natural for the composer as eating or sleeping for all. Music is something that the composer happens to have been born for.
The composer, therefore, does not say to himself: "Do I feel inspired?" He says to himself:
"Do I feel like working today?" And if he feels like working, he does. It is more or less like saying to himself: "Do I feel sleepy?" If you feel sleepy, you go to sleep. If you don't feel sleepy, you stay up. If the composer doesn' t feel like working, he doesn' t work. It' s as simple as that. (07全国卷二)
5. What would be the best title for the text?
A. Composer: a man of mystery             
B. Practice makes good music
C. Relation between sleeping and music        
D. Music: product of nature
6. The words "covered in complete darkness" underlined in Paragraph I most probably mean
A. difficult to be made     
B. without any light  
C. black in color     
D. not known
7. Most people seem to think that a composer _______ .
A. finds it difficult to write music  
B. considers it important to have a good rest
C. should like to talk about inspiration 
D. never asks himself very simple questions
8. The author will most probably agree that composers _______
A. are born with a gift for music   
B. are people full of mystery
C. work late at night for their music  
D. know a lot about eating and sleeping


第9天                         A
When Paul was a boy growing up in Utah, he happened to live near a copper smelter(炼铜厂), and the chemicals that poured out had made a wasteland out of what used to be a beautiful forest. One day a young visitor looked at this wasteland and called it an awful area. Paul knocked him down. From then on, something happened inside him.
Years later Paul was back in the area, and he went to the smelter office. He asked if they had any plans or if they would let him try to bring the trees back.. The answer from that big industry was “No.”
Paul then went to college to study the science of plants. Unfortunately, his teachers said there weren't any birds or squirrels to spread the seeds. It would be a waste of his life to try to do it. Everyone knew that, he was told. Even if he was knowledgeable as he had expected, he wouldn’t get his idea accepted.
Paul later got married and had some kids. But his dream would not die. And then one night he did what he could with what he had. As Samuel Johnson wrote, “It is common to overlook what is near by keeping the eye fixed on something remote. Attainable good is often ignored by minds busied in wide ranges.” Under the cover of darkness, he went secretly into the wasteland and started planting.
And every week, he made his secret journey into the wasteland and planted trees and grass. For fifteen years he did this against the plain common sense. Slowly rabbits appeared. Later, as there was legal pressure to clean up the environment, the company actually hired Paul to do what he was already doing.
Now the place is fourteen thousand acres of trees and grass and bushes, and Paul has received almost every environmental award Utah has. It took him until his hair turned white, but he managed to keep that impossible vow he made to himself as a child.
1. When Paul was a boy, _____.
A. he had decided never to leave his hometown
B. the economy of Utah depended wholly on the copper smelter
C. no laws were made to protect the environment against pollution
D. he had determined to stop the copper smelter polluting the area
2. Why did Paul go to college to study the science of plants?
A. He wanted to find out the best way to save the area himself.
B. He was interested in planting trees since he was young.
C. He wanted to get more knowledgeable people to help him.
D. He thought his knowledge would make his advice more persuasive.
3. What does the underlined phrase “the plain common sense” probably refer to?
A. That it was impossible for trees to grow on the wasteland.
B. That his normal work and life would be greatly affected.
C. That no one would like to join him in the efforts.
D. That he had to keep everything he did secret.
4. The message of the passage is that _____.
A. action speaks louder than words
B. perseverance(持之以恒) will work wonders
C. God helps those who help themselves
D. many hands make light work
B
    Amazed zoo visitors watch as an orangutan(猩猩) named Bonnie swings along cables way above their heads. She’s not making a great ape escape; she’s taking a “highway” to higher learning.
Bonnie is traveling on the Orangutan Transit System, called the O-Line, at the National Zoo in Washington, D.C. The O-Line stretches from the Great Ape House, where Bonnie lives, to an exhibit called Think Tank. There she and other orangutans participate in a study trying to answer the questions: Do animals think?  If so,  how?
    Think Tank scientists look for clues that an animal is thinking. A baby orangutan following its mother is probably not thinking. But an orangutan using a stick to reach honey in a beehive probably is thinking. It’s figuring out how to obtain a sweet treat.
    To learn more about what the orangutans are thinking, Think Tank scientists are teaching orangutans a language of symbols. The apes don’t actually speak. They point to the symbols to show their thoughts.
    Each symbol stands for a word. Different categories of the symbols have their own shapes. Food symbols, for example, are rectangles(矩形); object symbols are circles; and verbs are diamonds.
    Computers help the orangutans learn the symbolic language. After the apes are shown an apple, for example, their task is to touch the apple symbol on a computer screen. They can do so. All six orangutans have learned a few symbols, but only Azy and Indah have learned eight symbols and can use the computer.
    Azy and Indah choose to live at Think Tank. The others commute(往返) from the Great Ape House on the O-Line. All attend Think Tank sessions, though none are made to do so. “They’re eager to learn”, one of the scientists says. “They never turn me down!”
5. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Scientists are doing research on whether animals can think and how they think.
B. Biologists have found that orangutans are more intelligent than other animals.
C. Orangutans at the National Zoo can be taught to communicate with humans easily.
D. Animals are being taught by scientists to speak to one another at the National Zoo.
6. The Orangutan Transit System refers to _____.
A. a way that can teach animals to learn things and communicate quickly
B. a place for various animals in the National Zoo to participate in the study
C. a walkway for the orangutans to travel to different sections of the zoo
D. a line for the orangutans to travel between the Great Ape House and the Think Tank
7. According to the passage, scientists use a system of symbols to help _____.
A. find out which orangutan can learn the symbolic language fast
B. attract all the orangutans to live together at Think Tank
C. communicate with the orangutans and understand them better
D. understand whether animals can learn a language and express themselves by using it
8. It can be inferred from the passage that _____.
A. a baby orangutan has his own intention though following his mother
B. many animals in the wild can learn symbolic languages to express their thoughts
C. the cleverer the animals are, the more knowledge they would like to learn
D. orangutans can form mental images in their minds when they see objects


第10天                         A

Dear Editor,
Brockingham is run by people who are more interested in tourists than its residents. The problem is that the people running the government refuse to accept new ideas. By banning(禁止) all fast-food restaurants and discount stores, they take away all the places kids can afford to shop.
These people forget that when they were young, they could go to the South Street Soda Fountain and get an ice-cream soda for 25 cents. Today you can’t find an ice-cream soda anywhere in Brockingham for less than $2! Where can kids go for a snack?
There is not a single restaurant in Brockingham where a family of four can eat dinner for less than $100. Add a 15% tip and sales tax and you have spent nearly $125 to eat a meal you could prepare at home for about $12. Have you noticed that Brockingham families never dine in Brockingham?
Fast-food restaurants are also a good place for school kids to get an after-school job. Fast-food restaurants are busiest during the early supper hours when students are able to work, whereas the fancy food restaurants cater to late-night diners. Working in one of these establishments requires working shifts that are too late for most students.
The City Council claims that local merchants, rather than national chains, should benefit from the tourist business. I agree that it is important to support local businesses, but I think the fast-food restaurants would encourage more people to shop in Brockingham.
Another thing that disturbs me is that we must travel 25 miles to the nearest discount store. If I need a tire for my bike, I have a choice of buying one at Surf and Peddle Sport Shop for $15 or driving to Parkersburg Discount Center where I can buy the same kind of tire for $9. Again, I think the ban on all food chains and discount houses is counterproductive for our city.
Wes Woodrow
9th-Grade Student at Brockingham High School
1. Why does Wes Woodrow write this letter to the editor?
A. Because the government bans all fast-food restaurants and discount stores in Brockingham.
B. Because the writer can’t find an ice-cream soda anywhere in Brockingham for less than $2.
C. Because a family of four can’t find a restaurant in Brockingham to eat dinner for less than $100.
D. Because the writer has to travel 25 miles to the nearest discount store.
2. From the letter we can infer that _____.
A. the writer used to buy a lot of ice-cream soda
B. the students refuse to work in fancy food restaurants
C. the government’s ban benefits local merchants much
D. discount stores usually offer a discount of 40%
3. The underlined word “counterproductive” in paragraph 6 of the letter probably means _____.
A. cheap, not expensive     B. surprising, not expected
C. harmful, not helpful      D. doubtful, not sure
4. One way the writer of this letter tries to convince the reader is by _____.
A. complaining that someone has to drive him to Parkersburg
B. getting an after-school job in fast-food restaurant himself
C. suggesting that many businessmen have the same opinion
D. giving specific examples of the high costs in Brockingham


                      B
A recent study, published in last week’s Journal of the American Medical Association, offers a picture of how risky it is to get a lift from a teenage driver. Indeed, a 16-year-old driver with three or more passengers is three times as likely to have a fatal accident as a teenager driving alone. By contrast, the risk of death for drivers between 30 and 59 decreases with each additional passenger.
The author also found that the death rates for teenage drivers increased dramatically after 10 p.m., and especially after midnight, with passengers in the car, the driver was even more likely to die in a late-night accident.
Robert Foss, a scientist at the University of North Carolina Highway Safety Research Center, says the higher death rates for teenage drivers have less to do with “really stupid behavior” than with just a lack of driving experience. “The basic issue.” he says, “is that adults who are responsible for issuing licenses fail to recognize how complex and skilled a task driving is.”
Both he and the author of the study believe that the way to mitigate (使……缓解)the problem is to have states institute so-called graduated licensing systems, in which getting a license is a multistage process. A graduated license requires that a teenager first prove himself capable of driving in the presence of an adult, followed by a period of driving with night of passenger restrictions, before graduating to full driving privileges.
Graduated licensing systems have reduced teenage driver crashes, according to recent studies, About half of the states now have some sort of graduated licensing system in place, but only 10 of those states have restrictions on passengers, California is the strictest, with a novice(新手)driver prohibited from carrying any passenger under 20(without the presence of an adult over 25)for the first six months.
5. Which of the following situations is most dangerous according to the passage?
A. Adults giving a lift to teenagers on the highway after 10 p.m.
B. A teenager driving after midnight with passengers in the car.
C. Adults driving with three or more teenage passengers late at night.
D. A teenager getting a lift from a stranger on the highway at midnight.
6. According to Robert Foss, the high death rate of teenage drivers is mainly due to ________
A. their frequent driving at night
B. their improper way of driving
C. their lack of driving experience
D. their driving with passengers
7. According to Paragraph 3. which of the following statements is TRUE?
A. Teenagers should spend more time learning to drive.
B. Driving is a skill too complicated for teenagers to learn.
C. Restrictions should be imposed on teenagers applying to take driving lessons.
D.The licensing authorities are partly responsible for teenagers' driving accidents.
8. A suggested measure to be taken to reduce teenagers' driving accidents is that ________ .
A. driving in the presence of an adult should be made a rule
B. they should be prohibited from taking on passengers
C. they should not be allowed to drive after 10 p.m.
D. the licensing system should be improved
第11天                              A

BEIJING, Jan. 11(Xinhuanet)-- Sleeping a little bit longer a day might help fight against obesity(肥胖), a recent study shows. The research-- published in the Archives of Internal Medicine along with an editorial by Turek and Northwestern colleague Joseph Bass commenting on it and related research-- after comparing people of normal weight- a body mass index of less than 25- with those who were overweight or obese , found that sleeping for an extra 20 minutes each night could offer a pain-free way to lose weight.
Insufficient sleep is linked with changes in hormone levels that may stimulate(刺激)appetite. A series of studies in recent months have shown that the less people sleep, the heavier they tend to be.
American researcher Robert Vorona from Eastern Virginia Medical School in Norfolk and colleagues have now examined the relationship between people's self-reported sleep time per 24 hours and their body mass index(BMI). They found that total sleep time and BMI were inversely correlated was total sleep time decreased, BMI increased, except in the severely obese group." Americans experience insufficient sleep and corpulent bodies. Clinicians are aware of the burden of obesity on patients," the study said. "Our findings suggest that major extensions of sleep time may not be necessary, as an extra 20 minutes of sleep per night seems to be associated with a lower body mass index," it added. "We warn that this study does not establish a cause-and-effect relationship between restricted sleep and obesity (but) investigations demonstrating success in weight loss via extensions of sleep would help greatly to establish such a relationship."
In November 2004, researchers from Columbia University in New York City, New York demonstrated a clear link between the risk of being obese and hours of nightly sleep, finding that people aged 32 to 59 who slept four hours or less per night were 73% more likely to be obese than people who slept between seven and nine hours per night.
1. The research, which was published in the Archives of Internal Medicine, found that____________.
A. sleeping for a shorter time a day might help fight agianst obesity
B. an extra 20 minutes’ sleep each night could offer a way to lose weight wothout pain
C. total sleep time and body mass index were inversely related
D. people aged 32 to 59 who slept four hours or less per night were 73% more likely to be obese than people who slept between seven and nine hours per night
2. How many research results are presented in the text?
A. Two                   B. Three             C. Four              D. Five
3.  What does the underlined word “obses” probably mean?
A.thin                    B. fat                C. energetic          D. painful
4.  According to the text , the author intends to tell us that _____________________.
A. Sleeping a little bit longer a day might help fight against obesity
B. insufficient sleep is linked with changes in hormone lives
C. there exists a clear link between the risk of being obeses and hours of nightly sleep
D. the less people sleep , the heavier they tend to be
                                        B
Like a scene out of a reality show or a Disney movie, Southgate, Mich., teenager Ashley Qualls' moment has arrived.
She may not have an MBA, a high-school diploma, or even a driver’s license yet, but Asheley Qualls already has an influential website (www. Whateverlife.Com). The 17-year-old girl hass been building her online business for two years.
In December 2004, Qualls borrowed $8 from her mother to buy the Whateverlife.com. domain name (域名). She intended to use the website as a way to share her design for My Space pages woth her friends.
But in the incontrollable, fast-moving world of cyberspace, others began noticing Qualls’ site even though she never has spent a penny on advertising.
When it comes to web traffic, Whateverlife.com .currently ranks No. 825 out of 20.3 million websites, drawing 2.4 million visitors worldwide during the last 30 days. Qualls said that on average, 72% of her site's audience made a return visit.
Whateverlife.com earned a million dollars in revenue last year and is on track to do the same this year.
"I'm stubborn and I'm independent," she said from her office in the basement of her house. "I like the feeling that it's my company, and I want to have the say-so ( 主张)in everything."
But don’t mistake Qualls for another smart but spoiled teenager. She is growing up fast but owns talent for life and business that elude many girls of her age.
The task of running a million-dollar company isn’t without its sacrifices( 牺牲) and challenges for a teenager. Qualls dropped out of Lincoln Park High School after her sophomore year to work fulltime on Whateverlife.com, a decision that she said shocked her family, friends and teachers . She now is studying to get her degree in graphic design.
5. Many people noticed Qualls’ site because_____________________.
   A. it was set up by a 17-year-old girl
   B. Qualls shares her design with her friends
   C. Qualls has been building her online business
   D. the world cyberspace develops fast and uncontrollable
6. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the text?
   A. Qualls’ Website Whateverlife .com. No. 825 in 20.3 million websites.
   B. About 2.4 million visitors worldwide visit her website every month.
   C. Most of her audience have visited her website at least twice.
   D. Qualls has the right to decide everything in her company.
7. The underlined word “elude” in the 8th paragraph means_______________.
   A. avoid                B. embarrass            C. exceed           D. encourage
第12天                                A

Can you imagine being savagely attacked by a dog? What if the attack was so severe that your nose, lips and chin were completely destroyed? How would you feel about yourself? Would you be able to look at yourself in the mirror? And how do you think other people would treat you?
    Isabelle Dinoire is someone who can answer all of these questions honestly and openly.
Last November Isabelle was attacked and mauled by her own dog. The attack was so severe that her lower face was damaged; it seemed, almost beyond repair. She was rushed to hospital and became the first person ever to have a face transplant.
With such severe injuries doctors offered Isabelle little hope that they would be able to repair the damage to her face using conventional surgery.
Shortly after being admitted, she came to the attention of Dr Bernard Devauchelle who, unlike other surgeons, believed there was an alternative: "We found ourselves saying, yes, it's clear this woman needs a transplant," he said.
Two days after the operation she saw her face in the mirror for the first time. She said "I was scared to look at myself, but when I did it was already marvelous and I couldn't believe it. I thought it would be blue and swollen but it was already beautiful."
Now, less than a year after her 15 hour operation, she’s trying to rebuild her life and there is no doubt how she feels about her new face: "I have been saved. Lots of people write saying that I need to go on, that it's wonderful. It's a miracle somehow."     Although there were ethical questions raised about their decision to carry out the procedure, the doctors who operated on Isabelle are quick to defend their decision.
One of them said "Was it possible for her to live without a face? It's easy to say we shouldn't have done the operation, but her life has changed, she goes shopping, goes on holiday, she lives again."
1.  What would be the best title of the passage?
A. The first face transplant                   B. A successful face operation
C. The most severe damaged face             D. The breakthrough of surgery
2.  The writer uses the five questions at the beginning of the passage to ___________________.
A. tell the story about Isabelle Dinoire           B. show a severe face damage event
C. draw the readers’ attention to the topic         D. invite the readers to answer them
3.  It can be concluded from Isabelle Dinoire’s remarks that___________________.
A. she was too shocked to see herself in the mirror
B. she was satisfied with the result of the operation
C. she thought her damaged face couldn’t be repaired
D.she looked more beautiful than before
4.  According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
A. It seemed that it was impossible to recover Isabelle’s face using face transplant
B. After operation Isabelle thought she looked beautiful and rebuilt her life again
C. Some doctors had no better idea to repair the damage to Isabelle’s face
D. It was Dr Bernard Devauchelle who came up with the idea of face transplant

B
If English means endless new words, difficult grammar and sometimes strange pronunciation, you are wrong. Haven’t you noticed that you have become smarter since you started to learn a language?
 According to a new study by a British university, learning a second language can lead to an increase in your brain power. Researchers found that learning other languages changes grey matter. This is the area of the brain which processes information. It is similar to the way that exercise builds muscles. The study also found the effect is greater the younger people learn a second language.
 A team led by Dr Andrea Mechelli, from University College London, took a group of Britons who only spoke English. They were compared with a group of “early bilinguals” who had learnt a second language before the age of five, as well as a number of later learners.
 Scans showed that grey matter density(密度)in the brain was greater in bilinguals than in people without a second language. But the longer a person waited before mastering a new language, the smaller the difference.
 “Our findings suggest that the structure of the brain is changed by the experience of learning a second language,”said the scientists.
 It means that the change itself increases the ability to learn.
 Professor Dylan Vaughan Jones of the University of Wales, has researched the link between bilingualism and math skills. “Having two languages gives you two windows on the world and makes the brain more flexible(灵活的),” he said. “You are actually going beyond language and have a better understanding of different ideas.”
 The findings were matched in a study of native Italian speakers who had learned English as a second language between the ages of two and 34. Reading, writing, and comprehension were all tested. The results showed that the younger they started to learn, the better. “Studying a language means you get an entrance to another world,” explained the scientists.
5.  Which part will change more when a person studies a second language?
 A.  grey matter density B.  the brain
 C.  mental system                D.  musles
6.  Who can study a second language easier?.
 A.  The adults                       B. The teenagers
    C.  The children                     D. The old
7.  The underlined word “bilingual” probably means      .
 A.  a researcher on language learning
 B.  a second language learner
 C.  a person who can speak two languages
D.  an active language learner
8.  How do you understand the underlined sentence ( in paragraph 4 ) in the passage?
A.  It means that we can practise our brain by studying a second language
B.  It means that the change itself increases the ability to learn
C.  It means that learning a second language makes you more flexable
D.  It means that learners will better understand the difficult ideas.

第13天                         A
Leaders and officials from foreign countries have extended congratulations on China’s successful launch(发射)of its first manned spacecraft.
Japanese Prime Minister Koizumi Junichiro called the launch of the Shenzhou V “a great feat” and said it showed China’s space science and technology has reached a very high level. Russian President Vladimir Putin said in his congratulatory letter to President Hu Jintao that China as a member of space club was conducive(有助于)to maintaining world peace and developing technology. The European Union(EU)also hailed China’s first successful manned space flight.
“The successful launch and safe return of a Chinese astronaut represents an important event for space exploration. Human space flight is a dream for all of us and opens a new chapter(篇章)for scientific and technological exploration of space,”EU research commissioner Philippe Busquin said in a statement.
“For the European Union, it remains a goal to be achieved. This effort can bring nations together and opens up new opportunities for scientific and technological cooperation,”he said.French  Minister for Science Research Claudie Haignere, the first woman astronaut in Europe, said with China’s successful launch of the manned spacecraft,“the space age has entered a new historic period.” Other countries have also extended congratulations to China.
“ The successful launch of Shenzhou V is an honour for China,”said the newspaper on its front page, citing(引用)Chinese President Hu Jintao.
“October 15, 2003 is not only a date to be remembered forever by the Chinese people, but also ‘a splendid moment’in the history of space flight of mankind,”said the newspaper in its editorial section.
1.  The news covers_________.
A.opinions about different countries
B.different opinions about China’s first manned spacecraft
C.congratulations from world leaders
D.China’s congratulations on the successful manned space flight
2.When the Japanese leader said “a great feat”(in paragraph 2), he meant________.
A.a great failure
B.a defeat after success
C.something above sea level
D.something difficult well done
3.  Which of the following is TRUE?
A.Shenzhou V is China’s first manmade spaceship.
B.Shenzhou V is a manned spacecraft.
C.Russian President praised Hu Jintao for his speech.
D.China, as well as many other countries, realized the dream of space flying.
4.  On which day, the Chinese people have realized their dream of space flying?
A.On April 12th, 1961   
B.October 1st, 1949
C.October 16th, 1964   
D.October 15th,2003

B
Vitamin E supplements(补充品),which millions take in the hope of longer, healthier lives, may do more harm than good, researchers reported on Wednesday.
In fact, people taking high doses(剂量)of vitamin E may in some cases be more likely to die earlier, although the reasons are not clear, said Dr. Edgar Miller of Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore, who led the study.“I think people take vitamin E because they think it is going to make you live longer, but this(study)doesn’t support that.”Miller told reporters.
Miller and colleagues reanalyzed 19 studies of vitamin E and health between 1993 and 2004. The tests involved more than 136,000 mostly elderly patients in North America, Europe and China. People who took 200 international units of vitamin E a day or more died at a higher rate during the study, which lasted three years, than people who did not take supplements, they told a meeting of the American Heart Association.“It’s about a 5 percent increased risk at 45 years in the tests combined together,”Miller said.“That doesn’t sound like a lot but if you apply it to 25 percent of the (U.S.)adult population taking vitamin E, that is significant.”
Miller, whose findings are also being published online by the Annals of Internal Medicine, said twothirds of people who take vitamin E supplements take 400 IU or more.“We don’t think that people need to take vitamin E supplements, which they can get enough from the diet,”he said. Nuts, oils, whole grains and green leafy vegetables are all rich in vitamin E.
5.  People take vitamin E supplements, hoping that________.
A.they can lose weight easily
B.they may live a longer and healthier life
C.they can get more and more beautiful
D.they no longer need any medicine
6.  The following statements can give us information about Miller EXCEPT_________.
A.Miller and his team based their research on 19 cases of vitamin E and health between 1993 and 2004
B.Miller thinks it unnecessary for people to take vitamin E supplements
C.Miller supposes it impossible for people to get enough vitamin E from their diets
D.Miller played an important role in the tests conducted by the researchers
7.  Which of the following contains rich vitamin E?
A.Nuts.       
B.Whole grains.   
C.Green leafy vegetables.      
D.All of the above.
8.  What is this text mainly about?
A.It is reported in a study that vitamin E may do more harm than good to people to live longer and get healthier.
B.Dr.Edgar Miller and his colleagues studied many cases of vitamin E and health.
C.Dr.Edgar Miller advises that people should not depend on vitamin E supplements for longer and healthier lives.
D.People who took 200 international units of vitamin E a day or more died at a higher rate than people who did not take supplements.
 
第14天                         A
Are you single and dreaming of an exciting voyage vacation, but unsure of the next step? You’re not alone! Many single travelers wonder which voyage will have the most singles on board, how they’ll meet other singles, what the voyage will cost and whether they’ll enjoy themselves.
Our hosted singles voyage is ideal for singles of all ages. No other form of travel affords as many opportunities to meet people and make friends. In fact, our Singles Division can help you find a singles voyage on a ship that’s just right for you and make sure you meet many other singles on board.
We’ve scheduled singles voyage on sailings throughout 2005, to all of the world’s greatest destinations. And we’ve selected popular itineraries(旅行路线)on large, newer ships for different audiences, so you can find one that suits your tastes.
If you’re looking for a roommate to cut costs, our Match Program can pair you with a samesex single in one stateroom(on hosted sailings only),enabling us to offer you the same perperson pricing that couples receive. We guarantee to find you a roommate, whenever you signup before the cutoff date. If we don’t, you only need pay the perperson, doubleoccupancy rate. If you prefer the privacy of your own stateroom, the single supplement rates will apply.
Either way, we’ll provide our own onboard host to organize singles cocktail parties, mixers, games, singlemingle dining and more. Once you’ve booked your voyage, we’ll also give you private access to our singles chat site where you can get to know other singles before you depart.
We expect our staterooms on these sailings will fill quickly, so please book early to avoid disappointment. To get started, click on any singles voyage in the calendar to the left. Hope to see you onboard!
Note: If you can’t take advantage of one of our hosted singles cruises but still wish to travel as a single, click here for more information.
1.  The voyage which is strongly recommended in the text is for________
A.young singles
B.singles of all ages who want to meet people and make friend
C.single travelers
D.singles who intend to go to the world’s greatest destinations
2.  What can Match Program do for travelers according to the text?
A.To match a single man with a proper woman.
B.To match a single woman with a proper man.
C.To have a match between samesex singles in one room.
D.To pair a willing person with a samesex single in one room.
3.  Which activity is NOT included in the voyage?
A.Having singles cocktail parties.
B.Having private access to our singles chat site.
C.Mixers, games, singlemingle dining etc.
D.Finding a roommate.
4.  The text probably comes from_____________.
A.a guide book
B.an ad on newspaper
C.a website
D.a magazine
 

B
Brand is often regarded as the creation of western advertisement industry. However, the earliest “brand” could be traced back to the early civilization in China and Egypt. Earthenware(陶器)made in China thousands of years ago had signs or symbols of pottery makers, and domestic animals branded with marks could also be seen on wall paintings of ancient Egypt. These might be the first “brand” in history.
Time passes and the situation has changed. Nowadays Americans have “Cadillac”, Japanese have “Toyota”, Cermans have “Mercedes-Benz”, and they are all proud of the big brands they own. Chinese national brands are pale in comparison to their global counterparts. It is a reality which we cannot deny and have to face. With the globalization of brands and the internationalization of global competition, foreign brands are making constant efforts in attacking the Chinese market. Under the circumstances, the question that we must ask is:How can Chinese brands be ready for the challenge posed by foreign brands?
Many Chinese enterprises are single-minded in getting the attention of the international market and going into metropolises(大城市). Successful though they seem, they act ill-advisedly. We should be aware that it is the home market, especially the rural market with a population of 900 million people that provides the real development opportunity for Chinese national brands. That is why many powerful foreign brands are trying, with every possible means, to develop the Chinese rural market.
Quality is the life of a brand and consumers always choose products with first-class quality. The quality of Chinese products is very unstable so that it seriously affects the establishment of Chinese brands. Therefore, for those national brands determined to challenge foreign brands, the top task is to improve product quality. It must be clearly understood that, for a consumer who has bought a product, defects in 1% of your products mean 100% loss. Only if we create products with quality better than that of foreign brands can national brands be successful in competition.
5.  What is the question that we have to ask in face of foreign brands?
A.How to run a company in foreign countries.
B.How to stay in harmony with the foreign brands.
C.How to catch up with the foreign company in service and price.
D.How to compete against the foreign brands.
6.  Which of the following would the author agree with?
A.Quality is the most important element for a brand.
B.China’s international market is fully feveloped.
C.China’s products are matchless in the international market.
D.China’s goods are always of bad quality.
7.  Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A.Metropolitan areas are what many Chinese enterprises focus on.
B.Pottery made in ancient China had signs or symbols of the makers.
C.The top target of foreign enterprises in China has been the rural market.
D.Chinese enterprises should try to get into the home market.
8.  What can be concluded from the passage?
A.There’s no need for foreign brands to make constant efforts to compete with Chinese brands.
B.Ancient Chinese and Egyptians knew how to mark or symbolize their works.
C.Chinese enterprises can hardly build big brands people trust due to quality problems.
D.Chinese brands can only be successful in domestic market.

 
第15天                              A
Electricity, like clean water, is a resource that’s often taken for granted. But last summer, when blackouts struck much of the northeastern US, Ontario and Rome, consumers on two continents were given a painful reminder of just how easily broken electricity supplies can be. The massive disorder stranded (使陷入困境)commuters, stopped freezers, shut down businesses and refocused attention on where most of the planet’s power comes from:oil-and-gas-fired generators and nuclear plants, These sources not only pollute the environment but also make many consumers feel unacceptable health risks.
Companies are trying to offer an alternative, clean energy from renewable resources that’s plentiful and portable. Lifton’s Medis Technologies, as well as companies like Hydrogenics and Nanosys, is tapping into fuel cells and dolor panels to give people power whenever and wherever they want it, free from dependence on local grids(电网).
The search for alternative energy is nothing new, but the current trend of innovators is focusing on the goal of making clean and sustainable power a mainstream commodity. For example, the fuel cell, which produces electricity from the chemical reaction between oxygen and hydrogen, has been around for about 150 years, though its commercial development did not begin until the 1960s and then only as part of NASA spacecraft. Today this technology is coming down to Earth in places like Tokyo; in nine European cities, from Stockholm to Porto, each operating three hydrogen-fuel-cell buses; and in Iceland, which is trying to create the first fuel free hydrogen economy by 2030.
When hydrogen and oxygen molecules(分子)combine, the reaction produces heat and water. Fuel cells use this reaction to generate electricity. With the cell phone and gadget(小机件)market in mind, Medis has developed a fuel cell with cheap components that produces little heat and effortlessly reduces waste water without turning to energy consuming pumps.
1.  What is the passage mainly about?
A.The future of alternative energy
B.How the fuel cells works
C.People’s search for alternative energy
D.The damage done by the blackout last summer.
2.  What can we know about the fuel cell?
A.Its commercial use began in the 1960s.
B.Today it’s being used in almost every corner of the world.
C.It has been in widespread used for about 150 years.
D.It supplies electricity to make the combination of oxygen and hydrogen possible.
3.  Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?
A.Lifton’s Medis Technologies is tapping into fuel cells and solar panels.
B.The fuel cell has been around for about 150 years.
C.The fuel cell’s commercial development did not begin until the 1960s.
D.When hydrogen and oxygen molecules combine, the reaction produces o2 and H2O.
4.  The underlined word “blackouts” in the 1 st paragraph means_____.
A.power failure                 B.the delivering of electricity
C.the power of electricity         D.power station
B
Seafood buffet(自助餐)
   Treat your mother to a buffet lunch featuring an array of seafood at Days Hotel & Suites Beijing. There are oysters and sashimi, as well as an on-site grill of various meat and seafood, plus dumplings. Other selections are savory soup and delicate dessert. Your mother will receive a hand-made festival gift. 11:30 am, MAY 13TH. 6773-1234 Ext 3930.
   Sunday buffet
   Cafe 99 at Regent Beijing offers a sumptuous Sunday buffet with caviar and free flow of champagne and wines on Mother’s Day, May 13.11:30 am-3 pm. 8522-1789.
   Shaanxi style
   Chefs from Shaanxi Province treat customers to authentic local noodles at the Regal Palace Chinese Restaurant, Days & Suites Beijing, including Qishan noodles with spicy and sour pork sauce, oil-sprayed noodles, besides based cakes with pork stuffing, and mutton soup with steamed buns. 8778-9888 Ext 262.
   Da Zhai Men
   Traditional Chinese architecture, performances and popular Chinese foods. Daily 11 am- 2 pm, 5 pm-11pm. Guoxing Jiayuan, Shouti Nanlu, Xicheng District. 8835-6687.
   Da Zhai Men
   Traditional Chinese architecture, performances and popular Chinese foods. Daily 11 am-2pm, 5pm-11pm. Guoxing Jiayuam, Shouti Nanlu,, Xicheng District. 8835-6687.
   Mughal’s Beijing Restaurant
   Classic curry dishes and many other famous Pakistani/Xinjiang halal dishes(English menu). Lunch buffet every working day for 38 yuan per person. Live dance performances every day (starting at 7:30 pm). There is a big open-air terrace. Daily 11 am-midnight, Rm 5188, 5th Floor, 3.3 Fashion Plaza, 33 Sanlitun Road, Chaoyang District. 5136-5575.
   Brunch(早午餐)
   Pay tribute to Mom with a brunch fest at the Kerry Center Hotel. Complimentary chocolates, flowers and a glass of champagne add to the festive environment, Starting at 11:30 am, Sunday May 13.6561-8833 Ext 40.
5.  Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A.You can enjoy seafood buffet in Kerry Center Hotel on May 13th.
B.Da Zhai Men offers performances and popular Chinese foods 9 hours daily.
C.Having lunch buffet in Mughal’s Beijing Restaurant cost 38 yuan person on weekends
D.Cafe 99 at Regent Beijing offers free chocolates and flowers on Mother’s Day.
6.  This passage is mainly about____.
A.restaurants           B.performances          C.food          D.travel
7.  Which of the following is NOT prepared for Mothers’ Day?
A.Seafood buffet.                    B.Sunday buffet.
C.Brunch.                          D.Mughal’s Beijing Restaurant.
8.  Where can you eat food while enjoying a lot of performances?
A.At Days Hotel & Suites Beijing.
B.At the Regal Palace Chinese Restaurant.
C.In Da Zhai Men.
D.At the Kerry Center Hotel.
 
第16天                       A
In meditation(冥想),people sit quietly and focus their attention on their breath .As they breathe in and out ,they attend to their feelings .As thoughts go through their minds. They let them go. Breathe .Let go .Breathe .Let go .
According to a recent study at the Insight Meditation Society in Barre,Massachusetts. Three months of training in this kind of meditation causes a market change in how the brain allocates(分配) attention. It appears that the ability to let go thoughts that come into mind frees the brain to attend to more rapidly changing things and events in the outside world. Expert mediators are better than other people at catching such fast-changing stimuli( 刺激),like facial expressions.
The study provides evidence for changes in the workings of the brain with mental training. People can learn and improve abilities of all sorts with practice, everything from driving to playing the piano. The study has shown that meditation is good for the brain. It appears to reduce pressure and promote a sense of well-being.
In an experiment, 17 volunteers with no meditation experience in the experimental group spent three months meditating 10 to 12 hours a day .A control group also with no meditation experience meditated for 20 minutes a day over the same period .Both groups were then given the tests with two numbers in a group of letters. As both group looked for the numbers , their brain activity was recorded.
Everyone could catch the first number .But the brain recordings showed that the less experienced mediators tended to grasp the first number and hang onto it, so they missed the second number .Those with more experience gave less attention to the first number .as if letting it go ,which led to an increased ability to grasp the second number ,This shows that attention can change with practice.
Just ask Daniel Levision , who meditated for three months as part of the study .”I am a much better listener,” he said . “ I do not get lost in my own personal reaction to what people are saying.”(07天津卷)
1.  The underlined word “them” in Paragraph 1 refers to  __________  .
A.  feelings          B. minds              C. people              D. thoughts
2.  Meditations manage their daily tasks better because they   ________  .
A . are given less pressure
B. allocate their attention better
C. have more stimuli for life
D. practice them more frequently
3.  In the experiment ,volunteers doing meditation for longer hours   _____  .
A. were more likely to catch both of the members
    B. were used to memorizing numbers in groups
    C. usually ignored the first number observed
    D. paid more attention to numbers than to letters
4.  The study proves that     _____ .
    A .meditation improves one’s health
    B .brain activity can be recorded
    C .human attention can be trained
    D .mediators have a good sense of hearing

B
When we think of  leadership ,we often think of strength and power .But what are these really ,and how do they operate?
 Leadership today is not about forcing others to do things .If this is even possible .it is short-term ,and tends to backfire. If you order someone to do something against their will, they may do it because they feel they must , but the anger they feel will do more harm in the long-term ,They will also experience fear.
Fear causes the thinking brain to shut down , making the person unable to function at his or her best .If they associate you with this emotion of fear. They will become less functional around you ,and you will have succeeded in not only shooting yourself in the foot .but possibly making a very good employee or partner unable to perform effectively .Fear has no place in leadership.
  The way we influence people in a lasting way is by our own character, and our understanding and use of emotion .We can order someone to do something ,which may be part of the work day; or we can employ them at the emotional level ,so they became fully devoted to the projects and provide some of their own motivation(积极性)。Today’s work place is all about relationships as a human being as well as a worker .Everyone produces just a bit more for someone they like .Leaders understand the way things work .They know the pay check is not the single most motivating factor (因素) in the work life of most people.
The true strength of leadership is an inner strength that comes from the confidence of emotional intelligence---knowing your own emotions, and how to handle them, and those of others . Developing your emotional intelligence is the single best thing you can do if you want to develop your relationships with people around you , which is the key to the leadership skills . (07天津卷)

5.  An employee may have a feeling of fear in the work place when___.
A. he is forced to do things
B. be cannot work at his best
C. he feels his brain shut down
D he thinks of his work as too heavy
6.  Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A People tend to associate leadership with fear
B Working conditions affect people’s physical health
C Good relationship is the key to business success
D Smart people are more functional in the work place.
7.  To positively influence employees a leader should first of all __
A provide better suggestions
B develop his own personality
C five his employees a pay raise
D hide his own emotion of fear
8.  Good leadership is mainly seen in a leader’s ability to___
A .provide a variety of project for employees
B. help raise employee’s living standards
C. give employees specific instructions
D. deal wisely with employees’ emotions
第17天                              A
When your pet meets your infant(婴儿),it might not be love at first sniff. When Jennifer brought her baby home from the hospital, her cherished dogs had very different reactions. Her Boxer, Sonya, was immediately gentle and protective. But Tiger, the Pomeranian, was less welcoming. “If any diapers(尿布)or toys were on the floor, he peed on them,” says the Greenbrier, mom. In the eyes of a pet, there’s a new star in home who’s stealing his spotlight. Even the gentlest animal will probably act up if he doesn’t get his usual attention. These simple steps will help your pet adjust and keep your baby safe.
     Introduce Them with Care
Your newborn and per’s first encounter can set the tone for their relationship. To make it as smooth as possible, try this trick from Caryn Ruiz:“Before we left the hospital, my husband took blankets home to our dog, Daisy, so she’d know our newborn Devon’s smell.” When you get home, have your husband carry the baby so you can greet your pet without worrying about her jumping on you. A cat will likely walk away at first, while a dog probably wants to investigate right away.
To introduce your baby, get down on your pet’s level and let her have a hello sniff. Don’t panic and pull your baby away unless your pet is barking or hissing, because it’ll send the message that the baby is a threat.
    Learn the Safety Basics
No matter how smoothly the introduction goes, there are certain safety rules you should follow. Never leave your baby alone with the pet. Even the gentlest animal can react unpredictably. Your baby’s crying could frighten your cat, or your dog could suddenly become territorial. Consider setting up baby gates to limit your pet’s access. To keep your cat from jumping into the bassinet(有篷盖的摇篮), try putting mosquito netting over the top. Cats hate sticky paws, so keep the crib(有栏杆的婴儿床)and changing table off-limits by lining the edges with sticky strips made for furniture. You can also train your dog to sleep in a crate(大木箱).
1.  At the beginning of the passage, the author uses the stories to_____.
A.illustrate possible reactions when pets meet a newborn baby
B.show that pets don’t like a newborn baby
C.prove how friendly a pet is when it meets a newborn baby
D.introduce how terrible the pets are when a mother gets a baby home
2.  Who is Sonya mentioned in the 1 st paragraph?
A.Jennifer’s dog.                        B.Jennifer’s baby.
C.Jennifer’s husband.                    D.A pet expert.
3.  What can we infer from the passage?
A.Cats are more welcoming than dogs when they meet a newborn baby.
B.You must show your baby to your pet dog when it is barking.
C.You should never keep a baby together with your pet.
D.The first introduction of your newborn baby to your pet is important.
4.  According to the passage, to keep your baby safe, you should do the following things EXCEPT_____.
A.introducing your baby to your pet with care
B.leaving your baby alone with your pet at the first day when they meet
C.setting up baby gates to limit your baby
D.keeping your pet away from your baby
B
 “Seven out of ten people have tried to learn a language at some point in their life and most wish they could speak one more fluently,” a survey found. “And nine out of ten people want their children to learn foreign languages at primary school,” said the poll for the OCR Examing Board (牛津剑桥皇家考试委员会).Languages are no longer compulsory(义务的)for pupils aged 14 and over. But the government wants all primary school pupils in England to learn a language by the end of the decade.
A survey of 1000 people was carried out, which is organised by the National Centre of Language .The study suggested people in London were the most likely(78%) to have studied another language, Scots were next at 74%, followed by the northeast of England (71%).In the west of England, more than six in ten have knowledge of another language.
Barrie Hunt from OCR said, “People are often very negative about Britain,s grasp of foreign languages but in reality the number of people who can speak a second language is impressive. The great joke is that many of these people will have no formal qualification to show their family, friends and employers what they can do. Whether they are fluent or just able to hold a short conversation in another language is unknown.”
He said OCR had set a new language scheme called Asset Languages to encourage people of all ages to learn languages in bite-sized amounts and get a qualification.
The scheme also provides assessment for community languages spoken at home, such as Chinese, Urdu and Punjabi.
Isabella Moore from the National Centre of Languages said, “Employers want evidence of good communication skills, confidence and outward-looking attitudes, so a language qualification is an important addition to anyone,s resume.”
5.  It can be inferred that___________________________ .
A. foreign language study is popular in UK
B. foreign language study is a must for people of all ages
C. it is especially easy for British people to study foreign languages
D. students of over 14 no longer study foreign languages
6.  Which of the following has the most to have studied a foreign language?
A. People from Scotland.              B. People from the northeast of England.
C. People in London.                 D. People from the west of England.
7.  Which statement is true according to the text?
A. A language qualification is the only evidence of a high-quality employee.
B. Speaking foreign languages is the most important skill required in employment among all.
C. A language qualification is very difficult to get in UK.
D. Many people in UK don,t have a qualification although they can speak foreign languages.
8.  What’s the best title for the text?
A. An Interesting Survey                 B. UK Loves After All
C. Language Teaching in UK              D. Better to Get a Language Qualification

第18天                             A
He could have been president of Israel or played violin at Carnegie Hall, but he was too busy thinking. His thinking on God, love and the meaning of life graces our greeting cards and day-timers.
Fifty years after his death, his shock(乱蓬蓬的一堆)of white hair and hanging moustache still symbolize genius. Einstein remains the foremost scientist of the modern time. Looking back 2,400 years, only Newton ,Galileo and Aristotle were his equals.
Around the world , universities and academies(研究院)are celebrating the 100th anniversary of Einstein’s “miracle year” when he published five scientific papers in 1905 that basically changed our grasp of space, time ,light and matter. Only he could top himself about a decade later with his theory of relativity.
Born in the age of horse-drawn carriages, his ideas launched a technological revolution that has made more changes in a century than in the previous two thousand years. Computers, satellites, telecommunications, lasers, televisions and nuclear power all owe their invention to ways in which Einstein exposed a stranger and more complicated reality underneath the world.
He escaped Hitler’s Germany and devoted the rest of his life to human rights and peace with an authority unmatched by any scientist today, or even most politicians and religious leaders. He spoke out against fascism(法西斯主义)and racial prejudice. His FBI(美国联邦调查局)file ran 1,400 pages.
His letters expose a disorderly personal life ─ married twice and indifferent toward his children while absorbed in physics. Yet he charmed lovers and admirers with poetry and sailboat outings. Friends and neighbors fiercely protected his privacy.
1. The first paragraph implies that Einstein             .
A. had the gift for politics and music
B. had run for president before he worked at his research
C. was an excellent violinist
D. was more a political leader of a musician than a thinker
2. When you think of Einstein, what typical appearance was formed in your mind?
A. Funny and humorous, with an air of a musician.
B. Wearing very wide trousers and a moustache, with an image of an actor.
C. Rough untidy mass of white hair and hanging moustache , with an image of thinking .
D. Black long hair and moustache, with his eyes deep set.
3. Why was 1905 called Einstein’s “miracle year”?
A. Because he topped himself with the theory of relativity.
B. Because he made important discoveries of space, time , light and matter.
C. Because he published five papers on his theory of relativity.
D. Because he wrote five important articles to help people understand space, time , light and matter better.
4. Which of the following is not true about Einstein according to the passage?
A. When he was absorbed in his research ,he didn’t care for his family.
B. He tried to amuse his family and friends in his spare time.
C. He was so busy with the physical research that he showed no interest in politics.
D. His theory led to much improvement in many technological fields.

B
Heading back to the room for dinner and a hot shower may sound like the act of a tired tourist ,but in a traditional Japanese inn ─ or ryokan ─ those activities can be as interesting as anything along the sightseeing trail.“People going looking for a sort of nostalgic(怀旧的),old-fashioned ,and traditional view of Japanese life will find it most easily in a ryokan,”said Peter Grilli, the president of Japan Society of Boston, Massachusetts.
Many ryokans sprang up in the 17th century to put up feudal lords traveling along the Tokaido highway to Edo(now Tokyo). Today tourists looking for a taste of the country’s historic lifestyle find varying levels of understated elegance in ryokans throughout the country.
A typical stay starts with a greeting from the inn’s staff and a change from street shoes into slippers .An attendant leads guests to their rooms, where slippers are removed before walking on the rice-straw flooring, called tatami. Walking slowly along behind a kimonoclad(身穿和服的)attendant on the creaky wood floors of Fukuzumiro ryokan,s hallways is like stepping back in time. The inn was established in 1890 by a former samurai(武士).
Tim Paterson ,33, a banker living in Tokyo, has stayed at several ryokans. This New Zealand native leaves after a recent stay at Fukuzumiro. “I think it’s quite good mixing culture with history and not just going to see it ,but living in it, staying in it,”he said. Sliding glass doors line the inn’s rural hallways, bringing in the sound of tricking water and the quietness of the stone and tree-filled courtyards outside.
5. From the first paragraph, we can see that_________________ .
A. there is no dinner and a hot shower in the ryokan
B. such activities as dinner and shower in the ryokan can take you back in time
C. such activities as dinner and shower mean the same both in ordinary inns and traditional inns
D. such activities as dinner and shower are more important than the sightseeing for tourists
6. What’s the purpose of building so many ryokans in the 17th century?
A. Providing rooms for the noble when they traveled.
B. Keeping the Japanese traditional style of life.
C. Making people feel elegant in the ryokan.
D. Attracting more tourists to put up in the ryokan.
7. Which of the following shows the right order of tourists entering the ryokan?
  a. An attendant shows guests to their room;
b. The guests take off their shoes; 
c. The staff greet the guests; 
d. The guests walk on tatami; 
e. The guests take off slippers; 
f. The guests put on slippers.
A. b ; c ; d ; e ; f ; a             B. c ; b ; f ; a ; e ; d  
C. c ; a ; d ; b ; e ; f             D b ; a ; d ; e ; c ; f
8. From Tim Paterson’s words in the last paragraph ,we can infer that      .
A. he will never stay in such a ryokan again
B. he stays in such a ryokan just for its long history
C. he feels relaxed and culturally enriched after staying in such a ryokan
D. he would rather live in such a ryokan than go back home


第19天                              A
It seems that Great Wall is the place to rock. There will be two parties held on the Great Wall this month.

Great Wall Ⅰ
The latest Great Wall party is sponsored(主办)by the Club and electrobeat and held at Jinshanling. Local DJ Mark ,as well as guest Slab from Australia ,Usami and Bobby from Hong Kong will spin the sounds. All drinks are priced at 20 yuan($2.4).
Tickets:200 yuan($24), including bus ride there and back plus entrance fee to the Great Wall.
T/D: 8 p.m. to 2 a. m., Sept.20.
Pre-sale tickets are available at: Public Space: 6416-0759 Neo Lounge: 6416-1077
Location: Buses leave at 5 p.m. on Saturday ,Sep. 20 from Neo Lounge, 99 Xinfuncun Zhonglu, Sanlitun, Chaoyan District.
For more info: www. elektrobeat.com

Great Wall Ⅱ
The other party at the end of this month at Jinshanling will be kick-started with live performances by Askar, Brain Failure, Longkuan, Supermarket, Mr.Zhou, Beijing Talking and the Yi band.
Dance till dawn to the groovy(绝妙的)sounds of DJs Ben ,Mickey Zhang ,Will, Cheese, Gao Hu and Huang Weiwei.
T/D: 8 p.m. to 2 a.m. ,Sept. 27.
Tickets: 350 yuan($42)or 300 yuan($36) for groups of 10 or more, 500 yuan ($60) at the door and VIP tickets 800 yuan($72), transportation included..
Location: Buses depart from the north gate of Workers, Stadium at noon, 2 p.m., 4 p.m., Sept. 27.
For more info: contact Li Zhenhua at lzh@msgp.org or call 133-2119-1731.

1.  Which is true according to the text?
A. You have to pay extra money for entering the Great Wall with a ticket.
B. You have to use a computer to get the details about Great Wall Rock.
C. You have to pay extra money for bus ride with a ticket.
D. It is at least 4 hours, ride from Neo Lounge to Jinshanling.
2.  What day of the week is September 27?
A. Saturday .       B. Sunday.       C. Weekday.       D. It can’t be known.
3.  A dozen people want to attend Great Wall Ⅱ.They should pay at least _________ for the tickets.
A. $504         B. $432        C. $720         D. $864
4.  If you want to go Great Wall Rock , _______________________.
A. you’ll have to get up early to catch the bus
B. you’ll have to spend a whole day on the bus
C. you can take a bus at any time from 8 p.m. to 2 a.m.
D. you can’t take a morning bus to get there

B
Jurassic Park could become a reality with dinosaurs making a comeback after a discovery last week. Scientists found remains of a dinosaur’s blood vessels(血管)and cells .In theory, DNA from these cells could be used to clone the longdead dinosaur.
A team from North Carolina State University found the remains in a fossil(化石)of the leg bone of a Tyrannosaurus rex(暴龙)in Montana, US.
The last dinosaurs on Earth died some 65 million years ago, but they left bits of themselves behind wherever they lived. Around the world ,dug-up bones and fossils have given scientists many ideas about what the animals were like.
Preserved by minerals, the newly discovered leg bone was hard. So the scientists used a liquid to dissolve(溶解)the minerals. A week later, the remaining material was soft and stretchy(有弹性的),which surprised the researchers.
Some of the materials appeared to be a network of blood vessels. Out of these, the researchers were able to squeeze(挤出)tiny , round, dark-red and deep-brown structures that seemed to be ancient blood cells.
Scientists are overjoyed by this discovery because most fossils come from hard body parts, like bones and shells, which last a long time. Soft tissues, like skin, muscle, and organs are very hard to find because they tend to break down more quickly.
Scientists think that the new discovery will help them to better understand how fossils form. Future finds should also help flesh out how the dinosaurs lived.
They were also very excited by the possibility of having some dinosaur DNA.From that scientists could create a real life “Jurassic Park”.
In the Hollywood movie, scientists reproduced dinosaurs from the DNA they found in a mosquito fossil and disaster soon followed.
5.  Scientists are excited _________________________ .
A. because they have got dinosaur DNA
B. about making a movie called “Jurassic Park”
C. because they found the liquid to dissolve fossils
D. because it,s very hard to find soft tissues in fossils
6.  The latest discovery can tell us       .
A. what the animals were like         B. how fossils form
C. how the dinosaur lived            D. how to get dinosaur DNA
7.  What does the underlined phrase“flesh out”mean in the article?
A. add more details or information to     B. take more photos of
C. make the public know more about     D. find the answer to
8.  Why is the latest discovery very important?
A. It could make it possible to make dinosaurs return to the former position.
B. It could throw light on how dinosaurs lived many years ago.
C. It could prove what dinosaurs were like.
D. It could explain why dinosaurs died some 65 million years ago.

第20天                      A
Beauty has always been regarded as something admirable .Almost everyone thinks that attractive people are happier and healthier; they have better marriages and have more respectable jobs. Personal consultants(顾问)give them better advice for finding jobs. Even judges are softer on attractive persons. But in the executive circle, beauty can become a liability.
While attractiveness is a positive thing for a man’s rise, it is harmful to a woman’s .Handsome male executives were considered as having more honesty than plainer men; effort and ability were thought to be the reasons for their success .Attractive female executives were considered to have less honesty than unattractive ones; their success was attributed not to ability but to factors such as luck. All unattractive women executives were thought to have more honesty and to be more capable than the attractive female executives.
Why are attractive women not thought to be able? An attractive woman is thought to be more feminine(女性的)and an attractive man more masculine(男性的)than the less attractive ones. Thus , an attractive woman has an advantage in traditionally female jobs, but an attractive woman in a traditionally masculine position appears to lack the “masculine”qualities required.
This is true even in politics. Anne Bowman recently published a study on the effects of attractiveness on political candidates(候选人).She asked 125 undergraduate students to rank two groups of photographs, one of men and one of women ,in order of attractiveness. The students were told the photographs were of candidates for political offices. They were asked to rank them again, in the order they would vote for them.
The results showed that attractive males completely defeated unattractive men , but the woman who had been ranked most attractive always received the fewest votes.
1.  In traditionally female jobs, attractiveness __________________ .
A. strengthens the feminine qualities required
B. makes women look more honest and capable
C. is of great importance to women
D. often enables women to succeed quickly
2.  Bowman’s experiment shows that when it comes to politics, attractiveness _____________________.
A. turns out to be an obstacle to men
B. affects men and women alike
C. has as little effect on men as on women
D. is more of an obstacle than a benefit to women
3.  It can be inferred from the passage that people’s views on beauty are often ____________ .
A. practical    B. old-fashioned    C. prejudiced(偏见的)  D. serious
4.  The author writes this passage to_______________________ .
A. discuss the negative aspects of being attractive
B. give advice to job-seekers who are attractive
C. demand equal rights for women
D. emphasize the importance of appearance

B
Drinking small amount of hard Japanese rice wine apparently never hurt 114-year-old Kamato Hongo.She is now the world’s oldest living person, according to Guinness World Records.
“Hongo inherited(继承)the title Monday after the death of the previous record holder, Maud Farris-Luse ,of Coldwater , Mich.,”the record-keeping company said on its website.Farris-Luse was 115 years and 56 days old then.
“Hongo, born on Sept .16,1887, was raised on a farm and counts drinking Japanese rice wine among her favorite things ─ along with black salt, pork ,sashimi(生鱼片)and green tea,”according to Guinness. “She also likes traditional Japanese dancing.”
“The key is not storing up stress,”said her 45-year-old grandson Tsuyoshi Kurauchi. “If you do that, you can eat or drink anything.”
“Hongo mothered seven children, more than 20 grandchildren, and even outlived her eldest daughter, who died two years ago while in her 90s,”according to Kurauchi, who described Hongo as a “warm, caring grandmother”.
She lived in a nursing home in Kagoshima, a city about 615 miles southwest of Tokyo on the island of Kyushu, which has reputation for record-breaking longevity among its residents.
Hongo was born in the nearby town of Isen, home to the late Shigechiyo Izumi, who also held the Guinness record as the world’s oldest person. He died in 1986 at the age of 120.
Recently , another Kyushu resident was regarded as the world’s oldest man. Retired silkworm farmer Yukichi Chuganji graduated into the spot on Jan . 4 with the death of his predecessor, Antonio Todde of Italy. Chuganji turns 113 on Saturday.
There are an estimated 15,000 Japanese over the age of 100, and women make up about 80 percent of the total.
5.  The sentence “The key is not storing up stress.”in Paragraph 4 means “ ___________”.
A. The most important is to mind everything that has been done.
B. The most important is to forget the unpleasant things.
C. The most important is to reduce the heavy load of learning and work.
D. The most important is to remember what brings you unhappiness.
6.  Who is considered to be the world’s oldest man alive in the passage?
A. Maud Farris-Luse.                B. Shigechiyo Izumi.
C. Yukichi Chuganji.                D. Kamato Hongo.
7.  Which of the following is not true about Kamato Hongo?
A. She is the world’s oldest person alive.
B. She loves drinking Japanese rice wine.
C. She is fond of traditional Japanese dancing.
D. She cares about everything that happens around her.
8.  The passage mainly talks about ___________________ .
A. the fact that women are living longer than men
B. something about the Japanese oldest living lady
C. the fact that Kagoshima is famous for longevity
D. the secret of living longer
第21天                                 A
 Sicily, an island of Italy, is home to beautiful beaches, outstanding food, and a bit of Italian history on every corner. It’s located just southwest of the Italian mainland and it’s the largest Mediterranean island.
 Invaded(侵略)by many armies over the centuries, it became the site of Roman and Greek colonies. Those cultures remain to this day.
 Although they have a rich culture and history, Sicilian people lead a simple life. Living on land with fertile(肥沃的) soil, most of them work in agriculture, fishing and mining, and of course tourism.
 In Sicily, most stores and businesses are closed from one to four in the afternoon. Street become crowded around five as people start to go out and engage in a variety of activities. They may take a walk to the shops, enjoy a pastry(糕点)or just meet up with friends.
 Food is one of the great pleasures of Sicilian people. There is an old Sicilian saying: “With a contented stomach, your heart is forgiving. With an empty stomach you forgive nothing.” People will go miles out their way to eat fresh seafood. Pasta(意大利面)is the main food Each region has its seasonal pasta dishes, and every family cook their own specialty. Bread is common too. As another Sicilian saying goes, “A table without bread is like a day without sunshine.” In Sicily, bread is always freshly baked or bought, and usually twice a day.
1.  Invaders from Rome and Greece came to Sicily______.
A.by bike           B.by ship           C.on foot           D.by train
2.  The underlined sentences mean Sicilian people______.
A.can always forgive other’s mistakes
B.can’t stand going hungry
C.like eating
D.may make mistakes when they are hungry
3.  According the author, Pasta changes with______.
A.weather            B.age              C.social position     D.season
4.  The best title of this passage might be______.
A.Sicily—an Island of Italy
B.Sicily—the Site of Roman and Greek Colonies
C.Italy’s most Beautiful Island
D.SiTALY’S Tasty Island Culture


B
Observer 2007-03-28 13:54
   Nothing could be more shameful for McDonald’s and KFC. They are violating labour’s rights. The government must immediately bring the guilty to justice. A stricter government inspection system must be enforced to protect the workers.
Nathan 2007-03-28 21:39
It is known that McDonald’s and KFC and other fast-food restaurants pay the lowest wage they possibly can to get their employees. I think it’s kind of funny that these two restaurants have not yet set up unions. It is also known that they also take every possible measure e(legal, and sometimes illegal) to prevent their employees from forming or joining unions. I think it is high time that government enforced the law that they have made.
Cushman 2007-03-28 22:32
The deepest reason is that China has a large population. If you complain that the pay is very low, the boss will tell you that can go to other places and that there are a lot of people waiting for the job. Today finding a job is not very easy, so you don’t have many choices, and you have to face the reality.
Chip 2007-03-29 20:33
If wages were too low, people wouldn’t work for them, but they do, so it proves the wages are reasonable. Sure, they could raise the wages, but why should they? The workers are still working, still willing to show up on time, and it keeps costs lower. Were they to raise wages, they would have to FIRE more workers, and the price of burgers would go up. Then people wouldn’t buy them, then McDonald’s would once again FIRE more workers because of a reduced demand, and you’d be back in the same boat, just with less people working.

5. What are they debating about?
A.McDonald’s and KFC pay too low a salary to their employees.
B.Setting up a social security system.
C.Fast-food restaurants have no rights to fire workers.
D.McDonald’s and KFC will be punished for their behaviour.
6. According to Chip, it is____for McDonald’s and KFC to give employees a low salary.
A.unacceptable       B.shameful        C.acceptable        D.illegal
7. In the opinion of Cushman, the key to the problem is that____.
A.the social security net has not been set up
B.China has too large a population
C.the government has not taken stronger steps to protect workers
D.the unions have not played an important part to raise the wages.
8. The underlined word “they” in Nathan’s words refers to____.
A.the employees                          B.governments    
C.all the restaurants                        D.fast-food restaurants
 第22天                        A
Why did humans evolve to walk upright? Perhaps because it’s just plain easier. Make that “energetically less costly”, scientifically speaking.
Bipedalism—walking on two feet, is one of the defining characteristics of being humans, and scientists have debated for years how it came about. In the latest attempt to find an explanation, researchers trained five chimps(黑猩猩)to walk on a treadmill(跑步机)while wearing masks that allowed measurement of their oxygen consumption. The chimps were measured both while walking upright and while moving on their legs and knuckles(膝关节).That measurement of the energy needed to move around was compared with similar tests on humans and the results are published in this week’s online edition of “Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences”.
It turns out that humans walking on two legs use only one-quarter of the energy that chimps use while knucklewalking on four limbs(肢).And the chimps, on average, use as much energy using two legs as they did when they used all four limbs.
However, there were differences among chimps in how much energy they used, and this difference corresponded to their different manner of walking and anatomy(解剖构造).One of the chimps used less energy on two legs, one used about the same and the others used more, said David Raichlen, assistant professor of anthropology at the University of Arizona.
“What we were surprised at was the variation(变异) ”, he said in a telephone interview. Interview. “That was pretty exciting, because when you talk about how evolution works, variation is the bottom line, without variation there is no evolution.”
Walking on two legs freed our arms, opening the door to drive the world, said Raichlen. “We think about the evolution of bipedalism as one of first events that led hominids(原始人)down the path to being humans.”
The research was supported by the National Science Foundation and the L.S.B.Leakey Foundation.
1. The underlined word “Bipedalism” in Paragraph 2 probably means____.
A.moving sideways              B.walking upright
C.walking on four legs            D.running fast
2. We can infer from the passage that____.
A.scientists have no idea on how humans’ walking on two legs came about
B.scientists have had different views on why chimps walk on four legs
C.scientists have had different views on how humans’ walking on two legs vame about
D.scientists have had similar views on how humans’ walking on two legs came about
3. What is Paragraph 4 mainly about?
A.How chimps saved energy.
B.Why chimps didn't walk on two legs.
C.David Raichlen studied chimps.
D.Different chimps consumed different energy.
4. According to the passage, humans walk upright in order to____.
A.conserve energy                  B.differ from other animals
C.free their brains                  D.strengthen their legs

B
Does technology pose a threat to the purity of Chinese language?
Many Chinese use instant messenger tools such as MSN or QQ, listen to music on MP3 players and log on the Internet using ADSL—most without knowing the literal Chinese translation of the abbreviations(缩略词). But they don’t have to, as many English letters have become part of the local vocabulary.
A dozen abbreviations including GDP, NBA, IT, MP3, QQ, DVD and CEO are among the 5,000 most-frequently used words in the Chinese media last year, according to a report on the 2006 Language Situation in China.
The report said some parents are so keen on English letters that a couple tried to name their baby “@”, claiming the character used in email addresses reflects their love for the child. While the “@”is obviously familiar to Chinese e-mail users, they often use the English word “at” to pronounce it “ai ta”,or “love him”.
The study collected more than 1 billion language samples from newspapers, magazines, TV, radio and websites. The annual report is jointly compiled by the Ministry of Education and the State Language Commission.
“Nowadays, more and more English abbreviations are being used in Chinese, making them an important part of modern language,” said Hou Min, a professor at Communication University of China.
“The abbreviations have gained popularity because of the ease of usage,” Hou said. For example, DNA is much simpler to use than its Chinese version. “As more Chinese people learn foreign languages, especially English, in recent years, using abbreviations has become a trend among educated people,” she added.
Some language scholars fear such usage will contaminate(污染)the purity of Chinese and cause confusion in communication.
5. Which of the following is TRUE about the report on the 2006 Language Situation in China?
A.The report is compiled by the Ministry of Education alone.
B.The report is compiled every year.
C.The report is compiled every two years.
D.The report is based on over 1 billion language samples from websites.
6. Why does the author use the example of a couple who tried to name their baby “@”?
A.To show Chinese is badly polluted by English.
B.To express the couple’s love for the child.
C.To indicate “@”is a very common sign among the e-mail users.
D.To show some people are very enthusiastic over English letters.
7.Why are the English abbreviations becoming more and more popular according to the passage?
A.Because English is the most common language in the world.
B.Because using English abbreviations is a fashion.
C.Because English abbreviations are easy and simple to use.
D.Because English abbreviations are easy to pronounce.
8.What can we infer from the passage?
A.People should know clearly the exact Chinese translation of English abbreviations.
B.More and more Chinese people will use English abbreviations in the future.
C.Most parents like to give their child English names now.
D.Language scholars hate to use English abbreviations.

第23天                        A
Now let’s talk about doing well by doing good—many people who have ever been volunteers for the community find their place in relative jobs or even make their way to be corporate(团体的)leaders.
Consider the case of Kimberly Mulcahy. Throughout her career, Mulcahy has actively volunteered in her community, profession and industry. Though she put in long hours as Vice President at a Fortune 500 company, she also found time to professional and community organizations.
Then last year, the unexpected thing happened. The company where she’d worked for more than 20 years was bought out and she was laid off.
On hearing the news, those who she served were quick not only to offer her support—but actual jobs! In the end, Mulcahy was hired by a PR agency—she used to work as a director of her industry association. And she brought with her several accounts based on relationships she had formed through volunteering.
Volunteering was a godsend(天赐之物)to Todd, who has been a mid-level manager at the same company for many years. After he was out of work, he felt old and disappointed. But Todd knew he needed a change. Todd became involved in community service. He joined his town’s volunteer fire department and was soon appointed to the finance committee.
Sometimes volunteering helps you bring passion to your work, other times it can turn your life’s passion into your work. Cape Cod Baseball League President Judy Scarafile is a registered pharmacist(药剂师)whose love of the game led her to volunteered as league publicist(宣传员), secretary and deputy commissioner woman to hold the top post.
Whether you are to enter the workforce, build your resume, or follow your passion, volunteering is good for the soul and the career.
1.  By saying “doing well by doing good” in Paragraph 1, the author wants to_____.
  A.encourage us just to do it, and it will be better
  B.encourage us to try as hard as possible
  C.tell us not to give up
  D.tell us that people who have volunteered their way into
2.  Which of the following is NOT true about Mulcahy according to the passage?
  A.Mulcahy put in long hours as Vice President at a Fortune 500 company.
  B.Mulcahy becomes a famous football player.
  C.Mulcahy brought with her several accounts based on relationships she had formed through volunteering.
  D.Mulcahy was hired by a PR agency.
3.  Which of the following words can best describe Todd?
  A.Learned         B.Lucky        C.Rude          D.Realistic
4.  Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?
  A.Volunteer Work Can Boost Your Career.
  B.Mulcahy’s Voluntary Work Experience.
  C.It’s a Good Chance to Be a Volunteer.
  D.Volunteer Work.


B
Dogs may help save the day in the Philippines, as they use their noses to smell out survivors buried by Friday’s mudslide(泥石流). The team of dogs arrived in the Philippines from Spain, and this Tuesday they were just beginning their work. Search officials told CNN they hope the recent rain will wash away the smell of rescue teams so the dogs can do their job more accurately.
The dogs were brought in after sound equipment found sounds coming from deep inside the ruins, at a place where a school stood before the mudslide covered it. The sounds could mean people are still alive under all the mud or it could just be the earth resettling.
On Monday, rescue workers worked at the school site until three in the morning, trying to locate survivors, and they will begin digging again as soon as the dogs think they find someone.
Human teams from the US, Malaysia, and Australia are all trying to help, too. But so far they have yet to locate any survivors. Rescue workers told CNN that an earlier report that 50 survivors had been found was false.
How did all that mud bury the village in the first place? On Friday, 2,400-foot Mt Kanabag turned into a mudslide after two weeks of constant rain weakened it. The mountain crumbled and the mud fell onto the village Guinsaugon, burying the 1,800 people who lived there . Out of the 300 houses in the village, only 3 were not covered by the mud . The village is on a southern Philippine Island called Levte. Rescue efforts have been difficult because the village takes six hours to reach from the nearest airport. Hopefully, the dogs can help their human friends find survivors.
5.  According to the search officials’ words in the first paragraph, we can learn that_________
A.the smell of rescue teams can disturb the dogs
B.the dogs can follow the smell of rescue teams
C.the gods can’t smell the rescue teams
D.the dogs can tell the differences between people and rescue teams
6.  The main purpose of this passage is probably_______.
 A.to show the way to rescue the victims in the ruins
  B.to introduce the instruments to save victims in a disaster
  C.to tell readers that dogs can smell out victims buried in the ruins
  D.to show how to train dogs to save victims in a mudslide
7.  How many survivors were found by the dogs?
  A. 50.           B. Only a few.           C. 1,800.          D. None.
8.  The reason why the rescue work wasn’t going smoothly was probably that_______.
  A. the rain was heavy
  B. so many people were buried
  C.it was difficult to reach the village
  D.these is little chance to save the survivors
9.  The underlined word “crumbled” in the last paragraph can be replaced by______.
  A. broke          B. shook              C. fell             D. moved
第24 天                                A
The Best of Friends
The evidence for harmony may not be obvious in some families. But it seems that four out of five young people now get on with their parents, which is the opposite of the popularly held image(印象)of unhappy teenagers locked in their room after endless family quarrels.
An important new study into teenage attitudes surprisingly shows that their family life is more harmonious than it has ever been in the past.” We were surprised by just how positive today’s young people seen to be about their families,” said one member of the research team.” They’re expected to be rebellious(叛逆的) and selfish but actually they have other things on their minds; they want a car and material goods, and they worry about whether school is serving them well. There’s more negotiation(商议) and discussion between parents and children, and children expect to take part in the family decision-making process. They don’t want to rock the boat.”
So it seems that this generation of parents is much more likely than parents of 30 years ago to treat their children as friends.” My parents are happy to discuss things with me and willing to listen to me,” says 17-years-old Daniel Lazall.” I always tell them when I’m going out clubbing. As long as they know what I’m doing, they’re fine with it.”Susan Crome, who is now 21, agrees.”Looking back on the last 10 years, there was a lot of what you could call negotiation. For example, as long as I’d done all my homework ,I could go out on a Saturday night. But I think my grandparents were a lot stricter with my parents than that.”
Maybe this positive view of family life should not be unexpected. It is possible that the idea of teenagers’ rebellion is not rooted in real facts. A researcher comments,” Our surprise that teenagers say they get along well with their parents comes because of a brief period in out social history when teenagers were regarded as different beings. But that idea of rebelling and breaking away from their parents really only happened during that one time in the 1960s when everyone rebelled. The normal situation throughout history has been a smooth change from helping out with the family business to taking it over.” (07北京卷)
1.  What is the popular images of teenagers today?
A. They worry about school                        B. They dislike living with their parents
C. They have to be locked in to avoid troubles         D. They quarrel a lot with other family members
2.  The study shows that teenagers don’t want to ___
A. share family responsibility                       B. cause trouble in their families
C. go boating with their family                      D. make family decisions
3.  Compared with parents of 30 years age, today’s parents___.
A. go to clubs more often with their children           B. are much stricter with their children
C. care less about their children’s life                 D. give their children more freedom
4.  According to the author, teenage rebellion____.
A. may be a false belief                            B. is common nowadays
C. existed only in the 1960s                         D. resulted from changes in families
5.  What is the passage mainly about?
A. Negotiation in family                           B. Education in family
C. Harmony in family                             D. Teenage trouble in family

B
Hunting
The days of the hunter are almost over in India. This is partly because there is practically nothing left to kill, and partly because some steps have been taken, mainly by banning tiger-shooting, to protect those animals which still survive.
Some people say that Man is naturally a hunter. I disagree with this view. Surely out earliest forefathers, who at first possessed no weapons, spent their time digging for roots, and were no doubt themselves often hunted by meat-eating animals.
I believe the main reason why the modern hunter kills is that he thinks people will admire his courage in overpowering dangerous animals. Of course, there are some who truly believe that the killing is not really the important thing, and that the chief pleasure lies in the joy of the hunt and the beauties of the wild countryside. There are also those for whom hunting in fact offers a chance to prove themselves and risk death by design; these men go out after dangerous animals like tigers, even if they say they only do it to rid the countryside of a threat. I can respect reasons like these, but they are clearly different from the need to strengthen your high opinion of yourself.
The greatest big-game hunters expressed in their writings something of these finer motives(动机).One of them wrote.
“You must properly respect what you are after and shoot it cleanly and on the animal’s own territory(领地)。You must fix forever in your mind all the wonders of that particular day. This is better than letting him grow a few years older to be attacked and wounded by his own son and eventually eaten, half alive, by other animals, Hunting is not a cruel and senseless killing – not if you respect the thing you kill, not if you kill to enrich your memories, not if you kill to feed your people.”
I can understand such beliefs, and can compare these hunters with those who hunted lions with spears(矛) and bravely caught them by the tail. But this is very different from many tiger—shoots I have seen, in which modern weapons were used.The so—called hunters fired from tall trees or from the backs of trained elephants. Such methods made tigers seem no more dangerous than rabbits. (07北京卷)
6.  There is no more hunting in India now partly because___.
A.it is dangerous to hunt there
B.hunting is already out of date
C.hunters want to protect animals
D.there are few animals left to hunt
7.  The author thinks modern hunters kill mainly____.
A.to make the countryside safe
B.to earn people’s admiration
C.to gain power and influence
D.to improve their health
8.  What do we learn about the big-game hunters?
A.They hunt old animals
B.They mistreat animals
C.They hunt for food
D.They hunt for money
9.  What is the author’s view on the tiger-shoots he has seen?
A.Modern hunters lack the courage to hunt face-to-face
B.Modern hunters should use more advanced weapons
C.Modern hunters like to hunt rabbits instead of tigers
D.Modern hunters should put their safety first

第25天                        A
An elderly woman died and several other passengers were critically injured when a crowded Virgin express train crashed in Cumbria last night.
     A huge rescue operation involving RAF helicopters and dozens of ambulances arrive. After passengers were trapped in the train for more than four hours because fallen power line poles made access for emergency workers difficult.
     Authorities reported up to 80 injuries. Thirteen people were taken to hospital in a“critical or serious condition.”
     Between 180 and 200 passengers were on the 5:15pm Virgin service from London Euston to Glasgow Central when all nine carriages left the rails between Oxenholme and Tebay. Witnesses said that the train shook violently before toppling(倾斜) over into an embankment(筑堤)with at least four carriages overturning. Early this morning, authorities confirmed an elderly woman had died and some other passengers had suffered injuries including back strains, head wounds and broken bones.
     Ruth Colton, a passenger on the train, said she was reading a book when the journey became uncomfortable. It seemed that the train was being beaten by heavy winds,“as if we were on a plane”.
     The accident brought concerns that Britain's busiest rail route would be crippled(瘫痪)for some time. The line between Preston and Carlisle was postponed as Virgin Trains promised a rapid investigation into the “serious incident”—the company's first big crash.
     It is understood that the investigation will examine whether there was an obstacle on the track and the possibility of speeding or mechanical breakdown. The driver, who was injured, will be interviewed and a black-box recorder installed in the train will be examined.
1.  What made the rescue come so late?
    A. It's not accessible to reach the accident spot.
    B. No enough helicopters and ambulances could be found at that time.
    C. It was too far from hospital to Cumbria.
    D. No one called the emergency center.
2.  According to the passage, the busiest rail route in Britain is          
    A. From Preston to Carlisle         B. Between Euston and Glasgow
    C. From Oxenholme to Tebay       D. Between Virgin and Pendolino
3.  What does the underlined word “critical”mean?
     A. Important.      B. Careless.     C. Dangerous.      D. Surprising.
4.  Which of the following is the possible cause of the accident?
     A. Careless driving.                 B. Heavy wind.
     C. Over loading.                    D. Obstacle on the track.
5.  We can learn from the passage that Virgin Trains               
     A. made no quick reaction to this accident
     B. seldom had so serious an accident before
     C. had made full preparations for the accident
     D. didn't mind how many passengers the train can hold
                              
B
    The Beijing government has set out to recruit thousands of university graduates to work as junior officials in rural areas to both improve rural administration and ease the city's employment problems.
    The government plans to recruit 3,000 university graduates this year, 1,000 more than last year, to work as assistants to village heads or Party secretaries in suburban areas.
    People interested in jobs in Beijing's rural villages and townships can submit applications to the Beijing Municipal Personnel Bureau or online at www. bjbys, com from February 1 through March 15.
    "We hope university graduates will seize this opportunity to use their knowledge in rural villages and to start their careers," Sun Zhenyu, deputy director of Beijing Personnel Bureau, told Xinhua News Agency.
    The government has promised successful candidates a monthly salary of 2,000 yuan( $ 250) in the first year, 2,500 yuan ($ 320) the second year and 3,000 yuan ($ 385) the third year, provided their performance is up to the required standards, Sun said.
    Wang Lina, who graduated from Beijing Union University last year, was one of the first graduates to find work in the city's countryside. After majoring in industrial and commercial administration, Wang served as the assistant to the village head of Ertiaojie Village in suburban Beijing’s Pinggu District. For one project, Wang contacted people at the Beijing Academy of Agricultural Sciences and arranged for the local farmers to receive training in strawberry planting. Her efforts paid off. The village had a plentiful harvest of organic strawberries earlier this year.
    Nationwide, about 150,000 university graduates found employment in rural areas last year, according to figures provided by the Ministry of Education.
    The ministry predicts that 4. 95 million students will graduate from universities across the country this year, 820,000 more than last year. About 1.4 million of them are unlikely to find jobs when they graduate.
    In Beijing, a record 200,000 people are expected to graduate from university this year. Less than half of them are expected to be offered jobs, according to the personnel bureau.
6.  The underlined word "recruit "in the first paragraph probably means_____________.
    A. employ         B. force         C. encourage       D. train
7.  We can see from the passage that_______________.
    A. once you are hired as a junior official, you can get an endlessly rising salary
    B. the government guarantee a relatively high salary for the successful candidates
    C. working as junior officials is easy but very meaningful
    D. the competition for the job as junior officials is very fierce
8.  From the story of Wang Lina we can learn that________________.
    A. the sooner you go to the countryside, the sooner you will be successful.
    B. local farmers can get big harvests if they learn more knowledge.
    C. university graduates can also realize their value in rural areas.
D. Wang had great difficulty in helping villagers planting organic strawberries.
9.  The last two paragraphs aim to tell us that________________.
    A. more and more graduates will work as junior officials
    B. the universities should not have so many students
    C. there are more and more graduates in recent years
    D. it is not easy for graduates to find jobs nowadays
10. Which of the following can be the best title for this passage?
    A. Go to the countryside.
    B. Job hunting for university graduates.
    C. What is the best career?
    D. A good choice for university graduates.

第26天                          A
Human Capital - How what you know shapes your life
Version: Print (Paperback) Publication date: 20 Feb 2007
Language: English ISBN: 9789264029088 Price: C15 I $19 1$10
      This book explores the influence of education and learning on our societies and lives and examines what countries are doing to provide education and training to support people throughout their lives.
Economic Policy Reforms -- Going/or Growth, 2007 Edition
Version: Print (Paperback) Publication date: 15 Feb 2007
Language: English ISBN: 9789264030473 Price: $60|$75|$41
      Based on a broad set of indicators of structural policies and performance, Going for Grcwth 2007 takes stock of the recent progress made in implementing policy reforms and identifies, for each OECD country, five policy priorities to lift growth.
Climate Change in the European Alps -- Adapting Winter Tourism and Natural Hazards Management
Version: Print (Paperback) Publication date: 22 Jan 2007
Language: English ISBN: 9789264031685 Price: $24 $32$ 17
      The first systematic cross-country analysis of snow-reliability of Alpine ski areas under climate change for five countries in the region: France, Switzerland, Austria, Italy and Germany.
OECD in Figures 2006--2007--Statistics on the Member Countries -- OECD Observer-- Volume 2006 Supplement 1
Version: Print (Paperback) Publication date: 05 Jan 2007
Language: English ISBN: 9789264022638 Price.; $15 |$20 |$10
      A handy pocket reference containing key data covering the entire range of OECD
work including the economy, employment, health, education, migration, the environment, science and technology, public finances, agriculture, trade, and development aid.
OECD Economic Outlook -- December No, 80 -- Volume 2006 Issue 2
Version: Print (Paperback) Publication date: 26 Jan 2007
language-English ISBN: 9789264030954 Price: $80 | $97|$55
      OECD's twice yearly assessment and projections for the economies of the OECD area and selected non-members. This edition also looks at the rise in household debt.
1.  Which of the following books was published most lately?
    A. OECD in Figures 2006-2007.   B. OECD Economic Outlook.
    C. Human Capital.              D. Climate Change in the European Alps.
2.  We can learn from the passage that Alps is________________.
    A. an Austrian interesting place most attractive in summer seasons
    B. an European mountain belonging to three countries
    C. a stadium for skiing lovers from five European countries
    D. an European mountain famous for its winter skiing
3.  From the book with ISBN ____ you can get a wider range of information about OECD.
    A. 9789264029088                   B. 9789264022638
    C. 9789264030954                   D. 9789264030473
4.  You should afford  ____Euro dollars for a book to know about the recent progress in economic policies in the OECD countries.
    A. 60              B. 15           C. 55           D. 80

B
      There are many theories about the beginning of drama in ancient Greece. The one most widely accepted today is based on the assumption that drama evolved (演化) from ceremony. The argument for this view goes as follows.
       In the beginning, human beings viewed the natural forces of the world -even the seasonal changes - as unpredictable, and they sought through various means to control these unknown and feared powers. Those measures which appeared to bring the desired results were then kept and repeated until they hardened into fixed ceremonies. Eventually stories arose which explained the mysteries of the ceremonies. As time passed some ceremonies were abandoned, but the stories, later called myths, remained and provided material for art and drama.
       Those who believe that drama evolved out of ceremony also argue that those ceremonies contained the seed of theater because music, dance, masks, and costumes were almost always used. Furthermore, a suitable site had to be provided for performances and when the entire community did not participate, a clear division was usually made between the "acting area" and the "auditorium " . In addition, there were performers, and, since considerable importance was attached to avoiding mistakes in the performing of ceremonies, religious leaders usually took that task.. Wearing masks and costumes, they often acted other people, animals, or supernatural beings, and imitated the desired effect -- success in hunt or battle, the coming rain, etc. as an actor might. Eventually such dramatic representations were separated from religious activities.
      Another theory traces(追溯) the theater's origin from the human interest in storytelling. According to this view, tales (about the hunt, war, etc) are gradually developed, at first through the use of action and dialogue, and then through the assumption of each of the roles by a different person. A closely related theory traces theater to those dances that are primarily rhythmical and gymnastic or that are imitations of animal movements and sounds.
5.  Which is the best title of the passage?
        A. Religious activities in ancient Greece.        B. The ceremonies in ancient Greece.
        C. Drama theories.                          D. The origin of Greek Drama.
6.  According to the passage, drama_______________.
        A. was played in memory of ancient Greek ceremonies
        B. was a form of ceremony played by ancient Greeks to control unknown powers
        C. evolved out of ancient Greek ceremonies with time passing by
        D. is one of the measures Ancient Greeks took to view natural forces
7.  What do drama and ancient ceremonies have in common according to the passage?
        A. Both of them were performed in theaters.
        B. Music, dance, masks, costumes and so on were contained in both of them.
        C. Religious leaders were in charge of both of them.
        D. Both of them were concerned about natural power.
8.  In tracing the beginning of drama, which of the following is not mentioned?
        A. Planting.                         B. Religious ceremonies.
        C. Gymnastic.                       D. Storytelling.
9.  It can be inferred from the passage that____________________.
        A. human beings loved to tell stories
        B. people could do nothing about nature
        C. religious leaders tried to develop the effective form of drama
        D. religious activities played a very important role in the evolvement of drama
第27 天                          A
Every year, whenever Spring Festival arrives, a lot of Chinese people cannot wait to go home. They queue for long hours in front of the ticket offices in railway stations, or do whatever they can in order to get a ticket. They tolerate the long journey on the train only to want to ______ with their near and dear ones.
     According to The Beijing Youth Daily, most Chinese celebrate the Spring Festival not only because they want to follow tradition, there are also some practical reasons to explain Chinese people's fever for the holiday. Compared with one's workplace, home provides a more humane environment for one to relax oneself.
     Society may do with or without you, but at home, you become unique and indispensable. You may be the father or mother, daughter or son, grandfather or grandmother in the family and the family will be incomplete if anyone is absent, because every member in the family is bound together, and everyone in the family is pleased with the feeling that he or she is unique and irreplaceable.
     In addition, family provides an ideal environment for one to fully relax oneself. At home, one can take one's time do whatever he or she wants, and one can spend money whenever one likes. In society, however, one needs to do everything fast and with high efficiency, because society always reqiores efficiency and maximum profits. Such company principles make people merely a tool in modern society.
     Chinese people's strong desire for Spring Festival shows that they feel oppressed and have a sense of predicament(困境) of existence in modern society. The Spring Festival provides a chance for them to escape from such anxiety and treasure the long-lost tradition of community spirit. With the Spring Festival, people can find back the warm, family atmosphere often seen in days gone by.

1. What's the passage mainly talking about? (Please answer within 10 words. )


2. Fill in the blanks with proper words or phrases to complete the sentence. (Please answer within 10 words. )


3. Which sentence in the passage can be replaced by the following one?You may not be a necessary part in society, but in your family, you are very important and no one else can take the place of you.

 

4. Do you think home is important for Chinese to celebrate the Spring Festival?Why or why not? (Please answer within 30 words. )

 

 

5. Translate the underlined sentence in the last paragraph into Chinese.

 

B
I entered high school having read hundreds of books. But I was not a good reader. Merely bookish, I lacked a point of view when I read. Rather, I read in order to get a point of view. I searched books for good expressions and sayings, pieces of information, ideas, themes—anything to enrich my thought and make me feel educated. When one of my teachers suggested to his sleepy tenth-grade English class that a person could not have a "complicated (复杂的) idea" until he had read at least two thousand books, I heard the words without recognizing either its irony (嘲讽) or its very complicated truth. I merely determined to make a list of all the books I had ever read. Strict with myself, I included only once a title I might have read several times. ( How, after all, could one read a book more than once?) And I included only those books over a hundred pages in length. ( Could anything shorter be a book?)
There was yet another high school list I made. One day I came across a newspaper article about an English professor at a nearby state college. The article had a list of the "hundred most important books of Western Civilization. " "More than anything else in my life," the professor told the reporter with finality , " these books have made me all that I am . " That was the kind of words I couldn’t ignore (忽视). I kept the list for the several months it took me to read all of the titles. Most books, of course, I hardly understood. While reading Plato's The Republic, for example, I needed to keep looking at the introduction of the book to remind myself what the text was about. However, with the special patience and superstition (迷信) of a schoolboy, I looked at every word of the text. And by me time I reached the last word, pleased, I persuaded myself that I had read The Republic, and seriously crossed Plato off my list.
6. On heating the teacher's suggestion of reading, the writer thought________.
A. one must read as many books as possible
   B. a student should not have a complicated idea
   C. it was impossible for one to read two thousand books
   D. students ought to make a list of the books they had read
7. While at high school, the writer________.
   A. had plans for reading        B. learned to educate himself
   C. only read books over 100 pages     D. read only one book several times
8. The underlined phrase "with finality" probably means
   A. firmly      B. clearly   C. proudly      D. pleasantly
9. The writer's purpose in mentioning The Republic is to________.
   A. explain why it was included in the list
   B. describe why he seriously crossed it off the list
   C. show that he read the books blindly though they were hard to understand
   D. prove that he understood most of it because he had looked at every word
10. The writer provides two book lists to ________.
   A. show how he developed his point of view
   B. tell his reading experience at high school
C. introduce the two persons' reading methods
   D. explain that he read many books at high school

  第28天                         A
 Erik Weihenmayer was born with an eye disorder. As a child his eyesight became worse and then, at the age of 13, he lost his sight completely. However, he did not lose his determination to lead a full and active life.
 Erik became an adventurer. He took up parachuting, wrestling and scuba diving. He competed in long-distance biking, marathons and skiing. His favorite sport, thought, is mountaineering.
 As a young man, Erik started to climb mountains. He reached the summit of Mount McKinley in 1995 and then climbed the dangerous 1000-metre rock wall of EI Capitan. Two years later, while climbing Mount Kilimanjaro in Kenya with his girlfriend, they stopped for a time at 13,000 feet above sea level-in order to get married. In 1999, he climbed Aconcagua, the tallest mountain in South America. And then , on May 25, 2001, at the age of 33, Erik successfully completed the greatest mountaineering challenge of all. He climbed Mount Everest, the highest mountain in the world.
 Erik invented his own method for climbing mountains. He carries two long poles: one to lean on and the other to test the way ahead of him. The climber in front of him wears a bell to guide him. Erik is a good team member. He does his share of the job, such as setting up tents and building snow walls.
 Although he could not enjoy the view, Erik felt the excitement of being on the summit of Everest. He hopes that his success will change how people think about the blind. “When people think about a blind person or blindness, now they will think about a person standing on top of the world.” 
1.  When was Erik born?
 A. In 1968.   B. In 1995.   C. In 1967.   D. In 1969.
2.  What was unusual about his wedding?
 A. He got married on the summit of Mount McKinley.
B. He got married when climbing Mount Everest.
 C. .His wedding was held after he prepared a lot.
D. His wedding was held at 13,000 feet above sea level.
3.  What is Erik’s special method for climbing a mountain?
A. He takes his girlfriend with him.       B. He does his share of the jobs.
C. He uses two long poles to help himself.     D. He keeps a good team around him.
4.  Which of the following shows the right order of what happened?
a. He topped Mount McKinley.
b. He became blind.
c. He challenged Mount Everest.
d. He reached the peak of Kilimanjaro.
e. He climbed the rock wall of EI Capitan.
A. b, e, d, c, a    B. b, a, e, d, c     C. a, b, e, d, c     D. b, d, a, c, d


B
 
    “BEST PRODUCT WE'VE EVER SEEN”-THIS REALLY WORKS-ON SALE NOW
Need to lower your cholesterol(胆固醇)?We strongly recommend CholestrolblockTM. This really works, and now is the best time to buy,because of a special offer for the first 250 customers only for a limited time.
    * Takes cholesterol out of food,no matter what you eat.
    * Clinically demonstrated effective in university and hospital testing.
    * Lowers cholesterol absorption up to 42% or more.
* “NO SIDE EFFECTS unlike Liptor®, Zocor®,Crests®&other commonly prescribed(处方的) medications-safe and effective.
    * “Outsells all other brands on Internet every month.
LIMITED TIME ONLY一Try Cholesterol Watchers free with purchase.     

5.  If you happen to be the 200th customer to buy Cholestrolblock, you will           .
A. be able to buy it at a low price   B. be the luckiest one online
C. try it free of charge     D. change your diet
6.  Liptor®,Zocor®,Crestor® are             .
A. diseases  B. side effects  C. medicines  D. cholesterol
7.  Where can you most probably read this passage?
    A. In a travel guide book.   B. On a university bulletin board.
C. In a health magazine.    D. In a doctor's prescription.
                                 

 


  第29天                                A  
    It's not a new phenomenon, but have you noticed how many nouns are being used as verbs? We all use them, often without noticing what we're doing.
    I was arranging to meet someone for dinner last week, and I said “I’ll pencil it in my diary”, and my friend said “You can ink it in”, meaning that it was a firm arrangement not a tentative one!
Many of these new verbs are linked to new technology. An obvious example is the word fax, which is a shortening of facsimile originally, an exact copy of a book or document. We all got used to sending and receiving faxes, and then soon started talking about faxing something and promising we'd fax it immediately. So, nouns turn into verbs in two easy stages. Then along came email, and we were soon all emailing each other madly. How did we do without it? I can hardly imagine life without my daily emails.
Email reminds me, of course, of my computer and its software, which has produced another couple of new verbs. On my computer I can bookmark those pages from the World Wide Web that I think I'll want to look at again, thus saving all the effort of remembering their addresses and calling them up from scratch. I can do the same thing on my PC, but there I don't bookmark; I favorite—coming from “favorite pages”, so the verb is derived from an adjective not a noun. I wasn’t really sure whether people said this,but someone told me recently that they had favorited a site I was looking for and so they could easily give me its address.
In the late 1980s I noticed that lots of my friends had acquired pagers, and kept saying things like “I’ll page you as soon as I know what time we’re meeting”. They couldn't say it to me, though; 1 refused to have one. So my children bought me a mobile phone, now known simply as a mobile and I had to learn yet more new verbs. I can message someone, that is, I can leave a message (either spoken or written)for them on their phone.Or I can text them, write a few words suggesting when and where to meet, for example. How long will it be before I can mobile them, that is, phone them using my mobile? I haven’t heard that verb yet, but I’m sure I will soon. Perhaps I’ll start using it myself!  
1.  “I’ll pencil it in my diary” in the second paragraph probably means          .
    A. it was a firm arrangement            B. it was an uncertain arrangement
    C. the arrangement should be written as a diary     D. he prefers a pencil to a pen
2.  A website address can be easily found if it has been_____.
    A. emailed    B. messaged    C. favorited      D. texted
3.  Which of the following has not been used as a verb, yet?
    A. message   B. page       C. email      D. mobile
4.  The best title for this passage is____.
A. New Verbs from Old Nouns    B. The Development of the English language
    C. New Technology and New words    D. Technology and Language.

B
To many web-building spiders, most of whom are nearly blind, the web is their essential window on the world: their means of communicating, capturing prey(猎物), meeting mates and protecting themselves. A web-building spider without its web is like a men cast away on an island of solid rock,totally out of touch and destined to starve to death.
    So important is the web to an orb-web spider's survival that the animal will continue to construct new webs daily even if it is being starved. For 16 days the starving spider builds completely normal webs. Then, as the animal gets scrawnier(憔悴的), it constructs a wider-meshed web using fewer strands(线). Such webs would only trap larger prey, which is more economical from the perspective of a starving spider.
    The spider stores energy by recycling web protein. It simply eats its own web each evening and reuses it to produce new silk. In studies with radioactively,labeled materials, it was found that 95 percent of web protein reappears in the next day' web. Most of the energy needed for web-building is used in walking over the strands as they are laid down.
    Scientists are impressed by the adaptability of the spider's highly preprogrammed brain, which is larger for its size than the brain of any other invertebrate(无脊推动物).If web-building is interrupted, or if some of the existing strands are destroyed,the spider simply goes back to see where the web is left off and then finishes building a normal web. One spider will finish building the incomplete web of another. 
5.  Which of the following best expresses the main ideas of the passage?
A. Secrets of Spiders' Adaptability    B. Importance of Webs to Spiders
C. Secrets of the Spiders' Life     D. Spiders' Highly Preprogrammed Brain
6.  According to the passage, which of the following statements is TRUE?
    A. Most spiders will stop conducting webs when hungry.
    B. One Web-building spider usually conducts one web.
    C. Web-building spiders will probably die without their webs.
    D. Web-building spiders have good eyesight.
7.  A spider conducts a wider-meshed web when____________.
A. it is 16 days old        B. it is getting weaker  
C. it has fewer wends       D. it hunts for food
8.  A spider's ability to finish an incomplete web proves that___________.
    A. it has a highly preprogrammed brain    B. it reuses its web protein to reproduce new silk
    C. the web is everything for a spider   D. it is able to rebuild a destroyed web


   第30天                        A 
    High school dropouts(辍学者)earn an average of $ 9,000 less per year than graduates. Now a new study dispels a common belief why they quit. It’s much more basic than flunking out(不及格).
    Society tends to think of high school dropouts as kids who just can’t cut it. They are lazy,and perhaps not too bright.So researchers were surprised when they asked more than 450 kids who quit school about why they left.
    “The vast majority actually had passing grades and they were confident that they could have graduated from high school.” John Bridgeland, the executive researcher said. About 1 million teens leave school each year. Only about half of African-American and Hispanic(美籍西班牙的)student will receive a diploma(证书),and actually all dropouts come to regret their decision. So, if failing grades don’t explain why these kids quit, what does? Again,John Bridgeland:"The most dependable finding was that they were bored.” “They found classes uninteresting; they weren’t inspired or motivated. They didn’t see any direct connection between what they were learning in the classroom to their own lives, or to their career aspirations.”
    The study found that most teens who do drop out wait until they turn sixteen, which happens to be the age at which most states allow students to quit. In the US,only one state,New Mexico,has a law requiring teenagers to stay in high school until they graduate. Only four states: California, Tennessee, Texas and Utah, plus the District of Columbia, require school attendance until age 18, no exceptions, another researcher,says raising the compulsory(义务的)attendance age may be one way to keep more kids in school.
  “As these dropouts look back,they realize they’ve made a mistake. And anything that sort of gives these people an extra push to stick it out and it through to the end, is probably helpful measure.”
    New Hampshire may be the next state to raise its school attendance age to 18. But critics say that forcing the students unwilling to continue their studies to stay in school misses the point-the need for reform. It's been called for to reinvent high school education to make it more challenging and relevant, and to ensure that kids who do stick it out receive a diploma that actually means something.  
1. Most high school students drop out of' school because__.
A. they have failing grades     B. they take no interest in classes
C. they are discriminated against    D. they are lazy and not intelligent
2. Acceding to the passage,which state has a law requiring school attendance until they graduate?
A. New Hampshire  B. Utah  C. New Mexico   D. The District of Columbia
3. The underlined words “stick it out” probably means“__”.
A. complete schooling      B. solve the problem
C. love having classes      D. believe in themselves
4. From the passage,we can infer the following EXCEPT that_.
A. the grades of most dropouts at school were acceptable
B. about 500, 000 high school dropouts are black and Spanish
C. classes don't appeal to dropouts
D. on average dropouts cannot get good jobs


B
Tell a story and tell it well, and you may open wide the eyes of a child, open up lines of communication in a business, or even open people’s mind to another culture or race.
People in many places are digging up the old folk stories and the messages in them. For example, most American storytellers get their tales from a wide variety of sources, cultures, and times. They regard storytelling not only as a useful tool in child education, but also as a meaningful activity that helps adults understand themselves as well as those whose culture may be very different from their own.
“ Most local stories are based on a larger theme,” American storyteller Opalanga Pugh says, “ Cinderella(灰姑娘), or the central idea of a good child protected by her goodness, appears in various forms in almost every culture of the world.”
Working with students in schools, Pugh helps them understand their own cultures and the general messages of the stories. She works with prisoner too, helping them knowing who they are by telling stories that her listeners can write, direct, and act in their own lives. If they don’t like the story they are living, they can rewrite the story. Pugh also works to help open up lines of communication between managers and workers. “For every advance in business,” she says, “ there is a greater need for communication.” Storytelling can have a great effect on either side of the manager-worker relationship, she says.
Pugh spent several years in Nigeria, where she learned how closely storytelling was linked to the everyday life of the people there. The benefits of storytelling are found everywhere, she says.
“I learned how people used stories to spread their culture,” she says, “ What I do is to focus on the value of the stories that people can translate into their own daily world of affairs. We are all storytellers. We all have a story to tell. We tell everybody’s story.”  (07浙江卷)
5. What do we learn about American storyteller from Paragraph 2?
   A. They share the same way of storytelling.
   B. They prefer to tell the stories from other cultures.
   C. They learn their stories from the American natives.
   D. They find storytelling useful for both children and adults.
6. The underlined sentence (Paragraph 4) suggests that prisoners can _____.
   A. start a new life                        B. settle down in another place
   C. direct films                           D. become good actors
7. Pugh has practised storytelling with _____ groups of people.
   A. 2              B. 3               C. 4             D. 5
8. What is the main idea of the text?
   A. Storytelling can influence the way people think.
   B. Storytelling is vital to the growth of business.
   C. Storytelling is the best way to educate children in school.
   D. Storytelling helps people understand themselves and others.

    第31天                        A
Meeting people from another culture can be difficult. From the beginning, people may send the wrong signal (信号). Or they may pay no attention to signals from another person who is trying to develop a relationship.
Different cultures emphasize (强调) the importance of relationship building to a greater or lesser degree. For example, business in some countries is not possible until there is a relationship of trust. Even with people at work, it is necessary to spend a lot of time in "small talk", usually over a glass of tea, before they do any job. In many European countries -- like the UK or France -- people find it easier to build up a lasting working relationship at restaurants or caf6s rather than at the office.
Talk and silence may also be different in some cultures. I once made a speech in Thailand. I had expected my speech to be a success and start a lively discussion; instead there was an uncomfortable silence. The people present just stared at me and smiled. After getting to know their ways better, I realized that they thought I was talking too much. In my own culture, we express meaning mainly through words, but people there sometimes feel too many words are unnecessary.
Even within Northern Europe, cultural differences can cause serious problems. Certainly, English and German cultures share similar values; however, Germans prefer to get down to business more quickly. We think that they are rude. In fact, this is just because one culture starts discussions and makes decisions more quickly.
People from different parts of the world have different values, and sometimes these values are quite against each other. However, if we can understand them better, a multicultural environment (多元文化环境) will offer a wonderful chance for us to learn from each other. (07安徽卷)
1.  In some countries, eating together at restaurants may make it easier for people to _______.
     A. develop closer relations             B. share the same culture
     C. get to know each other            D. keep each other company
2.  The author mentions his experience in Thailand to show that _________.
     A. the English prefer to make long speeches       
B. too many words are of no use
     C. people from Thailand are quiet and shy by nature
     D. even talk and silence can be culturally different
3.  According to the text, how can people from different cultures understand each other better?
     A. By sharing different ways of life.    B. By accepting different habits.
     C. By recognizing different values.     D. By speaking each other' s languages.
4.  What would be the best title for the text?
     A. Multicultural Environment.          B. Cross-Cultural Differences.
     C. How to Understand Each Other.      D. How to Build Up a Relationship.

B
For a clearer picture of what the student knows, most teachers use another kind of examination in addition to objective tests. They use “essay” tests, which require students to write long answers to broad, general questions such as the following: “Mention several ways in which Benjamin Franklin has influenced thinking of people in his own country and in other parts of the world.”
One advantage of the essay test is that it reduces the element of luck. The student cannot get a high score just by making a lucky guess. Another advantage is that it shows the examiner more cares about the student’s ability to put facts together into a meaningful whole. It should show how deeply he has thought about the subject. Sometimes, though, essay tests have disadvantages, too. Some students are able to write rather good answers without really knowing much about the subject, while other students who actually know the material have trouble expressing their ideas in the essay form.
Besides, in an essay test the student’s score may depend upon the examiner’s feelings at the time of reading the answer. If he is feeling tired or bored, the student may receive a lower score than he should. Another examiner reading the same answer might give it a much higher mark. Because of this, the objective test gives each student a fairer chance, and of course it is easier and quicker to score.
Whether an objective test or an essay test is used, problems arise. When some objective questions are used along with some essay questions, however, a fairly clear picture of the student’s knowledge can usually be gotten.
5. What may have been discussed in the previous paragraphs?
A. The essay test.                    B. How teachers test their students.
C. How students write their essays.      D. The objective test.
6. The essay test is preferred because ______.
A. it shows more about the student’s understanding of the subject
B. it tests the student’s knowledge of the material as well as his expression of ideas
C. it gives each student a fairer chance
D. its scoring may be influenced by the examiner’s feelings
7. The underlined word “this” refers to the fact that ______.
A. students may receive a lower score in an essay test
B. another examiner usually gives the answer a higher mark
C. different examiners may give the same essay different scores
D. the objective test gives each student a fairer chance
8. According to the passage, which of the following statements about the objective test is NOT true?
    A. It is more objective than the essay test in terms of scoring.
    B. It allows the student to guess the correct answer without really knowing the material.
    C. It shows the student’s ability to think about difficult problems.
    D. It is easy and quick to score.

   第32天                         A
Childhood is a happy time, right? Not necessarily. Consider these facts.
Depression(抑郁症) may occur in as many as 1 in 33 children.
Once a child has an episode(一段情节) of depression, he or she has a 50 percent chance of experiencing another episode in the next 5 years.
Suicide(自杀) is the 6th leading cause of death for 5–to–15-year-olds.
If your child experiences 5 or more of these signs or symptoms(症状) for at least 2 weeks, he or she may be experiencing depression or another mental illness.
Feeling——Does your child demonstrate:
Sadness               Emptiness
Hopelessness          Guilt
Worthlessness
Lack of enjoyment in everyday pleasures Thinking ——Is your child having trouble:
Concentrating        Making decisions
Completing schoolwork
Maintaining grades
Maintaining friendships

Physical problems—Does your child complain of :
Headaches            Stomachaches
Lack of energy
Sleeping problems ( too much or too little)
Weight or appetite changes ( gain or loss) Suicide risk--Does your child talk or think about:
Suicide
Death
Other morbid (生病的)subjects
Behavior problems ——Is your child:
Irritable                              Not wanting to go to school    
Wanting to be alone most of the time       Having difficulty getting along with others
Cutting classes or skipping school         Dropping out of sports, hobbies or other activities
Drinking alcohol or using drugs.
Sometimes, a child who causes problems at school or at home may actually be depressed, according to the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. If you think your child may be depressed, it’s important to have your child treated. Discuss your child’s problems with his or her doctor. The doctor may suggest a referral to a children’s psychologist(心理医生)or psychiatrist(精神病医生).
Treatment may include individual and family therapy(治疗), along with an antidepressant medication (抗抑郁药)

1.  This article is particularly written for ____.
A. parents    B. teachers     C. children     D. psychologists
2.  Which statement describes a child who may have physical problems?
A. The child is always in high mood.
B. The child always feels tired but sleeps only four hours a day.
C. The child hates to study.  
D. The child can not concentrate on one thing for a long period.
3.  When your child always talks about death or other morbid subjects, he or she___
A. may has trouble in thinking    B. may have suicide risk
C. may have behavior problems   D. may have physical problems
4.  What should we do when we find our kids experiencing depression?
A. Ask for leave to accompany them at home.
B. Ask them to take antidepressant immediately.
C. Go to see the doctor.
D. Ask them to have a good rest.
B
Does a drink a day keep heart attacks away? Over the past 20 years, numerous studies have found that moderate(中度的) alcohol consumption, say, one or two beers, glasses of wine or cocktails daily helps to prevent coronary (冠状动脉)heart disease. Last week a report in the New England Journal of Medicine added strong new evidence in support of that theory. More important, the work provided the first solid indication of how alcohol works to protect the heart.
   In the study, researchers from Boston’s Brigham and Women’s Hospital and Harvard Medical School compared the drinking habits of 340 men and women who had suffered recent heart attack with those of healthy people of the same age and sex. The scientists found that people who sip one to three drinks a day are about half as likely to suffer heart attacks as nondrinkers are. The apparent source of the protection: those who drank alcohol had higher blood levels of high density lipoproteins(脂蛋白), the so-called good cholesterol(胆固醇), which is known to prevent heart disease.
   As evidence has mounted, some doctors have begun recommending a daily drink for patients of heart diseases. But most physicians are not ready to recommend a regular happy hour for everyone. The risks of teetotal ling (绝对戒酒 ) are nothing compared with the dangers of too much alcohol, including high blood pressure, strokes and liver troubles---not to mention violent behavior and traffic accident. Moreover, some studies suggest that even moderate drinking may increase the incidence of breast and colon cancer(乳腺癌和结肠癌). Until there is evidence that the benefits of a daily dose of alcohol outweigh the risks, most people won’t be able to take a doctor’s prescription to the neighborhood bar or liquor store.
5.  The medical article quoted in the first paragraph indicates________.
A.the way in which alcohol can help the heart.
B.how a couple of cocktails daily can stop heart problems
C.why alcoholic drinks are dangerous to one’s health
D.that reports on the advantages of alcohol were misled
6.  Experiments showed that nondrinkers had___________.
A.larger amounts of good cholesterol        B.smaller amounts of good cholesterol
C.higher blood pressure                  D.lower blood pressure
7.  According to the passage, moderate drinking_______.
A.is recommended by most doctors for heart patients
B.should be allowed on prescription
C.is still not medically advisable
D.is not related to liver problems
8.  The main theme of this passage is_______________.
A.the change in recent drinking habits
B.the connection between cancer and alcohol
C.whether moderate drinkers outlive nondrinkers
D.whether alcohol may be good for one’s health
  第33天                              A
A woman whose sports car was stolen with her dog in it put up notices all over the area that made it clear getting back her pet was more important than her car.
“Whoever did this can keep my car.Please let Benjerman come home,” the notice said.
It is not known whether the thief showed any pity, but almost 30 hours after the 1 pm theft Friday, Kimberly Atkins of Dover and Benjerman,a 12-year-old black retriever(猎犬),were reunited after police located them in Barrington.
“He’s hungry, he’s dirty, but he’s very happy to be home,”Atkins said.
The car was found at about 5 pm Saturday off Route 125 in a swampy area frequented by off-the-road cars and dirt bikes.However, the police couldn’t control Benjerman,and they had to call Atkins to come and get him.
Atkins said the thief cared for Benjerman a little by providing him with some dry cat food.She believed Benjerman ended up drinking some muddy water in the area.
She said they have been together for nearly 11 years after she took him back from a society shelter in Dallas, Texas.
 Before Benjerman was found,Atkins and several friends put up notices all over the city and in Somersworth.They also contacted animal shelters,throughout southern New Hampshire and Massachusetts.
The notice stated there was a reward,and also that the dog needed medication.Any caller could remain anonymous(匿名的).
Atkins had parked the car outside a hardware store with the keys inside and gone in to rent a carpet cleaner.
¨It was l0 minutes and I came out and my car was gone along with Benjerman in broad daylight,” Atkins said.The car thief threw Atkins’ wallet and other personal items out of the car before escaping from the scene.
1.What would be the best title for the passage?
A.A car with a dog was stolen
B.Lucky dog was returned to his owner
C.Stealing cars:a most important social problem
D.Woman wants dog back more than stolen car
2.Which of the following shows the correct order of what happened?
a.Notices were put up saying there was a reward.
b.Atkins saw Benjerman again.
c.Police found Atkins’car.
d.Atkins took Benjerman back from a society shelter. 
e.Atkins hired a carpet cleaner in a hardware store.
A.d,e,a, b,c      B.d,e,a,c,b      C.e,a,d,b,c    D.e,a,c,d,b
3.We can infer from the passage   .
A.the dog was treated extremely badly by the thief
B.car stolen accidents happen frequently nowadays
C.the dog was found because of the reward
D.the thief stole the car easily
4.Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A.Benjerman was sent back immediately after Atkins put up the notices.
B.Atkins and her friends made a great effort to look for Benierman.
C.The thief gave the dog back but kept the sports car.  
D.The dog was back at 1 pm on a Friday.
B
Brian Walker chews pens. He bites them so hard that his boss has warned him to stop or buy his own. Kate’s weakness is more acceptable-she is unable to walk past a cake shop without overeating Sophin Cartier finds her cigarette habit a headache, while Alice’s thumb-sucking drives her boy friend crazy. Four people with very different habits, but they all share a common problem anxiety disorder or, in serious cases. Obsessive Compulsive Disorder  (OCD).
From nail-biting to too much hand-washing, overeating and internet addiction(上瘾),OCD is widespread in almost every workplace and countless home. “It is a relatively common form of anxiety,” says Dr. Mootee. “The main feature of OCD is the repetition of unwanted obsessive(过度的) thoughts such as worries that doors are left unlocked , gas or electrical appliances are left on.” In order to fight against the an esasy checking door locks and gas or electrical appliances.
 Dr. Mootee says that repetitive washing, particularly of the hands, is the most common type of OCD. She has treated many patients who wash their hands up to 30 times a day. The technique Mootee uses to treat people with OCD is called cognitive-behavioral therapy(认知行为疗法).“It is based on the general idea that people have the ability to change the way they think and behave,” says Mootee.
But when does a habit become a problem? “It’s personal,” says Mootee.“Everyone has something unusual, but if you can’t put up with it, then it’s a problem and you need to do something to change it.”Mootee says many people resist for treatment because they fear they are “crazy”. But as people become more knowledgeable about these problems they will go and get help. The only way to cure is to conquer(07江西卷)

5.  If a person suffers from OCD, be is likely to keep doing any of the following EXCEPT   .
  A.chewing pens           B.hurting himself
C.sucking fingers          D.biting nails
6.  According to the passage, a person suffering from OCD    .
A.reduces his/her anxiety by taking drugs
B.gets into unwanted habits to relieve stress
C.has unwanted thoughts about habits
D.has unwanted thoughts because of illness
7.  Dr. Mootee’s treating lechnique is based ont eh idea that    .
    A.everyone has something different
B.people can put up with their problems
C.people can change their way of thinking and action
D.people tend to repeat their obsessive actions
8.  By saying “The only way to cure is to conquer.” Dr. Mootee suggests that an OCD sufferer   .
    A.has to be an extraordinary person
B.must cure his illness by himself
C.must overcome many physical illnesses
D.should have a right attitude towards the problem

 

第 34 天                       A
Part I
If you are hunting a chance to improve yourself in English, TOP ENGLISH CITY will be a smart choice. We are members of "the International Language Workshop" and enjoy both of the good honor in English teaching and high quality of our teaching team. We are devoted to providing affordable, excellent English training programs for those who want to improve both their English knowledge and their language skills.
    In TOP ENGLISH CITY, you will be a top English-speaker among your competitors and enjoy the advantage that your competitors have not. You will be proud of being a member of TOP ENGLISH CITY.
    Courses designed:
    Basic Studies… Sat. 8:00-10:00 a. m.
    Intermediate(中级)Spoken English… Sun. 8:00-10:00 a. m.
    Standard Spoken English… Sat. 8:00-10:00 a.m.
    Basic Business English… Sun.8:00-10:00 a.m.
    Intermediate Business English… Sun. 7:00-9:00 p.m.
    TOEFL Super Studies… Sun. 7:30-9:30 p.m.
    Children's Weekend… Sat. &. Sun. 8:00 a.m. -5:00 p.m.
    For more information, please contact:
    Room 806 American Plaza Tianhexi Rd, 510150 Guangzhou
    Tel: 86668888-8806
Part II
ENGLISH SALON
    A place for you to practise your English, to exchange your English learning experiences, to know more about the culture of English-speaking countries, to make more friends who can speak very good English.
    You will have free talks, famous English films and songs appreciation, English lectures and games; all are for you to improve yourself in English in the special, full-of-fun Salon.
    How to Join:
We are a group with membership system, so if you want to join our group, please make an application to the Tianhe Office of Top English City, filling in the applying forms. You will be given a salon ID card, and becomes our member.
The Qualifications(条件):
    You must be fluent in English-speaking or / and an English lover. Those who are now learning English in the Top English City will be advantageous.
For more information, please contact:  
 Mr Jiu Chan           at: 47129198
    English Salon, your best friend! Join Right Now!
1. Which of the following can be the best title for Part I?
   A. Top English, your smart choice!      B. If you want to learn English, we can teach you!
   C. Top English, the best English!        D. We have what you want!
2. If you work in a joint Venture(合资) Company, you probably take the        course.
   A. Standard Spoken English                B. Intermediate Business English
   C. TOEFL Super Studies                  D. Children's Weekend
3. Which of the following courses can be learned by the same person?
 A. Basic Studies and Standard Spoken English. 
B. Intermediate Spoken English and Basic Business English.
C. Standard Spoken English and TOEFL Super Studies.
D. Intermediate Business English and TOEFL Super Studies.
4. If you want to join the English Salon, you should at least        .
   A. be a university graduate        
B. be a student learning English in the Top English City
   C. be an English lover or can speak English well
   D. make more friends and know more about the culture of the English

B
People use money to buy food, furniture, books, bicycles and hundreds of other things they need or want. Most of the money today is made of metal or paper. But people used to use all kinds of things as money. One of the first kinds of money was shells. Shells were not the only things used as money. In China, cloth and knives were used. In the Philippine Islands, rice was used as money for a long time. Elephant tusks, monkey tails, and salt were used as money in parts of Africa.
    Some animals were used as money too. The first metal coins were made in China. They were round and had a square hole in the center. People strung them together and carried them from place to place. The first coins in England were made of tin (锡). Sweden and Russia used copper (铜) to make their money. Later countries began to make coins of gold and silver.
    Later the Chinese thought of a way to improve money. They began to use paper money. Money has had an interesting history from the days of shell money until today.
5.  People used different kinds of things as          .
A. gold      B. metal     C. money      D. silver
6.  Tin was first made as money in         .
A. China      B. Philippine Islands     C. England      D. Russia
7.  The word "strung" in the passage probably means         ."
A. came    B. tied    C. put    D. made
8.  The best topic of the article is”         .”
A. How Many Kinds of Money Are There in the World    B. The History of Money
C. Money in Different Countries                      D. The Use of Money

  第 35 天                        A
Anna Koumikova was born on June 7th, 1981 in Moscow. Her parents' names are Allah and Sergel. When she was 5 years old, her parents sold their TV to buy her the first tennis bat for Christmas. She played in a club near her place until aged 11. Then she moved to Bradenton, Florida(USA) to train with Nick Bollitierri. At 14, she represented Russia in a Fed Cup match and became the youngest player ever to win a Fed Cup match.
      Kournikova made her WTA first show at 15 years old at the US Open where she finally lost against player Steffi Graf. But she made it to the double quarter finals that same match. In 1996, Kournikova won the Rookie of the Year award and the next year. She improved very much to even make it to the semi - finals in Wimbledon. She lost to world number one Martina Hingis at the French Open and at Wimbledon. In 1999 she won her professional title at Midland, Miehigon, an international Tennis Federation match. She was 5th favourite in Illinois the same year and won her 2nd career ITF match. She won her first grand slam(大满贯) title ill 1999 with Martina Hingis in doubles at the Australia Open. Since then, they have played regularly together and have quickly become one of the 'best pairs. Aim in 1999,she made her first career WTA final in key Biscayne against Venus Williams in a tough 3 set match. She alto won her first doubles tile with Monica Seles in Tokyo.
      At present Kournikova is more successful on the net than at the net. She remains the "most searched" and "most download (网上下载)" on the internet, three times more popular than the NO. 2 sports figure, Michael Jordan. She is still very young and she seems to have a great future ahead !
1.  Which of the following is right?
    A. Kournikova beat Steffi Graf at the US Open when she was 15.
    B. Kournikova won the Rookie of the Year award in 1999.
    C. Koumikova is now more lucky at the net than on the Internet.
    D. In 1997, Kournikova worked hard to make it to the semi - finals in Wimbledon.
2.  Kournikova won her first grand slam title in doubles at the Australia Open with              .
    A. Steffi Graf       B. Venus Williams   C. Martina Hingis   D. Monica Seles
3.  From the text we can know Kournikova won her professional title in an ITF match          .
    A. at Midland       B. in France         C. in Australia       D. at Biscayne
4.  What can we learn about Kournikova?
A. She has a lot of fans on the Internet.
B. Her parents gave her much support.
C. She beat Martina Hings in 1996.
D. She played tennis for her home country Russia.


B
Odland remembers like it was yesterday working in an expensive French restaurant in Denver. The ice cream he was serving fell onto the white dress of a rich and important woman.
Thirty years have passed, but Odland can’t get the memory out of his mind, nor the woman’s kind reaction(反应).She was shocked, regained calmness and, in a kind voice, told the young Odland. “It’s OK. It wasn’t your fault.”When she left the restaurant, she also left the future Fortune 500 CEO(总裁) with a life lesson: You can tell a lot about a person by the way he or she treats the waiter.
Odland isn’t the only CEO to have made this discovery. Rather, it seems to be one of those few laws of the land that every CEO learns on the way up. It’s hard to get a dozen CEOS to agree about anything, but most agree with the Waiter Rule. They say how others treat the CEO says nothing. But how others treat the waiter is like a window into the soul.
Watch out for anyone who pulls out the power card to say something like,“I could buy this place and fire you.”or “I know the owner and I could have you fired.”Those who say such things have shown more about their character(人品) than about their wealth and power.
The CEO who came up with it, or at least first wrote it down, is Raytheon CEO Bill Swanson. He wrote a best-selling book called Swanson’s Unwritten Rules of Management.
“A person who is nice to you but rude to the waiter, or to others, is not a nice person,” Swanson says. “I will never offer a job to the person who is sweet to the boss but turns rude to someone cleaning the tables.” (07全国卷二)
1.What happened after Odland dropped the ice cream onto the woman’s dress?
A. He was fired.
B. He was blamed.
C. The woman comforted him.
D. The woman left the restaurant at once.
2.Odland learned one of his life lessons from _______.
A. his experience as a waiter     B. the advice given by the CEOs
C. an article in Fortune      D. an interesting best-selling book
3.According to the text, most CEOs have the time opinion about _______.
A. Fortune 500 companies     B. the Management Rules
C. Swanson’s book       D. the Waiter Rule
4.From the text we can learn that _______.
A. one should be nicer to important people
B. CEOs often show their power before others
C. one should respect others no matter who they are
D. CEOs often have meals in expensive restaurants
第36天                        A
    Everyone becomes a little more forgetful as they get older, but men's minds decline more than women's, according to the results of a worldwide survey.
    Certain differences seem to be inherent in male and female brains: Men are better at maintaining and dealing with mental images (useful in mathematical reasoning<推论;说服> and spatial <空间的>skills), while women tend to excel (擅长) at recalling information from their brain's files (helpful with language skills and remembering the locations of objects).
    Many studies have looked for a connection between sex and the amount of mental decline (衰退) people experience as they age, but the results have been mixed.
    Some studies found more age-related decline in men than in women, while others saw the opposite or even no relationship at all between sex and mental decline. Those results could be improper because the studies involved older people, and women live longer than men: The men tested are the survivors, "so they're the ones that may not have shown such cognitive(认知的;认识的) decline," said study team leader Elizabeth of the University of Warwick in England.
    People surveyed completed four tasks that tested sex-related cognitive skills: matching an object to its rotated(旋转的) form, matching lines shown from the same angle, typing as many words in a particular category (范畴) as possible in the given time, e.g.  "object usually colored gray", and recalling the location of objects in a line drawing. The first two were tasks at which men usually excel; the latter are typically dominated(占有主导地位的) by women.
    Within each age group studied, men and women performed better in their separate categories on average. And though performance declined with age for both genders(性别), women showed obviously less decline than men overall(全部地).
1. The underlined word in the second paragraph means_________.
   A. natural     B. great C. obvious D. absolute
2. According to the passage, which of the following can Not be typed into the same category?
   A. cloud   B. sheep C. trees D. goose
3. Which of the following statements is true according the article?
   A. Men do better than women when it comes to learning English.
   B. Women stand out at remembering people’s names.
   C. Men excel at typing as many words in a particular category as possible in the given time.
   D. Women excel at dealing mathematic problems.
4. One important factor that affects the correctness of the results is that _________.
   A. the old men tested may not have shown such cognitive decline
   B. people surveyed are all old
   C. people taking part in this test came from all over the world   D. women live longer than men
5. The author aims to tell us that __________.
   A. women’s minds perform better than men’s
   B. men’s minds decline more with age
   C. everyone becomes a little more forgetful as they get older
D. a survey on human’s mind decline was done recently
 

B
It seems that politicians around the world are thinking about the health of their countries. While in China, Chen Zhu has announced his plans for a universal(全体的,普遍的)health service and reform across health services. Gordon Brown, the UK Prime Minister, has also announced he is planning to make some changes in our health service.
    The crux(关键)of Mr. Brown's proposals are related to giving the NHS (National Health Service) a greater focus on prevention, rather than just curing patients.
    He is planning to introduce increased screening for common diseases such as heart disease, strokes(中风), and cancer, for example, breast cancer. In Britain there are 200,000 deaths a year from heart attacks and strokes, many of which might have been avoided if the condition had been known about.
    Initially, the diagnostic (诊断的) tests will be available for those who are vulnerable, or most likely to have the disease. One example is a plan to offer all men over 65 an ultrasound test to check for problems with the main artery (动脉), a condition which kills 3,000 men a year.
The opposition have criticized Mr. Brown's proposals, saying that they are just a trick, and claiming that there is no proper timetable for the changes. They also say that Mr. Brown is reducing the money available for the treatment of certain conditions while putting more money towards testing for them.
    The NHS was founded in 1948, and is paid for by taxation. The idea is that the rich pay more towards the health service than the poor. However in recent years there has been a great increase in the use of private healthcare, because it’s much quicker. NHS waiting lists for operations can be very long, so many people who can afford it choose to pay for medical care themselves.
1. The underlined word vulnerable in the fourth paragraph probably means ________.
   A. sick     B. weak     C. wounded     D. old
2. All the following statements are true except that _________.
   A. all people should pay for their healthcare at the NHS.
   B. some people are against the reform of the healthcare.
   C. the writer is likely to come from Britain.
   D. more money will be spent on testing people than before.
3. Which of the following is the reason for the increasing private healthcare?
   A. People are paying more attention to their own health.
   B. People are well off enough to pay their healthcare.
   C. The NHS was not available for most of the people.
   D. It’s not so convenient for people to go to the NHS for their healthcare.
4. According to the passage, the purpose of the health reform plan in the UK is to _______  
   A. encourage more private healthcare.
   B.focus on the prevention rather than on curing the patient.
   C. deal with the main artery problems.
   D. fight against the opposition in the UK.
5. The author of this passage intends to tell us _________.
   A. the NHS should be reformed right away.
   B. more and more people are dying from diseases.
   C. the plan to reform the NHS in the UK.
   D. the criticism of Mr. Brown's proposals.


第37天
A
YANGON -- Myanmar has officially accepted an offer of the United States to send humanitarian aid(人道主义援助) to the country's cyclone(飓风;暴风)victims, state radio reported Friday in a night broadcast Myanmar Deputy Foreign Minister U Kyaw Thu gave the assurance Friday, saying that the country is receiving such relief aid from any country without limit at this time according to its policy(政策) of dealing with the disaster, the report said.
     Kyaw Thu denied rumors about Myanmar's turning down of such relief materials from Western countries but accept those from nations in good relations with Myanmar, saying that the country has never done so in this case.
     Kyaw Thu said that well wishers abroad may make cash donation(捐赠)through Myanmar embassies(使馆)stationed there, while those who like to donate relief goods may present at the Yangon International Airport and seaports.
     According to the report, the US relief aid would arrive in Yangon in days.
     A foreign ministry's statement said earlier on Friday that at this moment, the international community can best help the victims by donating emergency provisions such as medical supplies, food, cloth, electricity generator, and materials for emergency shelter or with financial assistance," adding that "Myanmar will wholeheartedly welcome such course of action".
     The government and the people of Myanmar are grateful to the friendly nations, the United Nations, international organizations, non-governmental organizations, private individuals and others for their sympathy and generosity." it said.
 1. Which of the following is true?
   A. The US relief aid was turned down at first and then accepted.
   B. The US relief aid has been sent to the capital city of Myanmar.
   C. There are rumors(谣言)that Myanmar has turned down the US relief aid.
   D. Myanmar will wholeheartedly welcome such course of action but the US relief aid. 
2. We Chinese may denote money to help the country's cyclone victims(受害者) through_____.
   A. Myanmar embassies in Beijing.  
   B. the Yangon International Airport
   C. the United Nations
   D. the Yangon International seaports.
3. What can the international community(组织)best help the victims in Myanmar?
   A. medical supplies      B. financial assistance
   C. electricity generator   D. all of the above.
4. What is Myanmar’s policy toward the aids from abroad?
   A. Myanmar prefers cash donation to relief goods.
   B. Myanmar only receives emergency provisions such as medical supplies, food, cloth, electricity generator, etc.
   C. Myanmar receives donation relief aid from any country without any limit.
   D. Myanmar prefers relief goods to cash donation.
5. The title that best expresses the idea of the passage is _______.
   A. How to help Myanmar.
   B. Myanmar accepts US humanitarian aid officially.
   C. Myanmar is receiving relief aid from any country without limit.
   D. The government and the people of Myanmar are grateful.
                                  

B
    The largest earthquake ( magnitude里氏 9.5) of the 20th century happened on May 22, 1960 off the coast of South Central Chile.
    It generated(生成) one of the most destructive Pacific-wide tsunamis(海啸). Near the generating area, both the earthquake and the tsunami were very much destructive, particularly in the coastal area from Concepcion to the south end of Isla(岛) Chiloe. The largest tsunami damage occurred at Isla Chiloe---the coastal area closest to the epicenter(震中). Huge tsunami waves measuring as high as 25 meters arrived within 10 to 15 minutes after the earthquake, killing at least two hundred people, sinking all the boats, and flooding half a kilometer inland.
    There was large damage and loss of life at Concepcion, Chile's top industrial city. Near the city of Valdivia, the earthquake and following aftershocks generated landslides which killed 18 people. At the port city of Valparaiso, a city of 200,000, many buildings collapsed. A total of 130,000 houses were destroyed --- one in every three in the earthquake zone and nearly 2,000,000 people were left homeless.
Total damage losses, including to agriculture and to industry, were estimated(估计) to be over a half billion dollars . The total number of death related with both the tsunami and the earthquake was never found accurately for the region. Estimates of deaths reached between 490 to 5,7002 with no distinction(差别) as to how many deaths were caused by the earthquake and how many were caused by the tsunami. However, it is believed that most of the deaths in Chile were caused by the tsunami.                                                                                       
1. Where did the largest tsunami damage occurred?
   A. Concepcion      B. Isla Chiloe       C. Valdivia      D. Valparaiso
2. What can we learn about the tsunami waves generated by the earthquake?
   A. The tsunami waves as high as 25 meters arrived immediately after the earthquake.
   B. The tsunami waves killed 200 people and sank all boats.
   C. The tsunami waves were very destructive.
   D. The tsunami waves flooded half of the inland.
3. What is generally thought the main cause of deaths in Chile?
   A. landslides      B. the tsunami      C. aftershocks      D. the magnitude 9.5 earthquake
4. What is the total number of deaths in the earthquake?
   A. 2,000,000      B. between 490 to 57,002     
   C. 200,000        D. it was hard to know.
5. What does the underlined word “collapsed” probably mean ?
   A. was destroyed     B.. caught fire     
   C. was flooded       D. sank

第38天                          A
The history of the Games Olympia
    Olympia, the site of the ancient Olympic Games, is in the western part of the Peloponnese which, according to Greek mythology, is the island of "Pelops", the founder of the Olympic Games. Imposing temples, votive buildings, elaborate shrines and ancient sporting facilities(设备) were combined in a site of unique natural and mystical beauty.
    Olympia functioned as a meeting place for worship and other religious and political practices as early as the 10th century B.C. The central part of Olympia was dominated by the majestic temple of Zeus, with the temple of Hera parallel to it. The ancient stadium in Olympia could hold more than 40,000 audience, while in the surrounding area there were auxiliary(辅助的) buildings which developed gradually up until the 4th century B.C. and were used as training sites for the athletes or to house the judges of the Games.
The Games and religion
    The Olympic Games were closely linked to the religious festivals of the cult of Zeus, but were not a total part of a rite. Indeed, they had a secular character and aimed to show the physical qualities and development of the performances accomplished by young people, as well as encouraging good relations between the cities of Greece. According to specialists, the Olympic Games owed their purity and importance to religion.
Victory ceremonies
    The Olympic victor received his first awards immediately after the competition. Following the announcement of the winner's name by the herald, a Hellanodikis (Greek judge) would place a palm branch in his hands, while the audience cheered and threw flowers to him. Red ribbons were tied on his head and hands as a mark of victory.
The official award ceremony would take place on the last day of the Games, at the elevated vestibule of the temple of Zeus. In a loud voice, the herald would announce the name of the Olympic winner, his father's name, and his homeland. Then, the Hellanodikis placed the sacred olive tree wreath(花环), or kotinos, on the winner's head.
1. When did Olympia become the site of the Olympic Games?
   A. In the 10th century B.C.
   B. Before the 4th century B.C.
   C. After the 4th century B.C.
   D. It was not mentioned here.
2. Which one is TRUE according to the passage?
   A. Zeus is the founder of the Olympic Games.
   B. The ancient stadium in Olympic were used as training sites for the athletes in the 10th century.
   C. The Olympic Games have much to do with the religion.
   D. The Olympic victor would receive a golden medal.
3. Can you guess the meaning of this word “herald” in the passage?
   A. the author   B. the headmaster   C. the announcer   D. the manager
4. When the athletes won the game, ______.
   A. They were awarded immediately after the competition.
   B. They were awarded twice. The first, immediately after the competition; the second, on the last day of the game.
   C. They were awarded on the last day of the game.
   D. They were awarded on the last day of the game or immediately after the competition.
 


 B
    The income gap between China's rural and urban residents(居民) has continued to widen during the past few years in spite of rapidly rising rural incomes, Agricultural Minister Sun Zhengcai said here on Wednesday.
    The income ratio(比率) between urban and rural residents was 3.28:1 in 2006, against 3.23:1 in 2003, said Sun in his report on the promotion of building a new countryside in 2007. Sun also said the net income of rural residents in different regions also varied widely. The income gap is only one of several problems in rural areas, according to Sun's report. While listing the achievements in rural areas in recent years, Sun believed that rural development still followed behind urban development.
    "We have bigger pressure to ensure the supply of major agricultural products such as grain," he said. "China's urbanization(都市化) has been speeded up and more rural residents have gone to urban areas," he said.
    "In this case, more agricultural producers become farm produce consumers, which created more pressure for supply," he said.
    Another problem facing China's agricultural development is inadequate application of science and technology.
    "Only 30 percent of scientific and technological achievements have been applied to agricultural production, which is 40 percentage points lower than developed countries," he said.
    Despite increased government spending in rural areas, the infrastructure(基础下部组织) is still poor and easily hit by disasters.
    According to Sun, the government spent 431.8 billion yuan ($59.15 billion) on agriculture, rural areas and farmers this year, an increase of 80.1 billion yuan over the previous year.
    China set aside 11.38 billion yuan to promote a new rural cooperative medical care system and 27.98 billion yuan to support the new compulsory education mechanism in rural area to ensure that all citizens shared the fruits of China's reform and opening-up, Sun said.
1. Which of the following is TRUE according to the text?
   A. Because of the rapidly rising rural incomes, the income gap between China's rural and urban residents will disappear this year.
   B. The net income of rural residents in different regions is the same.
   C. The government has taken measures to develop the economy in the rural areas.
   D. Because of the rapidly rising rural incomes, the supply of major agricultural products is enough.
2. Can you infer the meaning of the underlined words in paragraph 5?
   A. be made full use of
   B. be made little use of
   C. be not made full use of
   D. be made good use of
3. How much is spent on agriculture, rural areas and farmers the previous year?
   A. 431.8 billion yuan   B. 511.9 billion yuan 
   C. 351.7 billion yuan   D. 80.1 billion yuan
4. Which is NOT the problem in rural areas?
   A. The income gap
   B. The inadequate application of science and technology
   C. The supply of major agricultural products
   D. China's urbanization
                                 

第39天
A
    Some futurologists have assumed that the vast upsurge(剧增)of women in the workforce may portend a rejection of marriage. Many women, according to this hypothesis, would rather work than marry. The converse(反面)of this concern is that the prospects of becoming a multi-paycheck household could encourage marriage. In the past, only the earnings and financial prospects of the man counted in the marriage decision. Now, however, the earning ability of a woman can make her more attractive as a marriage partner. Data show that economic downturns tend to putting off marriage because the parties cannot afford to establish a family or are concerned about rainy days ahead. As the economy comes to life, the number of marriages also rises.
The increase in divorce rates follows to the increase in women working outside the home. Yet, it may be wrong to jump to any simple cause-and-effect conclusions. The impact of a wife’s work on divorce is no less cloudy than its impact on marriage decisions. The realization that she can be a good provider may increase the chances that a working wife will choose divorce over an unsatisfactory marriage. But the reverse is equally plausible(似是而非的). Tensions grounded in financial problems often play a key role in ending a marriage. By raising a family’s standard of living, a working wife may strengthen her family’s financial and emotional stability.
Psychological factors also should be considered. For example, a wife blocked from a career outside the home may feel caged in the house. She may view her only choice as seeking a divorce. On the other hand, if she can find fulfillment through work outside the home, work and marriage can go together to create a stronger and more stable union.
Also, a major part of women’s inequality in marriage has been due to the fact that, in most cases, men have remained the main breadwinners. A working wife may rob a husband of being the master of the house. Depending upon how the couple reacts to these new conditions, it could create a stronger equal partnership or it could create new insecurities.
1. The word “portend” (Line 2, Para.1) is closest in meaning to“_____”.
    A. defy   B. signal   C. suffer from   D. result from
2. It is said in the passage that when the economy slides_____.
    A. men would choose working women as their marriage partners
    B. more women would get married to seek financial security
    C. even working women would worry about their marriages
    D. more people would prefer to remain single for the time being
3. If women find fulfillment through work outside the home,_____.
    A. they are more likely to dominate their marriage partners
    B. their husbands are expected to do more housework
    C. their marriage ties can be strengthened
    D. they tend to put their career before marriage
4. One reason why women with no career may seek a divorce is that_____.
    A. they feel that they have been robbed of their freedom
    B. they are afraid of being bossed around by their husbands
    C. they feel that their partners fail to live up to their expectations
    D. they tend to suspect their husbands? loyalty to their marriage
5. Which of the following statements can best summarize the authors view in the passage?
    A. The stability of marriage and the divorce rate may reflect the economic situation of the country.
    B. Even when economically independent, most women have to struggle for real equality in marriage.
    C. In order to secure their marriage women should work outside the home and remain independent
    D. The impact of the growing female workforce on marriage varies from case to case.
                                   
B
    It's killed at least two dozen people, damaged hundreds of homes, cost some 22 billion Yuan in direct economic losses so far and has left thousands of family-bound travelers stranded. The massive snow and ice storm that has swept through the southern part of China has put this country into full disaster management mode. Tens of thousands of soldiers have been activated and the government has already provided 126 million Yuan in aide to six provinces in the south slammed by the unexpected winter blast. But is enough being done? And what else can be done to ensure that the effects of natural disasters like the one in southern China are minimized in the future?
“Ni hao, you're listening to People In the Know, your window into the world around you, online at www.crienglish.com here on China Radio International. In this edition of the show, we'll be talking about the southern China snow and ice storm. So let's get started.
First, let's get a Chinese perspective of how well the ice and snow storm in southern China is being handled from a logistical point of view. For this we're joined on the line by Professor Peng Xizhe, Dean of the School of Social Development and Public Policy at Fudan University in Shanghai.
(Dialogue with Peng)
    And after a short break, we'll talk about the broader view of disaster management.”
   “Ni hao, you're listening to People In the Know, your window into the world around you, online at www.crienglish.com here on China Radio International. I'm Paul James in Beijing. In this edition of the show, we're talking about the massive winter storm that has ravaged southern China. For a broader look at disaster management, we're joined on the line now by Mr. Aloysius Rego and Ms. Jiang Lingling, both with the Asian Disaster Preparedness Center in Thailand.
(Dialogue with Jiang and Rego)
    And with that we close out this edition of People In the Know, online at www.crienglish.com here on China Radio International. Though it may seem small consolation now for the thousands who remain stranded because of the storm, it's important to remember that as long as patience prevails, you will get home. Questions or comments for us can be sent to crieng@crifm.com. For Executive Director Wang Lei and Producers Yang Jingjie and Xu Yang, I'm Paul James in Beijing. Take care.”
1. What style does this passage according to?
   A. 说明文   B. 议论文   C. 描写文   D. 新闻报道
2. What’s the main idea of this article?
   A. Tell the stories about the snow storm in the southern part of China
   B. Tell us some facts about the people in the disaster.
   C. What have been done or will be done to rescue the people in the disaster.
   D. Let’s know the measures about the disaster.
3. How many people died from the snow disaster before this report?
   A. more than 30    B. more than 24    C. many    D. 50
                                
第40天
A
    Vienna-In spite of Iraq’s decision to stop oil deliveries, the 11- nation Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries(OPEC)will not increase production to make up the shortfall, ministers decided Tuesday in Vienna.
    The 11 oil ministers decided to meet again on July 3 to discuss the effects of the Iraq temporary stop. The organization’s president, Charkid Kheria of Algeria, said after the meeting that stocks were high and prices were stable, so quota increases were not necessary.
    The E.U. Commission has expressed concern about Iraq’s output stop. A speaker said OPEC had to take all possible measures to keep or lower the oil price.
    Saudi Arabia’s Oil Minister Ali Al-Nuaimi had earlier said there would not be any shortfall of oil in the market. The organization had already taken steps to fill the gap, he said. OPEC Secretary General Ali Rodriguez added that the period of Iraq’s output stop was not known, so other exporters were not going to lift quotas yet. If the market was destabilized (使……动摇), a suitable response could be made.
    Iraq on Monday stopped shipments of crude oil to protest against the U.N. Security Council’s decision to extend the oil-for-food programme by only a month, instead of the normal six-month renewal. Just before the Vienna meeting, oil prices had gone up, with a barrel of OPEC crude oil selling for 27.05 dollars, up from 26.81 dollars last Friday. North Sea oil was at 29.26 dollars Monday evening.
    OPEC wants the oil price to stay within a margin of 22 to 28 dollars and achieved that with cuts in January and March that reduced 2.5 million barrels per day off quotas(配额).
1. Iraq made the decision to stop oil deliveries because ___________.
    A. oil price is too low in international market.
    B. The U.N. Secretary Council has decided to shorten the time of extension of the oil-for-food programme
    C. Many oil wells were destroyed during the war in the late 1980s
    D. It couldn’t get enough money to develop its economy
2. The attitude the E.U. Commission took towards Iraq’s output stop is ________.
    A. active       B. concerned        C. cold        D. surprised
3. The 11 oil ministers decided to meet on July 3 so that _________.
    A. they can persuade Iraq to continue oil production
    B. they can have a talk with the U.N. Security Council
    C. they can have a discussion about the effects of Iraq’s temporary output stop
    D. they can make up their minds to increase oil production
4. The main idea of the passage is ________.
    A. the oil prices in the world were stable though Iraq has stopped oil deliveries
    B. OPEC has controlled the oil price to stay within a margin of 22 to 28 dollars
    C. OPEC will not increase oil production to make up the shortfall that caused by Iraq
    D. Oil is connected with people’s daily life
B
    China news, Beijing, Feb. 9 – Housing price in China has always aroused heated discussions among property developers and ordinary Chinese. To many property developers and local government officials, housing price in China is still low compared with many developed countries. However, the average housing price in the United States is only 8,000 yuan per square meter, while in China, it is even higher than in the United States. This shows that there are some bubbles(泡沫) in Chinese real estate market, the International Finance News reported.
    Although the average price of residential houses in the United States, after converted to Renminbi, is about 8,000 yuan per square meter, the houses in US are not sold in terms of building area, as most Chinese property developers do when they sell their houses. If US property developers sell their houses according to the building area, then the housing price will be even lower than 8,000 yuan per square meter. In most big Chinese cities, such as Beijing, Shanghai, and Shenzhen, houses are sold at a price even higher than those in the US.
The high housing sales price in large cities in China proves that Chinese real estate market does have some bubbles. Moreover, Chinese houses can not be compared with houses in US in terms of building quality, environment and supporting facilities. Furthermore, it should be noted that American people’s average income is several dozen times higher than that of Chinese people. How can the Chinese afford to buy a house which is even more expensive than that sold in US?
    At the beginning of 2007, Chinese government issued a set of policies that aimed to benefit the public. Now in order to reduce the high housing prices, the government can regulate(控制) the real estate market by raising tax on property industry and controlling the release of loans and lands to property developers. At the same time, the government should allow people to build more houses through various fund-raising channels, such as funds collected from buyers or raised by working units. By applying these multiple means, it is expected that the high housing prices can be lowered.
1. What is the average housing price per square meter in China?
    A. 8,000 yuan    B. 10,000 yuan     C. 7,000 yuan    D. It’s not mentioned here
2. Which of the following does NOT support the idea that the average housing price in China is even higher than in the United States?
    A. Chinese houses can not be compared with houses in US in terms of building quality, environment and supporting facilities.
    B. American people’s average income is several dozen times higher than that of Chinese people.
    C. The houses in US are not sold in terms of building area, as most Chinese property developers do when they sell their houses.
    D. There are more people who need houses in China.
3. What is the main idea of this passage?
    A. The housing price in China is so high that the government should do something useful to prevent it.
    B. There are some bubbles in Chinese real estate market
    C. The average housing price in China is even higher than in the United States
    D. Chinese government issued a set of policies that aimed to benefit the public.
4. How many measures are mentioned in the last paragraph in order to reduce the high housing prices?
    A. Four    B. Three    C. Five    D. Two
 


第41天
A
   It's time to be water efficient!
   As populations increase across Australia and the rest of the world, demand for water will also increase. If we don’t reduce each individual’s demand for water (both directly and through embodied water) the water situation will become dire.
    It is obvious that we cannot increase demands for water much more without detrimental(有害的) effects to the environment, society and the economy.
    It’s all too easy to blame someone else for the water situation –“if 70% of water is used for agriculture then that’s what we should target” – but it’s not that easy. We all depend on the food and resources that agriculture provides, and while there are definitely opportunities to increase water efficiency on the farm, the solution will take more than that.
    We each share responsibility for the sustainable management of our water resources, which means using less water at home, in the workplace, at school, on holidays, on the farm, … everyone, everywhere, every time.
    It's time to become water efficient! This involves reassessing our relationship with water, and learning to use it more sparingly. On the most basic level, it requires a behavioural(行动的) change, and assigning a value to water that truly reflects its worth.
    We can also unlock economic benefits of being water efficient. There are many real world examples given in the case studies on this site.
    Everybody has a responsibility to save water, if future generations are to enjoy a similar standard of living to the one we enjoy now. In fact, many of the impacts associated with water use are likely to have an effect on our own lives!
    www.savewater.com.au has been designed to help you respond to the challenge to become water efficient. It acts as a central repository for relevant information and further advice, so that you can actually achieve significant savings. It also showcases those companies with products that will assist you in your goal.
1. Can you infer where this passage is from?
    A. newspaper    B. TV programme    C. Radio broadcast    D. Internet 
2. What can we do to save water?
    A. find more water resources 
    B. use less water everywhere, every time
    C. realize the importance of saving water
    D. unlock economic benefits of being water efficient
3. What is not the reason to save water?
    A. There are more and more people in the world.
    B. The water resources are limited.
    C. Agriculture needs more water.
    D. The water is very important for us.
4. What is the main idea of this passage?
    A. Water is very important for the human.
    B. Everybody has a responsibility to save water.
    C. It's time to be water efficient.
    D. Let’s save water for our future generations.
                                    

B
    Beijing's broadened ban on smoking in public places took effect Thursday, adding force to the effort to hold a smoke-free Olympics.
The new rules extend existing anti-smoking regulations to more places, including fitness centers, cultural relic sites, offices, meeting rooms, dining halls, toilets and lifts. Restaurants, Internet cafes, parks, and waiting halls at airports, railway stations and coach stations are required to set up smoking areas. Hotels will have to offer smoke-free rooms or floors, but the regulations do not specify a proportion.
    However, some restaurant owners have complained that it would be difficult to have a separate smoking room as required by the new regulations. "We plan to issue specific rules to solve this problem as soon as possible," Rao Yingsheng, vice-director of the Beijing Committee for Patriotic Public Health Campaign, was quoted by the Beijing News as saying Thursday. He said small restaurants without a separate room should set aside at least 70 percent of their area for non-smokers. He also said customers and restaurant owners would be asked for their thoughts on the new rule.
    Local authorities dispatched about 100,000 inspectors to make sure the ban was being enforced Thursday. Everyone has the right to dissuade people from smoking in public places, Liu Zejun, who works for the Beijing committee, said. "Citizens are encouraged to expose those who refuse to obey the rule by calling the free telephone line 12320," Liu said.
    People caught smoking in forbidden areas will be fined 10 yuan ($1.40), while enterprises and institutions that violate(违反) the ban will face fines of between 1,000 yuan and 5,000 yuan. Smoking was forbidden in hospitals, kindergartens, schools, museums, sports venues and other places before the new regulations took effect. From Oct 1 last year, the city also banned smoking in its 66,000 cabs, and imposed fines of 100 yuan to 200 yuan on drivers caught smoking in taxis.
    China has pledged a cigarette-free, green Olympics. This year's event will be the first non-smoking Olympic Games since the Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC), of which China is a signatory(签名人), went into effect in 2005.
1. The passage mainly tells us _____.
    A. There will be more places where smoking is forbidden.
    B. More people should give up smoking.
    C. Broadened ban on smoking in public places took effect in order to set up a non-smoking Olympic Games.
    D. Those who smoke at public places will be fined.
2. Smoking is _____ at airports, railway stations or coach stations etc.
    A. forbidden         B. allowed 
    C. allowed at it’s smoking areas        D. we don’t know
3. Which of the following is Not true according to the passage?
    A. Hotels will have to offer smoke-free rooms.
    B. Smoking is not allowed in most restaurants.
    C. 12320 is a free telephone line to expose those who smoke at public places.
    D. People caught smoking in forbidden areas will be fined.
4. If a taxi driver smokes in his cab, he will probably be fined _____ .
    A. 10 yuan    B. 50 yuan     C. 120 yuan   D. 1000 yuan

                                   

第42天                          A
    The snow has paralysed(使瘫痪) transport in China during the country’s most important vacation period, the celebration of the Chinese New Year. Not only have transport delays hindered personal trips, but they have also slowed the delivery of fresh produce to markets. Consequently, in Zhengzhou, the capital city of the Henan province, tomato prices have doubled, and the cost of 47 other vegetables has increased by 36%, as reported by local media at the end of January.
     According to an inside PR source, “wholesalers in Beijing were quoted as saying that only about 20% of the usual fresh vegetable supplies were reaching the city.” As an Asian country with a diet based on fresh produce, the shortage of vegetables and the rise in prices is not only affecting fresh food producers, but also the final consumers.
     In terms of production, this is the worst snow disaster to hit China in the last 50 years, affecting a total of 9.4 million hectares of farmland in the country, according to a report published on 4 February 2008 by Feng Tao of Xinhua News, at the Chinese government website. Most of the crops devastated(毁坏)by the frost are located in the middle and lower reaches of the Yangtze River, the traditional natural border between North and South China.
Chen Xiwen, Director of the Office of the Central Leading Group on Rural Work, pointed out at the end of last week that “the blizzard disaster in the south has had a severe impact on winter crops, and the impact on fresh vegetables could be catastrophic in certain areas”, as stated in the Xinhua News report.
     The Chinese government has been quick to take extreme measures. The Chinese Ministry of Agriculture (MOA) has sent 13 teams of experts to 8 of the areas most seriously affected by the harsh weather. The aim of this initiative is to provide farmers with technical assistance to minimize their losses.
1. From this passage, we can know that the snow happened _____.
   A. During the Spring Festival
   B. In the coldest days of the winter
   C. In the North of China.
   D. It’s not mentioned here.
2. What’s the meaning of the underlined word in paragraph four?
   A. worst  B. snowstorm  C. cold weather  D. biggest
3. This passage mainly tells us _____ .
   A. The snow in the south of China caused many problems.
   B. The effect of the snow in the south of China on the fresh food
   C. The snow in the south of China slowed the delivery of fresh produce to markets.
   D. The Chinese government has taken extreme measures to help the suffered farmers.
4. The Chinese Ministry of Agriculture (MOA) has sent 13 teams of experts to 8 of the areas to _____ .
   A. help the farmers plant crops          B. give money to the farmers
   C. give directions to the farmers with their technic(技术;技巧).
   D. deliver crops for the farmers.


B
    Once the 2008 Olympic Games finishes, the drums and trumpets(喇叭) of the competitions would also stop. But would the city remain as lively as it would be after this world event? Investment sustainability and high demand are two highly invaluable economic concepts(概念) that can be looked at in order to ensure post-Olympics flourish, or perhaps, an even better future for Beijingers.
    Naturally, an economic downturn occurs in an Olympic host city once the major event finishes. Renmin University Professor Jin Yuanpu noted that a global event like this would put Beijing into a position of large importance in the international stage. But after this event, who would use the heavily-funded equipment and public and private investments left in the city? Various economists argued that a meltdown (彻底垮台) is highly unlikely. Jonathan Anderson, UBS Asia economist, suggested that the negative effects of the end of Beijing Olympics 2008 on the entire country aren’t important compared to previous host cities. China is such a huge economy that the conclusion of the Olympics games is the same as an ant-bite on a dragon.
    But what about post-Olympics Beijing? Retired Headmaster of Peking University, Li Yining, noted that a long-term civil demand growth and a popular desire by companies to adopt careful financial management decisions can lead to continued investment growth. Even though demand in some departments of the economy would drop in the short-run, creativity, practicality and innovation(创新) would be the key factors that would continually enhance the city's image and flourish long after the Olympics in the city has ended.
    So what's next for Beijing after the Olympics? Well, it's business as usual...
1. Which one of the followings is the author’s idea?
   A. Beijing’s economy will have a downturn after the 2008 Olympic Games.
   B. The 2008 Olympic Games have no effects on Beijing’s economy.
   C. Beijing’s economy will go on as usual.
   D. Beijing’s economy will go worse after the 2008 Olympic Games.
2. What’s the Jin Yuanpu idea about Beijing’s economy after the 2008 Olympic Games according to the passage?
   A. to have a downturn
   B. to develop as usual
   C. to develop more rapidly
   D. all of the above
3. Why did Jonathan Anderson believe that the negative effects of the end of Beijing Olympics 2008 on the entire country aren’t important?
   A. The negative effects are small.
   B. The Chinese government has many measures to take.
   C. The Chinese economy has developed at a certain level so that the negative effects can’t affect it too much.
   D. Jonathan Anderson liked China very much so he didn’t want China to go worse.
4. Choose a best title for this passage.
   A. Beijing After the Olympics
   B. The negative effects of the end of Beijing Olympics
   C. Can Beijing get through the difficult period after the 2008 Olympic Games
   D. Beijing’s economy after the 2008 Olympic Games

 

第43天
A
Want to be a volunteer for Beijing Olympics in 2008? Recently, the recruiting started.
The recruiting of Beijing Olympics Volunteer starts from Aug 28, 2006 to end of March 2008.
Stage 1: Beijing Volunteers
From August 28, 2006, the program opens to applicants in Beijing (and Beijing only).
Stage 2: China Volunteers
From Dec, 2006, people from outside Beijing can submit their application.
Stage 3: Overseas Volunteers
By March 2007, people from outside China (including in other countries) can apply for volunteering in Olympics 2008.
The Program
Travel, hotel are not provided. Only working meal is available for volunteers (makes sense, isn't it?)
If you have any questions, just call Olympics Volunteer hotline: +86-10-12308
According to news, 100k college students have applied for the position after three days of recruiting. 50,000 to 100,000 volunteers are needed for the game.
If you want to participate, just call the number and ask more questions about the program. However, my guess is, to be admitted to the program is not easy.
1. Who has the most time to apply for volunteering in Olympics 2008 ?
A. Liling from Beijing        B. Wangbing from Tianjin .
C. Jane from Australia        D. Dongdong from Yunnan.
2. Being a volunteer in Olympics 2008 , you can enjoy free ________ service.
  A. food  B. taxi  C. hotel  D. ticket
3. Why does the author think it is not easy to be admitted to the program?
  A. Because too many people want to watch the game live.
  B. Because the volunteers can have good free meals every day.
  C. Because the volunteers can watch the game without buying a ticket.
  D. Because more and more people care for the Olympics .
 
B
The run-up to the launch of China's first lunar orbiter at the end of this month has caught the country's imagination, with more than two thirds of the nation hoping to see the launch live on TV, according to a survey.                              
According to the survey by China Youth Daily and www.qq.com, almost the entire nation hopes to catch images of the event at some point, with 99 percent of the 10358 respondents saying they expected to witness the satellite launch and 68.9 percent said they were certain to watch the live broadcast of the launch. On www.qq.com and www.sina.com, two popular web portals in the country, internet users have contributed some 2,000 poems and 5000 drawings on the theme of Chang'e I.
"The satellite launch means much more than just saying 'hello' to the moon. Maybe in the future we could also send some people to accompany sister 'Chang'e'," said a college student in the survey.
Remarkably, many people expect to visit the moon one day, with 93.4 percent of respondents saying they expected to do so.
Chang'e I is named after Chang'e, a famous character from Chinese mythology. She ascended from earth to live on the moon as a celestial being after drinking an elixir.
There is also another connection between the moon and China. In the 1970s, a crater on the moon was named after a Chinese stargazer, Wan Hu, who is said to be the first astronaut in human history.
Legend says about 600 years ago, around the middle of the Ming Dynasty, Wan Hu, a local government official, tried to fly into space with the help of a chair, two big kites and 47 self-made gunpowder-filled rockets. According to the legend after the rockets were lit there was a huge bang and lots of smoke. When the smoke cleared Wan was nowhere to be found.
China's first astronaut flew into space in 2003 with the launch of the Chinese-made spaceship Shenzhou V. China became the third country, after the Soviet Union and the United States, to carry out manned space missions.
1. Which is true according to the passage?
 A. According to a survey, two thirds of the nation are hoping to see the launch live on TV,
 B. The internet users have drawn some 5000 pictures of ‘Chang’e’.
C. Wan Hu, a Chinese stargazer(n. 看星星的人,占星师,天文学家) , was dead after the huge bang and a lot of smoke.
 D. China’s first astronaut flew into space in 2003 in the spaceship Shenzhou VI.
2. What’s the meaning of the underlined word in paragraph 5?
A. a kind of medicine for long life. B. a kind of medicine to make you light enough to fly in the air.
C. a kind of wine               D. a kind of alcohol.
3. Why was Wan Hu said to be the first astronaut in human history?
 A. Because a crater on the moon was named after his name.
 B. Because he was the first to go to the moon in his own “spaceship”.
 C. Because of his courage for scientific experiment to the moon.
 D. Because he made the first rocket in human history. 

第44天                          A
China's government has issued a severe weather warning after the heaviest snowfalls in decades. The country is experiencing transport delays and power cuts as millions of people prepare to make long journeys home for the Chinese New Year. This report from Quentin Summerville: China hasn't experienced weather this bad in decades. And as the country prepares for Chinese New Year, the disruption couldn't come at a worse time. Over 100,000 people are stranded(搁浅) in Guangzhou railway station in the south. It may climb to as many as 600,000 as more people arrive to make their journeys home for the Spring Festival. Travellers have been evacuated to nearby sports stadiums and exhibition centres.
Across China around nineteen airports have shut because of the weather. Around half the provinces in the country have had to start rationing power(定量供电), according to the state media. The government has suspended(暂停) coal exports in favour of home consumption. At least a dozen people died over the weekend because of heavy rains and the snowfall.
The Spring Festival is China's most important holiday when people journey home to be with their families. For millions of the country's migrant workers it's their only holiday. Some two billion journeys were made during the festival last year, making it the largest migration of people on the planet. And even without the severe weather, conditions on overcrowded trains and buses are terrible. The holiday stretches China's transport system to its very limits
1. Choose the best title for this passage.
A. Heavy snow hits China            
B. Chinese New Year in snow 
C. China’s terrible translation system.  
D. An accident
2. Which is not true according to the passage?
  A. The heavy snow is the worst disaster in decades in China. 
  B. No other cities in the world have more travellers in festivals than in China.
  C. The government doesn’t care for people’s life in disaster areas.
  D. The country’s migrant workers have more than one holidays to celebrate, according to the passage


B
Besides entertainment and beautiful lanterns, another important part of the Lantern Festival, or Yuanxiao Festival is eating small dumpling balls made of glutinous rice flour. We call these balls Yuanxiao or Tangyuan. Obviously, they get the name from the festival itself. It is said that the custom of eating Yuanxiao originated during the Eastern Jin Dynasty in the fourth century, then became popular during the Tang and Song periods.
The fillings inside the dumplings or Yuansiao are either sweet or salty. Sweet fillings are made of sugar, Walnuts, sesame(芝麻), osmanthus flowers(桂花), rose petals, sweetened tangerine(橘子)peel, bean paste, or jujube paste(枣子酱). A single ingredient or any combination can be used as the filling . The salty variety is filled with minced meat(肉末儿), vegetables or a mixture.
The way to make Yuanxiao also varies between northern and southern China. The usual method followed in southern provinces is to shape the dough of rice flour into balls, make a hole, insert the filling, then close the hole and smooth out the dumpling by rolling it between your hands. In North China, sweet or nutmeat stuffing is the usual ingredient. The fillings are pressed into hardened cores, dipped lightly in water and rolled in a flat basket containing dry glutinous rice flour. A layer of the flour sticks to the filling, which is then again dipped in water and rolled a second time in the rice flour. And so it goes, like rolling a snowball, until the dumpling is the desired size.
The custom of eating Yuanxiao dumplings remains. This tradition encourages both old and new stores to promote their Yuanxiao products. They all try their best to improve the taste and quality of the dumplings to attract more customers.
1. Which of the following is NOT true?
 A. The custom of eating Yuanxiao dates back to the fourth century.
 B. Sugar, rose petals and minced meat are all fillings of Yuanxiao.
 C. Sweet Yuanxiao are usually made in southern China.
 D. People in northern China usually make Yuanxiao by rolling like a snowball.
2. Which country does the Lantern Festival come from?
A. China  B. South Korea C. Jin Dynasty  D. Tang and Song periods.
3. Choose the right order of making Tangyuan in southern provinces.
① make a hole and insert the filling 
② roll the dough between your hands 
③ shape the dough of rice flour into balls  
④ close the hole  
⑤ prepare some rice flour
 A. ⑤③②①④  B. ③⑤①②④  C. ③①④②⑤  D. ⑤③①④②
4. What is the best title of this passage?
A. The Lantern Festival                        B. The ingredients of Yuanxiao
C. The difference between Yuanxiao and Tangyuan.  D. China’s traditional food—Yuanxiao.
5. Why do we eat Yuanxiao today?
A. Because it’s a tradition.
B. Because it’s a tasty food.
C. Because we love our country.
D. Because this food can make money.
第45天
A
The story goes that some time ago, a man punished his 3-year-old daughter for wasting a roll of gold wrapping paper. Money was tight and he became infuriated(愤怒的) when the child tried to decorate a box to put under the Christmas tree. Nevertheless, the little girl brought the gift to her father the next morning and said, "This is for you, Daddy."
The man was embarrassed by his earlier overreaction, but his anger flared again when he found out the box was empty. He yelled at her, stating, "Don't you know, when you give someone a present, there is supposed to be something inside? The little girl looked up at him with tears in her eyes and cried, "Oh, Daddy, it's not empty at all. I blew kisses into the box. They're all for you, Daddy."
The father was crushed. He put his arms around his little girl, and he begged for her forgiveness.
Only a short time later, an accident took the life of the child. It is also told that her father kept that gold box by his bed for many years and, whenever he was discouraged, he would take out an imaginary kiss and remember the love of the child who had put it there.
In a very real sense, each one of us, as humans beings, have been given a gold container filled with unconditional love and kisses from our children, family members, friends, and God. There is simply no other possession, anyone could hold, more precious than this.
1. The 3-year-old girl was punished by her father for ________.
A. wasting gold                         B. wasting wrapping paper
C. putting the box under the Christmas tree   D. bringing the gift to her father
2. What’s inside the box according to the little girl?
A. nothing           B. air 
C. kisses            D. gold wrapping paper
3. The father remembered the love of his daughter by ________.
A. kissing the gold box.                    B. putting gold into the box.
C. taking out an imaginary kiss from the box.   D. keeping the little girl’s ash box by his bed.
4. Choose the best title for the passage.
A. The kisses in the box.      B. A girl and his father 
C.  A love story            D. The box under the Christmas tree.
                                  
B
The world economy has run into a brick wall. Despite countless warnings in recent years about the need to address a looming(逼近) hunger crisis in poor countries and a looming energy crisis worldwide, world leaders failed to think ahead. The result is a global food crisis. Wheat, corn and rice prices increases combined with soaring energy costs will slow if not stop economic growth in many parts of the world and will even undermine(破坏) political stability, as evidenced by the protest riots that have erupted in places like Haiti, Bangladesh and Burkina Faso. Practical solutions to these growing woes do exist, but we'll have to start thinking ahead and acting globally.
So, what should be done?Here are three steps to ease the current crisis and avert(防止, 避免) the potential for a global disaster. The first is to scale-up(按比例增加,扩大) the dramatic success of Malawi, a famine-prone(遭遇饥荒) country in southern Africa, which three years ago established a special fund to help its farmers get fertilizer and high-yield seeds. Malawi's harvest doubled after just one year. An international fund based on the Malawi model would cost a mere $10 per person annually in the rich world, or $10 billion in all.
Second, the U.S. and Europe should abandon their policies of subsidizing(给补助金) the conversion of food into biofuels(生物燃料).
Third, we urgently need to weatherproof(使防风雨) the world's crops as soon and as effectively as possible. For a poor farmer, sometimes something as simple as a farm pond--which collects rainwater to be used for emergency irrigation in a dry spell--can make the difference between a bountiful crop and a famine. The world has already committed to establishing a Climate Adaptation Fund to help poor regions climate-proof vital economic activities such as food production and health care but has not yet acted upon the promise.
The food crisis provides not only a warning but also an opportunity. We need to invest vastly more in sustainable development in order to achieve true global security and economic growth.
1. Which of the following is the best title?
A. How to end the global food shortage
B. How to end the global disaster
C. How to help the farmers in the poor countries
D. How to subsidize the farmers to increase food products
2. The word “woes” in paragraph one is most likely to mean              .
A. hunger   B. things   C. matters   D. disasters
3. What does the author think of the global food shortage?
A. people in the world can do nothing.
B. The global food crisis will continue.
C. The food crisis provides not only a warning but also an opportunity.
D. We don’ know.
4. What measures should be taken to ease the current crisis and avert the potential for a global disaster?
A. to scale-up the dramatic success of Malawi
B. the U.S. and Europe should abandon their policies of subsidizing the conversion of food into biofuels
C. to prevent the world's crops from being destroyed by weather as soon and as effectively as possible.
D. All above .
                                    
第46天
A
A computer virus is a program or piece of code that is loaded onto your computer without your knowledge and runs against your wishes. All computer viruses are manmade. Here are some virus prevention tips.
Do not open any files attached to an e-mail from an unknown, suspicious or untrustworthy source.
Do not open any files attached to an e-mail unless you know what it is, even if it appears to come from a dear friend or someone you know. Some viruses can replicate(复制) themselves and spread through e-mail. Better be safe that sorry and confirm that they really sent it .
Do not open any files attached to an e-mail if the subject line is questionable or unexpected. If the need to do so is there always save the file to your hard drive before doing so.
Delete chain e-mails and junk e-mail. Do not forward(转寄) or reply to any of them. These types of e-mail are considered spam(垃圾邮件), which contains lots of annoying advertisements and useless information.
Do not download any files from strangers.
Be careful when downloading files from the Internet. Ensure that the source is a legitimate(合法的)and reputable one. Verify(证实)that an anti-virus program checks the files on the download site. If you are uncertain, don’t download the file at all or download the file to a floppy(软盘)and test it with your own anti-virus software.
Update your anti-virus software regularly. Over 500 viruses are discovered each month, so you’ll want to be protected. These updates should be at least the products virus signature files. You may also need to update the product’s scanning engine as well.     Back up(备份) your files on a regular basis. If a virus destroys your files, at least you can replace them with your backup copy. You should store your backup copy in a separate location from your work files, one that is preferably not on your computer.
1.This passage mainly tells us              .
A. What a computer virus is
B. how to use e-mail safely
C. how to use computers safely
D. how to prevent computer viruses
2. Which of the following statements about computer virus is TRUE?
A. A computer virus is a kind of worm
B. Not all computer viruses are manmade
C. Computer viruses run according to our wishes
D. A computer virus is a program or piece of code.
3. When we use e-mail, we should                .
A. open all the files we receive
B. open any file even if we don’t know what it is
C. not open any files if the subject line is questionable
D. forward or reply to junk e-mail.
4. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. We’d better not down load any files from strangers.
B. We’d better download files from a legitimate and reputable source.
C. We should update our anti-virus software regularly.
D. We should store our backup copy in the same location as our work files.
B
Tiny tot’s big adventure: Super Baby, a multimedia children’s play co-produced by Beijing Children’s Art Theater and Yeowoobi Animation Company of South Korea, is running at Beijing’s Cultural Palace of Nationalities.
Adapted from a popular South Korean cartoon book by Korean writer Cho Soo Min , the play tells the story of the boy named Siqing, who sets out in search of adventure with his friend Weiwei, a dinosaur, and a panda to rescue his kidnapped grandfather.
In director Hang Cheng’s eyes, it is a story of hope, dreams and courage.  
He says it is a Chinese interpretation of Alice’s Adventure in Wonderland, and Cheng hopes it could inspire the young audience members to love one another, treasure friendship and pursue their dreams.
Time: 7:30pm, until August 26
Place: 49 fuxingmen Neidajie Street, Xicheng District
Tel: 400 – 810 – 1887, 5905 – 9082
Lords of the rings: The Chinese Acrobatics Group, established in 1950, will put on a performance that includes traditional acrobatics, circus, magic, old Beijing folk plays and more.
The show blends music, dance, local opera and martial arts with acrobatics.
Time: 7:30pm, daily
Place: Tiandi Theater, Dongsi Shitiao, 100 meters north of Poly Theater, Chaoyand District
Tel: 6416 – 9893
Fooling around: dashan is taking to the stage with the otherwise all-Chinese cast of Chaoji Bendan, or Super Idiot. The play is an adaptation of the famous French comedy, Le diner de Cons (The dinner Game).
Dashan, or Mark Rowswell, is a Canadian who became a household name and popular TV host who speaks superb Chinese. He plays the role of Pierre Brochant, a successful Parisian publisher, who attends a weekly “idiots’ dinner”. Each guest must bring along an “idiot” for the amusement of the other invitees. At the end of the dinner, the evening’s “champion idiot” is selected.
Time: 7:30pm, September 29~30
Place: Poly Theater, 14 Dongzhimen Nandajie, Dongcheng District
Tel: 6416 – 9990
Classic comeback: Chinese drama classic The Top Restaurant (Tianxia diyilou) will be staged by Beijing People’s Art theater. Written by He Jiping, the drama has been one of the most popular Chinese theatrical works performed by the renowned Beijing People’s Art Theater. It has been staged more than 400 times since the premiere.
Time: 7:30pm, September 5~14
Place: Capital Theater, 22 Wangfujing Dajie
Tel: 6524 – 9847
Order now , you can get a 20% discount. More information, please click here
1.If you want to enjoy magic on Sunday, you can go to            .
A. Red Theater   B. Tiandi Theater  C. Poly Theater   D. Capital Theater
2.The advertisements are about“              ”.
A. exhibitions    B. meetings   C. stage performances      D. western cultures
3.Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Super Baby, a children’s play, is performing at Beijing’s Cultural Palace of Nationalities.
B. The Chinese Acrobatics Group can perform old Beijing folk plays.
C. Dashan is a popular TV host who speaks superb Chinese.
D. The Top Restaurant will be performed by He Jinping
4. This passage is most probably taken from                .
A. a textbooks   B. a magazine   C. a newspaper   D. a website
第47天
A
The United States government wants to know what the public thinks about its findings on the safety of cloned animals.
The Food and Drug Administration says meat and milk from clones of adult cattle, pigs and goats are safe to eat. An F.D.A. official called them "as safe to eat as the food we eat every day." And when those clones reproduce sexually(有性繁殖), the agency says, their offspring(后代) are safe to eat as well. But research on cloned sheep is limited. So the F.D.A. proposes that sheep clones not be used for human food.
The United States this year could become the first country to approve the sale of foods from cloned animals. First, however, the public will have ninety days to comment on three proposed documents. On December 28th the F.D.A. released a long report, called a draft risk assessment, along with two policy documents.
The agency says it must receive comments by April second. The F.D.A. seemed ready to act several years ago, but an advisory committee called for more research.
For now, the government will continue to ask producers to honor a request that they not sell foods from cloned animals.
Clones are still rare. They cost a lot and are difficult to produce.
The F.D.A. says most food from cloning is expected to come not from clones themselves, but from their sexually reproduced offspring. It says clones are expected to be used mostly as breeding animals to spread good qualities.
Public opinion studies show most Americans do not like the idea of food from cloned animals. But this research also shows the public knows little about cloning.
Cloning differs from genetic engineering. A cell taken from a so-called donor animals is grown into an embryo(胚胎)in the laboratory. Next, the embryo is placed into the uterus(子宫)of a female animal. If the process is successful, the pregnancy reaches full term and a genetic copy of the donor animal is born.
1. From the passage we know that               .
A. foods from cloned animals are popular in America
B. cloned adult animals are safe to eat except sheep.
C. cloned animals will be easy to produce
D. most foods from cloning is expected to take place of other foods
2. The main purpose of the text is to               .
A. tell a interesting story     B. give some advice on foods
C. give a report            D. compare different opinions
3. Who believe that foods from cloning are safe to eat?
A. Most Americans     B. An advisory committee
C. Critics             D. The F.D.A.
4. It can be inferred from the last paragraph that         .
A. cloning has much in common with genetic
B. not every cell taken from a donor animal can grow into a genetic copy
C. the donor animal should be a female one
D. cloned animals grow faster than normal ones

B
CANBERRA (Reuters Life!) - Think twice before eating those dropped crumbs off your computer keyboard -- you might as well be eating off a toilet seat, according to a new study on the amount of germs on keyboards.
A study by British "Which? Computing" asked a microbiologist to examine for bugs on 33 keyboards in a typical London office, a toilet seat and a toilet door handle.
Four keyboards were judged potential health hazards and the microbiologist recommended the removal of one keyboard as it had 150 times the pass limit of bacteria -- five times filthier than the swabbed toilet seat.
"Most people don't give much thought to the grime that builds up on their PC, but if you don't clean your computer, you might as well eat your lunch off the toilet," said Sarah Kidner, the consumer magazine editor of "Which? Computing" in a statement.
The study found that eating lunch at desks is the main cause of a bug-infested keyboard. Dropped crumbs and food encourages the growth of millions of bacteria.
Poor personal hygiene, such as not washing hands after going to the toilet, may also add to the dirtiness of keyboards.
But despite the health hazard of a dirty keyboard, a survey of 4,000 people by the magazine found one in 10 people ever cleaned their keyboard while another two in 10 never cleaned their mouse.
Almost half -- or 46 per cent -- cleaned their keyboard less than once a month.
To clear out bugs, the magazine recommends users unplug keyboards, turn them upside down and shake them.
1. The purpose of the passage is             .
A. tell us something about the keyboards.
B. warn people to clean the keyboards often.
C. tell us how to clean the keyboard
D. tell us the germs on keyboards
2. What do you think the expression “Think twice before eating those dropped crumbs off your computer keyboard” stands for?
A. Think several times before eating beside your computer
B. Don’t drop foods onto the computer keyboard.
C. Don’t eat foods dropped onto the computer keyboard.
D. Be careful when you are eating by the computer.
3. What are the main causes of a bug-infested keyboard?
A. Dropped crumbs and food encourages the growth of millions of bacteria.
B. Poor personal hygiene
C. Much dirt on the computer keyboard.
D. Dropped crumbs and food and Poor personal hygiene
4. "Which? Computing" is probably a name of            .
A. An organization        B. a newspaper
C. a report               D. a magazine
第48天
A. The only way to travel is on foot
The past ages of man have all been carefully labeled(标记)by anthropologists(人类学家). Descriptions like ‘Palaeolithic(旧石器时代) Man’, ‘Neolithic Man’, etc., neatly(干净地;整洁地) sum up whole periods. When the time comes for anthropologists to turn their attention to the twentieth century, they will surely choose the label ‘Legless Man’. Histories of the time will go something like this: ‘in the twentieth century, people forgot how to use their legs. Men and women moved about in cars, buses and trains from a very early age. There were lifts and escalators(自动电梯,自动扶梯)in all large buildings to prevent people from walking. This situation was forced upon earth dwellers(居民) of that time because of miles each day. But the surprising thing is that they didn’t use their legs even when they went on holiday. They built cable railways, ski-lifts and roads to the top of every huge mountain. All the beauty spots on earth were marred (糟蹋)by the presence of large car parks. ’
The future history books might also record that we were deprived(剥夺) of the use of our eyes. In our hurry to get from one place to another, we failed to see anything on the way. Air travel gives you a bird’s-eye view of the world – or even less if the wing of the aircraft happens to get in your way. When you travel by car or train a blurred image of the countryside constantly smears the windows. Car drivers, in particular, are forever obsessed with the urge to go on and on: they never want to stop.
Is it the lure of the great motorways, or what? And as for sea travel, it hardly deserves mention. It is perfectly summed up in the words of the old song: ‘I joined the navy to see the world, and what did I see? I saw the sea.’ The typical twentieth-century traveler is the man who always says ‘I’ve been there. ’ You mention the remotest, most evocative place-names in the world like El Dorado, Kabul, Irkutsk and someone is bound to say ‘I’ve been there’ – meaning, ‘I drove through it at 100 miles an hour on the way to somewhere else. ’
When you travel at high speeds, the present means nothing: you live mainly in the future because you spend most of your time looking forward to arriving at some other place. But actual arrival, when it is achieved, is meaningless. You want to move on again. By traveling like this, you suspend all experience; the present ceases to be a reality: you might just as well be dead. The traveler on foot, on the other hand, lives constantly in the present. For him traveling and arriving are one and the same thing: he arrives somewhere with every step he makes. He experiences the present moment with his eyes, his ears and the whole of his body. At the end of his journey he feels a delicious physical weariness. He knows that sound. Satisfying sleep will be his: the just reward of all true travellers.
1. Anthropologists label nowadays’ men ‘Legless’ because
 A . people forget how to use his legs.            B  people prefer cars, buses and trains.
 C  lifts and escalators prevent people from walking. D  there are a lot of transportation devices.
2. Travelling at high speed means
 A people’s focus on the future.   B a pleasure.
C satisfying drivers’ great thrill.  D a necessity y of life.
3. Why does the author say ‘we are deprived of the use of our eyes’ ?
 A  People won’t use their eyes.     B In traveling at high speed, eyes become useless.
 C  People can’t see anything on his way of travel.   D  People want to sleep during travelling.
4. What is the purpose of the author in writing this passage?
 A Legs become weaker.   B Modern means of transportation make the world a small place.
 C There is no need to use eyes.    D The best way to travel is on foot.
5. What does ‘a bird’s-eye view’ mean?
 A  See view with bird’s eyes.    B  A bird looks at a beautiful view.
C It is a general view from a high position looking down.   D  A scenic place.


B.Vicious(剧烈的)and Dangerous Sports Should be Banned by Law
When you think of the tremendous technological progress we have made, it’s amazing how little we have developed in other respects. We may speak contemptuously of the poor old Romans because they relished the orgies of slaughter that went on in their arenas. We may despise them because they mistook these goings on for entertainment. We may forgive them condescendingly because they lived 2000 years ago and obviously knew no better. But are our feelings of superiority really justified? Are we any less blood-thirsty? Why do boxing matches, for instance, attract such universal interest? Don’t the spectators who attend them hope they will see some violence? Human beings remains as bloodthirsty as ever they were. The only difference between ourselves and the Romans is that while they were honest enough to admit that they enjoyed watching hungry lions tearing people apart and eating them alive, we find all sorts of sophisticated arguments to defend sports which should have been banned long age; sports which are quite as barbarous as, say, public hangings or bearbaiting.
It really is incredible that in this day and age we should still allow hunting or bull-fighting, that we should be prepared to sit back and watch two men batter each other to pulp in a boxing ring, that we should be relatively unmoved by the sight of one or a number of racing cars crashing and bursting into flames. Let us not deceive ourselves. Any talk of ‘the sporting spirit’ is sheer hypocrisy. People take part in violent sports because of the high rewards they bring. Spectators are willing to pay vast sums of money to see violence. A world heavyweight championship match, for instance, is front page news. Millions of people are disappointed if a big fight is over in two rounds instead of fifteen. They feel disappointment because they have been deprived of the exquisite pleasure of witnessing prolonged torture and violence.
Why should we ban violent sports if people enjoy them so much? You may well ask. The answer is simple: they are uncivilized. For centuries man has been trying to improve himself spiritually and emotionally – admittedly with little success. But at least we no longer tolerate the sight madmen cooped up in cages, or public floggings of any of the countless other barbaric practices which were common in the past. Prisons are no longer the grim forbidding places they used to be. Social welfare systems are in operation in many parts of the world. Big efforts are being made to distribute wealth fairly. These changes have come about not because human beings have suddenly and unaccountably improved, but because positive steps were taken to change the law. The law is the biggest instrument of social change that we have and it may exert great civilizing influence. If we banned dangerous and violent sports, we would be moving one step further to improving mankind. We would recognize that violence is degrading and unworthy of human beings.
1.It can be inferred from the passage that the author’s opinion of nowadays’ human beings is
A. not very high.         B.  high.  C.  contemptuous. D.  critical.
2.The main idea of this passage is
A. vicious and dangerous sports should be banned by law.
B. people are willing to pay vast sums money to see violence.
C. to compare two different attitudes towards dangerous sports.
D. people are bloodthirsty in sports.
3.That the author mentions the old Romans is
A. To compare the old Romans with today’s people.  B. to give an example.
C. to show human beings in the past know nothing better.
D. to indicate human beings are used to bloodthirsty.
4. How many dangerous sports does the author mention in this passage?
A.  Three. B.  Five.    C.  Six.    D.  Seven.
5. The purpose of the author in writing this passage is
A. that, by banning the violent sports, we human beings can improve ourselves.
B. that, by banning the dangerous sports, we can improve the law.
C. that we must take positive steps to improve social welfare system.
D. to show law is the main instrument of social change.

第49天
A. Advertisers Perform a Useful Service to the Community
Advertisers tend to think big and perhaps this is why they’re always coming in for criticism. Their critics seem to resent them because they have a flair for self-promotion and because they have so much money to throw around. ‘It’s iniquitous,’ they say, ‘that this entirely unproductive industry (if we can call it that) should absorb millions of pounds each year. It only goes to show how much profit the big companies are making. Why don’t they stop advertising and reduce the price of their goods? After all, it’s the consumer who pays…’
The poor old consumer! He’d have to pay a great deal more if advertising didn’t create mass markets for products. It is precisely because of the heavy advertising that consumer goods are so cheap. But we get the wrong idea if we think the only purpose of advertising is to sell goods. Another equally important function is to inform. A great deal of the knowledge we have about household goods derives largely from the advertisements we read. Advertisements introduce us to new products or remind us of the existence of ones we already know about. Supposing you wanted to buy a washing machine, it is more than likely you would obtain details regarding performance, price, etc., from an advertisement.
Lots of people pretend that they never read advertisements, but this claim may be seriously doubted. It is hardly possible not to read advertisements these days. And what fun they often are, too! Just think what a railway station or a newspaper would be like without advertisements. Would you enjoy gazing at a blank wall or reading railway byelaws while waiting for a train? Would you like to read only closely printed columns of news in your daily paper? A cheerful, witty advertisement makes such a difference to a drab wall or a newspaper full of the daily ration of calamities.
We must not forget, either, that advertising makes a positive contribution to our pockets. Newspapers, commercial radio and television companies could not subsist without this source of revenue. The fact that we pay so little for our daily paper, or can enjoy so many broadcast programmes is due entirely to the money spent by advertisers. Just think what a newspaper would cost if we had to pay its full price!
Another thing we mustn’t forget is the ‘small ads.’ which are in virtually every newspaper and magazine.  What a tremendously useful service they perform for the community! Just about anything can be accomplished(完成的,实现的)through these columns. For instance, you can find a job, buy or sell a house, announce a birth, marriage or death in what used to be called the ‘hatch, match and dispatch’ column but by far the most fascinating section is the personal or ‘agony’ column. No other item in a newspaper provides such entertaining reading or offers such a deep insight into human nature. It’s the best advertisement for advertising there is!
1. What is main idea of this passage?
A. Advertisement.   
B. The benefits of advertisement.
C. Advertisers perform a useful service to communities.   
D. The costs of advertisement.
2. The attitude of the author toward advertisers is
A. appreciative.    B.  trustworthy.   
C. critical.     D.  dissatisfactory.
3. Why do the critics criticize advertisers?
A. Because advertisers often brag. 
B. Because critics think advertisement is a “waste of money”.
C. Because customers are encouraged to buy more than necessary. 
D. Because customers pay more.
4. Which of the following is Not True?
A. Advertisement makes contribution to our pockets and we may know everything.
B. We can buy what we want.
C. Good quality products don’t need to be advertised.
D. Advertisement makes our life colorful.
5. The passage is_______________
A. Narration.     B.  Description.
C. Criticism.     D.  Argumentation.


B. Preface
Science is a dominant(占优势的) theme in our culture. Since it touches almost every facet of our life, educated people need at least some acquaintance with its structure and operation. They should also have an understanding of the subculture in which scientists live and the kinds of people they are. An understanding of general characteristics of science as well as specific scientific concepts is easier to attain if one knows something about the things that excite and frustrate the scientist.
 This book is written for the intelligent student or lay person whose acquaintance with science is superficial; for the person who has been presented with science as a musty storehouse of dried facts; for the person who sees the chief objective of science as the production of gadgets; and for the person who views the scientists as some sort of magician. The book can be used to supplement a course in any science, to accompany any course that attempts to give an understanding of the modern world, or – independently of any course – simply to provide a better understanding of science. We hope this book will lead readers to a broader perspective on scientific attitudes and a more realistic view of what science is, who scientists are, and what they do. It will give them an awareness and understanding of the relationship between science and our culture and an appreciation of the roles science may play in our culture. In addition, readers may learn to appreciate the relationship between scientific views and some of the values and philosophies that are pervasive(普遍的;深入的)in our culture.
 We have tried to present in this book an accurate and up-to-date picture of the scientific community and the people who populate it. That population has in recent years come to comprise more and more women. This increasing role of women in the scientific subculture is not a unique incident but, rather, part of the trend evident in all segments of society as more women enter traditionally male-dominated fields and make significant contributions. In discussing these changes and contribution, however, we are faced with a language that is implicitly sexist, one that uses male nouns or pronouns in referring to unspecified individuals. To offset this built-in bias, we have adopted the policy of using plural nouns and pronouns whenever possible and, when absolutely necessary, alternating he and she. This policy is far form being ideal, but it is at least an acknowledgment of the inadequacy of our language in treating half of the human race equally.
 We have also tried to make the book entertaining as well as informative. Our approach is usually informal. We feel, as do many other scientists, that we shouldn’t take ourselves too seriously. As the reader may observe, we see science as a delightful pastime rather than as a grim and dreary way to earn a living.
1. According to the passage, ‘scientific subculture’ means
A  cultural groups that are formed by scientists. B  people whose knowledge of science is very limited.
C  the scientific community.    D  people who make good contribution to science.
2. We need to know something about the structure and operation of science because
A. it is not easy to understand the things that excite and frustrate scientists.
B Science affects almost every aspect of our life.
C Scientists live in a specific subculture.  D It is easier to understand general characteristics of science.
3. The book mentioned in this passage is written for readers who
A are intelligent college students and lay person who do not know much about science.
B are good at producing various gadgets.
C work in a storehouse of dried facts.    D want to have a superficial understanding of science.
4. According to this passage,
A English is a sexist language.  B only in the scientific world is the role of women increasing rapidly.
C women are making significant contributions to eliminating the inadequacy of our language.
D male nouns or pronouns should not be used to refer to scientists.
5. This passage most probably is
A. book review. B the preface of a book.  C the postscript of a book.  D the concluding part of a book.

第50天
A. Meditation in Indonesian Business
  It looked like a typical business meeting. Six men, neatly dressed in white shirts and ties filed into the boardroom of a small Jakarta company and sat down at a long table. But instead of consulting files or hearing reports, they closed their eyes and began to meditate(冥想), consulting the spirits of ancient Javanese kings. Mysticism touches almost every aspect of life in Indonesia and business is no exception. One of the meditators said his weekly meditation sessions are aimed mainly at bringing the peace of mind that makes for good decision-making. But the insight gained from mystic communication with spirits of wise kings has also helped boost the profits of his five companies.
  Mysticism and profits have come together since the 13th century introduction of Islam to Indonesia by Indian Moslem merchants. Those devout traders, called ‘Wali Ullah’ or ‘those close to God, ’ energetically spread both trade and religion by adapting their appeals to the native mysticism of Java. Legends attribute magic power of foreknowledge to the Wali Ullah. These powers were believed to be gained through meditation and fasting.
  Businessman Hadisiko said his group fasts and meditates all night every Thursday to become closer to God and to contact the spirits of the great men of the past. ‘If we want to employ someone at the managerial level, we meditate together and often the message comes that this man can’t hole onto money or he is untrustworthy. Or maybe the spirits will tell us he should be hired.’  Hadiziko hastened to add that his companies also hold modern personnel management systems and that formal qualifications are essential for a candidate even to be considered. Perspective investments also are considered through mystic meditation. ‘With the mind relaxed and open, it is easier to be objective in judging the risk of a new venture. Meditation and contact with the wisdom of the old leaders sharpens your own insight and intuition. Then you have to apply that intuition to the information you have and work hard to be successful. ’ Mystic meditation helped reverse a business slide his companies experienced in the mid-1980. Operating with normal business procedures, he lost more than $ 3 millions in that year alone. Meditation brought back his peace of mind. Putting the right persons in the right jobs and gaining confidence in his business decisions were the keys to a turning around that has brought expansion and profitability. The mysticism in Handspike’s boardroom is part of a growing movement in Indonesia called Kebatinan – the ‘search for the inner self.’
  One of his managers, Yusuf Soemado, who studied business administration at Harvard University, compared the idea of mystic management to western system of positive thinking. ‘Willpower and subconscious mind are recognized as important factors in business. Such approaches as psycho-cybernetics, Carnegie’s think and growth rates, or the power of positive thinking are western attempts to tap the same higher intelligence that we contact through meditation,’ he said.
1. What is the most important factor in their doing business?
A Mysticism.  B Religion.  C Meditation.  D Investment.
2. Whom do they consult?
A The spirits of ancient Javanese kings.  B Wali Ullah.  C Old Kings.  D Carnegie.
3. Why did Hadisike hasten to add ‘his companies also hold modern personnel management systems…’?
A He thought Mysticism was not so good as expected.
B To show they too focused on qualifications.
C To show they hired qualified persons.
D To show the possibility of combination of the scientific management with religion.
4. According to the passage, the function of the meditation is
A to gain profit from the god.  B to gain peace of mind to make decision.
C to gain foreknowledge.     D to gain objective conclusion.
5. What does ‘operating with normal business procedures’ refer to?
A .Adopting the western way of doing business.
B Ordinary way of doing business without meditation and fasting.
C Contact with God.
D Putting right persons in the right jobs.

B. Dropouts for Ph. D. s
  Educators are seriously concerned about the high rate of dropouts among the doctor of philosophy candidates and the consequent loss of talent to a nation in need of Ph. D. s. Some have placed the dropouts loss as high as 50 percent. The extent of the loss was, however, largely a matter of expert guessing. Last week a well-rounded study was published. It was published. It was based on 22,000 questionnaires sent to former graduate students who were enrolled in 24 universities and it seemed to show many past fears to be groundless.
  The dropouts rate was found to be 31 per cent, and in most cases the dropouts, while not completing the Ph. D. requirement, went on to productive work. They are not only doing well financially, but, according to the report, are not far below the income levels of those who went on to complete their doctorates.
  Discussing the study last week, Dr. Tucker said the project was initiated ‘because of the concern frequently expressed by graduate faculties and administrators that some of the individuals who dropped out of Ph. D. programs were capable of competing the requirement for the degree. Attrition at the Ph. D. level is also thought to be a waste of precious faculty time and a drain on university resources already being used to capacity. Some people expressed the opinion that the shortage of highly trained specialists and college teachers could be reduced by persuading the dropouts to return to graduate schools to complete the Ph. D.’
  “The results of our research” Dr. Tucker concluded, “did not support these opinions.”
1). Lack of motivation was the principal reason for dropping out.
2). Most dropouts went as far in their doctoral program as was consistent with their levels of ability or their specialities(特性)
3). Most dropouts are now engaged in work consistent with their education and motivation.
  Nearly 75 per cent of the dropouts said there was no academic reason for their decision, but those who mentioned academic reason cited failure to pass the qualifying examination, uncompleted research and failure to pass language exams. Among the single most important personal reasons identified by dropouts for non-completion of their Ph. D. program, lack of finances was marked by 19 per cent.
  As an indication of how well the dropouts were doing, a chart showed 2% in humanities were receiving $ 20,000 and more annually while none of the Ph. D. ‘s with that background reached this figure. The Ph. D. ‘s shone in the $ 7,500 to $ 15,000 bracket with 78% at that level against 50% for the dropouts. This may also be an indication of the fact that top salaries in the academic fields, where Ph. D. ‘s tend to rise to the highest salaries, are still lagging behind other fields.
  As to the possibility of getting dropouts back on campus, the outlook was glum. The main condition which would have to prevail for at least 25 % of the dropouts who might consider returning to graduate school would be to guarantee that they would retain their present level of income and in some cases their present job.
1. The author states that many educators feel that
A steps should be taken to get the dropouts back to campus.
B the dropouts should return to a lower quality school to continue their study.
C the Ph. D. holder is generally a better adjusted person than the dropout.
D The high dropouts rate is largely attributable to the lack of stimulation on the part of faculty members.
2. Research has shown that
A Dropouts are substantially below Ph. D. ‘s in financial attainment.
B the incentive factor is a minor one in regard to pursuing Ph. D. studies.
C The Ph. D. candidate is likely to change his field of specialization if he drops out.
D about one-third of those who start Ph. D. work do not complete the work to earn the degree.
3. Meeting foreign language requirements for the Ph. D.
A is the most frequent reason for dropping out.
B is more difficult for the science candidate than for the humanities candidate.
C is an essential part of many Ph. D. programs.
D does not vary in difficulty among universities.
4. After reading the article, one would refrain from concluding that
A optimism reigns in regard to getting Ph. D. dropouts to return to their pursuit of the degree.
B a Ph. D. dropout, by and large, does not have what it takes to learn the degree.
C colleges and universities employ a substantial number of Ph. D. dropouts.
D Ph. D. ‘s are not earning what they deserve in nonacademic positions.
5. It can be inferred that the high rate of dropouts lies in
A salary for Ph. D. too low.      B academic requirement too high.
C salary for dropouts too high.   D 1,000 positions.

 

第51天
A. Stricter Traffic Law Can Prevent Accidents
  From the health point of view we are living in a marvelous(不平凡的)age. We are immunized from birth against many of the most dangerous diseases. A large number of once fatal illnesses can now be cured by modern drugs and surgery. It is almost certain that one day remedies will be found for the most stubborn remaining diseases. The expectation of life has increased enormously. But though the possibility of living a long and happy life is greater than ever before, every day we witness the incredible slaughter of men, women and children on the roads. Man versus the motor-car ! It is a never-ending battle which man is losing. Thousands of people the world over are killed or horribly killed each year and we are quietly sitting back and letting it happen.
  It has been rightly said that when a man is sitting behind a steering wheel, his car becomes the extension of his personality. There is no doubt that the motor-car often brings out a man’s very worst qualities. People who are normally quiet and pleasant may become unrecognizable when they are behind a steering-wheel. They swear, they are ill-mannered and aggressive, willful as two-years-olds and utterly selfish. All their hidden frustrations, disappointments and jealousies seem to be brought to the surface by the act of driving.
  The surprising thing is that society smiles so benignly on the motorist and seems to condone his behaviour. Everything is done for his convenience. Cities are allowed to become almost uninhabitable because of heavy tragic; towns are made ugly by huge car parks; the countryside is desecrated by road networks; and the mass annual slaughter becomes nothing more than a statistic, to be conveniently forgotten.
  It is high time a world code were created to reduce this senseless waste of human life. With regard to driving, the laws of some countries are notoriously lax and even the strictest are not strict enough. A code which was universally accepted could only have a dramatically beneficial effect on the accident rate. Here are a few examples of some the things that might be done. The driving test should be standardized and made far more difficult than it is; all the drivers should be made to take a test every three years or so; the age at which young people are allowed to drive any vehicle should be raised to at least 21; all vehicles should be put through stringent annual tests for safety. Even the smallest amount of alcohol in the blood can impair a person’s driving ability. Present drinking and driving laws (where they exist) should be mad much stricter. Maximum and minimum speed limits should be imposed on all roads. Governments should lay down safety specifications for manufacturers, as has been done in the USA. All advertising stressing power and performance should be banned. These measures may sound inordinately harsh. But surely nothing should be considered as to severe if tit results in reducing the annual toll of human life. After all, the world is for human beings, not motor-cars.
1. The main idea of this passage is
A Traffic accidents are mainly caused by motorists.
B Thousands of people the world over are killed each year.
C The laws of some countries about driving are too lax.
D Only stricter traffic laws can prevent accidents.
2. What does the author think of society toward motorists?
A Society smiles on the motorists.   B Huge car parks are built in the cities and towns.
C Victims of accidents are nothing.  D Society condones their rude driving.
3. Why does the author say:’ his car becomes the extension of his personality?’
A Driving can show his real self.      B Driving can show the other part of his personality.
C Driving can bring out his character.  D His car embodies his temper.
4. Which of the followings is NOT mentioned as a way against traffic accidents?
A Build more highways.       B Stricter driving tests.
C Test drivers every three years. D raise age limit and lay down safety specifications.
5. The attitude of the author is
A ironical        B critical        C appealing     D militant
B. The Development of Cities
  Mass transportation revised the social and economic fabric of the American city in three fundamental ways. It catalyzed physical expansion, it sorted out people and land uses, and it accelerated the inherent instability of urban life. By opening vast areas of unoccupied land for residential expansion, the omnibuses, horse railways, commuter trains, and electric trolleys pulled settled regions outward two to four times more distant form city centers than they were in the premodern(现代文明之前)era. In 1850, for example, the borders of Boston lay scarcely two miles from the old business district; by the turn of the century the radius extended ten miles. Now those who could afford it could live far removed from the old city center and still commute there for work, shopping, and entertainment. The new accessibility of land around the periphery of almost every major city sparked an explosion of real estate development and fueled what we now know as urban sprawl. Between 1890 and 1920, for example, some 250,000 new residential lots were recorded within the borders of Chicago, most of them located in outlying areas. Over the same period, another 550,000 were plotted outside the city limits but within the metropolitan area. Anxious to take advantage of the possibilities of commuting, real estate developers added 800,000 potential building sites to the Chicago region in just thirty years – lots that could have housed five to six million people.
  Of course, many were never occupied; there was always a huge surplus of subdivided, but vacant, land around Chicago and other cities. These excesses underscore a feature of residential expansion related to the growth of mass transportation: urban sprawl was essentially unplanned. It was carried out by thousands of small investors who paid little heed to coordinated land use or to future land users. Those who purchased and prepared land for residential purposes, particularly land near or outside city borders where transit lines and middle-class inhabitants were anticipated, did so to create demand as much as to respond to it. Chicago is a prime example of this process. Real estate(财产)subdivision(细分再分的部分)there proceeded much faster than population growth.
1. With which of the following subjects is the passage mainly concerned?
A Types of mass transportation.
B Instability of urban life.
C How supply and demand determine land use.
D The effect of mass transportation on urban expansion.
2. Why does the author mention both Boston and Chicago?
A To demonstrate positive and negative effects of growth.
B To exemplify cities with and without mass transportation.
C To show mass transportation changed many cities.
D To contrast their rate of growth.
3. According to the passage, what was one disadvantage of residential expansion?
A It was expensive.
B It happened too slowly.
C It was unplanned.
D It created a demand for public transportation.
4. The author mentions Chicago in the second paragraph as an example of a city,
A that is large.
B that is used as a model for land development.
C where the development of land exceeded population growth.
D with an excellent mass transportation system.


第52天
A. Holmes’ Knowledge
His ignorance was as remarkable as his knowledge. Of contemporary literature, philosophy and politics he appeared to know next to nothing. Upon my quoting Thomas Carlyle, he inquired in the naivest(天真的;幼稚的)way who he might be and what he had done. My surprise reached a climax, however, when I found incidentally that he was ignorant of the Copernican Theory and of the composition of the Solar system.
  “You appear to be astonished, ” Holmes said, smiling at my expression. “Now that I do know it I shall do my best to forget it. You see, I consider that a man’s brain originally is like a little empty attic, and you have to stock it with such furniture as you choose: A fool takes in all the lumber of every sort that he comes across, so that the knowledge which might be useful to him gets crowded out, or at best jumbled up with a lot of other things, so that he has difficulty in laying his hand upon it. It is a mistake to think that the little room has elastic walls and can distend to any extent. Depend upon it, there comes a time when for every addition of knowledge you forget something that you know before. It is of the highest importance, therefore, not to have useless facts elbowing out the useful ones.”
  “But the Solar System! ” I protested.
  “What the deuce is it to me?” he interrupted impatiently.
  One morning, I picked up a magazine from the table and attempted to while away the time with it, while my companion munched silently at his toast. One of the articles had a pencil mark at the heading, and I naturally began to run my eye through it.
  Its somewhat ambitious title was “The Book of Life, ” and it attempted to show how much an observant man might learn by an accurate and systematic examination of all that came in his way. It struck me as being a remarkable mixture of shrewdness and of absurdity. The reasoning was close and intense, but the deduction appeared to me to be far-fetched and exaggerated. The writer claimed by a momentary expression, a twitch of a muscle or a glance of an eye, to fathom a man’s inmost thought. Deceit, according to him, was impossibility in the case of one trained to observation and analysis. His conclusions were as infallible as so many propositions of Euclid. So startling would his results appear to the uninitiated that until they learned the processes by which he had arrived at them they might well consider him as a necromancer.
  “From a drop of water, ”said the writer, “a logician could infer the possibility of an Atlantic. So all life is a great chain, the nature of which is known whenever we are shown a single link of it. Like all other arts, the science of Deduction and Analysis is one which can be acquired by long and patient study, nor is life long enough to allow any mortal to attain the highest possible perfection in it. ”
  This smartly written piece of theory I could not accept until a succession of evidences justified it.
1. What is the author’s attitude toward Holmes?
A  Praising.    B Critical.         C Ironical.     D Distaste.
2. What way did the author take to stick out Holmes’ uniqueness?
A  By deduction.  B By explanation.    C By contrast.     D By analysis.
3. What was the Holmes’ idea about knowledge-learning?
A Learning what every body learned.  B Learning what was useful to you.
C Learning whatever you came across. D Learning what was different to you.
4. What did the article mentioned in the passage talk about?
A One may master the way of reasoning through observation.
B One may become rather critical through observation and analysis.
C One may become rather sharp through observation and analysis.
D One may become practical through observation and analysis.
B. Antinuclear Demonstration
 Police fired tear gas and arrested more than 5,000 passively resisting protestors Friday in an attempt to break up the largest antinuclear demonstration ever staged in the United States. More than 135,000 demonstrators confronted police on the construction site of a 1,000-megawatt nuclear power plant scheduled to provide power to most of southern New Hampshire. Organizers of the huge demonstration said, the protest was continuing despite the police actions. More demonstrators were arriving to keep up the pressure on state authorities to cancel the project. The demonstrator had charged that the project was unsafe in the densely populated area, would create thermal pollution in the bay, and had no acceptable means for disposing of its radioactive wasters. The demonstrations would go on until the jails and the courts were so overloaded that the state judicial system would collapse.
 Governor Stanforth Thumper insisted that there would be no reconsideration of the power project and no delay in its construction set for completion in three years. “This project will begin on time and the people of this state will begin to receive its benefits on schedule. Those who break the law in misguided attempts to sabotage the project will be dealt with according to the law,” he said. And police called in reinforcements from all over the state to handle the disturbances.
 The protests began before dawn Friday when several thousand demonstrators broke through police lines around the cordoned-off construction site. They carried placards that read “No Nukes is Good Nukes,” “Sun-power, Not Nuclear Power,” and “Stop Private Profits from Public Peril.” They defied police order to move from the area. Tear gas canisters fired by police failed to dislodge the protestors who had come prepared with their own gas masks or facecloths. Finally gas-masked and helmeted police charged into the crowd to drag off the demonstrators one by one. The protestors did not resist police, but refused to walk away under their own power. Those arrested would be charged with unlawful assembly, trespassing, and disturbing the peace.
1. What were the demonstrators protesting about?
A Private profits.     B Nuclear Power Station.
C The project of nuclear power construction.   D Public peril.
2. Who had gas-masks?
A Everybody.    B A part of the protestors.
C Policemen.    D Both B and C.
3. Which of the following was NOT mentioned as a reason for the demonstration?
A Public transportation.    B Public peril.
C Pollution.             D Disposal of wastes.
4. With whom were the jails and courts overloaded?
A With prisoners.        B With arrested demonstrators.
C With criminals.        D With protestors.
5. What is the attitude of Governor Stanforth Thumper toward the power project and the demonstration?
A stubborn.             B insistent.
C insolvable.            D remissible.
第53天
A. Superconducting Materials
 The stone age, The Iron Age. Entire epochs have been named for materials. So what to call the decades ahead? The choice will be tough. Welcome to the age of superstuff(超级材料). Material science -- once the least sexy technology – is bursting with new, practical discoveries led by superconducting ceramics that may revolutionize electronics. But superconductors are just part of the picture: from house and cars to cook pots and artificial teeth, the world will someday be made of different stuff. Exotic plastics, glass and ceramics will shape the future just as surely as have genetic engineering and computer science.
 The key to the new materials is researchers’ increasing ability to manipulate substances at the molecular level. Ceramics, for example, have long been limited by their brittleness. But by minimizing the microscopic imperfections that cause it, scientists are making far stronger ceramics that still retain such qualities as hardness and heat resistance. Ford Motor Co. now uses ceramic tools to cut steel. A firm called Kyocera has created a line of ceramic scissors and knives that stay sharp for years and never rust or corrode.
 A similar transformation has overtaken plastics. High-strength polymers now form bridges, ice-skating rinks and helicopter rotors. And one new plastic that generates electricity when vibrated or pushed is used in electric guitars, touch sensors for robot hands and karate jackets that automatically record each punch and chop. Even plastic litter, which once threatened to permanently blot the landscape, has proved amenable to molecular tinkering. Several manufacturers now make biodegradable forms; some plastic six-pack rings for example, gradually decompose when exposed to sunlight. Researchers are developing ways to make plastics as recyclable as metal or glass. Besides, composites – plastic reinforced with fibers of graphite or other compounds – made the round-the-world flight of the voyager possible and have even been proved in combat: a helmet saved an infantryman’s life by deflecting two bullets in the Grenada invasion.
 Some advanced materials are old standard with a new twist. The newest fiberoptic(光学纤维的) cable that carry telephone calls cross-country are made of glass so transparent that a piece of 100 miles thick is clearer than a standard window pane.
 But new materials have no impact until they are made into products. And that transition could prove difficult, for switching requires lengthy research and investment. It can be said a firmer handle on how to move to commercialization will determine the success or failure of a country in the near future.
1. How many new materials are mentioned in this passage?
A Two      B Three    C Four    D Five
2. Why does the author mention genetic engineering and computer science?
A To compare them with the new materials.
B To show the significance of the new materials on the future world.
C To compare the new materials to them.
D To explain his view point.
3. Why is transition difficult?
A Because transition requires money and time.
B Because many manufacturers are unwilling to change their equipment.
C Because research on new materials is very difficult.
D Because it takes 10 years.
4. Where lies success of a country in the New Age of superstuff?
A It lies in research.      B It lies in investment.
C It lies in innovation.    D It lies in application.

B. We Should All Grow Fat and Be Happy
Here’s a familiar version of the boy-meets-girl situation. A young man has at last plucked up courage to invite a dazzling young lady out to dinner. She has accepted his invitation and he is overjoyed. He is determined to take her to the best restaurant in town, even if it means that he will have to live on memories and hopes during the month to come. When they get to the restaurant, he discovers that this ethereal creature is on a diet. She mustn’t eat this and she mustn’t that. Oh, but of course, she doesn’t want to spoil his enjoyment. Let him by all means eat as much fattening food as he wants: it’s the surest way to an early grave. They spend a truly memorable evening together and never see each other again.
 What a miserable lot dieters are! You can always recognize them from the sour expression on their faces. They spend most of their time turning their noses up at food. They are forever consulting calorie charts; gazing at themselves in mirrors; and leaping on to weighing-machines in the bathroom. They spend a lifetime fighting a losing battle against spreading hips, protruding tummies and double chins. Some wage all-out war on FAT. Mere dieting is not enough. They exhaust themselves doing exercises, sweating in sauna baths, being pummeled and massaged by weird machines. The really wealthy diet-mongers pay vast sums for ‘health cures’. For two weeks they can enter a nature clinic and be starved to death for a hundred guineas a week. Don’t think it’s only the middle-aged who go in for these fads either. Many of these bright young things you see are suffering from chronic malnutrition: they are living on nothing but air, water and the goodwill of God.
 Dieters undertake to starve themselves of their own free will; so why are they so miserable? Well, for one thing, they’re always hungry. You can’t be hungry and happy at the same time. All the horrible concoctions they eat instead of food leave them permanently dissatisfied. Wonderfood(奇妙的事物) is a complete food, the advertisement says. ‘Just dissolve a teaspoonful in water…’. A complete food it may be, but not quite as complete as a juicy steak. And, of course, they’re always miserable because they feel so guilty. Hunger just proves too much for them and in the end they lash out and devour five huge guilt-inducing cream cakes at a sitting. And who can blame them? At least three times a day they are exposed to temptation. What utter torture it is always watching others tucking into piles of mouth-watering food while you munch a water biscuit and sip unsweetened lemon juice!
 What’s all this self-inflicted torture for? Saintly people deprive themselves of food to attain a state of grace. Unsaintly(saintly<圣洁的>的反义词) people do so to attain a state of misery. It will be a great day when all the dieters in the world abandon their slimming courses; when they hold out their plates and demand second helpings!
1. The best title for this passage is
A On Fat.
B We Should All Grow Fat and Be Happy.
C Many Diseases Are Connected with Fat.
D Diet Deprives People of Normal Life.
2. Why do they never see each other again?
A Because it is a memorable evening.
B Because she lets him eat as much fattening food as he wants.
C Because she does not eat this and drink that.
D Because eating fattening food is the surest way to an early grave.
3. Which of the following ways is NOT mentioned for diet?
A Doing exercises.  B Not eating sugar.  C Not eating fat.  D Taking sauna baths.
4. What is the author’s attitude toward diet?
A Persuasive.   B Critical.   C Indifferent.   D Adversative.


第54天
A. The Neutrality of American in the Early World War II
 The establishment of the Third Reich influenced events in American history by starting a chain of events which culminated in war between Germany and the United States. The compete destruction of democracy, the persecution of Jews, the war on religion, the cruelty and barbarism of the Nazis, and especially the plans of Germany and her allies, Italy and Japan, for world conquest caused great indignation in this country and brought on fear of another world war. While speaking out against Hitler’s atrocities, the American people generally favored isolationist policies and neutrality. The Neutrality Acts of 1935 and 1936 prohibited trade with any belligerents or loans to them. In 1937 the President was empowered to declare an arms embargo in wars between nations at his discretion.
 American opinion began to change somewhat after President Roosevelt’s “quarantine the aggressor” speech at Chicago (1937) in which he severely criticized Hitler’s policies. Germany’s seizure of Austria and the Munich Pact for the partition of Czechoslovakia (1938) also aroused the American people. The conquest of Czechoslovakia in March, 1939 was another rude awakening to the menace of the Third Reich. In August, 1939 came the shock of the Nazi-soviet Pact and in September the attack on Poland and the outbreak of European war. The United States attempted to maintain neutrality in spite of sympathy for the democracies arrayed against the Third Reich. The Neutrality Act of 1939 repealed the arms embargo and permitted “cash and carry” exports of arms to belligerent nations. A strong national defense program was begun. A draft act was passed (1940) to strengthen the military services. A Lend Act (1941) authorized the President to sell, exchange, or lend materials to any country deemed necessary by him for the defense of the United States. Help was given to Britain by exchanging certain overage destroyers for the right to establish American bases in British territory in the Western Hemisphere. In August, 1940 President Roosevelt and Prime Minister Churchill met and issued the Atlantic Charter which proclaimed the kind of a world which should be established after the war. In December, 1941, Japan launched the unprovoked attack on the United States at Pearl Harbor. Immediately thereafter, Germany declared war on the United States.
1. One item occurring before 1937 that the author does not mention in his list of actions that alienated the American public was
A the burning of the Reichstag.   B German plans for conquest.
C Nazi barbarism.             D the persecution of religious groups.
2. The Lend-Lease Act was designed to
A help the British.
B strengthen the national defense of the United States.
C promote the Atlantic Charter.
D avenge Pearl Harbor.
3. American Policy during the years 1935-1936 may be described as being
A watchful.  B isolationist.  C peaceful.   D indifferent.
4. The Neutrality Act of 1939
A permitted the selling of arms to belligerent nations.
B antagonized Japan.
C permitted the British to trade only with the Allies.
D led to Lend-Lease Act.
5. We entered the war against Germany
A because Germany declared war.
B because Japan was an ally of Germany.
C after Germany had signed the Nazi-soviet Pact.
D after peaceful efforts had failed.

B. Antarctica and Environment
 Antarctica has actually become a kind of space station – a unique observation post for detecting important changes in the world’s environment. Remote from major sources of pollution and the complex geological and ecological systems that prevail elsewhere, Antarctica makes possible scientific measurements that are often sharper and easier to interpret than those made in other parts of the world.
 Growing numbers of scientists therefore see Antarctica as a distant-early-warning sensor, where potentially dangerous global trends may be spotted before they show up to the north. One promising field of investigation is glaciology. Scholars from the United States, Switzerland, and France are pursuing seven separate but related projects that reflect their concern for the health of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet – a concern they believe the world at large should share.
 The Transantarctic Mountain, some of them more than 14,000 feet high, divide the continent into two very different regions. The part of the continent to the “east” of the mountains is a high plateau covered by an ice sheet nearly two miles thick. “West” of the mountain, the half of the continent south of the Americas is also covered by an ice sheet, but there the ice rests on rock that is mostly well below sea level. If the West Antarctic Ice Sheet disappeared, the western part of the continent would be reduced to a sparse cluster of island.
 While ice and snow are obviously central to many environmental experiments, others focus on the mysterious “dry valley” of Antarctica, valleys that contain little ice or snow even in the depths of winter. Slashed through the mountains of southern Victoria Land, these valleys once held enormous glaciers that descended 9,000 feet from the polar plateau to the Ross Sea. Now the glaciers are gone, perhaps a casualty of the global warming trend during the 10,000 years since the ice age. Even the snow that falls in the dry valleys is blasted out by vicious winds that roars down from the polar plateau to the sea. Left bare are spectacular gorges, rippled fields of sand dunes, clusters of boulders sculptured into fantastic shapes by 100-mile-an-hour winds, and an aura of extraterrestrial desolation.
 Despite the unearthly aspect of the dry valleys, some scientists believe they may carry a message of hope of the verdant parts of the earth. Some scientists believe that in some cases the dry valleys may soak up pollutants faster than pollutants enter them.
1. What is the best title for this passage?
A Antarctica and environmental Problems.
B Antarctica: Earth’s Early-Warning station.
C Antarctica: a Unique Observation Post.
D Antarctica: a Mysterious Place.
2. What would the result be if the West Antarctic Ice Sheet disappeared?
A The western part of the continent would be disappeared.
B The western part of the continent would be reduced.
C The western part of the continent would become scattered Islands.
D The western part of the continent would be reduced to a cluster of Islands.
3. Why are the Dry Valleys left bare?
A Vicious wind blasts the snow away.                B It rarely snows.
C Because of the global warming trend and fierce wind.  D Sand dunes.
4. Which of the following is true?
A The “Dry Valleys” have nothing left inside.
B The “Dry Valleys” never held glaciers.
C The “Dry Valleys” may carry a message of hope for the verdant.
D The “Dry Valleys” are useless to scientists.

第55天
A. Contribution of Coeducation
 Imagining being asked to spend twelve or so years of your life in a society which consisted only of members of own sex. How would you react? Unless there was something definitely wrong with you, you wouldn’t be too happy about it, to say the least. It is all the more surprising therefore that so many parents in the world choose to impose such abnormal conditions on their children – conditions which they themselves wouldn’t put up with for one minute!
 Any discussion of this topic is bound to question the aims of education. Stuffing children’s heads full of knowledge is far from being foremost among them. One of the chief aims of educations is to equip future citizens with all they require to take their place in adult society. Now adult society is made up of men and women, so how can a segregated school possibly offer the right sort of preparation for it? Anyone entering adult society after years of segregation can only be in for a shock.
 A co-educational school offers children nothing less than a true version of society in miniature. Boys and girls are given the opportunity to get to know each other, to learn to live together from their earliest years. They are put in a position where they can compare themselves with each other in terms of academic ability, athletic achievement and many of the extra-curricular activities which are part of school life. What a practical advantage it is ( to give just a small example ) to be able to put on a school play in which the male parts will be taken by boys and the female parts by girls! What nonsense co-education makes of the argument that boys are cleverer than girl or vice-versa. When segregated, boys and girls are made to feel that they are a race apart. Rivalry between the sexes is fostered. In a coeducational school, everything falls into its proper place.
 But perhaps the greatest contribution of co-education is the healthy attitude to life it encourages. Boys don’t grow up believing that women are mysterious creatures – airy goddesses, more like book-illustrations to a fairy-tale, than human beings. Girls don’t grow up imagining that men are romantic heroes. Years of living together at school dispel illusions of this kind. There are no goddesses with freckles, pigtails, piercing voices and inky fingers. There are no romantic heroes with knobby knees, dirty fingernails and unkempt hair. The awkward stage of adolescence brings into sharp focus some of the physical and emotional problems involved in growing up. These can better be overcome in a co-educational environment. Segregated schools sometimes provide the right conditions for sexual deviation. This is hardly possible under a co-educational system. When the time comes for the pupils to leave school, they are fully prepared to enter society as well-adjusted adults. They have already had years of experience in coping with many of the problems that face men and women.
1. What is the best title for this passage?
A only co-education can be in harmony with society.
B people are in great need of co-education.
C any form of education other than co-education is simply unthinkable.
D co-education has many features.
2. what does co-education offer to children?
A A society.           B A true small model of society.
C A real life.          D True version of social condition.
3. According to the passage, what is one of the chief aims of education?
A It is for students to acquire knowledge.
B It is to equip future citizens with scientific technology.
C It is to equip future citizens with what is required in getting a position in society.
D It is for students to get academic achievements.
4. Why do boys and girls in co-education have no illusion about each other?
A They live together and know each other too well.
B Years of living together at school dismiss such illusion.
C co-education encourage them to have an healthy attitude toward life.
D They are familiar with each other’s problems.


B. Mules
 Although the top men in smuggling(走私)business must work together, most of a syndicate’s(集团)small fry, especially the mules, know only their immediate contacts. If caught there is little they can give away. A mule probably will not even know the name of the person who gives him his instructions, nor how to get in touch with him. Usually he even does not know the person to whom he has to make delivery. He will be told just to sit tight in a certain hotel or bar until someone contacts him. In this way if he is blown, coming through airport customs he cannot unwittingly lead agents to the next link in the chain. All the persons at the receiving end do is to hang around the airport among the waiting crowd, and see that the mule comes through safely. If he does not, he is dimply written off(报废;注销)as a loss. To make identification of mules easier, several syndicates have devised their own “club ties” so that a mule wearing one can immediately be picked out.
 Mules often receive careful training before embarking on their first journey. One Beirut organization, for example, uses a room with three airline seats in it. There the trainee mules sit for hours on end wearing weighted smuggling vests beneath their clothes, so that they become accustomed to standing up after a long flight in a natural way, and without revealing what they are carrying. An outfit in Brussels maintained a comfortable apartment where the mules could relax and get a firm grip on themselves on the night before their first journey; they were helped to dress before setting out for the airport in the morning. More often than not a courier will not know precisely where he is going or what flight number is until he is actually handed his tickets at the airport. This prevents the careless boast in some bar or to a girl friend the night before.
 Mules occasionally run off with the goods to keep the profit themselves. As insurance against this, a syndicate often sends a high-up on the same plane to keep a wary eye on couriers, particularly new ones. Even then things can go badly wrong. One international currency smuggler who was having trouble getting money out of Britain was offered help by a group of men who said they were in a position to “fix thing” – for a fee of course. Foolishly, the smuggler agreed to accept their help. When he got to London’s Heathrow Airport, he handed over to one of the men a black suitcase containing nearly $90,000 in cash, destined for Frankfurt. Just to keep an eye on things, the smuggler went along on the same plane. When they landed at Frankfurt he was handed back his suitcase. He beat a straight path to the men’s toilet, opened the case, and found only old clothes. The courier had switched suitcase en route, but the smuggler could hardly run to the police and complain that “the man who was smuggling money out of England for me has stolen it.”
1. What is a “mule”?
A A person who sends smuggling goods for a syndicate is called mule.
B A person in charge of smuggling goods is called mule.
C A person who makes delivery for a syndicate is called mule.
D A person who receives instructions from a smuggler is called mule.
2. The sentence “if he is blown” in line (6) is closest in meaning to
A if he is arrested.                  B if he is recognized, but not necessarily arrested.
C if he is recognized and arrested.     D if he runs away.
3. Why does the author give an example in the last paragraph?
A To show how a smuggler is caught. 
B To show a smuggler is afraid of the police.
C To show to keep a wary eye on couriers is useless.
D To show mules may keep the profit for themselves.
4. how does a mule work?
A Jointly.                   B Independently.
C consciously.               D Separately.
第56天
A.On the President’s Program
 President Arling has put his long awaited economic restructuring program before the Congress. It provides a coordinated program of investment credits, research grants, education reforms, and tax changes designed to make American industry more competitive. This is necessary to reverse the economic slide into unemployment, lack of growth, and trade deficits that have plagued the economy for the past six years.
 The most liberal wing of the President’s party has called for stronger and more direct action. They want an incomes policy to check inflation while federal financing helps rebuild industry behind a wall of protective tariffs.
 The Republicans, however, decry even the modest, graduated tax increases in the President’s program. They want tax cuts and more open market. They say if federal money has to be injected into the economy, let it through defence(防务)spending.
 Both these alternatives ignore the unique nature of the economic problem before us. It is not simply a matter of markets or financing. The new technology allows vastly increased production for those able to master it. But it also threatens those who fail to adopt it with permanent second-class citizenship in the world economy. If an industry cannot lever itself up to the leading stage of technological advances, then it will not be able to compete effectively. If it cannot do this, no amount of government protectionism or access to foreign markets can keep it profitable for long. Without the profits and experience of technological excellence to reinvest, that industry can only fall still further behind its foreign competitors.
 So the crux is the technology and that is where the President’s program focused. The danger is not that a plan will not be passed, it is that the ideologues of right and left will distort the bill with amendments that will blur its focus on technology. The economic restructuring plan should be passed intact. If we fail to restructure our economy now, we may not get a second chance.
1. The focus of the President’s program is on
A investment.      B economy.
C technology.      D tax.
2. What is the requirement of the most liberal wing of the Democratic-party?
A They want a more direct action.
B They want an incomes policy to check inflation.
C They want to rebuild industry.
D They want a wall of protective tariffs.
3. What is the editor’s attitude?
A support.       B distaste.
C Disapproval.   D Compromise.
4. The danger to the plan lies in
A the two parties’ objection.
B different idea of the two parties about the plan.
C its passage.
D distortion.
5. The passage is________
A .a review.          B a preface.     C an advertisement.       D an editorial.

B.Strictly Ban smoking
 If you smoke and you still don’t believe that there’s a definite(一定的)link between smoking and bronchial(支气管的)troubles, heart disease and lung cancer, then you are certainly deceiving yourself. No one will accuse you of hypocrisy. Let us just say that you are suffering from a bad case of wishful thinking. This needn’t make you too uncomfortable because you are in good company. Whenever the subject of smoking and health is raised, the governments of most countries hear no evil, see no evil and smell no evil. Admittedly, a few governments have taken timid measures. In Britain for instance, cigarette advertising has been banned on television. The conscience of the nation is appeased, while the population continues to puff its way to smoky, cancerous death.
 You don’t have to look very far to find out why the official reactions to medical findings have been so lukewarm. The answer is simply money. Tobacco is a wonderful commodity to tax. It’s almost like a tax on our daily bread. In tax revenue alone, the government of Britain collects enough from smokers to pay for its entire educational facilities. So while the authorities point out ever so discreetly that smoking may, conceivable, be harmful, it doesn’t do to shout too loudly about it.
 This is surely the most short-sighted policy you could imagine. While money is eagerly collected in vast sums with one hand, it is paid out in increasingly vaster sums with the other. Enormous amounts are spent on cancer research and on efforts to cure people suffering from the disease. Countless valuable lives are lost. In the long run, there is no doubt that everybody would be much better-off if smoking were banned altogether.
 Of course, we are not ready for such a drastic action. But if the governments of the world were honestly concerned about the welfare of their peoples, you’d think they’d conduct aggressive anti-smoking campaigns. Far from it! The tobacco industry is allowed to spend staggering sums on advertising. Its advertising is as insidious as it is dishonest. We are never shown pictures of real smokers coughing up their lungs early in the morning. That would never do. The advertisement always depict virile, clean-shaven young men. They suggest it is manly to smoke, even positively healthy! Smoking is associated with the great open-air life, with beautiful girls, true love and togetherness. What utter nonsense!
 For a start, governments could begin by banning all cigarette and tobacco advertising and should then conduct anti-smoking advertising campaigns of their own. Smoking should be banned in all public places like theatres, cinemas and restaurants. Great efforts should be made to inform young people especially of the dire consequences of taking up the habit. A horrific warning – say, a picture of a death’s head – should be included in every packet of cigarettes that is sold. As individuals, we are certainly weak, but if governments acted honestly and courageously, they could protect us from ourselves.
1. Why do a few governments take timid measures toward smoking?
A because they are afraid of people.  B Because diseases cost a lot.
C Because they are afraid of the cutting down of their revenue.
D Because they are afraid of manufacturers.
2. The tone of this passage is________________.
A critical.  B ironical(讽刺的用反语的).  C distaste(不喜欢).    D amusing.
3. What does the sentence “because you are in good company” mean?
A you are backed by the government. B You are not alone.
C You have good colleagues.       D Governments are blind to evils of smoking too.
4. What is the best title of this passage?
A World Governments should conduct serious campaigns against smoking.
B World governments take timid measures against smoking.
C smoking is the most important source of income to many countries.
D tobacco industry spends a large sum of money on medical research.
第57天
A.TV’s Harmfulness
 Yes, but what did we use to do before there was television? How often we hear statements like this! Television hasn’t been with us all that long, but we are already beginning to forget what the world was like without it. Before we admitted the one-eyed monster into our homes,  we never fond it difficult to occupy our spare time. We used to enjoy civilized pleasures. For instance, we used to have hobbies, we used to entertain our friends and be entertained by them, we used to go outside for our amusements to theatres, cinemas, restaurants and sporting events. We even used to read books and listen to music and broadcast talks occasionally. All that belongs to the past. Now all our free time is regulated by the goggle box. We rush home or gulp down our meals to be in time for this or that programme. We have even given up sitting at table and having a leisurely evening meal, exchanging the news of the day. A sandwich and a glass of beer will do – anything, providing it doesn’t interfere with the programme. The monster demands and obtains absolute silence and attention. If any member of the family dares to open his mouth during a programme, he is quickly silenced.
 Whole generations are growing up addicted to the telly(电视). Food is left uneaten, homework undone and sleep is lost. The telly is a universal pacifier. It is now standard practice for mother to keep the children quiet by putting them in the living-room and turning on the set. It doesn’t matter that the children will watch rubbishy commercials or spectacles of sadism and violence – so long as they are quiet.
 There is a limit to the amount of creative talent available in the world. Every day, television consumes vast quantities of creative work. That is why most of the programmes are so bad: it is impossible to keep pace with the demand and maintain high standards as well. When millions watch the same programmes, the whole world becomes a village, and society is reduced to the conditions which obtain in preliterate communities. We become utterly dependent on the two most primitive media of communication: pictures and the spoken word.
 Television encourages passive enjoyment. We become content with second-hand experiences. It is so easy to sit in our armchairs watching others working. Little by little, television cuts us off from the real world. We get so lazy, we choose to spend a fine day in semi-darkness, glued to our sets, rather than go out into the world itself. Television may be s splendid medium of communication, but it prevents us from communicating with each other. We only become aware how totally irrelevant television is to real living when we spend a holiday by the sea or in the mountains, far away from civilization. In quiet, natural surroundings, we quickly discover how little we miss the hypnotic tyranny of King Telly.
1. What is the biggest harm of TV?
A It deprives people of communication with the real world.
B People become lazy.
C People become dependent on second-hand experience.
D TV consumes a large part of one’s life.
2. In what way can people forget TV?
A Far away from civilization.  B To a mountain.  C By the sea.  D In quiet natural surroundings.
3. What does a mother usually do to keep her children quiet?
A Let them watch the set.       B Put them in the living room.
C Let them watch the rubbish.   D Let them alone.
4. What does the first sentence in the first paragraph mean?
A We found it difficult to occupy our spare time.      B We become addicted to TV.
C What we used to do is different from now.         D We used to enjoy civilized pleasures.

B. The Law to Keep the Oil Industry under Control
 The Norwegian Government is doing its best to keep the oil industry under control. A new law limits exploration to an area south of the southern end of the long coastline; production limits have been laid down (though these have already been raised); and oil companies have not been allowed to employ more than a limited number of foreign workers. But the oil industry has a way of getting over such problems, and few people believe that the Government will be able to hold things back for long. As on Norwegian politician said last week: “We will soon be changed beyond all recognition.”
 Ever since the war, the Government has been carrying out a programme of development in the area north of the Arctic Circle. During the past few years this programme has had a great deal of success: Tromso(特罗姆瑟[挪威北部港市])has been built up into a local capital with a university, a large hospital and a healthy industry. But the oil industry has already started to draw people south, and within a few years the whole northern policy could be in ruins.
 The effects of the oil industry would not be limited to the north, however. With nearly 100 percent employment, everyone can see a situation developing in which the service industries and the tourist industry will lose more of their workers to the oil industry. Some smaller industries might even disappear altogether when it becomes cheaper to buy goods from abroad.
 The real argument over oil is its threat to the Norwegian way of life. Farmers and fishermen do not make up most of the population, but they are an important part of it, because Norwegians see in them many of the qualities that they regard with pride as essentially Norwegian. And it is the farmers and the fishermen who are most critical of the oil industry because of the damage that it might cause to the countryside and to the sea.
1. The Norwegian Government would prefer the oil industry to
A provide more jobs for foreign workers.
B slow down the rate of its development.
C sell the oil it is producing abroad.
D develop more quickly than at present.
2. The Norwegian Government has tried to
A encourage the oil companies to discover new oil sources.
B prevent oil companies employing people from northern Norway.
C help the oil companies solve many of their problems.
D keep the oil industry to something near its present size.
3. According to the passage, the oil industry might lead northern Norway to
A the development of industry.
B a growth in population.
C the failure of the development programme.
D the development of new towns.
4. In the south, one effect to the development of the oil industry might be
A a large reduction on unemployment.
B a growth in the tourist industry.
C a reduction in the number of existing industries.
D the development of a number of service industries.
5. Norwegian farmers and fishermen have an important influence because
A they form such a large part of Norwegian ideal.
B their lives and values represent the Norwegian ideal.
C their work is so useful to the rest of Norwegian society.
D they regard oil as a threat to the Norwegian way of life.
第58天                         A
Lying in the sun on a rock, the cougar(美洲狮) saw Jeb and his son, Tom, before they saw it. Jeb put his bag down quickly and pulled his jacket open with both hands, making himself look big to the cougar. It worked. The cougar hesitated, ready to attack Jeb, but ready to forget the whole thing, too.
Jeb let go of his jacket, grasped Tom and held him across his body, making a cross. Now the cougar’s enemy looked even bigger, and it rose up, ready to move away, but unfortunately Tom got scared and struggled free of Jeb.
“Tom,no!”shouted his father.
But Tom broke and ran and that’s the last thing you do with a cougar. The second Tom broke free, Jeb threw himself on the cougar, just as it jumped from the rock. They hit each other in mid-air and both fell. The cougar was on Jeb in a flash, forgetting about Tom, which was what Jeb wanted.
Cougars are not as big as most people think and a determined man stands a chance, even with just his fists. As the cougar’s claws(爪子) got into his left shoulder. Jeb swung his fist at its eyes and hit hard. The animal howled(吼叫) and put its head back. Jeb followed up with his other fist. Then out of the corner of his eye. Jeb saw Tom. The boy was running back to help his father.
“Knife, Tom,” shouted Jeb.
The boy ran to his father’s bag, while Jeb started shouting as well as hitting, to keep the cougar’s attention away from Tom. Tom got the knife and ran over to Jeb. The cougar was moving its head in and out, trying to find a way through the wall Jeb was making out of his arms. Tom swung with the knife, into the cougar’s back. It howled horribly and ran off into the mountains.
The whole fight had taken about thirty seconds.
1. Why did Jeb pull his jacket open when he saw the cougar?
A. To get ready to fight.      B. To frighten it away.
C. To protect the boy.      D. To cool down.
2. What do we know about cougars?
A. They are afraid of noises.
B. They hesitate before they hit.
C. They are bigger than we think.
D. They like to attack running people.
3. How did Jeb try to hold the cougar’s attention?
A. By keeping shouting and hitting.
B. By making a wall out of his arms.
C. By throwing himself on the cougar.
D. By swinging his fists at the cougar’s eyes.
4. Which of the following happened first?
A. The cougar jumped from the rock.
B. Tom struggled free of his father.
C. Jeb asked Tom to get the knife.
D. Jeb held Tom across his body.
B
     Scientists have found what look like caves on Mars(火星), and say they could be protecting life from the planet’s terrible environment.
     The first caves discovered beyond the Earth appear as seven mysterious black dots on the pictures sent back by NASA’s Mars Odyssey orbiter. Each as large as a football field, they may be openings into natural caves below the Martian surface.
    “If there is life on Mars, there is a good chance you’d find it in caves,” said Jut Wynne, one of the researchers who noticed the features while working on a US Geological Survey Mars Cave Detection Program.
    Jonathan Clarke, a geologist with the Mars Society of Australia, yesterday described the discovery as exciting.
    One photo taken at night by an infrared imager(红外线成像器) showed one hole to be unusually warm, suggesting hot air trapped during the day is flowing out.
    “I said: ‘Wow, that’s a cave’” Dr. Clarke said excitedly. “People have been looking for these for a long time; now we have found them.”
    He agreed such caves would be perfect places to hunt for life escaping from the bitterly cold, radiation-soaked(充满辐射的), dry surface.
     “Tiny drops of water could collect inside,” he said. “If there are gases coming out, they could provide energy for a whole range of bacteria. A cave is also a protection from radiation; the surface of Mars is exposed to high levels of space radiation.”
     The caves probably formed when tube-shaped lave flows(管状岩浆流) spread across the planet long ago. The outside of the tubes cooled, forming solid walls, while something hotter inside allowed the remaining have to flow out, forming caves. (07福建卷)
1.What does the passage mainly talk about?
A. How the caves were formed on Mars.  B. How scientists found these caves on Mars.
C. Caves on Mars may be full of hot air or a sign of life.
D. Scientists have completely recognized the surface of Mars.
2.We can learn from the passage that           .
A. water has already been found on Mars  B. the scientists found all the caves at night
C. it is certain that there is life in these caves
D. the surface of Mars is bitterly cold, radiation-soaked and dry
3.According to the passage, Dr. Clarke was so excited because        .
A. such caves could provide energy for life  B. they had finally found the caves on Mars
C. such caves would be perfect places to hunt for life
D. scientists had long been looking for these caves
4.Necessary conditions for life on Mars mentioned in the passage may include        .
A. lava and energy       B. water and radiation from space
C. gases and lava       D. water and protection from radiation

 

第59天                        A
Below is a web page from Google.
Olympic—Modern Olympic Games
The complete results archive of summer and winter Olympic games, with winners lists, statistics, national anthems and flags of all countries since 1896.
www. olympic. it/english/home-16k  Environment
Beijing steel plants to run at the lowest level of cost during 2008 Olympics [2007-03-11] Beijing able to treat 90 pct of waste water [2007-02-05] •Air quality in Beijing has improved over the past six years [2007-02-01]•Green Olympics dream coming true … en. Beijing2008.com/80/67/column211716780.shtml-52k  Beijing announces planned route of Olympic torch relay
Beijing announced the 2008 Olympic Games torch relay route and set off the Olympic Games torch on Thursday. … Green Olympics is one of the three concepts of the Beijing Games, …
english.china.com/zh_cn/news/sports/11059227/14069663.html-26k
Environmental Symbol of Beijing Olympics —‘Green Olympics’
Environmental Symbol of Beijing Olympics —‘Green Olympics’, officially announced on Saturday, 24 September 2005. The symbol, created using a calligraphic art form, is composed of human and tree-like shapes, …
my.opera.com/green_head/blog/show.dml/92155-18k  Green Olympics Forum In Beijing 2004
On behalf of BOCOG, Wang Wei, executive vice president of BOCOG, gave a presentation about Green Olympics, introduced the environment protection work of BMG and BOCOG, and answered several questions such as protection of cultural relics …
en.beijing2008.com/84/91/article211929184.shtml-36k  Olympic Games Quizzes and Olympic Games Trivia
Who was the founder of the Modern Olympics? In which cities were the modern Olympic Games due to be held/ scheduled during the ‘war years’, i.e., 1916, 1940, and 1944? … In which three years of the Modern Olympic Games were … More questions …
www.funtrivia.com/quizzes/sports/ olympic_games.html-12k  OFFICIAL WEBSITE OF THE OLYMPIC MOVEMENT
… aimed at young researchers engaged in scholarly research on the Olympic Movement, its history and values, and the impact of the …[ Full story] SPORT ACCORD[2005-01-23]…
www.olympic.org/  Ancient Olympic Heritage and Modern Olympic Games in Athens 2004
As put forward in the various official texts, the Olympic symbols of ancient Olympia, the Olympic flame and the Marathon race are bridges between the ancient and the modern Olympic Games, …
www.c2008.org/rendanews/knowledge_detail.asp?id=911-106k (07浙江卷)
1. When was the environmental symbol of Beijing Olympics made public?
   A. On January 23, 2005.                         B. On September 24, 2005.
   C. On February 5, 2007.                         D. On March 11, 2007.
2. Which of the following websites is designed for young researchers interested in the Olympics?
   A. Environment       B. Green Olympics Forum In Beijing 2004
   C. Olympic Games Quizzes and Olympic Games Trivia
   D. OFFICIAL WEBSITE OF THE OLYMPIC MOVEMENT
3. Which website provides a complete list of the winners in the Olympic Games?
   A. Olympic—Modern Olympic Games  B. Green Olympics Forum In Beijing 2004
   C. Environmental Symbol of Beijing Olympics —‘Green Olympics’
   D. Ancient Olympic Heritage and Modern Olympic Games in Athens 2004
4. What do we learn from the above web page?
   A. Beijing has made efforts to improve its air quality.
   B. The Olympic torch relay route has not been planned.
   C. The Olympic flags will be on display in Athens.  D. A quiz on the Olympics will be held in Beijing.
B  
Topping the class academically was certainly an advantage. Studying was a breeze for Nigel. The reward was certainly incomparable to the little effort that he had to put it. It began when he was selected to help the teachers in the computer laboratories.
The peak of his school career came not when he topped the school but when he was selected for the nationwide competition. Unlike everyone else, Nigel wanted to join the contest because he liked playing with the Lego sets and making something out of them. Nigel spent the next two months rebuilding the robot. It was during the time that Nigel found out about the prizes for the competition. Its well us auspices competitor. Alicia, from a neighboring school. His early intentions were forgotten. Getting the thousand-dollar prize was more important than anything else. Nigel decided to befriend Alicia. Unaware of his intentions, she told him all about the robot that she had been building for the competition. He even helped her to put the finishing branches to her robot. He was glad with the way things had progressed. His robot looked even better than Alicia’s and it was able to become a ball with its arms, something Alicia had failed to do.
On the day of the competition, he says Alicia. Everything dawned on her the minute she saw him among the competition. She stared at him, puzzled at first, then angry and finally a look of helplessness came over her.
The flashbulbs of the camera exploded in Nigel’s try. The robot bird performed actions so unique and different that the specialist judgments were the same. Nigel was so personal with himself that he did not even notice the girl standing a few feet away from him. Without her, he would never win the competition.(08江西)
1. What reward did Nigel receive for doing well in his school work?
A. He was offered a part-time job     
B. He was honored with a scholarship
C. He helped his teacher construct a robot         
D. He helped in the computer laboratories
2. Nigel’s original intention of joining the contest was to ___.
A. be the top student of the school        
B. being great honor to his school
C. constructs a robot with the Lego sets        
D. wins the thousand-dollar prize
3. Why did Nigel help Alicia finish her robot?
A. He tried to make friends with her    
B. He was fond of building robots
C. He intended to help her       
D. He didn’t want her to suspect him
4. What is the author’s attitude towards Nigel’s actions?
A. He is mildly critical        
B. He is strongly critical
C. He is in favor of them       
D. His attitude is not clear

第60天                          A  
    It is often necessary to release a fish, that is, set it free after catching, because it is too small, or you just don’t want to take it home to eat. In some cases, releasing fish is a good measure that will help keep fish variety and build their population size. The Department of Game and Inland Fisheries (DGIF) encourages fishermen who practice catch-and-release fishing to use a few simple skills when doing so. The advice provided below will help make sure that the fish you release will survive (存活) to bite again another day.
—When catching a fish, play it quickly and keep the fish in the water as much as possible.
  Don’t’ use a net in landing the fish and release it quickly to prevent it from dying.
—Hold the fish gently. Do not put your fingers in its eyes. Don’t wipe the scales (鱼鳞) off the   fish because it might cause it to develop a disease and reduce its chance of survival.
—Remove your hook (鱼钩) quickly. If the hook is too deep or hooked in the stomach, cut the   line and leave the hook in. The hook left inside will cause no serious problem to the fish.
—Take good care of the fish by moving it gently in water . Release the fish when it begins to   struggle and is able to swim.
—Do not hold fish in a bucket or some other containers and later decide to release it. If you are   going to release a fish, do so right away.
With a little care and by following the suggestions given above, you can give the released fish a better chance of survival. (08全国卷一)
1. People sometimes set a fish free after catching it because they _________
   A. don’t want it to die                B. hope it will grow quickly
   C. don’t want to have it as food         D. want to practice their fishing skills
2. Which of the following will probably make a fish ill?
   A. Taking the hook off it.             B. Removing its scales.
   C. Touching its eves                 D. Holding it in your hand.
3. A proper way to release a fish is to _________.
   A .move it in water till it can swim          B. take the hook out of its stomach
   C. keep it in a bucket for some time         D. let it struggle a little in your hand
4. What is the purpose of the test?
   A. To show how to enjoy fishing.          B. To persuade people to fish less often.
   C. To encourage people to set fish free.     D. To give advice on how to release fish.


Gallery For Visitors to National Gallery of Art, Washington
Visitors must present all carried items for inspection upon entry. After inspection all bags, backpacks, umbrellas, parcels, and other things as determined by security officers must be left at the checkrooms, free of charge, close to each entrance. All oversized bags, backpacks, and luggage must be left at the checkrooms near the 4th Street entrance of either the East or West Building. These items will have to be x-rayed before being accepted. Items of value, such as laptop computers, cameras, and fur coats, may not be left in the checkrooms but may be carried into the galleries.
   We regret that we do not have enough space for visitor items larger than 17*26 inches into the Gallery or its checkrooms.
   Additional security procedures and checks may be taken according to the decision of the Gallery.    For the safety of the artworks and other visitors, nothing may be carried on a visitor’s back. Soft front baby carriers are allowed, but children may not be carried of shoulders or in a child carrier worn on the back. Pushchairs are available free of charge near each checkroom
   Smoking is prohibited. Food and drink are not permitted outside the food service areas. Up opened bottled water may be carried only in a visitor’s bag. Cell phones may not be used in the galleries.
   Animals, other than service animals, are not permitted in the Gallery.
   Skateboarding is prohibited.
   Picture-taking (including video) for personal use is permitted except in special exhibitions and where specifically prohibited. Tripods(三角架) are not allowed. (08江苏卷)
Please do not touch the works of art.
1. When people come to visit the Gallery, they should _______.
   A. leave all their carried items at the checkrooms
   B. have all their carried items x-rayed at the entrance
   C. take all their carried items with them without inspection
   D. have all their carried items inspected at the entrance
2. What does the Gallery feel sorry for?
   A. Visitors have to keep their valuable items in the checkrooms..
   B. The size of visitor items allowed into the Gallery is limited.
   C. It cannot keep oversized visitor items due to limited space..
   D. Visitor items over 17*26 inches must go through additional checks.
3. Parents with small children visiting the Gallery __________.
  A. can carry their children in soft front child carriers
B. can carry their children on their shoulders
  C. can carry their children in carriers worn on the back
D. ought to pay if they want to use pushchairs for their children
4. Visiting photographers should make sure that _______.
  A. pictures and videos are allowed for personal use anywhere in the gallery
  B. pictures and videos can be taken in some places for personal use
  C. picture-taking and videoing are totally forbidden in the Gallery
  D. tripods are allowed except in some special exhibitions


第61天                     A    
 Tom was one of the brightest boys in the year, with supportive parents. But when he was 15 he suddenly stopped trying. He left school at 16 with only two scores for secondary school subjects. One of the reasons that made it cool for him not to care was the power of his peer(同龄人) group.
 The lack of right male(男性的) role models in many of their lives — at home and particularly in the school environment(环境) — means that their peers are the only people they have to judge themselves against.
 They don’t see men succeeding in society so it doesn’t occur to them that they could make something of themselves. Without male teachers as a role model, the effect of peer actions and street culture(文化) is all-powerful. Boys want to be part of a club. However, schools can provide the environment for change, and provide the right role models for them. Teachers need to be trained to stop that but not in front of a child’s peers. You have to do it one to one, because that is when you see the real child.
 It’s pointless sending a child home if he or she has done wrong. They see it as a welcome day off to watch television or play computer games. Instead, schools should have a special unit where a child who has done wrong goes for the day and gets advice about his problems — somewhere he can work away from his peers and go home after the other children. (08辽宁卷)
1. Why did Tom give up studying?
   A. He disliked his teachers.
   B. His parents no longer supported him.
   C. It’s cool for boys of his age not to care about studies.
   D. There were too many subjects in his secondary school.
2. What seems to have a bad effect on students like Tom?
   A. Peer groups.   B. A special unit.
   C. The student judges.  D. The home environment.
3. What should schools do to help the problem schoolboys?
   A. Wait for their change patiently.
   B. Train leaders of their peer groups.
   C. Stop the development of street culture.
   D. Give them lessons in a separate area.
4. A teacher’s work is most effective with a schoolboy when he ______.
   A. is with the boy alone
   B. teaches the boy a lesson
   C. sends the boy home as punishment
   D. works together with another teacher


B.
Do’s and Don’ts in Whale(鲸)Watching
The Department of Fisheries and Oceans has developed guidelines for whale watching in Johnstone Strait, where killer whales are found on a daily basis each summer. It is strongly recommended that vessel(船只)operators follow these guidelines for all kinds of whales.
● Approach whales from the side, not from the front or the back.
● Approach no closer than 100 metres, then stop the boat but keep the engine on.
● Keep noise levels down-no horns, whistles or racing of engines.
● Start your boat only after the whales are more than 100 metres from your vessel.
● Leave the area slowly, gradually moving faster when you are more than 300 metres from the whales.
● Approach and leave slowly, avoiding sudden changes in speed or direction.
● Avoid disturbing groups of resting whales.
● Keep at low speeds and remain in the same direction if travelling side by side with whales.
● When whales are travelling close to shore, avoid crowding them near the shore or coming between the whales and the shore.
● Limit the time spent with any group of whales to less than 30 minutes at a time when within 100 to 200 metres of whales.
● If there is more than one vessel at the same observation spot, be sure to avoid any boat position that would result in surrounding the whales.
● Work together by communicating with other vessels, and make sure that all operators are aware of the whale watching guidelines. (08宁夏卷)
1.For whom is this text written?
A. Tour guides.
B. Whale watchers.
C. Vessel operators.
D. Government officials.
2.When leaving the observation areas, the vessel should ________________.
A. move close to the beach
B. increase speed gradually
C. keep its engine running slowly
D. remain at the back of the whales
3.When going side by side with whales, the vessel should    .
A. keep moving in the same direction
B. surround the whales with other boats
C. travel closer and closer to the shore
D. take a good viewing position
4. What is the shortest safe distance from the whales?
A. 400 metres.   B. 300 metres.    C. 200 metres.   D.100 metres.

第62天                          A
It was the summer of 1965. DeLuca, then 17, visited Peter Buck, a family friend. Buck asked DeLuca about his plans for the future. “I’m going to college, but I need a way to pay for it,” DeLuca recalls saying. “Buck said, ‘You should open a sandwich shop.’”
That afternoon, they agreed to be partners. And they set a goal: to open 32 stores in ten years. After doing some research, buck wrote a check for $1000. DeLuca rented a storefront (店面) in Connecticut, and when they couldn’t cover their start-up costs, Buck kicked in another $1000.
But business didn’t go smoothly as they expected. DeLuca says, “After six months, we were doing poorly, but we didn’t know how badly, because we didn’t have any financial controls.” All he and Buck knew was that their sales were lower than their costs.
DeLuca was managing the store and going to the University of Bridgeport at the same time. Buck was working at his day job as a nuclear physicist in New York. They’d meet Monday evenings and brainstorm ideas for keeping the business running. “We convinced ourselves to open a second store. We figured we could tell the public, ‘We are so successful, we are opening a second store.’” And they did—in the spring of 1966. Still, it was a lot of learning by trial and error.
But the partners’ learn-as-you-go approach turned out to be their greatest strength. Every Friday, DeLuca would drive around and hand-deliver the checks to pay their suppliers. “It probably took me two and a half hours and it wasn’t necessary, but as a result, the suppliers got to know me very well, and the personal relationships established really helped out,” DeLuca says.
And having a goal was also important. “There are so many problems that can get you down. You just have to keep working toward your goal,” DeLuca adds.
DeLuca ended up founding Subway Sandwich, the multimillion-dollar restaurant chain.(08山东卷)
1. DeLuca opened the first sandwich shop in order to ____.
A. support his family
B. pay for his college education
C. help his partner expand business
D. do some research
2. Which of the following is true of Buck?
A. He put money into the sandwich business.
B. He was a professor of business administration.
C. He was studying at the University of Bridgeport.
D. He rented a storefront for DeLuca.
3. What can we learn about their first shop?
A. It stood at an unfavorable palace.
B. It lowered the prices to promote sales.
C. It made no profits due to poor management
D. It lacked control over the quality of sandwiches
4. They decided to open a second store because they ___.
A. had enough money to do it.
B. had succeeded in their business
C. wished to meet the increasing demand of customers
D. wanted to make believe that they were successful
5. What contribute most to their success according to the author?
A. Learning by trial and error.
B. Making friends with suppliers.
C. Finding a good partner.
D. Opening chain stores.
B.
Are you sometimes a little tired and sleepy in the early afternoon? Many people feel this way after lunch. They may think that eating lunch is the cause of the sleepiness. Or, in summer, they may think it is the heat. However, the real reason lies inside their bodies. At that time – about eight hours after you wake up – your body temperature goes down. This is what makes you slow down and feel sleepy. Scientists have tested sleep habits in experiments where there was no night or day. The people in these experiments almost always followed a similar sleeping pattern. They slept for one long period and then for one short period about eight hours later.
In many parts of the world, people take naps(小睡) in the middle of the day. This is especially true in warmer climates(气候), where the heat makes work difficult in the early afternoon. Researchers are now saying that naps are good for everyone in any climate. A daily nap gives one a more rested body and mind and therefore is good for health in general. In countries where naps are traditional (传统的), people often suffer less from problem such as heart disease.
Many working people, unfortunately, have no time to take naps. Though doctors may advise taking naps, employers do not allow it! If you do have the chance, however, here are a few tips about making the most of your nap. Remember that the best time to take a nap is about eight hours after you get up. A short sleep too late in the day may only make you feel more tired and sleepy afterward. This can also happen if you sleep for too long. If you do not have enough time, try a short nap – even ten minutes of sleep can be helpful.
1. Why do people feel sleepy in the early afternoon according to the text?
   A. They eat too much for lunch.
   B. They sleep too little at night.
   C. Their body temperature becomes lower.
   D. The weather becomes a lot warmer.
2. If you get up at 6:30 am, what is the best time for you to take a nao?
   A. About 12:30 pm.                         B. About 1:30 pm.
   C. About 2:30 pm                           D. About 3:30 pm
3. What would be the best title for the text?
   A. Just for a Rest
   B. All for a Nap
   C. A Special Sleep Pattern.
   D. Taking Naps in Warmer Climate.
 


第63天                        A
     People believe that climbing can do good to health. Where can you learn the skill of climbing then? If you think that you have to go to the mountains to learn how to climb, you’re wrong. Many Americans are learning to climb in city gyms(体育馆). Here, people are learning on climbing. The climbing wall goes straight up and small holding places for hands and feet.
    How do people climb the wall? To climb, you need special shoes and (保护带) around your chest to hold you. There are ropes(绳索)tied to your. The ropes hold you in place so that you don’t fall. A beginner’s wall is usually about 15 feet high, and you climb straight up. There are small pieces of metal that stick out for you to stand on and hold on to. Sometimes it’s easy to see the new piece of metal. Sometimes, it’s not. The most difficult is your fear. It’s normal for humans to be afraid of falling, so it’s difficult not to feel fear. But when you move away from the wall, and the ropes hold you, and you begin to feel safe. You move slowly until you reach the top.
    Climbing attracts people because it’s good exercise for almost everyone. You use your whole body, especially your arms and legs. This sport gives your body a complete workout. When you climb, both your mind and your body can become stronger.
1. What can we infer from the passage?
   A. People are fairly interested in climbing nowadays.
   B. It is impossible to build up one’s body by climbing.
   C. People can only learn the skill of climbing outdoors.
   D. It is always easy to see holding places in climbing.
2. The most difficult thing to do in wall climbing is _______.
   A. to tie ropes to your                B. to control your fear
   C. to move away from the wall         D. to climb straight up
3. The word “workout” underlined in the last paragraph most probably means _________.
   A. settlement           B. exercise       C. excitement        D. tiredness
4. Why does the author write this passage?
   A. To tell people where to find gyms.       B. To prove the basic need for climbing
  C. To encourage people to climb mountains.   D. introduce the sport of wall climbing

 


B
We have designed all our bank cards to make your life easier .
How to use your Nat West Servicecard .
As a Switch card , it lets you par for all sorts of goods and services , wherever you see the Switch logo(标志;标识). The money comes straight out of your account, so you can spend as much as you like as long as you have enough money ( or an agreed overdraft (透支) to cover it . It is also a cheque guarantee (担保 ) for up to the amount shown on the card . And it gives you free access to your money from over 31,000 each machines across the UK.
How to use your Nat West Cashcard
You can use your Cashcard as a Solo card to pay for goods and services wherever you see the Solo logo . It  can also give you access to your account and your cash from over 31,000 cash machines nationwide . You can spend or withdraw (提取 ) what you have in you account , or as much as your agreed overdraft limit .
Using your cards abroad
You can also use your Servicecard and Cashcard when you're abroad . You can withdraw cash machines and pay for goods and services wherever you acc the Cirrus or Macatro logo displayed .
We take a commission charge (手续费 )  of 2.25% of cash withdrawal you make ( up to &4 ) and a commission .
 Charge of 75 pence every time you use Maestro to pay for goods or services. We also apply a foreign-exchange transaction fee of 2.65%.
How to use your Nat West Credit Card
With your credit card you can do the following:
* Pay for goods and services and enjoy up to 56 days interest-free credit.
* Pay in over 24 million shops worldwide that display the Mastercard or Visa logos.
* Collect one AIR MILE for every £20 of spending that appears on your statement(结算单).
(This does not include foreign currency or traveller’s cheques bought,interest and other charges.)
1.If you carry the Servicecard or the Cashcard.      
A.you can use it to guarantee things as you wish
B.you can draw your money from cash machines conveniently
C.you can spend as much money as you like without a limit
D.you have to pay some extra money when you pay for services in the UK
2.If you withdraw £200 from a cash machine abroad,you will be charged        .
A.£4      B.£4.5    C.£5.25    D.£5.3
3.Which of the following is TRUE about using your NatWest Credit Card?
A.You have to pay back with interest within 56 days.
B.You will be charged some interest beyond two months.
C.You can use the card in any shop across the world.
D.You will gain one air mile if you spend £20 on traveller’s cheques.
4.The purpose of the passage is to show you how to      .
A.play your cards right          B.use your cards abroad
C.draw cash with your cards      D.pay for goods with your cards


第64天                         A
Napoleon, as a character in Tolstoy’s War and Peace, is more than once described as having “fat little hands.’’ Nor does he “sit well or firmly on the horse.’’ He is said to be “undersized.’’ With “short legs’’ and a “round stomach”. The issue here is not the accuracy of Tolstoy’s description--it seems not that far off from historical accounts but his choice of facts:other things that could be said of the man are not said. We are meant to understand the difference of a warring commander in the body of a fat little Frenchman. Tolstoy’s Napoleon could be any man wandering in the streets and putting a little of powdered tobacco up his nose—and that is the point.
It is a way the novelist uses to show the moral nature of a character. And it turns out that, as Tolstoy has it, Napoleon is a crazy man. In a scene in Book Three of War and Peace, the wars having reached the critical year of 1812,Napoleon receives a representative from the Tsar(沙皇), who has come with peace terms. Napoleon is very angry:doesn’t he have more army? He, not the Tsar, is the one to make the terms. He will destroy all of Europe if his army is stopped. “That is what you will have gained by engaging me in the war!” he shouts. And then, Tolstoy writes, Napoleon “walked silently several times up and down the room, his fat shoulders moving quickly.’’
Still later, after reviewing his army amid cheering crowds, Napoleon invites the shaken Russian to dinner. “He raised his hand to the Russian’s…face,” Tolstoy writes, and “taking him by the ear pulled it gently….” To have one’s ear pulled by the Emperor was considered the greatest honor and mark of favor at the French court. “Well, well, why don’t you say anything?’’ said he, as if it was ridiculous in his presence to respect any one but himself, Napoleon.
Tolstoy did his research, but the composition is his own. (08广东卷)
1. Tolstoy’s description of Napoleon in War and Peace is _________.
A. far from the historical facts
B. based on the Russian history
C. based on his selection of facts
D. not related to historical details
2. Napoleon was angry when receiving the Russian representative because _________.
A. he thought he should be the one to make the peace terms
B. the Tsar's peace terms were hard to accept
C. the Russians stopped his military movement
D. he didn’t have any more army to fight with
3. What did Napoleon expect the Russian representative to do?
A. To walk out of the room in anger.
B. To show agreement with him.
C. To say something about the Tsar.
D. To express his admiration.
4. Tolstoy intended to present Napoleon as a man who is _________.
A. ill-mannered in dealing with foreign guests
B. fond of showing off his iron will
C. determined in destroying all of Europe
D. crazy for power and respect
5. What does the last sentence of the passage imply?
A. A writer doesn’t have to be faithful to his findings.
B. A writer may write about a hero in his own way.
C. A writer may not be responsible for what he writes.
D. A writer has hardly any freedom to show his feelings.

B
One August afternoon, Richard Allen dropped off his last passenger, Mrs. Carey. Lifting two grocery bags, he followed her across the yard and stood on the step of her house. Glancing up, he saw a large wasp(黄蜂) nest under the roof. Allen had heard that wasps can become more likely to sting (sting, sting, stung蜇) in summer. He mentioned this to Mrs. Carey, who had opened the door.
“Oh, they don’t bother me,” she said lightly. “I go in and out all the time.”
Anxiously, Allen looked at the nest again—— to see the wasps flying straight at him. “Hurry!” he shouted to Mrs. Carey. “Get in!”
She stepped quickly inside. Allen ran for his mini-bus. Too late; they were upon him. Just as he jumped aboard, half a dozen red spots showed on his arm, and he felt more on his back and shoulders.
As he was driving down the road, Allen felt as if something was burning at the back of his neck, and the “fire” was spreading forward toward his face. And immediate anxiety took hold of him. Allen knew that stings could cause some persons to die. But he had been stung the previous summer and the after-effects soon passed. However, what he didn’t know what that the first sting had turned his body into a time bomb waiting for the next to set off an explosion.
Miles from the nearest medical assistance, Allen began to feel his tongue thick and heavy and his heartbeat louder. Most frightening, he felt his breathing more and more difficult. He reached for the radio mike(话筒), trying to call the mini-bus center, but his words were hardly understandable. Signals were also poor that far out. He knew a rescue team was on 24-hour duty at the Amherst Fire Department’s north station. So his best chance was to make a run for it.
Rushing down the mountain, Allen tried not to panic, focusing his mind on each sharp turn. He was almost through the last of them when he felt sure he was going into shock(休克). Just then he reached for the radio mike again.
“Call fire station,” he shouted, concentrating to form the words. “Emergency. Bee sting. Emergency. There in ten minutes.”
“Five-ten,” the center replied.
Hold on, Allen thought. Keep your eyes open. Breathe. Keep awake.
At last he reached the station. Two firemen ran out. Allen felt their hands grasp him before he hit the ground. You made it, he thought.
1. It is mentioned in the passage that wasps are more likely to attack when _______.
 A. there are huge noises          B. strangers are approaching
C. the air is filled with food smell  D. the hottest season comes around
2. Allen didn’t know that if stung by wasps again, he would _______.
A. have no after-effects   B. suffer from sharper pain
C. surely lose his life     D. become more sensitive
3. Allen failed at his first attempt to send his message to the mini-bus center because _______.
A. he was unable to speak clearly   B. his radio equipment was poor
C. he was in a state of shock       D. no one was on duty
4. Which would be the best title for the passage?
 A. Allen, A Helpless Driver  B. Wasps, Bloody Killers
C. A Race Against Death    D. War Against Wasps

第65天                          A
Michael Fish may soon be replaced as a weather forecaster by something truly fishier---the shark(鲨鱼).
Research by a British biology student suggests that sharks could be used to predict storms.
Lauren Smith, 24, is close to completing her study on shark’s ability to sense pressure.
If her studies prove the theory, scientists may be able to monitor the behaviour of sharks to predict bad weather.
Miss Smith had previously studied the behaviour of lemon sharks in the Bahamas.
She then used their close relatives, lesser spotted dogfish, for further research at Aberdeen University.
Her work---thought to be the first of its kind to test the pressure theory ---- resulted from the observation that juvenile blacktip sharks(黑边鳍真鲨) off Florida moved into deeper water ahead of a violent storm in 2001.
Miss Smith said: “I’ve always been crazy about traveling and diving and this led me to an interest in sharks.”
“I was delighted to have been able to research in the area for my degree. I know there’s so much more we need to understand ---- but it certainly opens the way to more research.”
It has been discovered that a shark senses pressure using hair cells in its balance system.
At the Bimini Shark Lab in the Bahamas, Miss Smith fixed hi-tech sensors to sharks to record pressure and temperature, while also tracking them using GPS (Global Positioning System) technology.
In Aberdeen, she was able to study the effects of tidal(潮汐的) and temperature changes on dogfish----none of which were harmed. She also used a special lab which can mimic(模拟) oceanic pressure changes caused by weather fronts.
She is due to complete her study and graduate later this year. She says she will be looking for a job which will give her the chance to enrich her experience of shark research. ( 08天津卷)
1. The passage is most probably taken from _____.
A. a short-story collection
B. a popular science magazine
C. a research paper
D. a personal diary
2. What do we learn from the first four paragraph of the passage?
A. Sharks may be used to predict bad weather.
B. Sharks’ behaviour can be controlled.
C. Michael Fish is not qualified for his job.
D. Lauren Smith will become a weather forecaster.
3. Lauren Smith conducted her research by _______.
 A. removing hair cells from a shark’s balance system
 B. measuring the air pressure of weather fronts
 C. recording sharks’ body temperature
 D. monitoring sharks’ reaction to weather changes
4. What is the passage mainly about?
 A. A popular way of forecasting weather.
 B. A new research effort in predicting storms.
 C. Biologists’ interest in the secrets of sharks.
 D. Lauren Smith’s devotion to scientific research.

B
   You’re sitting on the train home and the person opposite you yawns(打哈欠). Suddenly, you’re yawning with him, though you’re not tired.
   This phenomenon confused scientists for years until a recent study found that people tend to sympathize with fellow humans. Supporting this claim was the discovery that those children who were unable to form normal emotional ties with others did not experience contagious(有感染力的) yawning, which showed that humans communicate regularly with out words.
   Hugo Critchley, a neuroscientist, has conducted an experiment recently, which will prove that happiness and sadness can spread like the common cold. According to Critechley, our mind and body are in constant exchange about how we’re feeling. “Emotions are closely linked with states of internal(内部的) responses,” he explained. “ There are also more visible changes in our gestures and facial expression. When we’re in a group, these signals can spread to another person. For example, there’s the obvious tendency to smile when smiled at and there are less obvious changes that reflect emotions of surprise, anger or sadness such as a change in our heart rate and blood pressure.
Hugo Critchley further explained, “Our bodies synchronies and when we like the other person, we ever copy his behavior. Next time you chat with a friend, take note of how you’re sitting— it’s pretty likely that you will be the same. Scientists believe it’s our way of telling each other that we’re partners. Through body language, humans give each other very subtle(微妙的) but clear signals that show emotions.”
So, what lessons can we learn from this? “ Spend time with happy people— otherwise your health could suffer,” said Critchley.” When we’re sad, our body goes into fight or flight mode. But when we’re happy, our body works normally and we feel relaxed and positive. So we look bright, our skin glows, we feel healthy and it affects everyone around us.”
1. According to Hugo Critchley, ________.
  A. emotions are as visible as facial expressions
  B. we yawn more frequently when we have a cold
  C. emotions are connected with states of internal responses
  D. the change of blood pressure is not linked with the change of emotions.
2. The underlined word “synchronies” in Paragraph 4 means “_____”.
  A. move slowly  B. change rapidly  C. relax temporarily  D. respond accordingly
3. From the passage we can learn ________.
  A. sadness is as contagious as happiness
  B. anger is less contagious than friendliness
  C. surprise is more contagious than smile
  D. surprise is the most contagious among emotions
4. Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
  A. Emotions have delicate influence on fellow humans.
  B. Children like copying the actions of the fellow humans.
C.Scientists are still confused about contagious yawning
D.People tend to communicate more with body language. 
第66天                              A
   Do you know of anyone who uses the truth to deceive (欺骗)? When someone tells you something that is true, but leaves out important in formation that should be included, he can give you a false picture.
   For example, some might say, “I just won a hundred dollars on the lottery (彩票). It was great. I took that dollar ticket back to the store and turned it in for on e hundred dollars!”
   This guy’s a winner, right? Maybe,  maybe not. We then discover that he bought $200 worth of tickets, and only on e was a winner. He’s really a big loser!
   He didn’t say anything that was false, but he left out important information on purpose. That’s called a half-truth. Half-truths are not technically lies, but they are just as dishonest.
   Some politicians often use this trick. Let’s say that during Governor Smith’s last term, her state lost one million jobs and gained three million jobs. Then she seeks another term. One of her opponents(对手) says, “During Governor Smith’s term, the state lost one million jobs!” that’s true. However, and honest statement would have been, “During Governor Smith’s term, the state had a net gain of two million jobs.”
   Advertisers(广告商) will sometimes use half-truths. It’s against the law to make false statements so they try to mislead you with the truth. An advertisement might say, “Nine out of ten doctors advised their patients to take Yucky Pills to cure toothache.” It fails to mention that they only asked ten doctors and nine of them work for the Yucky Company.
   This kind of deception happens too of often. It’s a sad fact of life: Lies are lies, and sometimes the truth can lie as well.
1. How much did the lottery winner lose?
 A. One hundred dollars.      B. Two hundred dollars.
 C. Three hundred dollars.     D. Four hundred dollars.
2. We may infer that the author believes people should _______.
 A. buy lottery tickets
B. make use of half-truths
C. not take anything at face value
D. not trust the Yucky Company
3. What do the underline words “net gain” in Paragraph 5 mean?
 A. final increase           B. big advantage
 C. large share             D. total saving
4. What can we know from the example of the Yucky Pill advertisement?
A. False statements are easy to see through.
B. Half-truths are often used to mislead people.
C. Doctors like to act in advertisements.
D. Advertisements are based on facts.
B
This was no ordinary class. The students who came together were all science or engineering professors at Cornell University. They had interrupted their research to accept an invitation to take part in an unusual experiment: “an interesting week of poetry.” This class was part of a study to answer the questions: Why is science difficult for many non-science students? What can teachers learn about teaching if they take a class that is not in their field?
The students in the poetry class listened to lectures and took notes. They had reading tasks and had to write three short papers. All students noticed one thing – the importance of spoken words. In science and engineering classes, the instructors put tables and drawings on the blackboard. But in this poetry class, the instructors just talked. They didn’t write anything on the board.
The scientists and engineers noticed one similarity between science and poetry. In both subjects, students need to find layers (层次) of meaning . Some layers are simple, clean, and on the surface; other layers are deeper and more difficult. This search for different levels of meaning doesn’t happen much in undergraduate(本科) science classes, but it is important later, in graduate school. And it is always important in humanities(人文科学).
Both the poetry instructors and their students learned something about teaching from this experience. One poetry instructor, for example, now sees the importance of using informative as he teaches. Most of the scientists agreed on several points. First, humanities classes might help science students to see patterns and decide which information is important. Second, the poetry class was fun. One engineer decided, “We need to change the way we teach engineering to make to make it an enjoyable experience for students.”
But perhaps the most important result of the experience was this; All of the professors began to think about how they teach and how they cam teach better. (08陕西卷)
1. What do we know about this unusual class?
A. The teachers did lots of writing on the board
B. The teacher were invited to attend several lectures.
C. The student were professors from a university
D. The students were studying science and humanities.
2. The experiment was designed to find out             
 A. how to teach the students in the science class
B. whether poetry is difficult for science students
C. what to be taught in the humanities class
D. why many humanities students find science hard.
3. Finding levels of meaning is            .
 A. important for graduate students in humanities
B. difficult for graduate students in humanities
C. common for undergraduate students in science
D. easy for undergraduate students in science.
4. What did the science professors learn after the experiment?
 A. They should change the way they teach
B. A poem could be explained in clear definitions.
C. A poetry class could be more informative.
D. Their teaching was an enjoyable experience.


第67天                               A
Being able to multitask—doing several things at the same time—is considered a welcome skill by most people. But if we consider the situation of the young people aged from eight to eighteen, we should think again.
What we often see nowadays is that young people juggle an ever larger number of electronic devices(电子产品)as they study. While working, they also surf on the Internet, send out emails, answer the telephone and listen to music on their iPods(播放器). In a sense, they are spending a significant amount of time in fruitless efforts as they multitask.
Multitasking is even changing the relationship between family members. As young people around them. They can no longer greet family members when they enter the house, nor can they cat at the family table.
Multitasking also affects young people’s performance at university and in the workplace. When asked about their opinion of the effect of modern gadgets(器具)on their performance of tasks, many young people gave a positive response(反应). However, the response from the worlds of education and business was not quite as positive. Educators feel that multitasking by children has a serious effect on later development of study skills. They believe that many college students now need help to improve their study skills. Similarly, employers feel that young people entering the job market need to be taught all over again, as modern gadgets have made it unnecessary for them to learn special skills to do their work.
1. What does the underlined word “juggle” in Paragraph 2 most probably mean?
A. Want to buy
B. Take the place of.
C. Use at the same time
D. Seek for information from.
2. In Paragraph 3, the author points out that      .
A. family members do not cat at the family table
B. family member do not greet each other
C. young people live happily in their families
D. young people seldom talk with their family members
3. What is the main idea of the last paragraph?
 A. Multitasking is harmful to young people’s development.
 B. Young people benefit a lot from modern gadgets
 C. Multitasking is an important skill to young people.
 D. Young people must learn skills for future jobs.
4. The author develops the passage mainly by    .
 A. providing typical examples
 B. following the natural time order
 C. comparing opinions from different fields
 D. presenting a cause and analyzing its effects
B
A study involving 8,500 teenagers from all social backgrounds found that most of them are ignorant when it comes to money. The findings, the first in a series of reports from NatWest that has started a five-year research project into teenagers and money, arc particularly worrying as this generation of young people is likely to be burdened with greater debts man any before.
University tuition fees (学费) are currently capped at £3,000 annually, but this will be reviewed next year and the Government is under enormous pressure to raise the ceiling.
In the research, the teenagers were presented with die terms of four different loans but 76 per cent failed to identify the cheapest. The young people also predicted that they would be earning on average £ 31.000 by the age of 25, although the average salary for those aged 22 to 29 is just £ 17,815. The teenagers expected to be in debt when they finished university or training, although half said that they assumed the debts would be less than £ 10.000. Average debts for graduates are £ 12,363.
Stephen Moir, head of community investment at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group which owns NatWest, said. "The more exposed young people are to financial issues, and the younger they become aware of them, the more likely they arc to become responsible, forward-planning adults who manage their finances confidently and effectively."
Ministers are deeply concerned about the financial pressures on teenagers and young people because of student loans and rising housing costs. They have just introduced new lessons in how to manage debts. Nikki Fairweathcr. aged 15. from St Helens, said that she had benefited from lessons on personal finance, but admitted that she still had a lot to learn about money. (08上海卷)
1. Which of the following can be found from the five-year research project?
A. Students understand personal finances differently.
B. University tuition fees in England have been rising.
C. Teenagers tend to overestimate their future earnings.
D. The students' payback ability has become a major issue.
2. The phrase "to raise the ceiling" in paragraph 2 probably means "______".
A. to raise the student loans      B. to improve the school facilities
C. to increase the upper limit of the tuition     D. to lift the school building roofs
3. According to Stephen Moir, students_______.
A. are too young 10 be exposed 10 financial issues
B. should learn 10 manage their finances well
C- should maintain a positive attitude when facing loans
D. benefit a lot from lessons on personal finance
4. What can we learn from the passage?
A. Many British teenagers do not know money matters well
B. Teenagers in Britain are heavily burdened with debts.
C. Financial planning is a required course at college.
D. Young people should become responsible adults.

第68天                             A
Almost every child is scared of something, from monsters in the cupboard to dogs in the park. But the fact that such fears are common and normal doesn’t mean they can be taken lightly. Kids experience fears and phobias (恐惧症) much more strongly than adults. And the influence of the fear can be physical as well as psychological (心理的). It can build up so they almost seem scared of everything-a kind of childhood anxiety. Dr. Creswell says:"Your child may always seem to expect the worst to happen and lack confidence in his or her ability to deal with any challenge.” So don’t make the same old mistake of treating them as if they’re silly for being “a scared cat”(胆小鬼). Handing the fears is essential.
Children can be born nervous and., if you have such a baby, you’ll tend to prevent them from getting worried. So if they fear dogs, you’ll keep them away from dogs, but in fact that can just confirm to the child that dogs are scary. What is worse, keeping your child away from what they fear can turn that feeling into a phobia. Instead, you should encourage them to get in touch with the thing they fear, in a safe and supportive environment. Dr. Andy Field, a researcher of childhood fears, says: “You shouldn’t force, for example, a dog anxious child to go up to a dog. But you can approach it yourself, show them there is nothing to be afraid of, stroke (抚摸) it, and talk about the dog being friendly. Once your child dares to stroke a dog-one that’s good with children, of course-then you should encourage them to carry on until they feel calmer, and reward them for ‘being brave’.”
1.Children’s fears are usually taken lightly because     .
A. they will not develop into phobias
B. their influence is psychological
C. they exist widely in the world
D. they will disappear gradually
2. If we fail to help children to overcome fears, they will    .
A. make the same old mistake
B. overcome them by themselves
C. experience the worst of things
D. grow up lacking self-confidence
3. According to Dr. Andy Field, if a child is afraid of a cat, parents should     .
A. tell the child not to be afraid of it 
B. show the child how to approach it
C. keep the child away from it
D. ask the child to stroke it
B
   Our “Mommy and Me” time began two years ago. My next-door neighbor and fellow mother, Christie, and I were out in our front yards, watching seven children of age 6 and under ride their bikes up and down. “I wish I could take one of my children out alone,” said Christie.
   Then we worked out a plan: When Christie takes one of her children out, I’ll watch her other three. And when she watches two of mine, I’ll take someone out.
   The children were extremely quick to accept the idea of “Mommy and Me” time. Christie’s daughter, McKenzie, went first. When she returned, the other children showered her with tons of questions. McKenzie was smiling broadly. Christie looked refreshed and happy. “She’s like a different child when there’s no one else around,” Christie shared with me quickly. With her mother all to herself, McKenzie didn’t have to make an effort to gain attention.
   Just as Christie had noticed changes in McKenzie, I also discovered something different in each of my children during our alone times. For example, I am always surprised when my daughter, who is seldom close to me, holds my hand frequently. My stuttering(口吃的)son, Tom, doesn’t stutter once during our activities since he doesn’t have to struggle for a chance to speak. And the other son, Sam, who’s always a follower when around other children shines as a leader during our times together.
   The “Mommy and Me” time allows us to be simply alone and away with each child ---talking, sharing, and laughing, which has been the biggest gain. Every child deserves(应得到)to be an only child at least once in a while.( 07宁夏卷)
1. What is the text mainly about?
A. The experience of the only child being with mother.
B. The advantage of spending time with one child at a time.
C. The happy life of two families.
D. The basic needs of children.
2. Right after McKenzie came back, the other children were _____________.
A. happy  B. curious  C. regretful  D. friendly
3. What is one of the changes the author finds in her children?
A. The daughter acts like a leader.     B. Sam holds her hand more often.
C. The boys become better followers.  D. Tom has less difficulty in speaking.
4. The author seems to believe that ___________.
A. having brothers and sisters is fun       B. it’s tiring to look after three children
C. every child needs parents’ full attention  D. parents should watch others’ children


第69天                                   A
Early people had very little effect on the environment. They lived in caves in very small “clan” groups. They collected or killed only enough for the clan’s survival. Early clans were nomadic, which mean that they didn’t stay in one place. Instead, they moved around, following the animals that were their main food source and seeking areas where seasonal plants grew wild. Moving around seasonally helped to protect the environment. The land had time to recover and animals had time to breed (繁殖)before the clan returned for the next season..
As time went by, these small family clans joined with others to form larger groups for protection. Joining with other clans gave them more hunters and more women to help cut up the meat and share it between families. Eventually, people tamed(驯养)wild animals such as dogs and horses. People settled around rivers and fertile plains to share responsibilities and duties. Then, people began to plant crops instead of moving to areas where the plants grew. This development changed the environment.
Traditional forms of work also changed. Some people were better at performing a particular task than other clan members, so then began to specialize in things they were good at doing. This also meant that they began to exchange their goods for things that others produced.
People began to communicate with distant tribes. Land was cleared for roads. Foreign plants and animals were transported to places where they had not existed before. Specialization also give people more free time. So art ,dance and music became important ways of expressing feelings and thoughts. This was how many great civilizations started.
Compared to the past, modern civilization has experienced many changes to become the highly developed society that exists today. Populations have increased rapidly. Forests have been cleared for farms. Inventions and technology have made work easier.
However, pollution and other serious problems have also resulted from human progress. As concerned citizens, it is up to us to learn from past mistakes and to help maintain and improve our environment.
1 Early tribes didn’t have much effect on animal population because_____
A .they kept animals for themselves          B they ate only vegetables
C they loved animals                     D they killed only enough for food
2 The main purpose for small clans to join together was_____
A to hurt animals                         B to seek safety
C to share caves                          D to protect environment
3 According to the passage ,we can learn that_____
A early people moved to new places looking for new sources of food
B modern civilization began when people started to live together in big groups
C modern advancements are always good for the environment
D people began to exchange goods because they didn’t have enough money
4 It can be concluded from the passage that_____
A human progress has brought civilization to the society
B civilization has improved traditional forms of work
C early people understood environmental protection
D our environment has been affected by human progress
                                

B
    When I was about 12, I had an enemy, a girl who liked to point out my shortcomings.
Week by week her list grew: I was very thin; I wasn’t a good student; I talked too much; I was too proud and so on.. I tried to bear all these all these things as long as I could. At last, I became very angry. I ran to my father with tears in my eyes.
He listened to me quietly, then he asked, “Are the things she said true or not? Janet, didn’t you ever wonder what you are really like? Well, you now have the girl’s opinion. Go and make a list of everything she said mark the points that are true. Pay no attention to other things she said.”
I did as he told me. To my great surprise, I discovered that about half of the things were true.
some of them I couldn’t change (like being very thin), but a good number I could and suddenly I wanted to change. For the first time I got a fairly clear picture of myself.
I brought the list back to Daddy. He refused to take it, “That’s just for you,” he said. “ You know better than anyone else, the truth about yourself. But you have to learn to listen, not just closing your ears anger and feeling hurt . When something said about you is true, you’ll find it will be of help to you. Don’t shut your ears. Listen to other people’s opinions, but hear the truth and do you know is right thing to do.”
Daddy’s advice returned to me at many important moments. IN my life, I’ve never had a better piece of advice.
1. Which do you think would be the best title for this passage?
A Not an Enemy, but a Best Friend
B The Best Advice I’ve Ever Had
C My Father
D My Childhood
2. What does “ week by week her list grew” mean?
A Week by Week, my shortcomings grew more serious.
B She had made a list of shortcomings and kept on adding new ones to it so that it was growing longer and longer.
C I was having more and more shortcomings as time went on.
D Week by week she discovered more shortcomings of mine and point them out.
3 .Why did her father listen to her quietly?
A Because he believed that what her daughter’s enemy said was mostly true.
B Because he had been so angry with his daughter’s shortcomings that he wanted to show this by keeping silent for a while.
C Because he knew that his daughter would not listen to him at that moment.
D Because he wasn’t quite sure which girl was telling the truth.
4. What did the father do after he heard his daughter’s complaint?
A He told her not pay any attention to what her “enemy” said
B He criticized her and told her to overcome her shortcomings.
C He told her to write down all that her “enemy” had said about her and pay attention only to the things that were true.
D He refused to take the list and have a look at it.


 第70天                         A
One of the qualities that most people admire in others is the willingness to admit one’s mistakes. It is extremely hard sometimes to say a simple thing like “I was wrong about that ,”and it is even harder to say, “I was wrong ,and you were right about that.” I had an experience recently with someone admitting to me that he had made a mistake fifteen years ago .He told me he had been the manager of a cartons (纸箱).Then he talk of an incident and I began to remember the incident he was describing.
I was about eight years old at the time , and I had gone into the store with my mother to do the weekly grocery shopping. On that particular day, I must have found my way to the food department where the incident took place.
There must have been a special sale on eggs that day because there was a big show of eggs in dozen and half-dozen cartons. The cartons were put three or four feet high. I must have stopped in front of them to admire the show. Just then a woman came by pushing her grocery cart and knocked off the pile of cartons. For some reason, I decided it was up to me to put the cartons back together, so I went to work.
The manager heard the noise and came rushing over to see what had happened. When he appeared, I was on my knees checking some of the cartons to if any of the eggs were broken, but to him it looked as if I was the person who was to blame .He scolded me loudly and wanted me to pay for those broken eggs. My face turned red and I tried to explain, but it did no good. Even though I quickly forgot the incident, but the manager did not.
1 .How old was the author when he wrote this article?
A  About 8years old                 B  About 18 years old
C About 23 years old                 D  About 15 years old
2. Who was to blame for knocking off the pile of cartons?
A  The author                        B  The manager
C  A woman                         D  The author’s mother
3. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A  The woman who knocked off the pile of cartons was seriously scolded by the manager.
B  The author was loudly scolded by the manager.
C  A woman was loudly scolded by the manager.
D  It was the author who put the cartons back together.
4. The tone of the article expresses the author’s______
A  admiration for the manager’s willingness to admit mistakes
B  anger to the manager for his wrong
C  dissatisfaction with the woman who knocked off the pile cartons
D  regret for the mistake he made in the store

 

                 B

  A brother and sister have been reunited after more than 60 years, thanks to a letter in the Welwyn and Hatfield Times.
  For years John Hannant Kept a photograph of his long-lost sister, hoping they would meet again. Margery, the eldest of the three children, had signed up to the Royal Air Force as part of the war effort, when John was still a baby. The family lost touch and as the decade s passed only a single letter gave a clue to her whereabouts. The clue was enough for a WHT reader to recognize  Margery and put the family back in touch..
  John, 67, had been searching for a long time and a friend suggested writing to the paper.
  “That’s the one that made it, the letter to the paper a few months age,” he said. “It’s like a dream come true. The last time we ever heard from Margery was in 1953 after the floods. She wrote home to know if we were all right. My sister Dorothy wrote back, But Margery had moved again and never got the letter.”
  Having retired from his job as a gardener at Park House, Mr. Hannat decided to take action once and for all. He and his wife Doreen, travelled to Margery’s home in Chelwood Avenue, Hatfield , which she shares with her husband Jack Cooke.
  Now 88, she was recovering after several months in hospital, but immediately recognized her brother. John said, “It’s something that I never thought was going to happen, but I always hoped it would.” As well as finding his sister, John has also discovered he now has a nephew, niece and six grandnieces and grandnephews.
1. Margery left her family because______
A. there was a flood in her hometown
B. she signed up to serve the army
C. she wanted to get her husband back
D. a war broken out in her hometown
2. When she wrote to John last time ,Margery was ______
A.34 years old           B.40 years old
C.44years old           D.54 years old
3.  What do we know about Jack Cooke’s family?
   A. Jack now has a son and a daughter.
   B. Jack and his wife live with their children now
   C. Jack’s wife is in good health all the time.
   D .Jack lost touch with his family a long time ago.
4.  It can be inferred from the passage that______
   A. since 1953 Margery has come back home only once.
   B .Margery received only one letter from John.
   C. Margery does not care about her family.
   D.WHT refers to a newspaper.

 第71天                          A
A tourist comes out of the airport. There are a lot of taxis, but he asks every taxi-driver’s name, and takes the third taxi. It costs 5 from the airport to the hotel. “How much does it cost for the whole day?” the tourists asks. “100,” says the taxi-driver. This is very expensive, but the tourist accepts the price.
  The taxi-driver takes the tourist everywhere. He shows him all monuments and all the museums. In the evening they go back to the hotel. The tourist gives the taxi-driver 100 and says, “What about tomorrow?” The taxi-driver looks at the tourist. “ Tomorrow? It’s another 100 tomorrow.” But the tourist says, “That’s OK. If that’s the price. See you tomorrow.” The taxi-driver is very pleased. The day the taxi-driver takes the tourist everywhere again. And in the second evening they go back to the hotel. The tourist gives the taxi-driver another 100 and says, “I’m going home tomorrow.” He likes the tourist, above all, 100 a day is a good money. “So you are going home, where do you come from?” he asks.
  “I come from New York.”
  “New York!” says the taxi-driver, “I have a sister in New York. Her name is Susannah, Do you know her?”
  “Of course I know her. She gave me 200 for you.”

1. The tourist is _______.
A. an Englishman
B. a Frenchman.
C. a Swedish.
D. an American.
2.  The tourist asks every taxi-driver his name because_______
A. he is afraid f being cheated
B. he knows one of the taxi-drivers
C. he knows of one of the taxi-drivers
D. there is a friend of his among the taxi-drivers.
3.  Why is the taxi-driver very pleased with the tourist?
A. None but the tourist agrees to the price given without arguing with him
B. His sister knows the tourist.
C. His sister had brought so much money to him
D. He wants to be the guide of the tourist.
4.  We can conclude that _______
A. he tourist will give the taxi-driver another 200
B. the tourist makes fun of the taxi-driver
C. the tourist will give the taxi-driver half of sum
D. the taxi-driver insists that the tourist should pay him another 200


              B
  This is news on the Hour. Ed Wilson is reporting. The President and First Lady will visit Africa on a goodwill tour in May. They plan to visit eight African countries.
  Reports from China say the Chinese want closer ties between China and the U.S. and Western Europe. A group of top China scientists starts its ten-nation tour next month.
  Here in Milmi, the mayor is still meeting with the leaders of the teachers’ union to try to find a way to end the strike. City schools are still closed after two weeks.
  In news about health, scientists in California report findings of relationship between the drinking of coffee and the increase of heart disease among woman. According to the report in the American Medical Journal, the five-year study shows this: women who drink more than two cups of coffee a day have a greater chance of having heart disease than women who do not.
  In sports, the Chargers lost again last night. The BBS beat them one to nothing. The Wingers had better results. They beat the Rifles 7 to 3.It was their first win in their five matches.
  That the news of the Hour. And now back to more easy listening with Jan Singer.

1. The passage is about______
A. an official visit to Africa
B. the improvement of relationship between China and the U.S.
C. the news broadcast on the air
D. the strike led by the teachers’ union
2. From the last news we do not know______
A. the results of the matches
B. the number of the team which played last night
C. how many wins the BBS has had altogether
D. the Wingers had one win and four defeats
3. The news about health tells us that_______
A. no heart disease will be found if people don’t drink coffee
B. no one should drink more than two cups of coffee a day
C. the more coffee people drink, the more chances they will get to have disease
D. women’s heart disease has something to do with the drinking of coffee.
4. What is the purpose for China scientists to visit ten nations next month?
A. China expect closer ties between China and the U.S. and  Western Europe.
B. They want to travel abroad
C. They need a rest
D. They are seeking for an opportunity to work abroad.


第72天                           A
  Today, people all over the world are moving out of small villages in the country to go and live in big noisy cities . They are moving from the peaceful hills, mountains, fields, rivers and streams of the countryside to the busy world of streets, buildings, traffic and crowds. This movement from rural areas to urban areas has been going on for over two hundred years.
In many countries, the main reason people come to live in towns and cities is work. After one or two large factories have been built in or near a town, people come to find a work, and soon an industrial area begins to grow. There is usually a residential area nearby, where the factory workers can live. The families of these workers need schools, hospitals and shops, so more people come to live in the area to provide these services—and a city grows.
  In every major city in the world, there is a business district where the big companies have their main offices. In the United States, this area is usually in the city center downtown. It is here that you can see the huge skyscraper office blocks. The people who work here often travel a long way to work each day.
  Many of them live in the suburbs of the city, far away from the industrial area and the city center. Some suburbs are very pleasant, with nice houses and big gardens. There are usually parks for children to play in and large department stores where you can buy all you need.
  But what is the future of the big cities? Will they continue to get bigger and bigger? Perhaps not. Some major cities have actually become smaller in the last ten years, and it is quite possible that one day we will see people moving out of the major cities and back into smaller towns and villages.
1. We can easily know that the underlined phrase “urban areas” means._____
   A. areas of the countryside  
B. areas of a town or city
C. areas near the countryside  
D. areas near a town or a city
2. Why do people move to live in cities or towns?
A. Because they can live more comfortable there
B. Because they prefer noisy life to peaceful life
C. They do so mainly to find work
D. They don’t like small villages
3. We can infer that this movement from rural areas to urban areas_______. 
A. has been going on for more than 2,000 years
B. will continue in the future
C. may not continue in the future            
D. is sure to stop

B
You feel happiest when you create a healthy balance between giving and receiving. If you give and give without making time to fill your own needs, then it’s likely you will burn out, or feel upset. When you take and take without giving anything back, you never feel fulfilled, so you are always searching for ways to fill the void in your life.
   The way to create a healthy balance between giving and receiving is to know and then live by your values. I break values up into two groups which I call being and having values. Your being values are the character traits of the ideal person you would like to be. I suggest to my clients that they choose three being values that they are willing to make a commitment to live by. An example of some being values are: kind, loving, generous, inspirational, peaceful, wise and even powerful. By acting on these values you give to others through your actions and you inspire others by being a positive role model. Mastering being these character traits becomes your life purpose.
    Your having values are feelings you need to create in order to be happy. These could be companionship, achievement, support, being valued or financial security. This is what you receive. You take responsibility for filling your own needs by taking steps to create these feelings and conditions in your life.
    When you make a commitment to live by being values, it becomes easier to make conscious choices rather than reactionary ones. If your usual pattern is to talk about your problems, you could choose to think and act like a calm person. A clam person might go for a walk, meditate(沉思), or set a time limit before responding. If your usual pattern is to worry, you could choose to act like a responsible or wise person. In other words, you would act like the person you choose to be-this is the key to personal power.
   When you choose to act on your values, you not only feel good about yourself, you reinforce(加强)your chosen beliefs. Over time acting in this way changes how you see the world, and in turn the way other people think of you.
1 .The main purpose of this passage is to _____
A inform the readers how to be truly happy
B explain to the readers what personal values are
C persuade the readers to make a commitment
D instruct the readers how to make wise choices
2. According to the text, living by your being values, you would_____
A gain a lot of power                 B fill your own needs
C seek all human virtues              D form positive personality
3 The underline word “void” in Paragraph 1 means______
A a break of continuity                B an absent of one’s mind
C a feeling of emptiness               D a state of confusion
4. What can be inferred from the text?
A Having values are better than being values
B A calm person does not choose to complain.
C The way other people think of you decides who you are.
D A responsible person does not care about financial security
第73天                         A  
When building houses, people used to think about not only the climate of the areas but also the building materials and the fashions for their houses. However, since electricity became more and more expensive, people began to pay much more attention to the energy they could get for their houses and the new ways they could find to protect their houses from both cold and heat.
 Now, houses of an old yet new type have been widely built. In some parts of the world, people share their houses with their livestock(家畜).During cold weather, they gather their cows, goats, or other animals and keep them on the first floor of their houses. The reasons are that the animals can be protected from the cold and that they can help to heat the houses as well. The body heat given off by the animals rises to the second floor of the houses, where people live. By sharing their houses with their livestock, people gain a source of heat.
 People who live in or near cities do not usually keep livestock. However, home builders use the fact that heat rises. This natural law can be used in building houses in these areas. Instead of keeping livestock on the first floor, builders fill it with large rocks. As they are open to the sun’s rays during cold weather, these rocks take in heat. They also give off the heat, and, of course, the warm air rises into the living areas of the houses. So these houses are energy saving.
 House building becomes a great challenge(挑战)to building designers and energy engineers. They try to meet this challenge by learning from old traditions and by using modern technology. And someday in the future, people will be able to live in more energy saving houses.
1.What did people begin to consider as electricity was no longer cheap?
   A.The climate of their areas.
   B.The energy for their houses.
   C.The fashions for their houses.
   D.The building materials for their houses.
2.People in some areas gain a source of heat by _________.
   A.keeping their livestock downstairs
   B.protecting their livestock from the cold
   C.sharing their houses only with their cows
   D.living on the second floor with their livestock
3.The underlined words “natural law” in the third paragraph refer to the fact that ________.
   A.heat raises the temperature in the houses
   B.heat goes in the upward direction
   C.heat goes up if temperature is raised
   D.heat increases the temperature of rocks
4.From the passage, we can conclude that __________.
   A.people will no longer consider building materials in the future
   B.energy saving buildings will become more popular in the future
   C.almost all people will move into the houses heated by large rocks
  D.energy engineers will devote themselves only to modern technology.        
B
The flag, the most common symbol(象征) of a nation in the modern world, is also one of the most ancient. With a clear symbolic meaning, the flag in the traditional form is still used today to mark buildings, ships and other vehicles related to a country.
The national flag as we know it today is in no way a primitive(原始的)artifact. It is, rather, the product of thousands of years' development. Historians believe that it had two major ancestors, of which the earlier served to show wind direction.
Early human beings used very fragile houses and boats. Often strong winds would tear roofs from houses or cause high waves that endangered travelers .People's food supplies were similarly vulnerable. Even after they had learned how to plant grains, they still needed help from nature to ensure good harvests. Therefore they feared and depended on the power of the wind, which could bring warmth from one direction and cold from another.
Using a simple piece of cloth tied to the top of a post to tell the direction of the wind was more dependable than earlier methods, such as watching the rising of smoke from a fire. The connection of the flag with heavenly power was therefore reasonable. Early human societies began to fix long pieces of cloth to the tops of totems(图腾) before carrying them into battle. They believed that the power of the wind would be added to the good wishes of the gods and ancestors represented by the totems themselves.
 These flags developed very slowly into modern flags. The first known flag of a nation or a ruler was unmarked: The king of China around 1000 B.C. was known to have a white flag carried ahead of him. This practice might have been learned from Egyptians even further in the past, but it was from China that it spread over trade routes through India, then across Arab lands, and finally to Europe ,where it met up with the other ancestor of the national flag.
1  The best title for the passage would be______.
A. Power of the National Flag         B. Uses of Flag
C. Types of Flags                     D. Development of the National Flag
2.  The underlined word “vulnerable” in Paragraph 3 means_____
A. impossible to make sure of         B. difficult to find
C. likely to be protected             D. easy to damage
3.  The earliest flags were connected with heavenly power because______
A. they were believed to stand for natural forces
B. they could bring good luck to fighters
C. they were handed down by the ancestors
D. they could tell wind direction
4.  What does the author know of the first national flag?
A. He thinks it came from            B. He believes it was made in Egypt
C. He doubts where it started.    D. He knows when it was sent to Europe
5.  What was the author most probably talk about next?
A. The role of China in the spread of the national flag.
B. The second ancestor of the national flag.
C. The use of modern flags in Europe   
D. The importance of modern flags
 

第74天                           A
Foulsham House is a fine, large house of the 1790s.It stands high above the River Byer, in twenty—five hectares(公顷)of the best farmland in the southwest.
The house was built by Smithson, and the story that George, the son of King of Whales, who fell in love with the beautiful Lady Kitty, at one of the first Foulsham’s wild woods(野外)parties.Many years ago many great men rode on the hills about Foulsham.
House, and many fine girls took tea in the Green Room.
The house has eight bedrooms, three bathrooms(浴室), two living—rooms, and a dining—room with a real Adam fireplace.Its library has a good view over the park and the river.All rooms are light and airy, with good, high windows, and wood floors.
At the back of the house there is room for four cars.The third Foulsham once kept there.In many other ways, this house of the 1790s meets the needs of the 1990s.
If you wish to know more about Foulsham House, write to: Harvey.Platt, Longford &Son 6, Castle Green, Gilham, Byreside.

1. Foulsham House_____
 A. is an old farmhouse
 B. stands 25 hectares high above the River Byer
 C. is an old,  stone house, standing in very fine farmland
 D. is twenty-five years old, and is of fine stone
2. People say that _____
 A. Smithson built the house for Lord Foulsham's wild parties
 B. Prince George fell in love with KItty Wake at Foulsham House
 C. Prince George and KItty Wake fell in love with the Green House
 D. Lord Foulsham fell in love with a lady wales
3.Foulsham House_____
 A. is an old house that meets many new needs
 B. though seventy-nine years old, meets new needs
 C. is a new house that meets many old needs
 D. is a house of the 1970s as good as new

 

B
Each high school has its own policy. One good example is that some high schools require all students to wear uniforms, while others do not. I have been to both types of schools, and if I have to decide which one is better, I will pick the former.
Perhaps every student has this experience: once you are in your school uniforms, you will care more about your own behavior. Uniforms give you an identity that always reminds that you belong to a group. What you do will not only represent yourself, but also the group you belong to, as well as the people with you. In other words, you carry the responsibility to maintain the honor of the group. When you are in your own clothes, it doesn’t matter for you to behave badly in public, but when in your uniform, it does. For high school students, who are not adults yet, this is a good way to shape their behavior.
Moreover, uniforms create an atmosphere of equality. While permitted to wear their won clothes, students may pay much attention to what they wear, in order to show how rich their families are. While in uniforms, all students, rich or poor, look the same, and will be treated equally.
Besides, free from the desires to gain what is new in the shopping mall, wearing uniforms helps students to concentrate on their study.
For all the reasons above, I believe that it is a better choice for high school students to wear uniforms.  They can wear them after school or on weekends.
1. According to the author, high schools that require students to wear uniforms______.
A. are more attractive to students
B. are more strict with students
C. carry out a better policy
D. admit more excellent students.
2. How many reasons does the author give to support his or her ideas?
A. two              B. three                C. four                   D. five
3. According to Paragraph 2, wearing uniforms helps students_______.
  A. focus on their study
  B. become responsible
   C. build up their confidence
   D. find the group they belong to
4.  What would be the best title for the passage?
   A. A wise choice, to wear school uniform
   B. An honor, to wear your school uniform
   C.A difficult choice, in school uniform or not?
   D.A difficult choice, which school should we pick?

第75天                           A
Sitting and eating quietly on his father’s lap, the 18-month-old was oblivious to the infection in his veins(血管).But his father a strong farmer, knew only too well. It was the same one that killed his wife four month ago, leaving him alone with four children. The man started to cry.
“When my wife died, I thought ,well, it is from God, but at least I have him.” he said. “Then I learned he is sick, too. I asked if there was medicine and the doctors said no.
HIV and AIDS have quietly arrived in this land. They remain almost completely underground, hidden in ignorance(无知)and shame.
The father of the infected 18-month-old said his village teacher had never talked about AIDS. Nearly a year of tests on the father have found no HIV, and the old children are clear, but his smallest child tested positive(阳性)at ten months.
Six years earlier, his wife lost a baby and have several transfusions in Pakistan. After she became sick and was found to be infected, “I told the family her blood was not good and to avoid eating with her.” he said. “And I told them not to kiss his son, he burst into tears.
“I don’t know what to do,” he said; “I have sacrificed so much since my marriage.. I mortgaged (抵押)half my land to pay for her medical care.”
The father can do little for his son but keep his secret. There are no AIDS treatment centers in Afghanistan, only a single secret clinic in the capital that just monitors the disease, and no drugs are available.
1. The underlined part “was oblivious to” in Paragraph 1 can best be replaced by______.
A. was shocked by
B. was afraid of
C. was curious about
D. was unaware of
2. What happened to the man?
A. He was diagnosed with AIDS just now
B. He has no money to support the family
C. His wife died of AIDS four weeks ago
D. His youngest son was infected with AIDS
3. It can be inferred from Paragraph 5 that______
A. the wife had several blood transfusions
B. the family knew how to avoid AIDS
C. the farmer had little knowledge about AIDS
D. the family loved the youngest son most
4. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A. There are several AIDS treatment centers in Afghanistan
B. The farmer will keep his son’s disease unknown to others
C. The farmer sold his house to pay for his wife’s medial care
D. Afghanistian’s medical conditions have been greatly improved.

B
 Let children learn to judge their own work. A child learning to talk does not learn by being corrected all the time :if corrected too much, he will stop talking. He notices a thousand times a day the difference between the language he uses and the language those
Around him use. Bit by bit .he makes the necessary changes to make his language like other people's. In the same way, children learn to do all the other things: they should learn to do without being taught, such as to walk, run, climb,  whistle, ride a bicycle—compare their own performances with those of more skilled people, and slowly make the needed changes. But in school we never give a child a chance to find out his mistakes and correct them for himself. We do it all for him. We act as if we thought that he would never notice a mistake unless it was pointed out to him, or correct it unless he was made to .Let him work out, with the help of other children if he wants it, what this word says, what the  answer is to that problem, whether this is a good way of saying or doing this or not.
   If it is a matter of right answer, as it may be in mathematics or science, give him the answer book. Let him correct his own papers. Why should we teachers waste time on such routine(常规)work? Our job should be to help the child when he tells us that he can’t find the way to get the right answer .Let the children learn what all educated persons must some day learn ,how to measure their own understanding, how to know what they   know or do not know.
 1 .According to the passage ,the best way for children to learn things is by______
A .listening to skilled people's advice     
B .asking older people many questions.
C .making mistakes and having them corrected 
 D .doing what other people do
 2 .which of the following does the writer think teachers should NOT do?
A. Give children correct answers.        
 B .Allow children to make mistakes.
C .Point out children's mistakes to them.
D. Let children mark their own work.
 3. According to the writer, teachers in school should______
A. allow children to learn from each other
B. point out children's mistakes whenever found
C .correct children's mistakes as soon as possible
D. give children more book knowledge
 4.The passage suggests that learning to speak and learning to ride a bicycle are ____
A. different from learning other skills
B. the same as learning other skills
C. more important than other skills
D. not really important skills

 

第76天                          A
The first and best of victories is for a man to conquer himself; to be conquered by himself is, of all things, the most shameful,” says Plato. Self-control is at the root of all the advantages. Let a man give in to his impulses(冲动) and feelings, and from that moment he gives up his moral(道德) freedom.
A single angry word has lost many friends. When Socrates found in himself any temper or anger, he would check it by speaking low in order to control himself. If you are conscious of being angry, keep your mouth shut so that you can hold back rising anger. Many a person has dropped dead in great anger. Fits of anger bring fits of disease. “Whoever the gods would destroy they first make them mad.” “Keep cool,” says Webster, “anger is not argument.” “Be calm in arguing,” says George Herbert, “for fierceness(狂怒) makes error a fault.”
To be angry with a weak man is to prove that you are not strong yourself. “Anger,” says Pythagoras, “brings with folly and ends with regret.” You must measure the strength of a man by the power of the feelings he conquers, not by the power of those which conquer him.
Self-control is man’s last and greatest victory.
If a man lacks self-control he seems to lack everything. Without it he can have no patience, no power to govern himself; he can have no self-confidence, for he will always be controlled by his strongest feeling. If he lacks self-control, the very backbone and nerve of character are lacking also. (from www.nmet168.com)
1. What’s the main idea of the passage?
A. The importance of self- control.   B. How to conquer oneself?
C. The relation between a man’s moral freedom and his feelings.
D. A man should keep cool.
2. What’s the meaning of “whoever the gods would destroy they first make them mad”?
A. If you are mad, the gods will kill you.
B. If you lose your temper first, gods will kill you first.
C. If you can’t control yourself, you will be crazy.
D. If the gods want to kill you, they will make you mad first.
3. Which of the following is NOT true, according to passage?
A. The first and best of victories is for a man to conquer himself.
B. You will make a small mistake serious if you don’t keep cool.
C. You must measure a man’s strength by the power of the feelings which conquer him.
D. Anger brings with folly and ends with regret.
4. Which of the following can’t help you avoid anger, according to the passage?
A. Be calm in arguing.      B. Check your temper or anger by speaking low.
C. Keep your mouth shut.   D. Try to make the other angry first.

 


B
Very old people do raise moral problems for almost everyone who comes in contact with them. Their values—this can’t be repeated too often—are not necessarily our values. Physical comfort, cleanness and order are not necessarily the most important things. The social services from time to time find themselves faced with a flat with decaying food covered by small worms, and an old person lying alone in bed, taking no notice of the worms. But is it interfering(干涉) with personal freedom to insist that they go to live with some of their relatives so that they might be taken better care of? Some social workers, the ones who clear up the worms, think we are in danger of carrying this concept of personal freedom to the point where serious risks are being taken with the health and safety of the old.
Indeed, the old can be easily hurt or harmed. The body is like a car, it needs more mechanical maintenance(机械维修,保养) as it gets older. You can carry this comparison right through to the provision of spare parts. But never forget that such operations are painful experiences, however good the results will be. And at what point should you stop to treat the old body? Is it morally right to try to push off death by seeking the development of drugs to excite the forgetful old mind and to activate the old body, knowing that it is designed to die? You can’t ask doctors or scientists to decide, because so long as they can see the technical opportunities, they will feel bound to give them a try, on the principle that while there’s life, there’s hope.
When you talk to the old people, however, you are forced to the conclusion that whether age is happy or unpleasant depends less on money or on health than it does on your ability to have fun.
1. What does the passage mainly tell us?
A. The values are different between the old and the young.
B. The moral problems raised by old people.
C. The personal freedom for the old.
D. Old people’s viewpoint on life.
2. We can know from the first paragraph that________.
A. Very old people would like to live alone to have more personal freedom.
B. Very old people are able to keep their room clean.
C. Very old people like to live with their children.
D. Social services have nothing to do with very old people.
3. According to the author, which of the following is right?
A. The older a person, the more care he needs.
B. Too much emphasis has been put on old people’s values.
C. The human body can’t be compared to a car.
D. It is easy to provide spare parts for old people.
4.The underlined word “it” in the last paragraph refers to “________”.
A. their money or their health
B. the conclusion you come to
C. your talk to the old people
D. whether age is happy or unpleasant


第77天                          A
Fat and shy,Ben Saunders was the last kid in his class picked for any sports team. “Football,tennis,cricket—anything with a round ball,I was useless,” he says now with a laugh. But back then he was the one always made fun of in school gym classes in Devonshire,England.
It was a mountain bike he received for his 15th birthday that changed him. At first he went biking alone in a nearby forest. Then he began to ride the bike along with a runner friend. Gradually,Saunders set up his mind on building up his body,increasing his speed and strength. At the age of 18,he ran his first marathon.
 The following year he met John Ridgway and was hired as an instructor at Ridgway’s school of adventure in Scotland,where he learnt about Ridgway’s cold-water exploits. Greatly interested,Saunders read all he could about North Pole explorers and adventures,then decided that this would be his future.
  In 2001,after becoming a skillful skier,Saunders started his first long-distance expedition towards the North Pole. It took unbelievable energy. He suffered frostbite,ran into a polar bear and pushed his body to the limit,pulling his supply-loaded sled up and over rocky rice.
  Saunders has since become the youngest person to ski alone to the North Pole,and he’s skied more of the North Pole by himself than any other British man. His old playmates would not believe the change.
Next October,Saunders,27,heads south from the coast of Antarctica to the South Pole and back,a 2900-kilometer journey that has never been completed on skis.
1.Which of the following is the correct order of the events that happened to Saunders?
    a. He ran his first marathon.
 b. He skied alone in the North Pole.
   c. He rode his bike in a forest
.d. He planned an adventure to the South Pole.
 A. a-c-d-b  B. c-d-a-b  C. a-c-b-d  D. c-a-b-d
2.The underlined word “exploits” is closest in meaning to______
  A. journeys   B. operations   C.  researches    D. adventures
3.The story mainly tell us about Saunders that he is______
A. a good instructor at school   B .the best British skier
C. Ridgway’s favorite student   D. a success in sports
4.Ben Saunders______after he was 15 years old .
  A. become good at most sports.    B. began to build up his body.
  C. made friends with a runner.     D. joined a sports team

 

B
Doctors say anger can be an extremely damaging emotion, unless you learn how to deal with it. They warn that anger can lead to heart disease, stomach problems, headaches, emotional problems and possibly cancer.
Anger is a normal emotion that we all feel from time to time. Some people express anger openly in a calm reasonable way. Others burst with anger, and scream and yell. But other people keep their anger inside. They can not or will not express it. This is called repressing anger.
For years many doctors thought that repressing anger was more dangerous to a person's health than expressing it. They said that when a person is angry, the brain releases the same hor- mones (荷尔蒙).They speed the heart rate, raise blood pressure, or sugar into the blood, etc.In general the person feels excited and ready to act.
Some doctors say that both repressing and expressing anger can be dangerous. They believe that those who express anger violently may be more likely to develop heart disease, and they believe that those who keep their anger inside may face a greater danger of high blood pressure.
Doctors say the solution is learning how to deal with anger. They say the first step is to admit that you are angry and to recognize the real cause of the anger, then decide if the cause is serious enough to get angry about. If it is, they say, “Do not express your anger while angry. Wait until your anger has cooled down and you are able to express yourself calmly and reasonably.”
Doctors say that a good way to deal with anger is to find humor in the situation that has made you angry. They said that laughter is much healthier than anger.
1. “Damaging emotion” means that _________.                                 
 A.the emotion is harmless             B.the emotion is harmful                              
 C.the feeling is very strong            D.the feeling is hard
2. What statement is right?                                                    
 A.Were you angry, you would be cancered (得癌症).           
B.Once you are angry, you must be cancered.
C.Angry as you are often, you can't be cancered,            
 D.Anger may cause you a cancer.
3. Expressing anger violently _________ repressing it according to some scientists.
 A.is just the same as              B.is more harmful than                           
 C.is no better than                D.is much better than      
4.According to the author, you'd better _________.                              
 A.never be angry                        
 B.cool it down before you express it 
 C.laugh and laugh when you get angry    
 D.admit you are wrong when you are angry

第78天                         A
The blue tits(山雀) have been inspecting the nest-box again this year. The male is the house-hunter but the female will make the final choice. He lands at the hole and turns his head to expose his white cheeks as a signal to attract the female from where she has been feeding.
Among many birds that nest in holes, the male has a light-coloured patch on its plumage(鸟羽) which acts as signal for drawing the female’s attention to a suitable nesting-place. Unlike the blue tit, the redstart(红尾鸲) may be only the male that strikingly coloured and the female is not beautiful.
    A few years ago I was lucky enough to spot a pair of redstarts in action in a Walsh wood. The male was leading an interested female to holes that he had previously(先前) checked out. He sat at the entrance of each hole and put his head on to show off his white forehead, or his head in to reveal(显露) his tail.
    If the female failed to react to his visual signals, the male sometimes sang for extra effect, while gliding towards her on spread wings and tail. Once the female accepts by following the male through the hole the displays stop, you must be at the right place at the right time to watch them.
1. How do the blue tits choose their nest?
A. They choose their nest together.     
B. The male chooses their nest.
C. The house-hunter chooses their nest.
D. The female chooses their nest.
2. The writer was lucky to see ________.
A. how the male made his tricks
B. how an interested female played with the male happily
C. what the male displayed and won the female
D. that the male tried his best but failed to attract the female
3. You can spot a pair of redstarts in a Walsh wood ________.
A. at any time  B. regularly    C. in April    D. occasionally
4. The writer is probably ________.
A. a bird expert     B. a bird-hunter
C. a bird raiser       D. a scientist

 

 

B
The common cold is the world’s most widespread illness, which is plagues(疫病) that flesh receives.
The most widespread fallacy(谬误) of all is that colds caused by cold. They are not. They are caused by viruses(病毒) passing on from person to person. You catch a cold by coming into contact, directly or indirectly, with someone who already has one. If cold causes colds, it would be reasonable to expect the Eskimos to suffer from them forever. But they do not. And in isolated arctic regions explorers have reported being free from colds until coming into contact again with infected people from the outside world by way of packages and mail dropped from airplanes.
During the First World War soldiers who spent long periods in the trenches(战壕), cold and wet, showed no increased tendency to catch colds.
In the Second World War prisoners at the notorious Auschwitz concentration camp(奥斯维辛集中营), naked and starving, were astonished to find that they seldom had colds. At the Common Cold Research Unit in England, volunteers took part in Experiments in which they gave themselves to the discomforts of being cold and wet for long stretches of time. After taking hot baths, they put on bathing suits, allowed themselves to be with cold water, and then stood about dripping wet in drafty room. Some wore wet socks all day while others exercised in the rain until close to exhaustion. Not one of the volunteers came down with a cold unless a cold virus was actually dropped in his nose.
If, then, cold and wet have nothing to do with catching colds, why are they more frequent in the winter?Despite the most pains-taking research, no one has yet found the answer. One explanation offered by scientists is that people tend to stay together indoors more in cold weather than at other times, and this makes it easier for cold viruses to be passed on.
No one has yet found a cure for the cold. There are drugs and pain suppressors(止痛片) such as aspirin, but all they do is relieve the symptoms(症状).
1. The writer offered _______ examples to support his argument.
A. 4   B. 5   C. 6   D. 3
2. Which of the following does not agree with the chosen passage?
A. The Eskimos do not suffer from colds all the time.
B. Colds are not caused by cold.
C. People suffer from colds just because they like to stay indoors.
D. A person may catch a cold by touching someone who already has one.
3. Arctic explorers may catch colds when _______.
A. they are working in the isolated arctic region
B. they are writing reports in terribly cold weather
C. they are free from work in the isolated arctic regions
D. they are coming into touch again with the outside world
4. Volunteers taking part in the experiments in the Common Cold Research Unit _______.
A. suffered a lot      B. never caught colds
C. often caught colds    D. became very strong
5. The passage mainly discusses _______.
A. the experiments on the common col       B. the fallacy about the common cold
C. the reason and the way people catch colds  D. the continued spread of common colds

第79天                           A
Visiting U.S. President George W. Bush said in Beijing Friday that both China and the United States should encourage bilateral(双边的) contacts and exchanges to promote mutual(相互) understanding.
“It’s important for our political leaders to come to China,” said Bush, who gave a speech Friday morning at Qinghua University, one of the most prestigious universities in China.
His working visit to China and discussions with Oinghua students “help promote” Sino-U.S.(中美) relations, Bush said in response to a student’s question about what he would do to promote Sino-U.S. relations.
“Many people in my country are very interested in China,” he said, adding that these Americans have learned more about China’s culture and the Chinese people.
He said that he would keep encouraging such contacts and exchanges between the two countries.
Bush said that he would describe back home what he has seen here and that China as a great nation not only has a “great history” but also an “unbelievably exciting future.”
The president said that the 2008 Olympic Games would make a significant opportunity for the rest of the world to understand China, which enables more people to come to China and feel the modernization taking place, and many more people will see it on the television.
Bush arrived in Beijing Thursday for a two-day working visit to China.
1. What the word “prestigious” in the second paragraph probably means?
A. great  B. famous  C. honorable   D. modest
2. Which of the sentence is NOT true?
A. Bush think bilateral contacts and mutual understanding will promote Sino-U.S. relations.
B. Many Americans are interested in China.
C. Bush and the students of Qinghua discussed something about how to make China richer and stronger.
D. The 2008’s Olympic Games is a great change for China been known by the world.
3. Many Americans are interested in China because _______.
A. they want to come here to take part in the 2008 Olympic Games
B. they have learned something of China and they want to learn more
C. China has been taking place great change
D. China has a “great history” and “unbelievably exciting future”
4. The narrator(叙述者) of the passage was most probably _____.
A. a reporter         B. a psychologist      C. a politician      D. a sociologist

 


B
June 26, 2000 — the Human Genome(基因组) Project, a great $3 billion, 15-year task aimed at drawing the genetic map of humans, is now more than 90 percent completed. The scientific and medical communities are very excited about the chances genetic research provides for getting rid of diseases and prolonging(延长) human life. But those communities and policy makers also are careful about the scientific door they are opening as the project uncovers the mysteries of life.
For the last few years, the genetic advances in the developing field of biotechnology have provides material for all kinds of work, but the developments of modern science in unlocking the secrets of the human genetic code(密码) have opened a world of possibilities for human health, as well as for the popular imagination.
While European and Japanese researchers are making rapid progress in decoding(解码) human DNA, the leading organization for genetic research is in the United States, which began in 1990, is “unlocking the code” of the human body to learn how to defeat fatal diseases. Already, the Human Genome Project has become widely known and praised for finding the genes connected with terrible diseases as yet(迄今), and making progress toward separating the genes that show a sign of breast cancer or AIDS.
Once these genes are found and studied, researchers can develop new ways to attack infections, and genetic diseases. Medical companies are very interested in mapping the human genome, as they expect to develop a lot of new drugs for these illnesses.
1. Why did the scientists work hard at mapping the human genome?
A. Because the human genome can destroy many illnesses.
B. Because the human genome's completion can help them get rid of many diseases.
C. Because they wanted to be better known than others.
D. Because the human genome can provide a lot of chances of work.
2. Which country studied the genes most rapidly in the world?
A. Japan.  B. Germany.  C. The United States. D. China.
3. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. If the genes can be found, scientists can study many new ways to cure illnesses.
B. The scientists have made great progress in connecting the genes with the cancers.
C. Many medical companies show great interest in drawing the human genome map.
D. The United States began the Genes Study early in the 19th century.
4. The author suggests that the Human Genome Project can cause _______.
A. the policy makers to feel very worried and careful
B. the scientists to work harder
C. many people to find work easily
D. a lot of companies to produce many new drugs
5. The main idea of this article is about _______.
A. unlocking genetic code
B. the genes' discovery
C. the great human genome
D. the genes and the scientists


第80天                          A
The United States will introduce a new and comprehensive(综合的) exam for students who seek to study in American and other English-speaking countries, Xinhua News Agency reported from New York.
The exam, which stands for a great change from the current English level test, was disclosed by Theresa Chang Wei Jen, associate director of the International Service of the US College Board, America’s leading educational organization.
The Advanced Placement International English Language (APIEL) will be offered for the first time throughout the world on May 10, 2002, said Jen.
However, the APIEL is a strange title to most Chinese students, and it is unlikely to soon gain the similarity of other already existing exams, such as the TOEFL(Test of English as a Foreign Language), the GRE(Graduate Record Examination), or the IELTS(International English Language Testing System).
“I have never heard of such a test and I would prefer the IELTS if I need another exam,” said Xu Jingyan, a graduating student from Beijing University of Aeronautics and Astronautics, who wants to study in England and has already taken the TOEFL.
Most of Xu’s classmates have never heard of the APIEL. “The APIEL is designed for international students who wish to get university studies in English-speaking countries, including the United States, Britain, Canada, and Australia.” said Jen.
The APIEL has been adopted, said Jen, because the TOEFL can no longer accurately reflect the abilities of students of using the English language comprehensively in an academic environment. Xinhua reported that a fairly large number of foreign students who earned high scores in TOEFL exam turned out to be very ordinary educational performers after admission.
Compared with the TOEFL, the APIEL measures a student’s ability to read, write, speak and understand English through testing his or her skills in listening comprehension, speaking with accuracy(精确) and resourcefulness, and writing with clarity and fluency(流畅), Jen said.
1. The United States will introduce a new exam because _______.
A. more and more students want to get further education in the USA
B. the Chinese people pay special attention to English studies with China’s entry into the WTO
C. the already existing exam systems seem to be far from perfect
D. it will bring the US government quite a lot of money
2. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the selection?
A. It will take quite a period of time for people to accept the APIEL.
B. The TOEFL is more popular with the Chinese than the IELTS.
C. A student will have to take the APIEL if he or she wants to study in English—speaking countries from 2002.
D. Chinese students will prefer the IELTS rather than the APIEL even in the future.
3. The underlined word current in the second paragraph means _______.
A. modern   B. present   C. standard   D. formal
4. Please decide which of the following would be the best title for this news report.
A. The Key to English-speaking Countries
B. The Four Skills in Learning English
C. TOEFL, IELTS and GRE to be Out of Date
D. New Exam Designed for Students

B
Dearest Mom and Dad,
 I'm afraid I have some very bad news for you. I have been very naughty and the school principal is very angry with me. She is going to write to you. You must come and take me away from here. She does not want me in the school any longer.
 The trouble started last night when I was smoking a cigarette in bed. This is against the rules, of course. We are not supposed to smoke at all.
 As I was smoking, I heard footsteps coming towards the room. I did not want a teacher to catch me smoking, so I threw the cigarette away.
 Unfortunately, the cigarette fell into the waste-paper basket, which caught fire. There was a curtain near the waste-paper basket which caught fire, too. Soon the whole room was burning.
The principal phoned for the fire department. The school is a long way from the town and by the time the fire department arrived, the whole school was in flames. Many of the girls are in the hospital.
The principal says the fire was my fault and you must pay for the damage. She will send you a bill for about a million dollars.
I am very sorry about this.
 Much love, Sarah
P.S.
 None of the above is true, but I have failed my exams. I just want you to know how bad things could have been!
1. Sarah wrote to her parent______
A. to inform them about an accident
B. to ask them for money
C. to them wonderful news
D. to tell then she had failed her exams
2. Sarah told her parents the story about the fire because______
 A. she wanted to make them worried
 B. she wanted them to have some fun
 C. she wanted to make them less angry at the real news
 D. she wanted to make them even more angry
3. The main body of the letter was_____
 A. mostly true          B. partly true
 C. all true             D. completely untrue
4. Sarah said the principal was angry because____
 A. she had failed her exams
 B. it was her fault that the fire had broken out
 C. she not make the phone call in time
 D. she had caught her smoking in bed


第81天                           A
I came to live here where I am now between Wounded Knee Greek and Grass Greek. Others came too, and we made these little grey houses of logs that you see, and they are square, It is a bad way to live, for there can be no power in a square.
You have noticed that everything an Indian does is in a circle, and that is because the Power of the World always works in circles, and everything tries to be round. In the old days when we were a strong and happy people, all our power came to us from the respectful circle of the nation, and so long as the circle was unbroken, the people were getting rich. The flowering tree was the living center of the circle, and the circle of the four quarters nursed it. The east gave peace and light, the south gave warmth, the west gave rain, and the north with its cold and strong wind gave strength and continuous power. This knowledge came to us from the outer world with our brief. Everything the Power of the World does is done in a circle. The sky is round, and I have heard that the earth is round like a ball, and so are all the stars. Birds make their nests in circle, for theirs are the same as ours. The sun comes forth and goes down again in a circle. The moon does the same, and both are round. Even the seasons form a great circle in their changing, and always come back again to where they were. The life of a man is a circle from childhood to childhood, and so it is in everything where power moves. Our places were like the nests of birds, and these were always set in a circle, the nation’s circle, a nest of many nests, where the Great Spirit meant for us to nurse our children.
  But the Wasichus (Indian word for “white people”) have put us in these square boxes. Our power is gone and we are dying, for the power is not in us any more. You can look at our boys and see how it is with us. Where we were living by the power of the circle in the way we should, boys were men at twelve or thirteen years of age. But now it takes them very much longer to be bull - grown.
1. According to the passage, the Indians _______.
A. don’t have modern instruments in their homes  B. refused to move from round places
C. lived in round places, but were forced to live in square houses
D. lived in round places, but then decided to move into square houses
2. Two things being compared in the passage are _______.
A. the Indians’ past and present living conditions
B. the Indians’ past and modern beliefs
C. the Indians’ old and new power   D. people and nature
3. In the second paragraph “the four quarters” refers to _______.
A. the four rooms of the Indian’s house
B. the four kinds of natural power
C. the four seasons  
D. the four directions
4. According to the author, once the Indians moved into square houses, _______.
A. they had to move to other houses  
B. boys took more time to grow into men
C. they forgot the old way of life      
D. everyone was not happy
B
As we know, it is very important that a firm should pay attention to the training of its staff as there exist many weak points in its various departments. Staff training must have a purpose, which is defined when a firm considers its training needs, which are in turn based on job descriptions and job specifications(规范).
   A job description should give details of the performance that is required for a particular job, and a job specification should give information about the behaviour, knowledge and skills that are expected of an employee who works in the position. When all of this has been collected, it is possible to make a training specification. This specifies(详细说明) that the training department must teach for the successful performance of the job, and also the best methods to use in the training period.
   There are many different training methods, and there are advantages and disadvantages in all of them. Successful training performances depend on an understanding of the difference between learning about skills and training in using them. It is frequently said that learning about skills takes place “off the job” in classroom, but training in using these skills takes place “on the job,” by means of such activities as practice in the workshop.
   It’s always difficult to evaluate the costs of a training programme. The success of such a programme depends not only on the methods used but also on the quality of the staff who do the training. A company can often check savings in time and cost by examining the work performed by the workers and technicians who have completed a training programme. The evaluation of management training is much more complex than that.
1. The writer mainly wants to tell us_____by the passage.
A. Why firms should pay attention to staff training
B. Staff training must have a purpose
C. Purposes and methods are most important in staff training
D. How to evaluate a training programme
2. A training specification specifies_____
A. the training contents and methods
B. the cost and savings of the programme
C. the performance required for a certain job
D. the behaviour, knowledge and skills expected of an employee
3. To be successful in training programmes, we must understand the difference between_____
A. the purposes and the methods
B. job description and job specification
C. what is taught and how it is taught
D. learning about skills and training in using them
4. The underlined word “evaluate”means_____
A. find out the price of          B. judge the value of
C. deal with                   D. expect and believe

 

第82天                           A
TODAY, Friday, November 12
JAZZ with the Mike Thomas Jazz Band at The Derby Arms. Upper Richmond Road West, Sheen.
DISCO Satin Sounds Disco. Free at The Lord Napier, Mort lake High St., from 8a. m. to 8p. m. Tel: 682—1158.
SATURDAY, November 13
JAZZ Lysis at The Bull’s Head, Barnes. Admission 60p.
MUSICAL HALL at The Star and Garter, Lower Richmond Road, Putney, provided by the Aba Daba Music Hall company. Good food and entertainment fair price. Tel: 789—6749.
FAMILY night out? Join the sing-along at The Black Horse. Sheen Road, Richmond.
JAZZ The John Bennett Big Band at The Bull’s Head, Barnes. Admission 80p.
THE DERBY ARMS, Upper Richmond Road West, give you Joe on the electric accordion(手风琴). Tel: 789—4536
SUNDAY, November 14
DISCO Satin Sounds Disco, free at The Lord Napier, Mort Lake High Street, from 8 a. m. to 8 p. m.
FOLK MUSIC at The Derby Arms. The Short Stuff and residents the Norman Chop Trio. Non-remembers 70p. Tel: 688—4626.
HEAVY MUSIC with Tony Simon at The Bull, Upper Richmond Road West, East Sheen.
THE DERBY ARMS, Upper Richmond Road West, give you Joe on the electric accordion.
1. Where and when can you hear the Norman Chop Trio?
A. At the Bull’s Head on Sunday.  B. At the Derby Arms on Sunday.
C. At the Bull on Saturday.       D. At the Black Horse on Saturday.
2. Where and when can you hear the Mike Thomas Jazz Band?
A. At the Derby Arms on Friday.      B. At the Black Horse on Friday.
C. At the Star and Garter on Saturday.  D. At the Derby Arms on Sunday.
3. You want to enjoy the electric accordion on Saturday. Which telephone number do you have to ring to find out what time it starts?
A. 789—6749.   B. 789—4536.    C. 682—1158.  D. 688—4626.
4. You want to spend the Saturday by joining the entertainment with your family. Where should you go?
A. Disco at The Lord Napier.
B. The sing-along at The Black Horse.
C. The electric accordion at The Derby Arms.
D. Jazz at The Bull’s Head.
5. You want to spend the same day at two different places and don’t want to cross any street. Which of the following is your best choice?
A. The sing-along at the Black Horse and Jazz at The Bull’s Head.
B. The sing-along at The Black Horse and Folk Music at The Derby Arms.
C. Folk Music at The Derby Arms and Heavy Music with Tony Simon at The Bull.
D. Musical Hal lat The Star &Garter and Disco at The Lord Napier.


B
The majority of astronauts from America have been men. At the start of the space programme there was strong resistance from some people against having women in space. However, some women were very keen to become astronauts and in the end they were successful. In 1978, NASA began the first training programme for women astronauts.
Judy Resnick and Christa McAuliffe were both astronauts and they were both women, but in many other ways they were very different. Both of them were on Flight STS-5L-L. Judy Resnick was born in 1949 and studied engineering at university and went on to obtain a PhD in 1977. She was a member of the first group of women selected for astronaut training in 1978, and in 1984, she became the second woman in space. During that flight, she helped to launch three new satellites and she carried out a programme of research. She was, in many ways, a professional astronaut whose whole life was devoted to space travel.
Christa McAuliffe was born in 1948 and she was an astronaut almost by accident. In 1984, NASA decided to find a teacher who could accompany astronauts into space. They hoped that she would be able to communicate with students from space and encourage every one of them to be interested in space travel. Christa was a secondary teacher in history and social studies. She was a gifted teacher and she was selected from over 11,000 applicants to go on flight STS-51-L. She was also a very good communicator and she immediately established a very good relationship with the news media(radio, television and newspapers). It was partly because of this that there was a great deal of interest and excitement about the flight. Thousands of students in schools and universities all around the country were looking forward to communicating with Christa in space. Millions of people were watching her flight with great interest. It is partly because of the excitement over McAuliffe's place in the flight that the disaster in 1986 had such an effect on people.
1. We can learn from the first two paragraphs that ___________.
A. Judy was against the idea of having women in space at first
B. Judy was the first woman selected for astronaut training
C. Judy helped to launch three new satellites at the age of 35
D. Judy carried out a programme during her second space travel
2 . Christa McAuliffe was chosen for training because _______.
A. she was popular with the news media
B. she expected to give history lessons in space
C. she was an excellent teacher and communicator
D. she made the students in space very excited
3. The reason why there was great interest in Flight STS-51-L is that ________.
A. both Christa and Judy got PhD degrees in the same year
B. a young secondary school teacher was on the flight
C. students were going to learn more about space travel
D. it was the first time for women to travel in space
4. What would be the best title for the passage?
 A. Two Astronauts         B. Flight STS-51-L
C. Travelling in Space       D. The Training Programme
第83天                           A
The Queen’s English is now sounding less upper-class, a scientific study of the Queen’s Christmas broadcasts had found. Researchers have studied each of her messages to the Commonwealth countries since 1952 to find out the change in her pronunciation from the noble Upper Received to the Standard Received.
Jonathan Harrington, a professor at Germany’s University of Munich, wanted to discover whether accent (口音) changers recorded over the past half century would take place within one person. “As far as I know, there just is nobody else for whom there is this sort of broadcast records,” he said.
He said the noble way of pronouncing vowels (元音) had gradually lost ground as the noble upper-class accent over the past years. “Her accent sounds slightly less noble than it did 50 years ago. But these are very, very small and slow changes that we don’t notice from year to year.”
“We may be able to relate it to changes in the social classes,” he told The Daily Telegraph, a British newspaper. “In 1952 she would have been heard saying ‘thet men in the bleck het’. Now it would be ‘that man in the black hat’. And ‘hame’ rather than ‘home’. In the 1950s she would have been ‘lorst’, but by the 1970s ‘lost’.”
The Queen’s broadcast is a personal message to the Commonwealth countries. Each Christmas, the 10-minute broadcast is put on TV at 3 pm in Britain as many families are recovering from their traditional turkey lunch. (传统火鸡午餐).
The results were published (发表) in the Journal of Phonetics.
1. The Queen’s broadcasts were chosen for the study mainly because ______.
 A. she has been Queen for many years
 B. she has a less upper-class accent now
C. her speeches are familiar to many people
D. her speeches have been recorded for 50 years
2. Which of the following is an example of a less noble accent in English?
 A. “duaty”      B. “citee”        C. “hame”        D. “lorst”
3. We may infer from the text that the Journal of Phonetics is a magazine on _________.
A. speech sounds                  B. Christmas customs
C. TV broadcasting                 D. personal messages
4. What is the text mainly about?
A. The relationship between accents and social classes.
B. The Queen’s Christmas speeches on TV.
C. The changes in a person’s accent.
D. The recent development of the English language.


B
A punctual person is in the habit of doing a thing at the proper time and is never late in keeping an appointment.
The unpunctual man, on the other hand, never does what he has to do at the proper time. He is always in a hurry and in the end loses both time and his good name. A lost thing may be found again, but lost time can never be regained. Time is more valuable than material things. In fact, time is life itself. The unpunctual man is for ever wasting and mismanaging his most valuable asset as well as others’. The unpunctual person is always complaining that he finds no time to answer letters, or return calls or keep appointments promptly. But the man who really has a great deal to do is very careful of his time and seldom complains of want of it. He knows that he can not get through huge amount of work unless he faithfully keeps every piece of work when it has to be attended to.
Failure to be punctual in keeping one’s appointments is a sign of disrespect towards others. If a person is invited to dinner and arrives later than the appointed time, he keeps all the other guests waiting for him. Usually this will be regarded as a great disrespect to the host and all other guests present.
Unpunctuality, moreover, is very harmful when it comes to doing one’s duty, whether public or private. Imagine how it would be if those who are put in charge of important tasks failed to be at their proper place at the appointed time. A man who is known to be habitually unpunctual is never trusted by his friends or fellow men. 
1. What is an unpunctual person like?
A. He always does a thing when it should be done.    B. He is always very busy.
C. He always does a thing at the wrong time.        D. He always keeps the appointments.
2. Why is unpunctuality very harmful?
A. Because it makes a man lose many chances of doing important affairs.
B. Because it makes a man lose friends.
C. Because it makes a man work quickly.
D. Because it makes a man be more respected by others.
3. According to the passage, which is right?
A. The punctual person has no much work to do.
B. The unpunctual person is very rich. (from www.nmet168.com)
C. The unpunctual person is often respected by his friends.
D. The unpunctual person loses what can’t be regained again.
4. According to the passage, what are good manners when you are invited to a party?
A. Arriving at the appointed time.    B. Arriving before all other guests.
C. Arriving after all other guests.     D. Keeping all other guests waiting.
5. Why is a person always unpunctual?
A. He is too busy.                B. He has too much work to do.
C. He does care much about time.   D. He doesn’t manage his time properly.
 第84天                          A
What does it mean to say that we live in a world of persuasion? It means that we live among competing interests. Your roommate’s need to study for an exam may take priority (优先) over pizza. Your instructor may have good reasons not to change your grade. And the object of your romantic/inter¬est may have other choices.
In such a world, persuasion is the art of getting others to give fair and favorable consideration to our points of view. When we persuade, we want to influence how others believe and behave. We may not always prevail — other points of view may be more persuasive, depending on the listener, the situ¬ation, and the merit of the case. But when we practice the art of persuasion, we try to ensure that our position receives the attention it deserves.
Some people, however, object to the very idea of persuasion. They may regard it as an unwelcome interruption into their lives. Just the opposite, we believe that persuasion is unavoidable — to live is to persuade. Persuasion may be ethical (合乎道义的) or unethical, selfless or selfish, inspiring or degrad¬ing. Persuaders may enlighten our mind or prey on our vulnerability(弱点). Ethical persuasion, however, calls on sound reasoning and is sensitive to the feelings and needs of listeners. Such persuasion can help us apply the wisdom of the past to the decisions we now must make. Therefore, the most basic part of edu¬cation is learning to resist the one kind of persuasion and to encourage and practice the other.
Beyond its personal importance to us, persuasion is necessary to society. The right to persuade and be persuaded is the bedrock of the American political system, guaranteed by the First Amendment to the Constitution (美国宪法).
1. According to the passage, persuasion means ________.
A. changing others’ points of view
B. exercising power over other people
C. getting other people to consider your point of view
D. getting people to agree with you and do what you want
2. The underlined word in the second paragraph “prevail” means________.
A. win   B. fail      C. speak     D. listen
3. The passage states that some people object to persuasion because they think it is ________.
A. a danger to society       B. difficult to do well
C. unwelcome behavior    D. never successful
4. The passage mainly discusses ________.
A. how people persuade
B. why people persuade
C. that persuasion is both good and bad
D. that persuasion is important and it is all around us
B
Most people, when they travel to space, would like to stay in orbit for a few days of more. And this stands to reason, if you’re paying $20,000 for your trip to orbit! Strain order for tourism to reach its full potential there’s going to be a need for orbital accommodation--or space hotels. What would a space hotel actually be like tovisit? Hotels in orbit will offer the services you expect from a hotel--private rooms, meals, bars. But they’ll also offer two unique experiences: impressive views--of Earth and space--and the endless entertainment ofliving in zero gravity--including sports and other activities that make use of this.
   The hotels themselves will vary greatly---from being quite simple in the early days to huge luxury structure at a later date. It’s actually surprising that as later as 1997, very few designs for space hotels were published. This is mainly because those who might be expected to design them haven’t expected launch costs to come down far enough to make them possible.
    Lots of people who’ve been to space have described vividly what it’s like to live in zero gravity. There are obviously all sort of possibilities for dancing, gymnastics, and zero-G sports. Luckily, you don’t need to sleep much living in zero gravity, so you’ll have plenty of time for relaxing by hanging out in a bar with a window looking down at the turning Earth below.
    Of course all good things have come to an end. Unfortunately, And so after a few days you’ll find yourself heading back enough you’ll be much more expert at exercising in zero gravity than you were when you arrived. You’ll be thinking how soon you can save up enough to get back up again---or maybe you should change jobs to get to work in an orbiting hotel.
1. When traveling in space, most people would like to stay in orbit for a few days because          _______.
  A. It is expensive to travel in space
  B. they would find the possible life in other star systems
  C. they could enjoy the luxury of space hotels
  D. they want to realise the full potential of tourism
2. Which of the following is a unique experience that space hotels will offer?
  A. The gravitational pull   B. The special views.
  C. The relaxation in a bar.  D. The space walk.
3. Which of the following is not discussed in the passage?
  A. When was the space traveling made possible?
  B. What are the unique experiences that space hotels will offer?
  C. Why were there not many published designs for space hotels?
  D. How can the travelers enjoy themselves in space hotels?
4. This passage is mainly about ________.
  A. traveling in space
  B. the ways of living in space hotels
  C. zero gravity and space hotels
  D. the description of space hotels


第85天                           A
More than 10 years ago, it was difficult to buy a tasty pineapple (菠萝). The fruits that made it to the UK were green on the outside and, more often than not, hard with an unpleasant taste within. Then in 1966, the Del Monte Gold pineapple produced in Hawaii first hit our shelves.
   The new type of pineapple looked more yellowy-gold than green. It was slightly softer on the outside and had a lot of juice inside. But the most important thing about this new type of pineapple was that it was twice as sweet as the hit-and-miss pineapples we had known. In no time, the Del Monte Gold took the market by storm, rapidly becoming the world’s best-selling pineapple variety, and delivering natural levels of sweetness in the mouth, up until then only found in tinned pineapple.
   In nutrition (营养) it was all good news too. This nice tasting pineapple contained four times more vitamin C(维生素C) than the old green variety. Nutritionists said that it was not only full of vitamins, but also good against some diseases. People were understandably eager to be able to buy this wonderful fruit. The new type of pineapple was selling fast, and the Del Monte Gold pineapple rapidly became a fixture in the shopping basket of the healthy eater.
   Seeing the growing market for its winning pineapple, Del Monte tried to keep market to itself. But other fruit companies developed similar pineapples. Del Monte turned to law for help, but failed. Those companies argued successfully that Del Monte’s attempts to keep the golden pineapple for itself were just a way to knock them out the market. (08全国卷一)
1. We learn from the text that the new type at pineapple is __________.
   A. green outside and sweet inside
   B. good-looking outside and soft inside
   C. yellowy-gold outside and hard inside
   D. a little soft outside and sweet inside
2. Why was the new type of pineapple selling well?
   A. It was rich in nutrition and tasted nice.
   B. It was less sweet and good for health.
   C. It was developed by Del Monte.
   D. It was used as medicine.
3. The underlined word “fixture” in Paragraph 3 probably refers to something _________.
   A. that people enjoy eating         B. that is always present
   C. that is difficult to get            D. that people use as a gift
4. We learn from the last paragraph that Del Monte _________.
   A. slowed other companies to develop pineapples
   B. succeeded in keeping the pineapple for itself
   C. tried hard to control the pineapple market
   D. planned to help the other companies

B
Even before my father left us, my mother had to go back to work to support our family. Once I came out of the kitchen, complaining, “Mom, I can’t peel potatoes. I have only one hand.”
Mom never looked up from sewing. “You get yourself into that kitchen and peel those potatoes,” she told me. “And don’t ever use that as an excuse for anything again!”
In the second grade, our teacher lined up my class on the playground and had each of us race across the monkey bars, swinging from one high steel rod to the next. When it was my turn, I shook my head. Some kids behind me laughed, and I went home crying.
That night I told Mom about it. She hugged me, and I saw her “we’ll see about that” look. The next afternoon, she took me back to school. At the deserted playground, Mom looked carefully at the bars.
“Now, pull up with your right arm,” she advised. She stood by as I struggled to lift myself with my right hand until I could hook the bar with my other elbow. Day after day we practiced, and she praised me for every rung I reached. I’ll never forget the next time, crossing the rungs, I looked down at the kids who were standing with their mouths open.
One night, after a dance at my new junior high, I lay in bed sobbing. I could hear Mom come into my room. “Mom,” I said, weeping, “none of the boys would dance with me.”
For a long time, I didn’t hear anything. Then she said, “Oh, honey, someday you’ll be beating those boys off with a bat.” Her voice was faint and cracking. I peeked out from my covers to see tears running down her cheeks. Then I knew how much she suffered on my behalf. She had never let me see her tears.
1. Which of the following expressions can be used most suitably to describe Mom’s attitude when she made the child to peel potatoes?
A. Cruel.             B. Serious.             C. Strict. D. Cold.
2. From the passage, we know monkey bars can help a child train ______.
A. the skill to throw and catch things      B. the speed of one’s hand movement
C. the strength and skill to hang and sway  D. the bodily skill to rotate round a bar
3. What does the sentence “I saw her ‘we’ll see about that’ look” imply?
A. Mom believed every aim could be achieved if you stuck to it.
B. The race across monkey bars was not difficult enough for a child to give up.
C. Mom was determined to prove she herself was better than the teacher.
D. What the child had said brought Mom great attraction and curiosity.
4. When the child looked down at the kids, they were standing with their mouths open because ______.
A. they felt sorry for what they had done before
B. they were afraid the author might fall off and get hurt
C. they wanted to see what the author would do on the bars
D. they were astonished to find the author’s progress
5 The most probable conclusion we can draw after reading the passage is ______.
A. the last incident was sad enough to make Mom weep
B. the child’s experience reminded Mom of that of her own
C. Mom could solve any problem except the one in the last paragraph
D. in fact Mom suffered more in the process of the child’s growth
                                   

第86天                           A
Death Valley is one of the most famous deserts in the United States, covering a wide area with its alkali sand. Almost 20 percent of this area is well below sea level, and Badwater, a salt water pool, is about 280 feet below sea level and the lowest point in the United States.     
Long ago, the Panamint Indians called this place “Tomesha”— the land of fire. Death Valley’s present name dates back to 1849, when a group of miners coming across from Nevada became lost in its unpleasantness and hugeness and their adventure turned out to be a sad story. Today Death Valley has been declared a National Monument(纪念碑) and is crossed by several well-marked roads where good services can be found easily. Luckily the change created by human settlement has hardly ruined the special beauty of this place.
    Here nature created a lot of surprising, almost like the sights on the moon, ever-changing as the frequent wind moves the sand about, showing the most unusual colors. One of the most astonishing and variable parts of Death Valley is the Devil’ s Golf Course, where it seems hard for one to tell reality from terrible dreams. Sand sculptures(沙雕) stand on a frightening ground, as evening shadows move and lengthen.
1. _______ is the lowest place in the desert.
A. Tomesha     B. Death Valley
C. Nevada    D. Badwater
2. The name of the valley comes from _______.
A. an Indian name    B. the death of the miners
C. the local people    D. a National Movement
3. From the passage we can learn that _______.
A. no one had ever known the desert before the miners
B. it’s still not easy to travel across the desert
C. people can find gas-stations, cafes and hotels in the desert
D. people have changed the natural sight of the desert
4. Devil Golf Course is famous for _______.
A. the frequent wind   B. the colors of the sand
C. dream-like sights   D. the sand sculptures
5. From the passage we can see that the writer _______ the Death Valley.
A. appreciates    B. is fearful of
C. dislikes     D. is tired of


B
The Erie Canal was the first important national waterway built in the US. It crossed New York from Buffalo on Lake Erie Troy to Albany on the Hudson River. It joined the Great Lakes with the Atlantic Ocean. The canal served as a route over which industrial goods could flow into the west, and materials could pour into the east. The Erie Canal helped New York develop into the nation’s largest city.
The building of the canal was paid for entirely by the state of New York. It cost $ 7 143 789, but it soon gained its price many times over. Between 1825, when the canal was opened, and 1882, when toll charges(过运河费) were stopped, the state collected $121 461 891.
For a hundred years before the Erie was built, people had been talking about a canal which could join the Great Lakes and the Atlantic Ocean. The man who planned the Erie Canal and carried the plan through was De Witt Clinton. Those who were against the canal laughingly called it “Clinton’s Ditch(沟)”. Clinton talked and wrote about the canal and drew up plans for it. He and Governor Morris went to Washington in 1812 to ask for help for the canal, but they were unsuccessful.
Clinton became governor of New York in 1817, and shortly afterwards, on July 4, 1817, broke ground for the canal in Rome, N.Y. The first part of the canal was completed in 1820. As the canal grew, towns along its course developed fast. The length of the canal is 363 miles.
1. We can see that the Erie Canal ________.
A. joined the Great Lakes together
B. crossed New York from north to south
C. played an important part in developing New York City
D. was the first waterway built in the US
2. It can be inferred that ________ into the Atlantic Ocean.
A. the Great Lakes flow        B. the Hudson River flows
C. Lake Erie flows          D. the Erie Canal flows
3. Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A. The Erie Canal brought profits of over $114, 000, 000.
B. It’s 363 miles from the Great Lakes to the Atlantic Ocean.
C. The West was more advanced than the East when the canal was built.
D. Many other states helped New York built the canal.
4. Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A. Clinton broke ground for the canal at both ends.
B. Clinton started building the canal before he became governor.
C. All parts of the canal were completed at the same time.
D. Construction of the canal took eight years.

第87天                           A
Domestic (驯养的) horses now pull ploughs, race in the Kentucky Derby, and carry police. But early horses weren’t tame (驯服的) enough to perform these kinds of tasks. Scientists think the first interactions humans had with horses were far different from those today.
Thousands of years ago, people killed the wild horses that lived around them for food. Over time, people began to catch the animals and raise them. This was the first step in domestication.
As people began to tame and ride horses, they chose to keep those animals that had more desirable characteristics. For example, people may have chosen to keep horses that had a gentle personality so they could be ridden more easily. People who used horses to pull heavy loads would have chosen to keep stronger animals. Characteristics like strength are partly controlled by the animals’ genes. So as the domesticated horses reproduced, they passed the characteristics on to their young. Each new generation of houses would show more of these chosen characteristics.
Modern day horse breeds come in a wide variety of shapes and sizes. This variety didn’t exist in the horse population before domestication. The Shetland horse is one of the smallest breeds—typically reaching only one meter tall. With short, strong legs, the animals were bred to pull coal out of mine shafts (矿井) with low ceilings. Huge horses like the Clydesdale came on the scene around 1700. People bred these heavy, tall horses to pull large vehicles used for carrying heavy loads.
The domestication of horses has had great effects on societies. For example, horse were important tools in the advancement of modern agriculture. Using them to pull ploughs and carry heavy loads allowed people to farm more efficiently. Before they were able to ride horses, humans had to cross land on foot. Riding horses allowed people to travel far greater distance in much less time. That encouraged populations living in different areas to interact with one another. The new from of rapid transportation helped cultures spread around the world. (08北京卷)
1. Before domestication horses were ______.
A. caught for sports     B. hunted for food
C. made to pull ploughs  D. used to carry people
2. The author uses the Shetland horse as an example to show ______.
A. it is smaller than the Clydesdale horse
B. horse used to have gentle personalities
C. some horses have better shaped than others
    D. horses were of less variety before domestication
3. Horses contributed to the spread of culture by ______.
A. carrying heavy loads
B. changing farming methods
C. serving as a means of transport
D. advancing agriculture in different areas
4. The passage is mainly about _______.
A. why humans domesticated horses
B. how humans and horses needed each other
C. why horses came in different shapes and sizes
D. how human societies and horses influenced each other


B
Answer the following questions by using the information taken from a dictionary page. (You may read the questions first.) 
jaguar: n. a type of large, yellow-colored cat with black markings found in the southwestern region of the U. S. and in Central and South America.
jargon: 1. n. speech that doesn’t make sense. 2. n. an unknown language that seems strange or impossible to understand. 3. n. a language made up of two or more other languages: His jargon was a mixture of French and English. 4. n. the special vocabulary of a field or profession: Her report on computers was filled with jargon.
jaunt: 1. n. a trip taken for fun. 2. v. to go on a brief pleasant trip: We jaunted to the country last Saturday.
javelin: 1. n. a spear most commonly used as weapon or in hunting. 2. n. a lightweight metal or wooden spear that is thrown in track-and-field contests. 3. n. the contest in which a javelin is thrown. 4. v. to strike, as with a javelin.
jazz: 1. n. a type of music that originated in New Orleans and is characterized by rhythmic beats. 2. n. popular dance music influenced by jazz. 3. n. slang empty talk. 4. ad. of or like jazz: a jazz band, jazz records.
Jennet: n. a small Spanish horse.
1. Which meaning of the word javelin is used in the sentence below?
At the competition, Jack drew his arm back and threw the javelin 50 yards.
A. Definition 1    B. Definition 2
C. Definition 3    D. Definition 4
2. Which meaning of the word jargon is used in the sentence below?
Doctors often speak in medical jargon.
A. Definition 1    B. Definition 2
C. Definition 3    D. Definition 4
3. What does the word jazz mean in the following sentence?
Don’t give me that jazz, for I am a practical person.
A. rhythmic beats   B. a type of music
C. a kind of dance   D. meaningless talk

第88天                           A
 Maggie was very glad that James was not a frequent visitor to the house. So far as the children were concerned, they had a mystery about him that stirred their imagination. He stirred Maggie’s anger, however, so that she often said to her husband, “It’s mercy that brother of yours doesn’t come oftener.”
In fact James came once a year, unexpectedly, around eight o’clock in the evening, and he stayed for six hours of close discussion with his brother. His arrival was a signal to the children that their bedtime would be delayed. Not that he ever spoke to them or played with them. He took no notice of them, as if he was unable to see children, at least until the time came for him to go. Instead, after his first greeting and a careless kiss, James took no notice of Maggie either, except to add, “You’ll be getting on with the supper, Maggie.” Such was his regard for her.
Maggie paid him back in her own way. She kept the children up, the four of them, to keep her company, she said, but of course they sang and made a noise and broke the endless sound of James’s voice. Very late, they dropped off to sleep in their chairs. Then, when James was about to go, Maggie woke them up and so more or less forced him to part with four shillings before he left. That gave her some satisfaction, for James, though rich, was mean. He always went home by the last train, just after two o’clock.
Maggie’s children secretly stared at their uncle. They could not forget that he had, in their mother’s words, “lost two wives and taken a third, ” They wondered about those two unfortunate lost ladies. They asked each other what their fate had been, and if neither could ever be found again. James never brought his third wife with him nor ever mentioned her. The children decided that he must be so frightened of losing her that he never allowed her outside the door.
1. The underlined word “mercy” in the text most probably means _______.
A. loss     B. wonder    C. lucky thing    D. terrible thing
2. Maggie never prepared anything special for James because _______.
A. he was a man difficult to please
B. she never knew when he was coming
C. she was too busy looking after her children
D. he never stayed long enough for a meal
3. What do we know about James’ behavior?
A. He was a kind man, with love for the family.
B. He was generous, especially towards his brother.
C. He was anxious to please the family, especially the kids.
D. He was rude to his sister-in-law.
4. Maggie felt pleased when _______.
A. she paid James the money that she owed him
B. James gave some money to the children
C. she had to wake James up to catch his train
D. James thanked her for the nice supper
5. The children did not realize that two of James’ wives _______.
A. had been dead            B. suffered from loss of memory
C. had run away from him  D. might appear again one day

B
love charity(慈善) shops and so do lots of other people in Britain because you find quite a few of them on every high street. The charity shop is a British institution, selling everything from clothes to electric goods, all at very good prices. You can get things you won’t find in the shops anymore. The thing I like best about them is that your money is going to a good cause and not into the pockets of profit-driven companies, and you are not damaging the planet, but finding a new home for unwanted goods.
The first charity shop was opened in 1947 by Oxfam. The famous charity’s appeal to aid postwar Greece had been so successful it had been flooded with donations(捐赠物). They decided to set up a shop to sell some of these donations to raise money for that appeal. Now there are over 7,000 charity shops in the UK. My favourite charity shop in my hometown is the Red Cross shop, where I always find children’s books, all 10 or 20 pence each.
Most of the people working in the charity shops are volunteers, although there is often a manager who gets paid. Over 90% of the goods in the charity shops are donated by the public. Every morning you see bags of unwanted items outside the front of shops, although they don’t encourage this, rather ask people to bring things in when the shop is open.
The shops have very low running costs: all profits go to charity work. Charity shops raise more than £110 million a year, funding(资助)medical research, overseas aid, supporting sick and poor children, homeless and disabled people, and much more. What better place to spend your money? You get something special for a very good price and a good moral sense. You provide funds to a good cause and tread lightly on the environment. (08天津卷)
1. The author loves the charity shop mainly because of _______.
   A. its convenient location
   B. its great variety of goods
   C. its spirit of goodwill
   D. its nice shopping environment
2. The first charity shop in the UK was set up to ____.
   A. sell cheap products
   B. deal with unwanted things
   C. raise money for patients
   D. help a foreign country
3. Which of the following is TRUE about charity shops?
   A. The operating costs are very low.
   B. The staff are usually well paid.
   C. 90% of the donations are second-hand.
   D. They are open twenty-four hours a day.
4. Which of the following may be the best title for the passage?
   A. What to Buy a Charity Shops.
   B. Charity Shop: Its Origin & Development.
   C. Charity Shop: Where You Buy to Donate.
   D. The Public’s Concern about Charity Shops.


第89天                           A
On Saturday August 12, 2000, during Northern Fleet training exercises in the Barents Sea, the Russian nuclear submarine(潜水艇) Kursk sank in about 100 meters of water with some 118 sailors aboard. It's known later that several officers were also aboard, observing the training exercises. The Kursk is lying on the ocean floor in the Barents Sea. The Russian Navy said that it was listing 30 degrees to port. Other sources reported it was listing as much 60 as degrees. According to a Russian newspaper, when the submarine Kursk failed to make contact with the naval command at the right time later that day, Northern Fleet Commander Admiral Vyachesav Popov ordered rescue ships into the area. It took hours to find the submarine, as it didn't launch(发射) a marking buoy(浮) before sinking.
Russian Navy Chief insisted that the submarine Kursk had been involved(卷入) in a major collision(碰撞), but a great deal of information shows that this is not true. Up till now, it's believed that an explosion in the torpedo compartment(鱼雷舱) in the nose of the Kursk was the likely cause. Now Russian government officially asked Norway for help in recovering of sailors' bodies first of all, and Norway has agreed to offer all help. But Russian insisted that only Russians work inside the submarine Kursk and that the work last for about 10~18 working days. It is expected to recover only 25~35 bodies from the Kursk.
It was not until October 25, when a team of Russian divers entered the submarine Kursk, some 350 feet below the surface, that truth became clear. On November 7, in the morning, owing to(由于)  the icy and the cold weather, a special rescue meeting held on Murmansk decided to stop the whole bodies recovering operation.
1. From the text we can infer that _______ led to the sinking of the submarine Kursk.
A. a small fighting with another foreign submarine
B. an explosion inside the submarine Kursk
C. a great collision inside the submarine Kursk
D. an attack from another foreign submarine
2. After Kursk accident occurred, Northern Fleet Commander Popov _______.
A. decided to recover all the sailors' bodies immediately
B. went to apply to Norway for help at once
C. decided to find out the real cause of sinking at once
D. sent several rescue ships into the Barents Sea
3. Which of the following is NOT true according to the text?
A. The Norwegians were willing to offer all help.
A. If the rescue work did within 10~18 days, there would be about 30 sailors to be recovered.
B. It was not believed that there were many unclear weapons inside the Kursk.
C. A team of divers from Norway entered the submarine Kursk successfully on Oct. 25
D. It's reported that a major collision was unlikely to cause the sinking of the Kursk.
4. Why did Russia insist that only Russian divers can work inside the submarine Kursk?
A. Because the Barents Sea is very icy and the weather is too cold.
B. Because Russia feared that the top secrets inside the Kursk will be let out.
C. Because Russian divers are much more skilled than those from Norway.
D. Because Russian government wants to bring the cost down to the lowest degree.
5. The underlined words “make contact with” in the first paragraph refers to the idea that the submarine Kursk can't_______.
A. get in touch after much effort with the naval command
B. send up the nuclear weapons in the training exercises
C. get the naval officers to return to the Northern Fleet
D. get in touch after much effort with Russian government

B
Zoe Chambers was a successful PR (Public Relations) consultant and life was going well—she had a great job, a beautiful flat and a busy social life in London. Then one evening in June last year, she received a text message telling her she was out of work. The first two weeks were the most difficult to live through." she said. "After everything I'd done for the company, they dismissed me by text! I was so angry and I just didn't feel like looking for another job. I hated everything about the city and my life."
Then, Zoe received an invitation from an old school friend, Kathy, to come and stay. Kathy and her husband, Huw, had just bought a farm in north-west Wales. Zoe jumped at the chance to spend a weekend away from London, and now, ten months later, she is still on the farm.
"The moment I arrived at Kathy's farm, I loved it and I knew I wanted to stay." said Zoe. "Everything about my past life suddenly seemed meaningless."
Zoe has been working on the farm since October of last year and says she has no regrets. "It's a hard life, physically very tiring." she says. "In London 1 was stressed and often mentally exhausted. But this is a good, healthy tiredness. Here, all 1 need to put me in a good mood is a hot bath and one of Kathy's wonderful dinners."
Zoe says she has never felt bored on the farm. Every day brings a new experience. Kathy has been leaching her how to ride a horse and she has learnt to drive a tractor. Since Christmas, she has been helping with the lambing—watching a lamb being born is unbelievable, she says, "It's one of the most moving experiences I've ever had. I could never go back to city life now." (08上海卷)
1. When working as a PR consultant in London, Zoe thought she lived a______life.
A. satisfying    B. tough    C. meaningless    D. boring
2. The most important reason why Zoe went to visit Kathy's farm is that______.
A. Zoe lost her job as a PR consultant                                  
B. Kathy persuaded her to do so
C. Zoe got tired of the city life                                                  D. Zoe loved Wales more than London
3. How docs Zoe feel about the country life according to the passage?
A. Tiresome and troublesome.                                          
B. Romantic and peaceful
C. Mentally exhausting but healthy                                         
D. Physically tiring but rewarding.
4. Which of the following is closest to the main idea of the passage?
A. A friend in need is a friend indeed.                                     
B. Where there is a will, there is a way.
C. A misfortune may turn out a blessing.                                       
 D. Kill two birds with one stone.


第90天                           A
Doreen Sykora is now a junior at McGill University. She had a difficult time when she first began college. She said, “I was always well prepared for my examinations. But when I go into class to take the exam, I would fall apart. I could just blank out because of nervousness and fear.” Hitoshi Sakamoto, an anthropology(人类学) student at Temple University in Tokyo reports similar experiences.
These two young students were experiencing something called test anxiety. Because a student worries and is stressed(加压力于) about a test, his or her mind does not work as well as it usually does. The student cannot write or think clearly because of the severe tension and nervousness.
Now there are special university courses to help students. In these courses, advisors and psychologists try to help students by teaching them to manage test anxiety. Such a course helps students learn to live with stress and not fail because of it. First students take a practice test to measure their worry level. If the tests show that their stress level is high, the students can take a short course to manage the fear. These courses teach students how to relax their bodies. They get training to become calm in very tense situations. By controlling their nervousness, they can let their minds work more easily. Learned information then comes out without difficulty on a test.
Doreen Sykora saw immediate results after taking such a course. She now has enthusiasm about the relaxation methods. “Mostly, what I do is imagine myself in a very calm place. Then I imagine myself picking up a pencil. I move slowly and carefully. I breathe easily and let all the tension out. With each breath, more worry leaves me. It really works too. My grades have improved greatly! I’m really doing well at McGill now. This relaxation method works not only on examinations, but it has improved the rest of my life as well.”
For Hitoshi in Tokyo, the results were much the same. He is enjoying school a lot more and learning more.
1. What is the similarity between Doreen Sykora and Hitoshi Sakamoto?
A. They are students from the same university.
B. They failed in all the examinations.
C. They both had experiences of test anxiety.
D. They both had the same poor studying habits.
2. The phrase “blank out” in Paragraph 1 refers to “_______.”
A. lose interest in the exam          B. refuse to take the exam
C. get an extra paper             D. be unable to think clearly
3. What’s the purpose of some special university student-help courses?
A. To help students to reduce test anxiety.   
B. To show a stress level experienced by students.
C. To learn more knowledge about test anxiety.
D. To have a better understanding of test anxiety.

B
 The average person learns most of the 30 000~40 000 words whose meanings he or she recognizes by hearing them or getting familiar with them in the context or simply absorbing them without conscious(意识到的) effort. The best way to build a good vocabulary, therefore, is to read a great deal and to participate in a lot of good talks. There are relatively few words that we learn permanently(永久的)by purposefully referring to dictionaries or keeping word lists. However, even those extra few are of value, and no one will make a mistake by working on developing a larger vocabulary. Here are some suggestions of how to do it.
Read plenty of good books. When you come across a new word, or a new meaning of an old word, stop and see if you can understand it from its context. If you can't, and if you can manage without interrupting the thought of the book too much, look it up in a dictionary or ask somebody and then repeat its meaning to yourself a couple of times. If you are really conscientious(认真的), write the word and its meaning in a personal vocabulary list — preferably using it in a sentence, or you can keep a special vocabulary notebook. Go over the list from time to time. Further, try to use a new word in writing or conversation a few times over the next several days.
Listen to good talks and be alert to new words you hear or to new meanings of words you already know. Then treat them just as you treat the new words you read.
Learn and be alert to the parts of words: prefixes, suffixes and roots. Knowing them enables you to make intelligent guesses about the meaning of words.
If you are studying a foreign language, be alert to words in that language which relate to words in English. English has inherited(继承) or borrowed much of its vocabulary of 500 000~600 000 words from Latin, Greek, French, Spanish and German.
1. When you meet a new word in reading, what should you do?
A. Guess its meaning.      B. Ask somebody.
C. Look it up in a dictionary.    D. All of the above.
2. According to this passage, the best way to build a good vocabulary is _______.
A. to remember a lot    B. to read a great deal
C. to take part in a lot of good talks  D. both B and C
3. The phrase “be alert to” in the third paragraph may best be replaced by “_______”.
A. look at        B. pay attention to 
C. write down       D. learn by heart
4. In the fourth paragraph, the word “them” refers to _______.
A. the parts of words    B. prefixes
C. suffixes      D. roots

第91天                           A
America is growing older. Fifty years ago, only 4 out of every 100 people in the United States were 65 or older. Today, 10 out of every 100 Americans are over 65. The aging of the population will affect American society in many ways — edu¬cation, medicine, and business. Quietly, the aging of America has made us a very different society — one in which people have a quite different idea of what kind of behavior is suitable at various ages.
A person’s age no longer tells you anything about his/ her social position, marriage or health. There’s no longer a particular year in which one goes to school or goes to work or gets married or starts a family. The social clock that kept us on time and told us when to go to school, get a job, or stop work¬ing isn’t as strong as it used to be. It doesn’t surprise us to hear of a 29-year-old university president or a 35-year-old grandmother, or a 70-year-old man who has become a father for the first time. Public ideas are changing.
Many people say, “I am much younger than my mother or my father was at my age.” No one says “Act your age” any more. We’ve stopped looking with surprise at older people who act in youthful ways.
1. It can be learned from the text that the aging of the popula¬tion in America ________.
A. has made people feel younger               
B. has changed people’s social position
C. has changed people’s understanding of age    
 D. has slowed down the country’s social development
2. The underlined word “one” refers to ________.
A. a society   B. America      C. a place    D. population
3. “Act your age” means people should ________.
A. be active when they are old             
B. do the right thing at the right age
C. show respect to their parents young or old
 D. take more physical exercises suitable to their age
4. If a’ 25-year-old man becomes general manager of a big firm, the writer of the text would most probably consider it _________.
A. normal   B. wonderful   C. unbelievable  D. unreasonable

 


B
The Western has been the favorite type for American adventure story since the nineteenth centu¬ry. While the American West was being settled, newspapers and "dime novels" could depend on stories of the frontier settlements and tell tales about living in the untamed wilderness to sell. The public back East was eager to read about the West, even if the stories were more fiction than fact.
In 1902, Owen Wister published his novel The Virginian, which was one of the first novels to treat the Western as a serious literary form; the novel still sold well and had inspired several movies and a television series. In 1905, Bertha H. Bower and Zane Grey published their first novels, and the popular Western novels had continued to flourish from that day on, with current novels by Luke Short, Max Brand, and Louis L’ Amour carrying on the tradition.
The first Western movie appeared even earlier than these serious Western novels. Before the turn of the century, an associate of Edison’s had filmed Cripple Creek Barroom Scene, a few seconds of film showing the inside of a saloon, to help publicize the invention of the movie camera. In 1903 the Edison’ company filmed the first "full-length" Western — The Great Train Robbery. The film lasts less than fifteen minutes, but a story is told its entirety. In the movie, bandits (强盗) rob a train and its passengers, killing the engineer, and find themselves tracked down by a posse. Audiences loved the movie. Some theaters were actually opened for the single purpose of showing The Great Train Rob¬bery and only later realized that they could do equally well showing other movies. The film was so suc¬cessful that other companies, and finally even the Edison company itself, began producing copies and other versions of The Great Train Robbery. Ironically, in" an era when the West was still very real —-Arizona, New Mexico and Oklahoma were all territories rather than states in 1903 — The Great Train Robbery was filmed in New Jersey.  
1. The purpose of this passage is to________.
A. discuss the making of the movie The Great Train Robbery
B. discuss the early Western novels
C. discuss the art of movie making
D. trace the development of the Western as an American adventure story tradition
2. We can conclude from this passage that________.
A. people lost interest in the West after 1903
B. Owen Wister was an ex-cowboy
C. New Jersey was still "untamed wilderness" in 1903
D. films were fairly uncommon at the time The Great Train Robbery was made
3. The passage suggests that________.
A. Edison’s invention of the movie camera happened by accident
B. movie houses didn’t make much-money in the early days
C. Easterners were fascinated by the " wild West"
D. The Great Train Robbery was poorly received by the public because it lacked a plot
4.. As used in this passage, the word “literary” means________.
A. humorous          B. financial         C. appropriate to literature  D. amateur


第92天                           A
What time is it? Most people are pretty accurate in their answer. And if you don’t know for sure, it’s very likely that you can find out. There may be a watch on your wrist; there may be a clock on the wall, desk, or computer screen; or maybe you’re riding in a car that has a clock in the dashboard(仪表板).
 Even if you don’t have a timepiece of some sort nearby, your body keeps its own beat. Humans have an internal clock that regulates(调节) the beating of our heart, the pace of our breathing, the discharge(排出) of chemicals within our bloodstream, and many other bodily functions.
 Time is something from which we can’t escape. Even if we ignore it, it’s still going by, ticking away, second by second, minute by minute, hour by hour. So the main issue in using your time well is, “Who’s in charge?” We can allow time to slip by and let it be our enemy. Or we can take control of it and make it our ally.
 By taking control of how you spend your time, you’ll increase your chances of becoming a more successful student. Perhaps more importantly, the better you are at managing the time you devote to your studies, the more time you will have to spend on your outside interests.
 The aim of time management is not to schedule every moment so we become alsaves of a timetable that governs every waking moment of the day. Instead, the aim is to permit us to make informed choices as to how we use our time. Rather than letting the day go by, largely without our awareness, what we are going to discuss next can make us better able to control time for our own purposes. (08江苏卷)
1. The underlined word “ally” in Para. 3 most likely means somebody or something that is ______.
 A. your slave and serves you   
B. your supporter and helps you
 C. under your control and obeys you 
D. under your influence and follows you
2. The author intends to tell us that time ______.
 A. could be regulated by a timepiece such as a clock or a watch
B. could be managed by the internal clock of human bodies
 C. should be well managed for our own interest
 D. should be saved for outside interests
3. In the next part, the author would most probably discuss with you ______.
 A. how to keep up with the times  
B. how to make up for lost time
 C. how to have a good time   
D. how to make good use of time


B
Growing up in Philadelphia, Lieberman started cooking with his stay-at-home dad when he was seven. His food-loving family had two kitchens, and he quickly learned what was the best way to bake his cakes. Lieberman improved his kitchen skills greatly during a year abroad before college, learning from a cook in Italy and studying local specialties(地方特色菜)in Germany, Spain and France. At Yale, he was known for throwing dinner parties, single-handedly frying and baking while mixing drinks for dozens of friends. Just for fun, he and some friends decided to tape a show named Campus Cuisine about his cooking. Lieberman was a real college student showing his classmates how to do things like make drinks out of dining-hall fruit. That helped the show become very popular among the students. They would stop Lieberman after classes to ask for his advice on cooking. Tapes of the show were passed around, with which his name went beyond the school and finally to the Food Network.
Food Network producer Flay hopes the young cook will find a place on the network television. He says Lieberman’s charisma is key. “Food TV  isn’t about food anymore,” says Flay. “It’s about your personality(个性)and finding a way to keep people’s eyeballs on your show.”
But Lieberman isn’t putting all his eggs in one basket. After taping the first season of the new how, Lieberman was back in his won small kitchen preparing sandwiches. An airline company was looking for some one to come up with a tasteful, inexpensive and easy-to-make menu to serve on its flights, Lieberman got the job.
1. We can learn from the text that Lieberman’s family ___________.
A.  have relatives in Europe     B. love cooking at home
C.  often hold parties             D. own  a  restaurant
2. The Food Network got to know Lieberman______________.
A. at one of this parties           B.  from his teachers
C. through his taped show      D. on a television program
3. What does the word “charisma” underlined in the text refer to ?
A. A natural ability to attract others.
B. A way to show one’s achievement.
C. Lieberman’s after-class interest.
D. Lieberman’s fine cooking skill.
4. Why did the airline company give Lieberman the job?
A. He could prepare meals in a small kitchen.
B. He was famous for his shows on Food TV.
C. He was good at using eggs to make sandwiches.
D. He could cook cheap ,delicious and simple meals.
5. What can we learn about Lieberman from the text?
A. He is clever but lonely.
B. He is friendly and active.
C. He enjoys traveling around.
D. He often changes his meals.
第93天                          A
Weather changes when the temperature and the amount of water in the atmosphere change. We can see and feel water coming from the atmosphere when we have rain. But the water must somehow get back to the atmosphere. Meteorologists call this the water cycle.    There are many stages in the water cycle. Rain falls when water vapor in clouds condenses(凝结). Drops of water form and fall to the ground. The water soaks into the ground and feeds streams and rivers. A lot of rain falls into the sea. The heat of the sun evaporates some of the water in the ground and in the rivers, lakes, and the sea. It changes the liquid water into water vapour. The vapour rises onto the air. Water vapour is normally invisible. On a very damp or humid day, however, you can sometimes see water vapour rising from a puddle(水坑) or pond in a mist(薄雾) above the water. Water vapour also gets into the air from living things. Trees and other plants take in water through their roots and give off water vapour from their leaves. People and land animals drink water and breathe out water vapour. In all these ways the water returns to the air. There it gathers to form clouds and condenses to form rain. The rain falls to earth, and the cycle starts again. It continues even if snow or hail(冰雹) fall instead because both eventually melt to form water. The amount of water vapour in the air depends on the temperature. The air is more moist(潮湿) in the tropics(热带) than in the cold polar regions.
1. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Water cycle.                     
B. Water vapour.
C. How rain forms.               
D. Water, vapour, rain.
2. How many ways of the water returning to the air are discussed in the text?
A. Two.       B. Three.     C. Four.       D. Five.
3. Whether water vapour can be seen or not depends on _______.
A. how much water is evaporated       
B. how good your eyes are
C. in which way water is evaporated     
D. climate or weather
4. From the passage we get to know _______.
A. there is more water vapour in the air in the tropics than in cold polar regions
B. there is more water vapour in the air in cold polar region than in the tropics
C. it gets more rain in the tropics than in cold polar regions because there is less vapour
D. the amount of water vapour in the air depends on how often it rains

B
Technology is the application(应用) of knowledge to production. Thanks to modern technology, we have been able to increase greatly the efficiency of our work force. New machines and new methods have helped cut down time and expense while increasing overall output. This has meant more production and a higher standard of living. For most of us in America, modern technology is thought of as the reason why we can have cars and television sets. However, technology has also increased the amount of food available to us, by means of modern farming machinery and animal breeding techniques, and has extended our life span via(通过) medical technology.
Will mankind continue to live longer and have a higher quality of life? In large measure the answer depends on technology and our ability to use it widely. If we keep making progress as we have over the past fifty years, the answer is definitely yes. The advancement of technology depends upon research and development, and the latest statistics(统计) show that the United States is continuing to pump billions of dollars annually(每年) into such efforts. So while we are running out of some scarce resources(少的资源) we may well find technological substitutes(代用品)for many of them through our research programs.
Therefore, in the final analysis the three major factors of production(land, labor and capital) are all influenced by technology. When we need new skills, on techniques in medicine, people will start developing new technology to meet those needs. As equipment proves to be slow or inefficient, new machines will be invented. Technology responds to our needs in helping us maintain our standard of living.
1. What is the best title for the passage?
A. The definition of technology  
B. Modern technology
C. The application of technology  
D. The development of technology
2. Which is the main idea of the passage?
A. Modern technology is the key to the improvement of standard of living.
B. The three major factors of production (land, labor and capital) are all influenced by technology.
C. Technology is the response to our needs.
D. The United States is making great efforts to advance its technology.
3. According to the passage, people can live a long life with the help of _______.
A. higher quality of life    B. medical technology
C. modern farming machinery  D. technological substitute


第94天                           A
For many the only way to enjoy Ireland’s fantastic and breathtaking scenery is to take to the open road on a motoring holiday. It’s true to say that motoring can still be a pleasure on roads so empty of the traffic you are used to. You can choose your own route or let us suggest one or two. You can pre-book all your accommodation or just go as you please. You can choose your accommodation from good quality hotels in coast or country, village or city, guesthouses, town and country homes or farmhouses throughout the island. Naturally we will supply you with a good quality map to help you around.
    Our Value Motoring holiday includes a wide selection of hotels and guesthouses. All hotels are fully licensed and certain guesthouses (as indicated) are also licensed. Bed and full Irish breakfast for 2 or 6 nights is indicated in your holiday price. Hotel and guesthouse gratings are shown by a figure in brackets(括号) after the name of each of the places. Facilities available are also shown after the grading. You may choose to travel on a Go As You Please or a pre-booked basis. On a Go As You Please holiday only the first night is booked for you in advance. For the rest of your holiday you book ahead as you travel (hotel reception will help) using the information lists we provide. A slight note of caution (警告) — in July and August it is advisable to book 2 or 3 days ahead. If you prefer to plan your holiday in advance then we will pre-book all accommodation for you. Just complete the booking form carefully using hotel codes indicated. If your first or second choice is not available we will book an alternative in the same place.
1 Why did the writer say a motoring holiday is the only way for many to enjoy the beauty of Ireland? Because____________.
 A. travelers can go sightseeing at many places
 B. its price is low and travelers feel comfortable
 C. travelers can drive and choose the route freely
 D. travelers have many good quality hotels to choose from
2. How many ways of accommodation does a motoring holiday supply?
 A. Two   B. Four   C. Six   D. Eight
3. If the travelers choose to travel on a Go As You Please holiday, the travel agency will _____.
A. do nothing to help them
B. only pre-book the first night for them
C. pre-book all the accommodation for them.
D. charge them less for the service
4. Supposing the travellers’ accommodation choices aren’t available in the tourism season, the travel agency will___________.
A. give up serving them
B. choose one for them in another place
C. book an alternative in the same place
D. only book the first night for them

B
When I was in the third grade, I  was picked to be the princess(公主)in the school play. For
weeks my mother had helped me practice my lines .But once on stage, every word disappeared from my head. Then my teacher told me she had written a narrator's(解说者的)part for the play ,and asked me to change roles. Though I didn't tell my mother what had happened that day, she sensed my unhappiness and asked if I wanted to take a walk in the yard.
It was a lovely spring day. We could see dandelions(蒲公英)popping through the grass in bunches as  if a painter had touched our landscape with bits of gold. I watched my mother carelessly bend down by one of the bunches." I think I am going to dig up all these weeds, "she said. "From now on, we'll have only roses in this garden."
"But I like dandelions," I protested. "All flowers are beautiful-even dandelions!"
My mother looked at me seriously. "Yes, every flower gives pleasure in its own way, doesn't it? "she asked thoughtfully. I nodded. "And that is true of people, too, "she added.
When I realized that she had guessed my pain, I started to cry and told her the truth.
“But you will be a beautiful narrator, ”she said, reminding me of how much I loved to read stories aloud to her.
Over the next few weeks, with her continuous encouragement, I learned to take pride in the role. The big day finally came. A few minutes before the play, my teacher came over to me. “Your mother asked me to give this to you,” she said, handing me a dandelion. After the play, I took home the flower, laughing that I was perhaps  the only person who would keep such a weed.
1.The girl did not play the role of the princess mainly because _______.
A. she felt nervous on the stage.
B. she lost her interest in that role.
C. she preferred the role of the narrator
D. she had difficulty memorizing her words
2.Why did the mother suggest a walk in the garden?
A. To remove the dandelions
B. To enjoy the garden scene
C. to have a talk with her daughter.
D. to help her daughter with the play.
3.What is the main idea of the story?
A. Everybody can find his or her own way to success.
B. Everybody has his or her own value in the world.
C. Everybody should learn to play different roles
D Everybody has some unforgettable memory.

第95天                           A
The meaning of the word “volunteer” may be a little different in different countries, but it usually means “one who offers his or her services.” There are many different ways in which people can volunteer, such as taking care of sick people, working on homes for homeless children, and picking up garbage (垃圾) from beaches and parks. Volunteers may work within their countries or in other countries. They are often people with a strong wish to help those who are less fortunate than themselves. Volunteers don’t expect any kind of pay.
   At the root of volunteering is the idea that one person may have the ability to offer services that can help other people. Tracy, a good friend of mine, however, recently came back from India with a new idea of what being a volunteer means. She worked for two and a half weeks in one of Mother Teresa’s homes in Calcutta. The following is her story.
   “I first heard about Mother Teresa in my high school, we watched a video(录像) about her work in India and all over the world. I was so moved by her spirit to help others and her endless love for every human being that after I graduated from high school, I too wanted to try her kind of work. So with two friends I flew to Calcutta for a few weeks.”
   “I was asked to work in a home for sick people. I helped wash clothes and sheets, and pass out lunch. I also fed the people who were too weak to feed themselves and tried to cheer the up. I felt it was better to share with them than to think that I have helped them. To be honest, I don’t think I was helping very much. It was then that I realized that I had not really come to help, but to learn about and experience another culture(文化) that helped improve my own understanding of life and the world.”(08四川卷)
1. According to the text, a volunteer refers to a person who ______.
   A. is willing to help those in need without pay
   B. can afford to travel to different places
   C. has a strong wish to be successful
   D. has made a big fortune in life
2. Tracy started her work as a volunteer _______.
   A. after she met Mother Teresa
   B. after she finished high school
   C. when she was touring Calcutta
   D. when she was working in a hospital
3. Why did Tracy choose to be a volunteer?
   A. She liked to work with Mother Teresa.
   B. She had already had some experience.
   C. She was asked by Mother Teresa’s example.
   D. She wanted to follow Mother Teresa’s example.
4. What is Tracy’s “new idea” (Paragraph 2) of being a volunteer?
   A. Going abroad to help the sick.
   B. Working in Mother Teresa’s home.
   C. Doing simple things to help the poor.
   D. Improving oneself through helping others.

B
As a human being you may have the choice of three basic attitudes towards life. You may treat life with the philosophy (哲学) of the vegetable, in which case your life will include being born, eating, drinking, sleeping, marrying, growing old and dying.
The second basic attitude is to look at life as if it were a business. A great many so-called successful men and women believe that life is a business. If you believe so, your first question of life, naturally, is " What do I get out of it? " " How much is this worth to me?" In a word, based on this attitude, happi¬ness becomes a matter of successful competition. The great ma¬jority of human beings today look at life as if it were a busi¬ness.
The third attitude toward life is the way of the artist. Here the basic philosophy is "What can I put into it?". They value cooperation and contribution. This point of view has been proved by history; for history remembers best those who have contributed most richly to the interests of their fellow-men. The more we investigate(调查),the more we become certain that the artistic attitude is the only one which goes with human happiness.
1. From the passage we know people who take the second life attitude ________.
A. are mostly businessmen                  B. think of getting the interests (利益) first
C. find their happiness from hard work     D. take competition as their whole life
2. People who are best remembered by history are probably
A. those living on vegetables  B. successful men  
C. artists      D. businessmen
3. We may infer from this passage that ________.
A. some people are living only on vegetables
B. the artistic attitude is accepted by most people
C. the writer prefers the third life attitude
D. artists do most for the society in order to be remembered longer than others

 

第96天                           A
I arrived at my mother’s home for our Monday family dinner. The smells of food flew over from the kitchen. Mother was pulling out quilt(被子)after quilt from the boxes, proudly showing me their beauties. She was preparing for a quilt show at the Elmhurst Church. When we began to fold and put them back into the boxes, I noticed something at the bottom of one box. I pulled it out. “What is this?” I asked.
“Oh?” Mom said, “That’s Mama’s quilt.”
I spread the quilt. It looked at if a group of school children had pieced it together; irregular designs, childish pictures, a crooked line on the right.
“Grandmother made this?” I said, surprised. My grandmother was a master at making quilts. This certainly didn’t look like any of the quilts she had made.
“Yes, right before she died. I brought it home with me last year and made some changes,” she said. “I’m still working on it. See, this is what I’ve done so far.”
I looked at it more closely. She had made straight a crooked line. At the center of the quilt, she had stitched(缝) a piece of cloth with these words:  “My mother made many quilts. She didn’t get all lines straight. But I think this is beautiful. I want to see it finished. Her last quilt.”
“Ooh, this is so nice, Mom,” I said. It occurred to me that by completing my grandmother’s quilt, my mother was honoring her own mother. I realized, too, that I held in my hands a family treasure. It started with the loving hands of one woman, and continued with the loving hands of another. (08重庆卷)
1. Why did the author go to mother’s home?
A. To see her mother’s quilts.
 B. To help prepare for a show.
 C. To get together for the family dinner.
 D. To discuss her grandmother’s life.
2. The author was surprised because      .
 A. the quilt looked very strange.
 B. her grandmother liked the quilt.
C. the quilt was the best she had seen.
D. her mother had made some changes
3. The underlined wood “crooked” in the passage most probably means       .
A. unfinished
B. broken
C. bent
 D. unusual
4. Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?
A. A Quilt Show
B. Mother’s Home
C. A Monday Dinner
D. Grandmother’s Quilt

 

B
The Man of Many Secrets — Harry Houdini — was one of the greatest American entertainers in the theater this century. He was a man famous for his escapes — from prison cells, from wooden boxes floating in rivers, from locked tanks full of water. He appeared in theaters all over Europe and America. Crowds came to see the great Houdini and his “magic” tricks.
Of course, his secret was not magic, or supernatural powers. It was simply strength. He had the ability to move his toes as well as he moved his fingers. He could move his body into almost any position he wanted.
Houdini started working in the entertainment world when he was 17, in 1891. He and his brother Theo performed card tricks in club in New York. They called themselves the Houdini Brothers. When Harry married in 1894, he and his wife Bess worked together as magician and assistant. But for a long time they were not very successful. Then Harry performed his first prison escape, in Chicago in 1898. Harry persuaded a detective to let him try to escape from the prison, and he invited the local newspapermen to watch.
It was the publicity(宣传) that came from this that started Harry Houdini’s success. Harry had fingers trained to escape from handcuffs and toes trained to escape ankle chins. But his biggest secret was how he unlocked the prison doors. Every time he went into the prison cell, Bess gave him a kiss for good luck — and a small skeleton key, which is a key that fits many locks, pass quickly from her mouth to his.
Harry used these prison escapes to build his fame. He arranged to escape from the local prison of every town he visited. In the afternoon, the people of the town would read about it in their local newspapers, and in the evening every seat in the local theater would be full. What was the result? World-wild fame, and a name remembered today.
1. According to the passage, Houdini’s success in prison escapes depends on _______.
A. his special tricks and supernatural powers
B. his unusual ability and a skeleton key
C. his magic tricks and unhuman powers
D. his wisdom and magic tricks
2. In the fourth paragraph, the underlined word “this” refers to _______.
A. his first prison escape   B. the year 1898
C. the publicity     D. Harry Houdini’s success
3. It can be inferred from the passage that Houdini became famous _______.
A. in 1894      B. before he married
C. at the age of 17        D. when he was about 24
4. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A. A Skeleton Key    B. A Man of Many Secrets
C. World-wild Fame     D. Great Escape 


第97天                           A
When I was a child, I often dreamed of the time when I could leave home and escape to the city. We lived on a farm, in the winter especially, we wear quite out off from the outside world. As soon as I left school, I packed my bags and moved to the capital. However, I soon discovered that my life has its  too.
    One big disadvantage is money. It costs so much to go out, not to mention basics like food and housing. Another disadvantage is pollution. I suffer from asthma(哮喘), and  the air is so  that I am afraid to go outside. Then there is the problem of traveling round. Although I have a car, I seldom use it because of the traffic jams. One choice is to go by bicycle, but that can be quite dangerous.
    Of course there are advantages. First, there is so much to do in the city, whatever you tastes in culture or entertainment(娱乐活动). Besides, there are wonderful jobs and greater chances of moving to a more important job or position. Finally, if you like shopping, the variety of goods is very surprising --- and , what is more, shops are often only a short walk away.
    Is life better then, in the city? Perhaps it is , when you are in your teens(十几岁)or twenties. However, as you get older, and especially if you have small children, the peace of the countryside may seem preferable. I certainly hope to move back there soon.
1. What was the writer always thinking about when he was a child?
   A. Staying on the farm.                B. Moving to the countryside.
   C. Leaving home for the city.           D. Running away from the school.
2. Which of the following is true about the writer?
   A. He is very old now.            B. He is in good health.
   C. He prefers driving a car.        D. He lives in the city now.
3. In the passage, the writer tries to __________.
   A. express his opinions about way of life      B. describe his life in the countryside
   C. an interest in the outside world            D. persuade the reader to live in the city
4. How is the passage mainly developed?
   A. By inferring.         B. By comparing.       
C. By listing examples.   D. By giving explanations.


B
How to protect children Web fans from unsuitable material on-line while encouraging them to use the Internet has long been discussed in the U.S.
For some parents, the Internet can seem like a jungle, filled with danger for their children. But jungles contain wonders as well as dangers and with good guides, some education, and a few precautions(预防措施), the wilds of the Internet can be safely navigated(航行). “Kids have to be on-line. If we tell our kids they can’t have access(机会) to the Internet, we’re cutting them off from their future,” said an expert.
Most kids have started to use search engines. Many of them are great for finding tons of interesting Internet sites, and they can also locate places where you might not want your kids to go. There are search engines designed just for kids. A certain software contains only sites that have been selected as safe. The most popular way to limit access would be to use what is known as a “content screener(过滤器)”. But this can’t be wholly reliable(可靠), and the best thing parents can do is to talk to their kids and let them know what is OK or not OK to see or do on the Internet. Another way is that mum or dad is nearby when the child is surfing(浏览) the Internet.
A few other tips
●Don’t put the PC in a child’s room but keep it in an area where mum or dad can keep an eye on things. That also makes the Internet more of a family activity.
●Ask your child what he or she has been doing and about any friends they make on-line.
●Tell your child not to give on-line strangers personal information, especially like address and phone number.
●And tell your children never to talk to anyone they meet on-line over the phone, send them anything, accept anything from them or agree to meet with them unless you go along.
1. The passage is mainly about the subject of _______.
A. American children going on-line  B. Internet in America
C. appreciating Internet     D. opposing children’s on-line
2. The best way to protect children from improper material is _______.
A. to install(安装) a content screener on the computer
B. to buy some search engines for the children
C. to be nearby when they are surfing the Internet
D. to talk to the children and persuade them to tell right from wrong
3. Which of the following is right according to the passage?
A. Surfing the Internet is the best method of educating children.
B. Children’s not having access to Internet may have effect on their progress.
C. Using a content screener is most reliable for keeping children having access to Internet.
D. Searching engines can help children to select materials fit for them.
4. According to the passage, we can infer that _______.
A. soft wares fit for children want programming
B. a child who is on-line is in danger
C. Internet is a jungle full of danger
D. Internet contains a lot of harmful sites


第98天                           A
I travel a lot, and I find out different “styles”(风格) of directions every time I ask “How can I get to the post office?”
Foreign tourists are often confused(困惑) in Japan because most streets there don’t have names; in Japan, people use landmarks(地标) in their directions instead of street names. For example, the Japanese will say to travelers, “Go straight down to the corner. Turn left at the big hotel and go past a fruit market. The post office is across from the bus stop.”
In the countryside of the American Midwest, there are not usually many landmarks. There are no mountains, so the land is very flat; in many places there are no towns or buildings within miles. Instead of landmarks, people will tell you directions and distances. In Kansas or Iowa, for example, people will say, “Go north two miles. Turn east, and then go another mile.”
People in Los Angeles, California, have no idea of distance on the map; they measure distance in time, not miles. “How far away is the post office?” you ask. “Oh,” they answer, “it’s about five minutes from here.” You say, “Yes, but how many miles away is it?” They don’t know.
It’s true that a person doesn’t know the answer to your question sometimes. What happens in such a situation? A New Yorker might say, “Sorry, I have no idea.” But in Yucatan, Mexico, no one answers “I don’t know.” People in Yucatan believe that “I don’t know” is impolite. They usually give an answer, often a wrong one. A tourist can get very, very lost in Yucatan! ( 08辽宁卷 )
1. When a tourist asks the Japanese the way to a certain place, they usually ______.
   A. describe the place carefully   B. show him a map of the place
   C. tell him the names of the streets  D. refer to recognizable buildings and places
2. What is the place where people measure distance in time?
   A. New York.  B. Los Angeles.  C. Kansas.  D. Iowa.
3. People in Yucatan may give a tourist a wrong answer ______.
   A. in order to save time   B. as a test.
   C. so as to be polite    D. for fun
4. What can we infer from the text?
   A. It’s important for travelers to understand cultural differences.
   B. It’s useful for travelers to know how to ask the way properly.
   C. People have similar understandings of politeness.
   D. New Yorkers are generally friendly to visitors.

B
Every object tells a story. Even the most ordinary objects can present to us powerful images. Sometimes it is the ordinary nature of these objects that actually makes them so extraordinary. Such is the case with an old leather shoe in a museum in Alaska. At first glance it does not look like much. It is a woman’s shoe of a style popular in the 1890s. But what is unique(独特的) about this shoe is where it was found. It was discovered on the Checkout Pass, the famous trail used by the people seeking gold in Alaska. Who it belonged to or why it was left there is not known. Was it perhaps dropped by accident as the woman climbed up the 1500 stairs carved outface? Or did she throw away goods that she didn’t need in order to travel lighter?
Over 100, 000 people with “gold fever” made this trip hoping to become millionaires. Few of them understood that on their way they would have to cross a harsh wildness. Unprepared for such a dangerous journey, many died of starvation and exposure to the cold weather.
The Canadian government finally started requiring the gold seekers to bring one ton of supplies with them. This was thought to be enough for a person to survive for one year. They would carry their supplies in backpacks(背包) each weighing up to fifty pounds; it usually took at least 40 trips to get everything to the top and over the pass. Whoever dropped the shoe must have been a brave and determined woman. Perhaps she was successful and made it to Alaska. Perhaps she had to turn back in defeat. No one will ever know for sure, but what we do know is that she took part in one of the greatest adventures in the 19th century.
1. The ordinary woman’s leather shoe is considered unusual because _______. 
A. it was an important clue to life in the past  B. it was found on a famous trail
C. it at one time belonged to a VIP    D. it was a fashionable shoe at that time
2. According to this passage, many people who went to Alaska _______. 
A. eventually became millionaires   B. brought with them many shoes
C. had conflicts with the Eskimos   D. were not properly equipped
3. The Canadian government made gold seekers bring one year’s supplies with them so that _______.
A. they would not die of hunger and cold
B. the army would have enough food for fighting a war
C. they would change these goods with the Eskimos
D. the supplies would make Alaska rich
4. No matter what happened to the woman who owned the shoe, _______. 
A. she must have lived a happy life
B. she certainly dropped the shoe on purpose
C. her adventurous spirit is definitely admired
D. her other shoes were equally fashionable

第99天                           A
Young adult filmmakers all hope to show their works in international festivals like Sundance and Toronto. But what about really young filmmakers who aren’t in film school yet and aren’t, strictly speaking, even adults?
They are at the heart of Wingspan Arts Kids Films Festival, tomorrow, in a setting any director might envy: Lincoln Center. Complete with “red carpet” interviews and various awards, the festival has much in common with events for more experienced moviemakers, except for the age of the participants: about 8 to 18.
“What’s really exciting is that it’s film for kids by kids,” said Cori Gardner, managing director of Wingspan Arts, a nonprofit organization offering youth arts programs in the New York area. This year the festival will include films not only from Wingspan but also from other city organizations and one from a middle school in Arlington, Virginia. “We want to make this a national event,” Ms. Gardner added.
The nine shorts to be shown range from a Claymation biography of B.B. King to a science fiction adventure set in the year 3005. “A lot of the material is really mature,” Ms. Gardner said, talking about films by the New York City branch of Global Action Project, a media arts and leadership-training group. “The Choice is about the history of a family and Master Anti-Smoker is about the dangers of secondhand smoke.” Dream of the Invisibles describes young immigrants’ feelings of both belonging and not belonging in their adopted country.
The festival will end with an open reception at which other films will be shown. These include a music video and full-length film whose title is Pressures.
1. Wingspan Arts Kids Film Festival ____.
A. is organized by a middle school
B. is as famous as the Toronto Festival
C. shows films made by children
D. offers awards to film school students
2. Which of the following is true of Wingspan Arts?
A. It helps young filmmakers to make money.
B. It provides arts projects for young people.
C. It’s a media arts and leadership-training group.
D. It’s a national organization for young people.
3. The underlined word “shorts” in Paragraph 4 refers to _____.
A. short trousers  B. short kids   C. short films   D. short stories
4. Movies to shown in the festival ____.
A. cover different subjects.
B. focus on kids’ life
C. are produced by Global Action Project
D. are directed by Ms. Gardner
5. At the end of this film festival, there will be ____.
A. various awards     B. “red carpet” interviews
C. an open reception  D. a concert at Lincoln Center

B
The city of Rome has passed a new law to prevent cruelty to animals.All goldfish bowls are no longer allowed and dog owners must walk their dogs.
This comes after a national law was passed to give prison sentences to people who desert cats or dogs.
“The civilization of a city can be measured by this,”said Monica Cirinna,the councilor(议员)behind the new law.
“It’s good to do whatever we can for our animals who in exchange for a little love fill our existence with their attention,”she told a Rome newspaper.
The newspaper reported that round bowls don’t give enough oxygen for fish and may make them go blind.
“Rome has tried to protect fish more than anywhere else in the world.It stands out for recognizing that fish are interesting animals who deserve(值得)our respect and compassion every bit as much as dogs and cats and other animals,”said Karin Robertson,a director of the People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals.
Last year a law was passed in Italy that gives people who desert pets big fines(罚款)and prison sentences.Since then local governments have added their own animal protection rules.
The northern city of Turin passed a law in April to give pet owners fines of up to $598 if they do not walk their dogs three times a day.
The new law in Rome also says that owners mustn’t leave their dogs in hot cars or cut their dogs’ tails to make them look lovelier.The law also gives legal recognition to the “cat ladies”who feed homeless cats.The cats live all over the city from ancient ruins to modern office car parks.
1.The new law passed in Rome will        .
A.help improve fishing environment
B.guarantee better conditions for goldfish
C.stop people from catching goldfish
D.discourage keeping goldfish at home
2.People in Rome believe that the civilization of a city can be judged by its         .
A.exchanges with other cities
B.protection for ancient ruins
C.awareness of animal protection
D.recognition of animal lovers
3.The underlined word“compassion” in Paragraph 6 is the closest in meaning to        .
A.pity    B.praise    C.support    D.popularity
4.People may break the law in Turin if they         .
A.keep their dogs or cats in cars
B.feed homeless animals in car parks
C.raise their cats near ancient ruins
D.shut their dogs home all day long

 


第100天                           A
The very wealthy English Baron Fitzgerald had only one child,a son,who understandably was the apple of his eye.His wife died when the child was in his early teens.So Fitzgerald devoted himself to fathering the kid.Unfortunately the son died in his late teens.
Meanwhile,Fitzgerald’s wealth greatly increased.He spent a lot on art works of the masters.Later Fitzgerald himself because seriously ill.Before his death,he had carefully prepared his will as to how his wealth would be settled—to sell his entire collection at an auction(拍卖).
Because of the large quantity and high quality of his collection,a huge crowd of possible buyers gathered for the auction.Many of them were museum directors and private collectors eager to bid(出价).Before the auction,the art works were shown,among which was a painting of Fitzgerald’s son by an unknown artist.Because of its poor quality,it received little attention.
When it was time for the auction,the auctioneer gaveled(敲槌) the crowd to attention.First the lawyer read from Fitzgerald’s will that the first art work to be auctioned was the painting of his son.
The poor-quality painting didn’t receive and bidders...except one—the old servant who had served the son and loved him,and who for emotional reasons offered the only bid.
As soon as the servant bought the painting for less than one English pound,the auctioneer stopped the bidding and asked the lawyer to read again from the will.The crowd became quiet,and the lawyer read from the will:“Whoever buys the painting of my son gets all my collection.”Then the auction was over.
1.The English Baron Fitzgerald was ______.
A.a museum director      B.a master of art
C.an art collector       D.an art dealer
2.Why did the old servant bid for the painting of Fitzgerald’s son?
A.He was devoted to the family.
B.He saw that no one bid for it.
C.He knew the content of the will.
D.He found it cheap for him to buy.
3.Fitzgerald’s will showed ______.
A.his desire to fool the bidders
B.his invaluable love for his son
C.his sadness at the death of his son
D.his regret of having no children to take over his wealth


B
Camp memories last forever!We make sure they are unforgettable!
Shadow Ridge Summer Camps offer so many exciting things for campers to do.Unlike other camp programs that include horses as a small part of their program,at Shadow Ridge horses ARE the program!We are 100% horse from stable(马厩) management,nature walks,and track rides to bedroom furnishings.
Horses help us achieve many of our aims.Girls can learn to develop responsibility,self-confidence and personal connections in their lives while having fun.Using horses as a wonderful tool for education,our camps offer an interesting place for growth and learning.
Imagine each girl having her very own horse to spend time with and a best friend to love and take care of.Each camper is responsible for a horse for the week.Our riding program provides a lot of riding and lesson time.Campers will learn how to take care of the horse and the tack(马具),as well as how to ride.Days are filled with horse-related activities to strengthen the connection between each girl and horse,as the girls learn to work safely around the horses.
At Shadow Ridge we try to create a loving,caring family atmosphere for our campers.We have “The Bunkhouse” (4 girls),the “Wranglers Roost” (4 girls),and “The Hideout” (2 girls) in our comfortable 177-year-old farm house.All meals are home cooked,offering delicious and healthy food for the hungry rider.
Our excellent activities create personalized memories of your child’s vacation.Each child will receive a camp T-shirt and a photo album.(usually 300-500 pictures) of their stay at camp.
Our camps are offered during June,July and August 2007,for small groups of girls aged 13-16 years,not only from Canada but also other parts of the world.
We will send you full program descriptions at your request.
1.What is the main purpose of the passage?
A.To attract people to the camps.
B.To talk about camping experiences.
C.To describe the programs of the camps.
D.To explain the aims of the camps.
2.What do we know about the camp programs at Shadow Ridge?
A.Campers are required to wear camp T-shirts.
B.Horses play a central role in the activities.
C.Campers learn to cook food for themselves.
D.Horse lessons are offered all the year round.
3.The programs at Shadow Ridge mainly aim to help people ______.
A.understand horses better
B.enjoy a family atmosphere
C.have fun above other things
D.achieve an educational purpose
4.The passage is written mainly for ______.
A.horse riders       B.teenage girls
C.Canadian parents      D.international travelers


第1天                          A
Learning English is one of the few things I have been doing consistently over the past 16 years. Like most Chinese students, I started learning English because it was a compulsory (必修的) course in my middle school. More importantly, English was a central subject for the college entrance exam.
At that time , studying English was not a pleasant experience for me . There was no fun in the process of learning . The focus of our English education was getting a good mark in exams . And nobody told me that the real meaning of studying mother language was communication.
When I became a university student , I spent nearly half of my time on English . In fact , more than 90 percent of the job offer ads in Shanghai list “ proficiency (精通) as a main requirement.
How did I improve my English ? People told me that TOEFL was very helpful and useful. As a result, I took a TOEFL training course and studied like mad. After six months’ preparation, I took part in the exam and got a high score . Later on , I had a chance to further my study in Britain . I soon discovered that all of my past English learning had been futile (没用的) . When I first went shopping in a local supermarket , I really could not understand what the cashier was saying at all.
It was then that I realized I had totally missed the point . Instead of just passing exams , the main function of learning English or any other language is communication . What is more , lanuage does not exist independent of culture. Hence , mechanical memorization helps very little in communication. That’s why I was still unable to freely express myself after learning English for many years . By no means am I talented in any foreign language . I am still learing English . Why ?
First and foremost , my job requires me to use English everyday . Secondly , English helps me to have access to more information . Thirdly , as a bookworm , English gives me a chance to dive into the huge pool of inspiring English books . Last but not least , it is such a great experience to write in another language . Indeed , English has become part of my life .
1. How did the writer find English when he was a student?
A. He was interested in it .
B. He studied it because it was compulsory course.
C. He thought it funny to study English.
D. He often recited something when he studied English.
2. What is the purpose of studying English according to the writer’s idea ?
A. To get high marks in exams.
B. To prove that Englsih is very important.
C. Studying Eglish well can ehlp you get a good job.
D. To use English for communication with others.
3. According to the text , how is my English ?
A. I am good at English.
B. I can speak Englsih like natives.
C. I can master it but I can’t use it correctly.
D. I continued to study Englsih.
4. How can we master Englsih well ?
A. We need more mechanical memorization.
B. We should read and recite more books.
C. We should study Englsih as well as its culture and use it more .
D. We can study hard in classrooms and houses and get high marks in exams .

B.
TYPING
This course is for those who want to learn to type, as well as those who want to improve their typing. The course is not common. You are tested in the first class and begin practicing at one of eight different skill levels. This allows you to learn at your own speed. Each program lasts 20 hours. Bring your own paper.
Course fee: $ 125   Materials: $25
Two hours each evening for two weeks. New classes begin every two weeks.
This course is taught by a number of qualified business education teachers who have successfully taught typing courses before.
UNDERSTANDING COMPUTERS
This twelve-hour course is for people who do not know very much about computers, but who need to learn about them. You will learn what computers are, what they can and can’t do and how to use them.
Course fee: $75    Equipment fee: $ 10
Jan. 4, 7, 11, 14, 18, Wed. & Sat. 9—11:30 a.m.
Joseph Saunders is Professor of Computer Science at New Urban University. He has over twenty years of experience in the computer field.
STOP SMOKING
Do you want to stop smoking? Have you already tried to stop and failed? Now is the time to stop smoking using the latest methods. You can stop smoking, and this twelve-hour course will help you do it.
Course fee: $30
Jan. 2, 9, 16, 23 Mon. 2—5 p. m.
Dr John Good is a practicing psychologist who had helped hundreds of people stop smoking.
5. If you choose the UNDERSTANDING COMPUTERS course, you will have classes _______.
A. from Monday to Sunday   
B. from Monday to Friday
C. on Wednesday and Saturday    
D. on Saturday and Sunday
6. The STOP SMOKING course will last ______.
A. for half a day         
B. for three hours  
C. for a week           
D. for four weeks
7. Mr. Black works every morning and evening, but he wants to take part in one of the three courses. The most probable course he will attend is ______.
A. typing       B. understanding computers 
C. stop smoking         D. all the courses
8. If you want to learn computer and at the same time you want to improve your typing, you will pay _______.
A. $ 75    B. $ 15   C. $ 115    D. $ 235
9. The typical difference of “Typing” from the other two is ______.
A. people with different skill levels may learn at different speed
B. you will take a test after the course
C. you will pay the fee before practicing
D. you will pay less money
第2天                         A
To master a language one must be able to speak and understand the spoken language as well as to read and write. Lenin and his wife Krupskaya translated a long English book into Russian. But when they went to England in 1902, English people couldn't understand what was said to them. These days more and more foreigners are coming to China and more Chinese are going out to foreign countries to work or study. So the spoken language is becoming more and more important.
Speaking, of course, can't go without listening. If you want to pronounce a word correctly, first you must hear it correctly. The sounds of the Chinese and English languages are not exactly the same. If you don't listen carefully, you'll find it difficult or even impossible to understand the native speakers.
Well, what about writing? Like speaking, it's to exchange ideas. People generally use shorter words and shorter sentences in their writing. The important thing is to make your idea clear in your head and then to write it in clear lively language.
Chinese students read far too slowly. If you read fast, you understand better. If you read too slowly, by the time you have reached the end of a page you have forgotten what the beginning is about. When you meet with new words, don't look them up in the dictionary. Guess the meaning from the context(上下文). You may not guess quite correctly the first time, but as new words come up again and again in different contexts, their meaning will become clearer and clearer. If you look up every word, you'll never finish a book.
Students of a foreign language need a particular knowledge, the knowledge of the life, history and geography of the people whose language they are studying. They should study these subjects in the
foreign language, not only in translation. In this way one can kill two birds with one stone: learn a foreign language and get some knowledge of the foreign country at the same time.
1. In the first paragraph, the writer mainly told us _________.
A. how to speak English well
B. how to read and write English
C. why spoken English is very important
D. why English people couldn't understand Lenin
2. In order to study a foreign language, the writer thinks the best way is ______.
A. to kill two birds with one stone
B. to learn two languages at a time
C. to study all the subjects in a foreign language
D. to get some knowledge of the foreign country as well as learn the language
3. In the fourth paragraph the writer gave some advice on ____.
A. how to imporve reading faster
B. how to guess the meaning from the context
C. how to look up new words in the dictionary
D. how to grasp the general meaning of a passage
4. "To kill two birds with one stone" means ____.
A. to get some particular knowledge
B. to get more than what one pays
C. the stone is too big
D. the birds are blind enough
B
Animals seem to have the sense to eat when they are hungry and they do not eat more than their bodies need.It has been demonstrated(证明)that rats will, when given a choice over a period of time, prefer water with vitamins to water without vitamins even though there is no difference in taste or smell between the two water bottles.When a fragrant(香的)flavor(作料)was added to the vitamin-enriched water, the rats did seem to prefer it and kept drinking it ,even after the vitamins were switched to the clear water.In time, however, they broke the habit and went back to where the necessary vitamins were.
In a classic experiment, babies of 6 to 12 months old were placed in a cafeteria(自助) feeding arrangement, with a wide selection of baby food before them.They were given whatever food they pointed to or appeared interested in.We are told that at first they showed some unusual eating patterns, but that over a period of time they managed to select well-balanced diet.
So, in selecting food, rats and babies do seem to know and act on what's best for them.Apparently, there is a kind of “body wisdom”,  which humans soon lose.Most of us do not eat as wisely as we could.Many of our food preferences are culturally determined and influenced by long-established habits.Some people eat fox, dog and blackbirds, while we eat cows and pigs.So what people eat and how much they eat seems to be greatly influenced by what is going on around them.
5.In the experiment on rats, a fragrant flavor was added to the rats’ drinking water to _____________ .
   A. encourage rats to drink vitamins-enriched water
   B. find out rats’ preference in flavor
   C. test whether rats know which drink is good for them
   D. demonstrate the vitamins are tasteless
6.According to the passage ,adults eating habits differ from those of babies because_________.
A.adults know better than babies what kind of food are good for their health
B.adults usually cannot resist the temptation of various delicious foods
C.adults' eating habits are closely related to the social and cultural customs
D.adults have more choices of food than babies in eating patterns
7.The author implied in the passage that most of us_________.
A.eat a balanced diet                      
B.choose the food that is of nutrition
C.have the habits influenced by the surroundings 
D.like to eat the food with a fragrant flavor.
8.As far as their eating habits are concerned, babies and rats are similar in that_________.
A.both have the wisdom to choose a balanced diet
B.both prefer flavored food and drink
C.both have the same eating patterns
D.both develop a taste for the same kinds of flavors


第3天                                A
Everyone wants some degree of success. Many people believe that they deserve (值得)success simply because they believe that they deserve success. But there is a widespread belief that people who get on in life may be successful not because they deserve it, but because of influential (有影响的)  friends or the right background. Sometimes it may just be a comforting and harmless belief, while at the other extreme it can be very destructive. I once met a brilliant young engineer who worked in a chemical plant. Because of her knowledge and experience, she should have been promoted(升职) to Production Manager. Instead, the job went to a man who was totally unsuited for the post. Everyone knew that he only got it because he was politically acceptable to his superiors (上司). This injustice discouraged the young engineer and many of her colleagues(同事). It also meant that the factory was much less efficient than it could have been.
At the same, we should not be pessimistic (悲观的). More and more then modern world depends on having people who are in the job because they are good enough, not just because their faces fit. There is a story of a factory owner who sent for an engineer to see to a machine which would not go. He examined it, then took out a hammer and tapped, once. The machine started up immediately. When he presented his bill, the owner protested, “This can’t be right! $ 100 just for tapping(敲打) a machine with a hammer ?” The engineer wrote out a new bill: “For tapping a machine, $1; for knowing where to tap. $99.”
1. The engineer at the chemical plant was not promoted because _____.
A. it was politically less good for the boss to accept her than the man
B. her boss did not think she had the right qualifications for the job
C. the man who got the promotion was more experienced than she was
D. it is more difficult for a woman to get a promotion than for her male colleague
2. The engineer who repaired the machine was right in charging $ 100 because____.
A. he hit the machine to get it started again
B. the factory owner could not have repaired it himself
C. he was charging for his knowledge and expert skills
D. he was the only person who could find out what was wrong with it
3. What can we learn about the author’s attitude toward the widespread belief that “people get on in life may be successful not because they deserve it”?
A. He quite agrees with it.         
B. He doesn’t express his opinion his opinion at it.
C. He completely disagrees with it.          
D. He doesn’t quite agree with it.
4. According to the text, which of the following is NOT true?
A. Having influential friends or right background seems helpful sometimes.
B. The engineer had good reason to overcharge the factory owner.
C. Not all those who are good in their jobs have the chance to be promoted.
D. Those who are good in their jobs are still largely needed by the modern society.

B
Even as Americans have been gaining weight, they have cut their average fat intake from 36 to 34 percent of their total diets in the past 15 years.  And indeed,  cutting fat  to control or lose weight makes sense. Fat has nine calories per gram. Protein and carbohydrates(碳水化合物) have just four. Moreover, the body uses fewer calories to metabolize fat than it does to metabolize other foods. Compared with protein and carbohydrates — which break down into amino acids and simple sugars, respectively, and can be used to strengthen and energize the body —— dietary fat is more easily converted to body fat. Therefore, it’s more likely to stay on buttocks, thighs and bellies. 
But cutting fat from your diet doesn’t necessarily mean your body won’t store fat. For example, between nonfat and regular cookies, there’s trivial difference in calories because manufacturers make up for the loss of fat by adding sugar. Low-fat crackers, soups and dressings can also be just as high in calories as richer versions. No matter where the calories come from, overeating will still cause weight again. The calories from fat just do it a little quicker. A Wisconsin computer programmer who decided with a diet coach to eat only 40 grams of fat a day learned the lesson firsthand. He wasn’t losing weight. Then he showed his food diary to his coach and revealed he’d been eating half a pound of jelly beans a day. “They don’t have any fat,” he explains. But they had enough sugar to keep him from shedding an ounce.  
Nonfat foods become add-on foods. When we add them to our diet, we actually increase the number of calories we eat per day and gain weight. That was borne out in a Pennsylvania State University study. For breakfast, Prof. Barbara Rolls gave two groups of women yogurt(酵母乳) that contained exactly the same amount of calories. One group’s yogurt label said “high fat”—the other, “low fat.” The “low fat” yogurt group ate significantly more calories later in the day than the other group. “People think they’ve saved fat and can indulge themselves later in the day with no adverse consequences,” says Richard Mattes, a nutrition researcher at Purdue University. “But when they do that, they don’t compensate very precisely, and they often end up overdoing it.”
5. What lessons did the computer programme learn ?
A. Overeating will cause weight gain
B. He can eat half a pound of jellybeans a day
C. He can’t didn’t eat any fat
D. His coach gave him a lecture
6. Prof. Barbara’s ecperiement proved that _______________.
A. two groups ate the same amount of calories
B. two groups ate the same wmount of yogurt
C. the “ low fat” yogurt group ate more calories later in the day than the other group
D. people increase the number of calories they eat per day and gain group
7. According to the author ,________has less calories.
A. fat                      
B. protein and carbohydrates
C. low-fat soups             
D. sugar
8.  What can you infer from the text ?
A. To keep from being overweight, people have to eat nofat food
B. The calories from fat just do it a little quicker than from protein and carbohydrates
C. People should avoid temptation
D. Americans realize that it is necessary to count calories before eating the food
第4天                                  A
Asian athletes have had a spare time in the first two days of the World Indoor Championships in Birmingham, England. But Chinese hurdler(跨栏运动员) Liu Xiang surprised everyone by taking the bronze medal in the men's 60-meter hurdles.
Liu became the first Chinese male athlete to get a world indoor medal in the 18-year history of the championship and was the only Asian medallist this time. 
"Karaoke (卡拉OK)! That's what I'm going to do. I'm going to get a big group of my friends together and sing. I love both Western and Chinese music but especially Michael Jackson," said Liu after clocking 7.52 seconds in the final to take his place on the podium (领奖台).
"Frankly speaking, I didn't think I was in the shape to win a medal," Liu said. "On my arrival here, my aim was just to fight my way into the final. After I did that, I thought I might just get into the top six. I knew British hurdler Colin Jackson was going to be here and he's the world record holder indoors and out."
"There was also Cuba's reigning (统治的) Olympic champion Anier Garcia and Allen Johnson, from the United States." It was Johnson, the reigning world outdoor champion, who was successful in 7.47 seconds with Garcia second and Jackson finished back in fifth. 
Now Liu will never underestimate his chances again and is aiming for glory in Paris later this year.
"There is the World Championship outdoors in the summer and I have now got to think that I can get a medal. I can never again think that I can't get a medal," he said. Liu's success here marks his rapid transition into the senior ranks.
"The university gives me a lot of flexibility. My courses are very easy and the teachers are very helpful," said Liu.
They might have to be even more accommodating(乐于助人的) now if Liu starts taking on celebrity status, although an invite to his homecoming karaoke party may help.
1. The first sentence "Asian athletes have had a spare time in the first two days…" means "________".
A. Asian athletes can do things at their will in the first two days
B. Asian athletes haven't any achievements in the first two days
C. Asian athletes could match athletes from other continents
D. Asian athletes are tired of competing in the first two days
2. The underlined sentence means "________".
A. I was not satisfied with my performances
B. winning a medal can't show what I have done
C. I didn't think I was able to win a medal
D. I haven't told anyone about my achievements in the hurdles
3. Liu ________ the World Championship outdoors in Paris later this year.
A. is busy preparing for
B. has great pressure on
C. is more confident of his ability in
D. pays little attention to
4. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A. Liu Xiang was the youngest athlete to take part in the competition in England.
B. Liu Xiang was the first Asian medallist to get a world indoor medal.
C. Liu Xiang is not only a good athlete but a music-lover.
D. Liu Xiang finds it hard to get along with teachers in university.

B
 EXERCISE IN EXACTLY 4 MINUTES PER DAY!
$14,615
TIME IS IT.Over 92% of people who own exercise equipment snd 88% of people who own health club memberships do not exercise.A 4-minute complete workout is no longer hard to believe for all the people who have bought our excellent Range of Motion machine (ROM) since 1990.Over 97% of people who rent our ROM for 30 days end up buying it,due to the health benefits experienced during that tryout and the ROM performance score that tells the story of health and fitness improvement.At under 20 cents per use,the 4-minute ROM exercise is the least expensive full body complete exercise a person can do.How do we know that it is under 20 cents per use?Over 90% of ROM machines go to private homes,but we have a few that are in commercial use for 12 years and they have endured over 80,000 uses each,without need of repair.The ROM 4-minute workout is for people from 10 to over 100 years old and highly trained athletes as well.The ROM balances blood sugar,and repairs bad backs and shoulders.Too good to be ture?Get our free video and see for yourself.The best proof for us is that 97% of rentals become sales.Please visit our websit at www. Fitness.com or call (800)123-6460. (07北京卷)
Factory Showroom : EOMFAB. 823 Main Street , Batom Ronge , LA70893
Fax(800)123-6461  Email: sakes @fitness. Com 
5 .What is ROM?
A.A peice of exercise equipment.
B.A club membership card.
C.A commercial health club.
D.An electric wheelchair.
6.How many people bought ROM after trying it out?
A.92%                              B.88%
C.97%                              D.90%
7.One selling point of ROM is that_____.
A.it makes full body exercise possible in 4 minutes
B.it can kill back and shoulder pains in 10 minutes
C.it needs no repair in the first 20 years
D.it is sold on a 3-month trial basis
8.The advertisement is made believable by______.
A.telling stories
B.using figures
C.making comparisons
D.asking question

第5 天                                 A

Special trees that grow faster, fight pollution, produce better wood, and even sense chemical attacks are being planted by scientists in the US.
    When 40 per cent of Hawaii's US$14 million-a-year papaya (木瓜)industry was destroyed by a virus five years ago, work began on creating genetically engineered(转基因的) trees.
    Researchers successfully introduced seeds that were designed to resist the virus. Since then, more and more people have been testing genetically engineered trees.
    Some researchers put special bacteria into trees to help them grow faster and produce better wood. Others are trying to create trees that can clean polluted soil.
    Meanwhile fruit farmers are looking for trees that are strong enough to resist worms, and paper companies want trees that produce more wood and therefore more paper.
    The Pentagon (五角大楼) even gave the researchers US$500,000 this year after they developed a pine tree that changes its colours if it senses a chemical attack..
    So far, the poplar, eucalyptus (杨树与桉树), apple and coffee trees are among those being engineered. All this can be done today because we have a better understanding of tree genomes(基因组).
    However, some people fear that the genetically engineered trees will cause dangerous results. They are worried that the new trees will breed with natural species and change the balance of the forest environment.
"It could be destructive," said Jim Diamond, an environmentalist. "Trees are what is left of our natural environment and home to many endangered species."
    But researchers insist that science could give nature a fighting chance against both natural and man-made dangers.
    They hope to answer the critics by stopping the new trees from breeding, so their effect on the environment can be controlled.
1.. What trees are NOT the ones that scientists are planting in the US?
A. Trees that worms can't hurt.   
B. Trees that can protect themselves at a chemical attack.
C. Trees that can resist wind better.    
D. Trees that can improve soil conditions.
2. What caused the American scientists to work on special trees?
A. They think science could give nature a fighting chance against both natural and man-made dangers.
B. Great numbers of trees have been lost due to attacks by viruses.
C. Researchers successfully introduced seeds designed to resist the virus.
D. Tree genomes are mapped out so scientists know how to improve trees.
3. Which of the following was probably the first kind of trees being engineered?
A. Papaya.   B. Pine.   C. Apple.   D. Poplar.
4. The best title of the passage is         .
A. The improvement of environment
B. The side-effects of special trees
C. The development of special trees
D. the program of genetically engineered trees
B
Last week my youngest son and I visited my father at his new home in Tucson, Arizona. He moved there a few years ago, and I was eager to see his now place and meet his friends.
My earliest memories of my father are of a tall, handsome, successful man devoted to his work and family but uncomfortable with his children. As a child I loved him; as a school girl and young adult(成年人),I feared him and felt bitter about him. He seemed unhappy with me unless I got straight A’s and unhappy with my boy friends if their fathers were not as“successful”as he was. Whenever I went out with him on weekends, I used to struggle to think up things to say, feeling on guard.
   On the first day of my visit, we went out with one of my father’s friends for lunch at an outdoor cafe. We walked along that afternoon, did some shopping, at each the street table, and laughed over my son’s funny facial expressions. Gone was my father’s critical(挑剔的)air and strict rules. Who was this person I knew as my father, who seemed so friendly and interesting to be around? What had held him back before?
  The next day my dad pulled out his childhood pictures and told me quite a few stories about his own childhood. Although our times together became easier over the years, I never felt closet to him at that moment. After so many years, I’m at last seeing another side of my father. And in so doing, I’m delighted with my new friend. My dad in his new home in Arizona is back to me from where he was. ( 08江西卷)
5.Why did the author feel bitter about her father as a young adult?
   A. He was silent most of the time              
B. He was too proud of himself
C. He did not love his children                
D. He expected too much of her
6.When the author went out with her father on weekends, she would feel            .
   A. nervous        B. sorry          C. tired              D. safe
7.What does the author think of her father after her visit to Tucson?
   A. More critical                            
B. More talkative
   C. Gentle and friendly                       
D. Strict and hard-working
8.The underlined words“my new friend”in the last paragraph refer to           .
   A. the author’s son                          
B. the author’s father
   C. the friend of the author’s father             
D. the cafe owner

 

第6天                                  A
Alzheimer’s disease is a major national health problem. Nearly 2 million Americans over the age of 65 have Alzheimer’s disease. It is a leading cause of death among the elderly. But Alzheimer’s disease is not confined(限于)to the aged. There may be a million or more people under the age of 65 suffering from the disease.
At one time, people suffering from the disease were said to be“getting old”.The disease was though to be a natural part of growing old, but it is now known that Alzheimer’s disease strikes young and old alike. It is an organic(器官的)disease that destroys brain cells.
Alzheimer’s disease affects the patient’s memory, speech, and movement. In the beginning stages of the disease, the patient may seem slightly confused. He may have trouble speaking. Then the patient’s memory begins to fail. He may forget dates, telephone numbers, names and plans.
As the disease progresses, the patient may not recognize family and friends. These symptoms(症状)often cause terrible anxiety in the patient. He may feel lost and frightened. Sometimes the patient reacts with wild and bad behavior.
In the last stages of the disease, the patient may not be able to take care of himself. He may have lost the ability to speak and walk.
Scientists don’t know exactly what causes Alzheimer’s disease. It may be caused by a virus(病毒).It may be caused by a poisonous substance(物质)in the environment. At present, there is no cure for the disease. But there are ways to slow its progress. Exercise and physical treatment can help the patients of this disease.
1.The main idea of the passage is that Alzheimer’s disease________.
A .is a terrible part of the aging process
B .is an organic disease that affects young and old
C .can be cured by physical treatment
D. causes forgetfulness
2.All of the following are symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease EXCEPT_________.
A. forgetfulness                       B. difficulty in speaking
C .loss of sight                        D. loss of the ability to walk
3.According to the passage, which of the following may be a cause of Alzheimer’s disease?
A. Poisons produced by the brain.         B. Getting old.
C.A virus.                            D. Lack of exercise.
4.The progress of Alzheimer’s disease can be slowed by________.
A. operation                          B. a change in environment
C .medicines                         D. physical treatment and exercise


  B
What’s On
Stage
An acrobatic(杂技)soul: To celebrate its 50th anniversary , the China Acrobatic Troupe will present “The Soul of China”, where the seemingly impossible is made real . Chills(寒战)will run down your spine(脊柱)as you watch breathlessly as performers take their art and their bodies to the edge .
Time : 7:30 p.m , September13—19
Place : Capital Theatre , 22 Wangfujing Dajie , Dongcheng District
Exhibitions
Joint Show : A group ink painting exhibition is running at the Huangshicheng Art Gallery in Beijing . About 50 works by 25 young artists including Ge Yun and Yu Yang are on display .
Time : 9 a .m —5p. m. until September 10
Place : Huangshicheng Gallery , 136 Nanchizi Dajie , Dongcheng Distirct
Oil paintings : The Wanfung Art Galley will host a joint show of oil paintings by 10 young and middle-aged artists . On display are more than 30 of their latest works , which capture(捕捉)the wondrous variety of life in unique(独特的)styles .
Time : 9 a.m. —4p.m until September 15
Place: 136 Nachizi Street , Dongcheng District
Literature(文学)museum : The National Museum of Modern Chinese Literature offers an indepth study of the evolution of Chinese contemporary literature from 1919 to 1949 .
Time : 9 a. m —4 p.m , daily
Place: 45 Anyuan Donglu , Chaoyang District(Shaoyaoju area )
Concerts
Beijing rocks : “ The Fashionow Night of Chinese Rock” is set to bring rock fans out by the thousands next month . Nine Chinese rock bands will perform at the concert , including older generation bands , middle generation and some recent arrivals. The audience(听众)will be given a chance to decide what songs they want to hear , which is sure to bring a storm .
Time: September 16
Place: The Olympic Center
Belgium Orchestra(管弦乐队):La Petite Bande , the Baroque Orchestra of Belgium will perform in Beijing at the Grand Theatre of the Cultural Palace of Nationalities as part of activities across the world to commemorate(纪念)the 250th anniversary of Bach’s death .
Time: 7:30 p.m . September11—14
Place: Grand Theatre of the Cultural Palace of Nationalities
5.What do you think of the acrobatic show mentioned here ?
A.When you watch it , you will certainly feel cold .
B.Something strange will puzzle everyone , including scientists .
C.Unexpected things will make you excited and surprised .
D.Even the bravest ones will be too frightened to go on watching .
6.The most characteristic thing about the Fashionow Night of Chinese Rock is that_______ .
A.it will let the audience choose the performers and the music
B.it is to bring thousands of rock fans out of their homes
C.it will certainly cause a rock storm throughout China
D.it is to be held in memory of one of the greatest musicians
7.Suppose it is September 14 today , how many activities can people choose to attend ?
A.2        B.3           C. 4           D.5
8.On the whole ,we can conclude _________________.
A.people in Beijing prefer modern culture to something traditional
B.there are usually more cultural activities in September than in any other month
C.most of the cultural activities in Beijing are for foreign visitors only
D.we can enjoy a large variety of cultural activities in Beijing
第7天                                 A

It is difficult for doctors to help a person with a damaged brain. Without enough blood, the brain lives for only three to five minutes. More often the doctors can' t fix the damage. Sometimes they are afraid to try something to help because it is dangerous to work on the brain. The doctors might make the person worse if he operates on the brain.
Dr. Robert White, a famous professor and doctor, thinks he knows a way to help. He thinks doctors should make the brain very cold. If it is very cold, the brain can live without blood for 30 minutes. This gives the doctor a longer time to do something for the brain.
Dr. White tried his idea on 13 monkeys. First he taught them to do different jobs, then he op¬erated on them. He made the monkeys' blood go through a machine. The machine cooled the blood. Then the machine sent the blood back to the monkeys' brains. When the brain' s tempera¬ture was 10°C, Dr. White stopped the blood to the brain. After 30 minutes he turned the blood back on. He warmed the blood again. After their operations the monkeys were like they had been before. They were healthy and busy. Each one could still do the jobs the doctor had taught them. (07全国卷二)
1. The biggest difficulty in operating on the damaged brain is that _______.
A. the time is too short for doctors  B. the patients are often too nervous
C. the damage is extremely hard to fix D. the blood-cooling machine might break down
2. The brain operation was made possible mainly by _______.
A. taking the blood out of the brain   B. trying the operation on monkeys first
C. having the blood go through a machine D. lowering the brain' s temperature
3. With Dr. White' s new idea, the operation on the damaged brain _______.
A. can last as long as 30 minutes       B. can keep the brain' s blood warm
C. can keep the patient' s brain healthy   D. can help monkeys do different jobs
4. What is the right order of the steps in the operation?
a. send the cooled blood back to the brain b. stop the blood to the brain
c. have the blood cooled down   d. operate on the brain
A. a,b,c,d              B. c,a,b,d        C. c, b, d, a            D. b, c, d, a

 

B
My husband, Tom, is a born shopper. He loves to look at things and to touch them. He likes to compare prices between the same things in different stores. He would never think of buying anything without looking around in several stores. I, on the other hand, am not a shopper. I regard shopping as boring and unpleasant. If I like something and can afford it, I buy it immediately. I never take a time to look around for a good sale or a better deal (交易). Of course my husband and I never go shopping together. Doing shopping together would be too painful for both of us . When it comes to shopping, we go our separate ways.
    Sometimes I ask my son Jimmy to buy some food in the shop not far from our home. But he is always absentminded. This was his story.
    One day I said to him , “ I hope you won’t forget what I have told you to buy.” “No,” said Jimmy. “ I won’t forget . You want three organs, six eggs and a pound of meet.”
    He went running down the street to the shop. As he ran , he said to himself over and over again , “ Three organs , six eggs and a pound of meat.”
    In the beginning he remembered everything but he stopped several times. Once he saw two men fighting outside a clothes shop until a policeman stopped them. One of them was badly hurt. Then he stopped to give ten cents to a beggar. Then he met some of his friends and he played with them for a while. When he reached the shop, he had forgotten everything except six eggs.
    As he walked home, his face became sadder and sadder. When he saw me he said, “ I’m sorry , mum . I have forgotten to buy oranges and the meat . I only remembered to buy six eggs , but I’ve dropped three of them.”
5. The husband loves shopping necause_________________.
A. he has much money                     
B. he likes the shops
C. he likes to compare the prices between the same items
D. he has nothing to do but do shopping
6. The wife doesn’t like shopping because___________________.
   A. she has no money
   B. she has no tome
   C. she doesn’t love her husband
   D. she feels it boring to go shopping
7. They never go shopping together because_____________________.
   A. their ways of shopping are quite different
   B. they hate each other
   C. they needn’t buy anything for the family
   D. they don’t have time for it
8. Jimmy didn’t buy what his mother wanted because_____________________.
   A. the shop was closed that day
   B. the policeman stopped him
   C. he forgot some of them
   D. he gave all the money to the beggar
  
第8天                                   A
SANTO DOMINGO, Domincan Republic ---An infant girl born with a second head bled to death Saturday after complex surgery (外科手术) to remove her partially formed twin , her parents and doctors said.
A medical team completed the 11- hour operation Friday night and said 8-week-old Rebecca Martinez died seven hours later. Doctors had warned after the surgery that the girl would be at great risk of death.
“ We knew this was a very risky surgery , and now we accept what God has decided , “ Rebecca’s father , 29-year-old Frankin Martinez, said at a news conference with his wife. “ Rebecca is no longer with us physically , but no one will forget her.”
Martinez said the family would bury Rebecca in a private funeral later in the day.
The girl lost a lot of blood in the operation, which apparently ( 明显地) caused her to suffer a heart attack , said Dr. Jorge Lazareff , the lead surgeon . Friends and family donated (捐赠) almost 4 gallons of blood for surgeons to use Rebeca’s operation
“This was not a failure or an error ,” Lazareff said . “ When we left here last night the girl was in stable condition. At some point in the middle of the night , she started to bleed.”
Rebecca was born Dec. 10 with the undeveloped head of her twin, an exteremely rare condition known as craniopagus parasticus . Rebecca was the eighth documented case in the world of craniopagus parasiticus, doctors said.
All the other infants documented to have had the condition died before birth , making Rebecca\s surgery the first known operation of its kind.
Without an operation , Rebecca would have barely been able to lift her head at 3 months old. Her doctors said the pressure from the second head would have prevented her brain from developing.
“ We always saw Rebecca without the extra part of her body, ”er father said after her death.
Rebecca was their third child-----along with a 4-year-old boy and a 1-year-old girl.
1. The underlined word “infant “ most probably means____________________.
A. a disabled child                        
B. a newly-born child
C. a 2-headed child                       
D. a very young child
2.  Rebecca Martinez died ________________________after she went to the operation table.
   A. 8 weeks              B. 11 hours          C. 7 hours          D. 18 hours
3.  Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the text?
   A. Rebecca died because mistakes happened during the operation
   B. Rebecca most probably died of bleeding
   C. Rebecca was her parents’ third child
   D. Without an operation , Rebecca would have little hope of living
4.  Which of the following would be the best title of the passage?
   A. Infant Girl Dies After 2nd Head Removed
   B. Rebecca , Hiciano’s Third Child
   C. The Death of a Gril With two Heads
   D. Rebecca’s Surgery, the First Known Operation

B
Most people want to know how things are made. They honestly admit, however, that they hard¬ly know a thing when it comes to understanding how a piece of music is made. Where a composer (作曲家) begins, how he manages to keep going - in fact, how and where he leams his trade -all are covered in complete darkness. The composer, in short, is a man of mystery. (神秘).
One of the first things the common man wants to know about is the part inspiration (灵感) plays in a composer' s work. He finds it difficult to believe that composers are not much interested in that question. Writing music is as natural for the composer as eating or sleeping for all. Music is something that the composer happens to have been born for.
The composer, therefore, does not say to himself: "Do I feel inspired?" He says to himself:
"Do I feel like working today?" And if he feels like working, he does. It is more or less like saying to himself: "Do I feel sleepy?" If you feel sleepy, you go to sleep. If you don't feel sleepy, you stay up. If the composer doesn' t feel like working, he doesn' t work. It' s as simple as that. (07全国卷二)
5. What would be the best title for the text?
A. Composer: a man of mystery             
B. Practice makes good music
C. Relation between sleeping and music        
D. Music: product of nature
6. The words "covered in complete darkness" underlined in Paragraph I most probably mean
A. difficult to be made     
B. without any light  
C. black in color     
D. not known
7. Most people seem to think that a composer _______ .
A. finds it difficult to write music  
B. considers it important to have a good rest
C. should like to talk about inspiration 
D. never asks himself very simple questions
8. The author will most probably agree that composers _______
A. are born with a gift for music   
B. are people full of mystery
C. work late at night for their music  
D. know a lot about eating and sleeping


第9天                         A
When Paul was a boy growing up in Utah, he happened to live near a copper smelter(炼铜厂), and the chemicals that poured out had made a wasteland out of what used to be a beautiful forest. One day a young visitor looked at this wasteland and called it an awful area. Paul knocked him down. From then on, something happened inside him.
Years later Paul was back in the area, and he went to the smelter office. He asked if they had any plans or if they would let him try to bring the trees back.. The answer from that big industry was “No.”
Paul then went to college to study the science of plants. Unfortunately, his teachers said there weren't any birds or squirrels to spread the seeds. It would be a waste of his life to try to do it. Everyone knew that, he was told. Even if he was knowledgeable as he had expected, he wouldn’t get his idea accepted.
Paul later got married and had some kids. But his dream would not die. And then one night he did what he could with what he had. As Samuel Johnson wrote, “It is common to overlook what is near by keeping the eye fixed on something remote. Attainable good is often ignored by minds busied in wide ranges.” Under the cover of darkness, he went secretly into the wasteland and started planting.
And every week, he made his secret journey into the wasteland and planted trees and grass. For fifteen years he did this against the plain common sense. Slowly rabbits appeared. Later, as there was legal pressure to clean up the environment, the company actually hired Paul to do what he was already doing.
Now the place is fourteen thousand acres of trees and grass and bushes, and Paul has received almost every environmental award Utah has. It took him until his hair turned white, but he managed to keep that impossible vow he made to himself as a child.
1. When Paul was a boy, _____.
A. he had decided never to leave his hometown
B. the economy of Utah depended wholly on the copper smelter
C. no laws were made to protect the environment against pollution
D. he had determined to stop the copper smelter polluting the area
2. Why did Paul go to college to study the science of plants?
A. He wanted to find out the best way to save the area himself.
B. He was interested in planting trees since he was young.
C. He wanted to get more knowledgeable people to help him.
D. He thought his knowledge would make his advice more persuasive.
3. What does the underlined phrase “the plain common sense” probably refer to?
A. That it was impossible for trees to grow on the wasteland.
B. That his normal work and life would be greatly affected.
C. That no one would like to join him in the efforts.
D. That he had to keep everything he did secret.
4. The message of the passage is that _____.
A. action speaks louder than words
B. perseverance(持之以恒) will work wonders
C. God helps those who help themselves
D. many hands make light work
B
    Amazed zoo visitors watch as an orangutan(猩猩) named Bonnie swings along cables way above their heads. She’s not making a great ape escape; she’s taking a “highway” to higher learning.
Bonnie is traveling on the Orangutan Transit System, called the O-Line, at the National Zoo in Washington, D.C. The O-Line stretches from the Great Ape House, where Bonnie lives, to an exhibit called Think Tank. There she and other orangutans participate in a study trying to answer the questions: Do animals think?  If so,  how?
    Think Tank scientists look for clues that an animal is thinking. A baby orangutan following its mother is probably not thinking. But an orangutan using a stick to reach honey in a beehive probably is thinking. It’s figuring out how to obtain a sweet treat.
    To learn more about what the orangutans are thinking, Think Tank scientists are teaching orangutans a language of symbols. The apes don’t actually speak. They point to the symbols to show their thoughts.
    Each symbol stands for a word. Different categories of the symbols have their own shapes. Food symbols, for example, are rectangles(矩形); object symbols are circles; and verbs are diamonds.
    Computers help the orangutans learn the symbolic language. After the apes are shown an apple, for example, their task is to touch the apple symbol on a computer screen. They can do so. All six orangutans have learned a few symbols, but only Azy and Indah have learned eight symbols and can use the computer.
    Azy and Indah choose to live at Think Tank. The others commute(往返) from the Great Ape House on the O-Line. All attend Think Tank sessions, though none are made to do so. “They’re eager to learn”, one of the scientists says. “They never turn me down!”
5. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Scientists are doing research on whether animals can think and how they think.
B. Biologists have found that orangutans are more intelligent than other animals.
C. Orangutans at the National Zoo can be taught to communicate with humans easily.
D. Animals are being taught by scientists to speak to one another at the National Zoo.
6. The Orangutan Transit System refers to _____.
A. a way that can teach animals to learn things and communicate quickly
B. a place for various animals in the National Zoo to participate in the study
C. a walkway for the orangutans to travel to different sections of the zoo
D. a line for the orangutans to travel between the Great Ape House and the Think Tank
7. According to the passage, scientists use a system of symbols to help _____.
A. find out which orangutan can learn the symbolic language fast
B. attract all the orangutans to live together at Think Tank
C. communicate with the orangutans and understand them better
D. understand whether animals can learn a language and express themselves by using it
8. It can be inferred from the passage that _____.
A. a baby orangutan has his own intention though following his mother
B. many animals in the wild can learn symbolic languages to express their thoughts
C. the cleverer the animals are, the more knowledge they would like to learn
D. orangutans can form mental images in their minds when they see objects


第10天                         A

Dear Editor,
Brockingham is run by people who are more interested in tourists than its residents. The problem is that the people running the government refuse to accept new ideas. By banning(禁止) all fast-food restaurants and discount stores, they take away all the places kids can afford to shop.
These people forget that when they were young, they could go to the South Street Soda Fountain and get an ice-cream soda for 25 cents. Today you can’t find an ice-cream soda anywhere in Brockingham for less than $2! Where can kids go for a snack?
There is not a single restaurant in Brockingham where a family of four can eat dinner for less than $100. Add a 15% tip and sales tax and you have spent nearly $125 to eat a meal you could prepare at home for about $12. Have you noticed that Brockingham families never dine in Brockingham?
Fast-food restaurants are also a good place for school kids to get an after-school job. Fast-food restaurants are busiest during the early supper hours when students are able to work, whereas the fancy food restaurants cater to late-night diners. Working in one of these establishments requires working shifts that are too late for most students.
The City Council claims that local merchants, rather than national chains, should benefit from the tourist business. I agree that it is important to support local businesses, but I think the fast-food restaurants would encourage more people to shop in Brockingham.
Another thing that disturbs me is that we must travel 25 miles to the nearest discount store. If I need a tire for my bike, I have a choice of buying one at Surf and Peddle Sport Shop for $15 or driving to Parkersburg Discount Center where I can buy the same kind of tire for $9. Again, I think the ban on all food chains and discount houses is counterproductive for our city.
Wes Woodrow
9th-Grade Student at Brockingham High School
1. Why does Wes Woodrow write this letter to the editor?
A. Because the government bans all fast-food restaurants and discount stores in Brockingham.
B. Because the writer can’t find an ice-cream soda anywhere in Brockingham for less than $2.
C. Because a family of four can’t find a restaurant in Brockingham to eat dinner for less than $100.
D. Because the writer has to travel 25 miles to the nearest discount store.
2. From the letter we can infer that _____.
A. the writer used to buy a lot of ice-cream soda
B. the students refuse to work in fancy food restaurants
C. the government’s ban benefits local merchants much
D. discount stores usually offer a discount of 40%
3. The underlined word “counterproductive” in paragraph 6 of the letter probably means _____.
A. cheap, not expensive     B. surprising, not expected
C. harmful, not helpful      D. doubtful, not sure
4. One way the writer of this letter tries to convince the reader is by _____.
A. complaining that someone has to drive him to Parkersburg
B. getting an after-school job in fast-food restaurant himself
C. suggesting that many businessmen have the same opinion
D. giving specific examples of the high costs in Brockingham


                      B
A recent study, published in last week’s Journal of the American Medical Association, offers a picture of how risky it is to get a lift from a teenage driver. Indeed, a 16-year-old driver with three or more passengers is three times as likely to have a fatal accident as a teenager driving alone. By contrast, the risk of death for drivers between 30 and 59 decreases with each additional passenger.
The author also found that the death rates for teenage drivers increased dramatically after 10 p.m., and especially after midnight, with passengers in the car, the driver was even more likely to die in a late-night accident.
Robert Foss, a scientist at the University of North Carolina Highway Safety Research Center, says the higher death rates for teenage drivers have less to do with “really stupid behavior” than with just a lack of driving experience. “The basic issue.” he says, “is that adults who are responsible for issuing licenses fail to recognize how complex and skilled a task driving is.”
Both he and the author of the study believe that the way to mitigate (使……缓解)the problem is to have states institute so-called graduated licensing systems, in which getting a license is a multistage process. A graduated license requires that a teenager first prove himself capable of driving in the presence of an adult, followed by a period of driving with night of passenger restrictions, before graduating to full driving privileges.
Graduated licensing systems have reduced teenage driver crashes, according to recent studies, About half of the states now have some sort of graduated licensing system in place, but only 10 of those states have restrictions on passengers, California is the strictest, with a novice(新手)driver prohibited from carrying any passenger under 20(without the presence of an adult over 25)for the first six months.
5. Which of the following situations is most dangerous according to the passage?
A. Adults giving a lift to teenagers on the highway after 10 p.m.
B. A teenager driving after midnight with passengers in the car.
C. Adults driving with three or more teenage passengers late at night.
D. A teenager getting a lift from a stranger on the highway at midnight.
6. According to Robert Foss, the high death rate of teenage drivers is mainly due to ________
A. their frequent driving at night
B. their improper way of driving
C. their lack of driving experience
D. their driving with passengers
7. According to Paragraph 3. which of the following statements is TRUE?
A. Teenagers should spend more time learning to drive.
B. Driving is a skill too complicated for teenagers to learn.
C. Restrictions should be imposed on teenagers applying to take driving lessons.
D.The licensing authorities are partly responsible for teenagers' driving accidents.
8. A suggested measure to be taken to reduce teenagers' driving accidents is that ________ .
A. driving in the presence of an adult should be made a rule
B. they should be prohibited from taking on passengers
C. they should not be allowed to drive after 10 p.m.
D. the licensing system should be improved
第11天                              A

BEIJING, Jan. 11(Xinhuanet)-- Sleeping a little bit longer a day might help fight against obesity(肥胖), a recent study shows. The research-- published in the Archives of Internal Medicine along with an editorial by Turek and Northwestern colleague Joseph Bass commenting on it and related research-- after comparing people of normal weight- a body mass index of less than 25- with those who were overweight or obese , found that sleeping for an extra 20 minutes each night could offer a pain-free way to lose weight.
Insufficient sleep is linked with changes in hormone levels that may stimulate(刺激)appetite. A series of studies in recent months have shown that the less people sleep, the heavier they tend to be.
American researcher Robert Vorona from Eastern Virginia Medical School in Norfolk and colleagues have now examined the relationship between people's self-reported sleep time per 24 hours and their body mass index(BMI). They found that total sleep time and BMI were inversely correlated was total sleep time decreased, BMI increased, except in the severely obese group." Americans experience insufficient sleep and corpulent bodies. Clinicians are aware of the burden of obesity on patients," the study said. "Our findings suggest that major extensions of sleep time may not be necessary, as an extra 20 minutes of sleep per night seems to be associated with a lower body mass index," it added. "We warn that this study does not establish a cause-and-effect relationship between restricted sleep and obesity (but) investigations demonstrating success in weight loss via extensions of sleep would help greatly to establish such a relationship."
In November 2004, researchers from Columbia University in New York City, New York demonstrated a clear link between the risk of being obese and hours of nightly sleep, finding that people aged 32 to 59 who slept four hours or less per night were 73% more likely to be obese than people who slept between seven and nine hours per night.
1. The research, which was published in the Archives of Internal Medicine, found that____________.
A. sleeping for a shorter time a day might help fight agianst obesity
B. an extra 20 minutes’ sleep each night could offer a way to lose weight wothout pain
C. total sleep time and body mass index were inversely related
D. people aged 32 to 59 who slept four hours or less per night were 73% more likely to be obese than people who slept between seven and nine hours per night
2. How many research results are presented in the text?
A. Two                   B. Three             C. Four              D. Five
3.  What does the underlined word “obses” probably mean?
A.thin                    B. fat                C. energetic          D. painful
4.  According to the text , the author intends to tell us that _____________________.
A. Sleeping a little bit longer a day might help fight against obesity
B. insufficient sleep is linked with changes in hormone lives
C. there exists a clear link between the risk of being obeses and hours of nightly sleep
D. the less people sleep , the heavier they tend to be
                                        B
Like a scene out of a reality show or a Disney movie, Southgate, Mich., teenager Ashley Qualls' moment has arrived.
She may not have an MBA, a high-school diploma, or even a driver’s license yet, but Asheley Qualls already has an influential website (www. Whateverlife.Com). The 17-year-old girl hass been building her online business for two years.
In December 2004, Qualls borrowed $8 from her mother to buy the Whateverlife.com. domain name (域名). She intended to use the website as a way to share her design for My Space pages woth her friends.
But in the incontrollable, fast-moving world of cyberspace, others began noticing Qualls’ site even though she never has spent a penny on advertising.
When it comes to web traffic, Whateverlife.com .currently ranks No. 825 out of 20.3 million websites, drawing 2.4 million visitors worldwide during the last 30 days. Qualls said that on average, 72% of her site's audience made a return visit.
Whateverlife.com earned a million dollars in revenue last year and is on track to do the same this year.
"I'm stubborn and I'm independent," she said from her office in the basement of her house. "I like the feeling that it's my company, and I want to have the say-so ( 主张)in everything."
But don’t mistake Qualls for another smart but spoiled teenager. She is growing up fast but owns talent for life and business that elude many girls of her age.
The task of running a million-dollar company isn’t without its sacrifices( 牺牲) and challenges for a teenager. Qualls dropped out of Lincoln Park High School after her sophomore year to work fulltime on Whateverlife.com, a decision that she said shocked her family, friends and teachers . She now is studying to get her degree in graphic design.
5. Many people noticed Qualls’ site because_____________________.
   A. it was set up by a 17-year-old girl
   B. Qualls shares her design with her friends
   C. Qualls has been building her online business
   D. the world cyberspace develops fast and uncontrollable
6. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the text?
   A. Qualls’ Website Whateverlife .com. No. 825 in 20.3 million websites.
   B. About 2.4 million visitors worldwide visit her website every month.
   C. Most of her audience have visited her website at least twice.
   D. Qualls has the right to decide everything in her company.
7. The underlined word “elude” in the 8th paragraph means_______________.
   A. avoid                B. embarrass            C. exceed           D. encourage
第12天                                A

Can you imagine being savagely attacked by a dog? What if the attack was so severe that your nose, lips and chin were completely destroyed? How would you feel about yourself? Would you be able to look at yourself in the mirror? And how do you think other people would treat you?
    Isabelle Dinoire is someone who can answer all of these questions honestly and openly.
Last November Isabelle was attacked and mauled by her own dog. The attack was so severe that her lower face was damaged; it seemed, almost beyond repair. She was rushed to hospital and became the first person ever to have a face transplant.
With such severe injuries doctors offered Isabelle little hope that they would be able to repair the damage to her face using conventional surgery.
Shortly after being admitted, she came to the attention of Dr Bernard Devauchelle who, unlike other surgeons, believed there was an alternative: "We found ourselves saying, yes, it's clear this woman needs a transplant," he said.
Two days after the operation she saw her face in the mirror for the first time. She said "I was scared to look at myself, but when I did it was already marvelous and I couldn't believe it. I thought it would be blue and swollen but it was already beautiful."
Now, less than a year after her 15 hour operation, she’s trying to rebuild her life and there is no doubt how she feels about her new face: "I have been saved. Lots of people write saying that I need to go on, that it's wonderful. It's a miracle somehow."     Although there were ethical questions raised about their decision to carry out the procedure, the doctors who operated on Isabelle are quick to defend their decision.
One of them said "Was it possible for her to live without a face? It's easy to say we shouldn't have done the operation, but her life has changed, she goes shopping, goes on holiday, she lives again."
1.  What would be the best title of the passage?
A. The first face transplant                   B. A successful face operation
C. The most severe damaged face             D. The breakthrough of surgery
2.  The writer uses the five questions at the beginning of the passage to ___________________.
A. tell the story about Isabelle Dinoire           B. show a severe face damage event
C. draw the readers’ attention to the topic         D. invite the readers to answer them
3.  It can be concluded from Isabelle Dinoire’s remarks that___________________.
A. she was too shocked to see herself in the mirror
B. she was satisfied with the result of the operation
C. she thought her damaged face couldn’t be repaired
D.she looked more beautiful than before
4.  According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
A. It seemed that it was impossible to recover Isabelle’s face using face transplant
B. After operation Isabelle thought she looked beautiful and rebuilt her life again
C. Some doctors had no better idea to repair the damage to Isabelle’s face
D. It was Dr Bernard Devauchelle who came up with the idea of face transplant

B
If English means endless new words, difficult grammar and sometimes strange pronunciation, you are wrong. Haven’t you noticed that you have become smarter since you started to learn a language?
 According to a new study by a British university, learning a second language can lead to an increase in your brain power. Researchers found that learning other languages changes grey matter. This is the area of the brain which processes information. It is similar to the way that exercise builds muscles. The study also found the effect is greater the younger people learn a second language.
 A team led by Dr Andrea Mechelli, from University College London, took a group of Britons who only spoke English. They were compared with a group of “early bilinguals” who had learnt a second language before the age of five, as well as a number of later learners.
 Scans showed that grey matter density(密度)in the brain was greater in bilinguals than in people without a second language. But the longer a person waited before mastering a new language, the smaller the difference.
 “Our findings suggest that the structure of the brain is changed by the experience of learning a second language,”said the scientists.
 It means that the change itself increases the ability to learn.
 Professor Dylan Vaughan Jones of the University of Wales, has researched the link between bilingualism and math skills. “Having two languages gives you two windows on the world and makes the brain more flexible(灵活的),” he said. “You are actually going beyond language and have a better understanding of different ideas.”
 The findings were matched in a study of native Italian speakers who had learned English as a second language between the ages of two and 34. Reading, writing, and comprehension were all tested. The results showed that the younger they started to learn, the better. “Studying a language means you get an entrance to another world,” explained the scientists.
5.  Which part will change more when a person studies a second language?
 A.  grey matter density B.  the brain
 C.  mental system                D.  musles
6.  Who can study a second language easier?.
 A.  The adults                       B. The teenagers
    C.  The children                     D. The old
7.  The underlined word “bilingual” probably means      .
 A.  a researcher on language learning
 B.  a second language learner
 C.  a person who can speak two languages
D.  an active language learner
8.  How do you understand the underlined sentence ( in paragraph 4 ) in the passage?
A.  It means that we can practise our brain by studying a second language
B.  It means that the change itself increases the ability to learn
C.  It means that learning a second language makes you more flexable
D.  It means that learners will better understand the difficult ideas.

第13天                         A
Leaders and officials from foreign countries have extended congratulations on China’s successful launch(发射)of its first manned spacecraft.
Japanese Prime Minister Koizumi Junichiro called the launch of the Shenzhou V “a great feat” and said it showed China’s space science and technology has reached a very high level. Russian President Vladimir Putin said in his congratulatory letter to President Hu Jintao that China as a member of space club was conducive(有助于)to maintaining world peace and developing technology. The European Union(EU)also hailed China’s first successful manned space flight.
“The successful launch and safe return of a Chinese astronaut represents an important event for space exploration. Human space flight is a dream for all of us and opens a new chapter(篇章)for scientific and technological exploration of space,”EU research commissioner Philippe Busquin said in a statement.
“For the European Union, it remains a goal to be achieved. This effort can bring nations together and opens up new opportunities for scientific and technological cooperation,”he said.French  Minister for Science Research Claudie Haignere, the first woman astronaut in Europe, said with China’s successful launch of the manned spacecraft,“the space age has entered a new historic period.” Other countries have also extended congratulations to China.
“ The successful launch of Shenzhou V is an honour for China,”said the newspaper on its front page, citing(引用)Chinese President Hu Jintao.
“October 15, 2003 is not only a date to be remembered forever by the Chinese people, but also ‘a splendid moment’in the history of space flight of mankind,”said the newspaper in its editorial section.
1.  The news covers_________.
A.opinions about different countries
B.different opinions about China’s first manned spacecraft
C.congratulations from world leaders
D.China’s congratulations on the successful manned space flight
2.When the Japanese leader said “a great feat”(in paragraph 2), he meant________.
A.a great failure
B.a defeat after success
C.something above sea level
D.something difficult well done
3.  Which of the following is TRUE?
A.Shenzhou V is China’s first manmade spaceship.
B.Shenzhou V is a manned spacecraft.
C.Russian President praised Hu Jintao for his speech.
D.China, as well as many other countries, realized the dream of space flying.
4.  On which day, the Chinese people have realized their dream of space flying?
A.On April 12th, 1961   
B.October 1st, 1949
C.October 16th, 1964   
D.October 15th,2003

B
Vitamin E supplements(补充品),which millions take in the hope of longer, healthier lives, may do more harm than good, researchers reported on Wednesday.
In fact, people taking high doses(剂量)of vitamin E may in some cases be more likely to die earlier, although the reasons are not clear, said Dr. Edgar Miller of Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore, who led the study.“I think people take vitamin E because they think it is going to make you live longer, but this(study)doesn’t support that.”Miller told reporters.
Miller and colleagues reanalyzed 19 studies of vitamin E and health between 1993 and 2004. The tests involved more than 136,000 mostly elderly patients in North America, Europe and China. People who took 200 international units of vitamin E a day or more died at a higher rate during the study, which lasted three years, than people who did not take supplements, they told a meeting of the American Heart Association.“It’s about a 5 percent increased risk at 45 years in the tests combined together,”Miller said.“That doesn’t sound like a lot but if you apply it to 25 percent of the (U.S.)adult population taking vitamin E, that is significant.”
Miller, whose findings are also being published online by the Annals of Internal Medicine, said twothirds of people who take vitamin E supplements take 400 IU or more.“We don’t think that people need to take vitamin E supplements, which they can get enough from the diet,”he said. Nuts, oils, whole grains and green leafy vegetables are all rich in vitamin E.
5.  People take vitamin E supplements, hoping that________.
A.they can lose weight easily
B.they may live a longer and healthier life
C.they can get more and more beautiful
D.they no longer need any medicine
6.  The following statements can give us information about Miller EXCEPT_________.
A.Miller and his team based their research on 19 cases of vitamin E and health between 1993 and 2004
B.Miller thinks it unnecessary for people to take vitamin E supplements
C.Miller supposes it impossible for people to get enough vitamin E from their diets
D.Miller played an important role in the tests conducted by the researchers
7.  Which of the following contains rich vitamin E?
A.Nuts.       
B.Whole grains.   
C.Green leafy vegetables.      
D.All of the above.
8.  What is this text mainly about?
A.It is reported in a study that vitamin E may do more harm than good to people to live longer and get healthier.
B.Dr.Edgar Miller and his colleagues studied many cases of vitamin E and health.
C.Dr.Edgar Miller advises that people should not depend on vitamin E supplements for longer and healthier lives.
D.People who took 200 international units of vitamin E a day or more died at a higher rate than people who did not take supplements.
 
第14天                         A
Are you single and dreaming of an exciting voyage vacation, but unsure of the next step? You’re not alone! Many single travelers wonder which voyage will have the most singles on board, how they’ll meet other singles, what the voyage will cost and whether they’ll enjoy themselves.
Our hosted singles voyage is ideal for singles of all ages. No other form of travel affords as many opportunities to meet people and make friends. In fact, our Singles Division can help you find a singles voyage on a ship that’s just right for you and make sure you meet many other singles on board.
We’ve scheduled singles voyage on sailings throughout 2005, to all of the world’s greatest destinations. And we’ve selected popular itineraries(旅行路线)on large, newer ships for different audiences, so you can find one that suits your tastes.
If you’re looking for a roommate to cut costs, our Match Program can pair you with a samesex single in one stateroom(on hosted sailings only),enabling us to offer you the same perperson pricing that couples receive. We guarantee to find you a roommate, whenever you signup before the cutoff date. If we don’t, you only need pay the perperson, doubleoccupancy rate. If you prefer the privacy of your own stateroom, the single supplement rates will apply.
Either way, we’ll provide our own onboard host to organize singles cocktail parties, mixers, games, singlemingle dining and more. Once you’ve booked your voyage, we’ll also give you private access to our singles chat site where you can get to know other singles before you depart.
We expect our staterooms on these sailings will fill quickly, so please book early to avoid disappointment. To get started, click on any singles voyage in the calendar to the left. Hope to see you onboard!
Note: If you can’t take advantage of one of our hosted singles cruises but still wish to travel as a single, click here for more information.
1.  The voyage which is strongly recommended in the text is for________
A.young singles
B.singles of all ages who want to meet people and make friend
C.single travelers
D.singles who intend to go to the world’s greatest destinations
2.  What can Match Program do for travelers according to the text?
A.To match a single man with a proper woman.
B.To match a single woman with a proper man.
C.To have a match between samesex singles in one room.
D.To pair a willing person with a samesex single in one room.
3.  Which activity is NOT included in the voyage?
A.Having singles cocktail parties.
B.Having private access to our singles chat site.
C.Mixers, games, singlemingle dining etc.
D.Finding a roommate.
4.  The text probably comes from_____________.
A.a guide book
B.an ad on newspaper
C.a website
D.a magazine
 

B
Brand is often regarded as the creation of western advertisement industry. However, the earliest “brand” could be traced back to the early civilization in China and Egypt. Earthenware(陶器)made in China thousands of years ago had signs or symbols of pottery makers, and domestic animals branded with marks could also be seen on wall paintings of ancient Egypt. These might be the first “brand” in history.
Time passes and the situation has changed. Nowadays Americans have “Cadillac”, Japanese have “Toyota”, Cermans have “Mercedes-Benz”, and they are all proud of the big brands they own. Chinese national brands are pale in comparison to their global counterparts. It is a reality which we cannot deny and have to face. With the globalization of brands and the internationalization of global competition, foreign brands are making constant efforts in attacking the Chinese market. Under the circumstances, the question that we must ask is:How can Chinese brands be ready for the challenge posed by foreign brands?
Many Chinese enterprises are single-minded in getting the attention of the international market and going into metropolises(大城市). Successful though they seem, they act ill-advisedly. We should be aware that it is the home market, especially the rural market with a population of 900 million people that provides the real development opportunity for Chinese national brands. That is why many powerful foreign brands are trying, with every possible means, to develop the Chinese rural market.
Quality is the life of a brand and consumers always choose products with first-class quality. The quality of Chinese products is very unstable so that it seriously affects the establishment of Chinese brands. Therefore, for those national brands determined to challenge foreign brands, the top task is to improve product quality. It must be clearly understood that, for a consumer who has bought a product, defects in 1% of your products mean 100% loss. Only if we create products with quality better than that of foreign brands can national brands be successful in competition.
5.  What is the question that we have to ask in face of foreign brands?
A.How to run a company in foreign countries.
B.How to stay in harmony with the foreign brands.
C.How to catch up with the foreign company in service and price.
D.How to compete against the foreign brands.
6.  Which of the following would the author agree with?
A.Quality is the most important element for a brand.
B.China’s international market is fully feveloped.
C.China’s products are matchless in the international market.
D.China’s goods are always of bad quality.
7.  Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A.Metropolitan areas are what many Chinese enterprises focus on.
B.Pottery made in ancient China had signs or symbols of the makers.
C.The top target of foreign enterprises in China has been the rural market.
D.Chinese enterprises should try to get into the home market.
8.  What can be concluded from the passage?
A.There’s no need for foreign brands to make constant efforts to compete with Chinese brands.
B.Ancient Chinese and Egyptians knew how to mark or symbolize their works.
C.Chinese enterprises can hardly build big brands people trust due to quality problems.
D.Chinese brands can only be successful in domestic market.

 
第15天                              A
Electricity, like clean water, is a resource that’s often taken for granted. But last summer, when blackouts struck much of the northeastern US, Ontario and Rome, consumers on two continents were given a painful reminder of just how easily broken electricity supplies can be. The massive disorder stranded (使陷入困境)commuters, stopped freezers, shut down businesses and refocused attention on where most of the planet’s power comes from:oil-and-gas-fired generators and nuclear plants, These sources not only pollute the environment but also make many consumers feel unacceptable health risks.
Companies are trying to offer an alternative, clean energy from renewable resources that’s plentiful and portable. Lifton’s Medis Technologies, as well as companies like Hydrogenics and Nanosys, is tapping into fuel cells and dolor panels to give people power whenever and wherever they want it, free from dependence on local grids(电网).
The search for alternative energy is nothing new, but the current trend of innovators is focusing on the goal of making clean and sustainable power a mainstream commodity. For example, the fuel cell, which produces electricity from the chemical reaction between oxygen and hydrogen, has been around for about 150 years, though its commercial development did not begin until the 1960s and then only as part of NASA spacecraft. Today this technology is coming down to Earth in places like Tokyo; in nine European cities, from Stockholm to Porto, each operating three hydrogen-fuel-cell buses; and in Iceland, which is trying to create the first fuel free hydrogen economy by 2030.
When hydrogen and oxygen molecules(分子)combine, the reaction produces heat and water. Fuel cells use this reaction to generate electricity. With the cell phone and gadget(小机件)market in mind, Medis has developed a fuel cell with cheap components that produces little heat and effortlessly reduces waste water without turning to energy consuming pumps.
1.  What is the passage mainly about?
A.The future of alternative energy
B.How the fuel cells works
C.People’s search for alternative energy
D.The damage done by the blackout last summer.
2.  What can we know about the fuel cell?
A.Its commercial use began in the 1960s.
B.Today it’s being used in almost every corner of the world.
C.It has been in widespread used for about 150 years.
D.It supplies electricity to make the combination of oxygen and hydrogen possible.
3.  Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?
A.Lifton’s Medis Technologies is tapping into fuel cells and solar panels.
B.The fuel cell has been around for about 150 years.
C.The fuel cell’s commercial development did not begin until the 1960s.
D.When hydrogen and oxygen molecules combine, the reaction produces o2 and H2O.
4.  The underlined word “blackouts” in the 1 st paragraph means_____.
A.power failure                 B.the delivering of electricity
C.the power of electricity         D.power station
B
Seafood buffet(自助餐)
   Treat your mother to a buffet lunch featuring an array of seafood at Days Hotel & Suites Beijing. There are oysters and sashimi, as well as an on-site grill of various meat and seafood, plus dumplings. Other selections are savory soup and delicate dessert. Your mother will receive a hand-made festival gift. 11:30 am, MAY 13TH. 6773-1234 Ext 3930.
   Sunday buffet
   Cafe 99 at Regent Beijing offers a sumptuous Sunday buffet with caviar and free flow of champagne and wines on Mother’s Day, May 13.11:30 am-3 pm. 8522-1789.
   Shaanxi style
   Chefs from Shaanxi Province treat customers to authentic local noodles at the Regal Palace Chinese Restaurant, Days & Suites Beijing, including Qishan noodles with spicy and sour pork sauce, oil-sprayed noodles, besides based cakes with pork stuffing, and mutton soup with steamed buns. 8778-9888 Ext 262.
   Da Zhai Men
   Traditional Chinese architecture, performances and popular Chinese foods. Daily 11 am- 2 pm, 5 pm-11pm. Guoxing Jiayuan, Shouti Nanlu, Xicheng District. 8835-6687.
   Da Zhai Men
   Traditional Chinese architecture, performances and popular Chinese foods. Daily 11 am-2pm, 5pm-11pm. Guoxing Jiayuam, Shouti Nanlu,, Xicheng District. 8835-6687.
   Mughal’s Beijing Restaurant
   Classic curry dishes and many other famous Pakistani/Xinjiang halal dishes(English menu). Lunch buffet every working day for 38 yuan per person. Live dance performances every day (starting at 7:30 pm). There is a big open-air terrace. Daily 11 am-midnight, Rm 5188, 5th Floor, 3.3 Fashion Plaza, 33 Sanlitun Road, Chaoyang District. 5136-5575.
   Brunch(早午餐)
   Pay tribute to Mom with a brunch fest at the Kerry Center Hotel. Complimentary chocolates, flowers and a glass of champagne add to the festive environment, Starting at 11:30 am, Sunday May 13.6561-8833 Ext 40.
5.  Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A.You can enjoy seafood buffet in Kerry Center Hotel on May 13th.
B.Da Zhai Men offers performances and popular Chinese foods 9 hours daily.
C.Having lunch buffet in Mughal’s Beijing Restaurant cost 38 yuan person on weekends
D.Cafe 99 at Regent Beijing offers free chocolates and flowers on Mother’s Day.
6.  This passage is mainly about____.
A.restaurants           B.performances          C.food          D.travel
7.  Which of the following is NOT prepared for Mothers’ Day?
A.Seafood buffet.                    B.Sunday buffet.
C.Brunch.                          D.Mughal’s Beijing Restaurant.
8.  Where can you eat food while enjoying a lot of performances?
A.At Days Hotel & Suites Beijing.
B.At the Regal Palace Chinese Restaurant.
C.In Da Zhai Men.
D.At the Kerry Center Hotel.
 
第16天                       A
In meditation(冥想),people sit quietly and focus their attention on their breath .As they breathe in and out ,they attend to their feelings .As thoughts go through their minds. They let them go. Breathe .Let go .Breathe .Let go .
According to a recent study at the Insight Meditation Society in Barre,Massachusetts. Three months of training in this kind of meditation causes a market change in how the brain allocates(分配) attention. It appears that the ability to let go thoughts that come into mind frees the brain to attend to more rapidly changing things and events in the outside world. Expert mediators are better than other people at catching such fast-changing stimuli( 刺激),like facial expressions.
The study provides evidence for changes in the workings of the brain with mental training. People can learn and improve abilities of all sorts with practice, everything from driving to playing the piano. The study has shown that meditation is good for the brain. It appears to reduce pressure and promote a sense of well-being.
In an experiment, 17 volunteers with no meditation experience in the experimental group spent three months meditating 10 to 12 hours a day .A control group also with no meditation experience meditated for 20 minutes a day over the same period .Both groups were then given the tests with two numbers in a group of letters. As both group looked for the numbers , their brain activity was recorded.
Everyone could catch the first number .But the brain recordings showed that the less experienced mediators tended to grasp the first number and hang onto it, so they missed the second number .Those with more experience gave less attention to the first number .as if letting it go ,which led to an increased ability to grasp the second number ,This shows that attention can change with practice.
Just ask Daniel Levision , who meditated for three months as part of the study .”I am a much better listener,” he said . “ I do not get lost in my own personal reaction to what people are saying.”(07天津卷)
1.  The underlined word “them” in Paragraph 1 refers to  __________  .
A.  feelings          B. minds              C. people              D. thoughts
2.  Meditations manage their daily tasks better because they   ________  .
A . are given less pressure
B. allocate their attention better
C. have more stimuli for life
D. practice them more frequently
3.  In the experiment ,volunteers doing meditation for longer hours   _____  .
A. were more likely to catch both of the members
    B. were used to memorizing numbers in groups
    C. usually ignored the first number observed
    D. paid more attention to numbers than to letters
4.  The study proves that     _____ .
    A .meditation improves one’s health
    B .brain activity can be recorded
    C .human attention can be trained
    D .mediators have a good sense of hearing

B
When we think of  leadership ,we often think of strength and power .But what are these really ,and how do they operate?
 Leadership today is not about forcing others to do things .If this is even possible .it is short-term ,and tends to backfire. If you order someone to do something against their will, they may do it because they feel they must , but the anger they feel will do more harm in the long-term ,They will also experience fear.
Fear causes the thinking brain to shut down , making the person unable to function at his or her best .If they associate you with this emotion of fear. They will become less functional around you ,and you will have succeeded in not only shooting yourself in the foot .but possibly making a very good employee or partner unable to perform effectively .Fear has no place in leadership.
  The way we influence people in a lasting way is by our own character, and our understanding and use of emotion .We can order someone to do something ,which may be part of the work day; or we can employ them at the emotional level ,so they became fully devoted to the projects and provide some of their own motivation(积极性)。Today’s work place is all about relationships as a human being as well as a worker .Everyone produces just a bit more for someone they like .Leaders understand the way things work .They know the pay check is not the single most motivating factor (因素) in the work life of most people.
The true strength of leadership is an inner strength that comes from the confidence of emotional intelligence---knowing your own emotions, and how to handle them, and those of others . Developing your emotional intelligence is the single best thing you can do if you want to develop your relationships with people around you , which is the key to the leadership skills . (07天津卷)

5.  An employee may have a feeling of fear in the work place when___.
A. he is forced to do things
B. be cannot work at his best
C. he feels his brain shut down
D he thinks of his work as too heavy
6.  Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A People tend to associate leadership with fear
B Working conditions affect people’s physical health
C Good relationship is the key to business success
D Smart people are more functional in the work place.
7.  To positively influence employees a leader should first of all __
A provide better suggestions
B develop his own personality
C five his employees a pay raise
D hide his own emotion of fear
8.  Good leadership is mainly seen in a leader’s ability to___
A .provide a variety of project for employees
B. help raise employee’s living standards
C. give employees specific instructions
D. deal wisely with employees’ emotions
第17天                              A
When your pet meets your infant(婴儿),it might not be love at first sniff. When Jennifer brought her baby home from the hospital, her cherished dogs had very different reactions. Her Boxer, Sonya, was immediately gentle and protective. But Tiger, the Pomeranian, was less welcoming. “If any diapers(尿布)or toys were on the floor, he peed on them,” says the Greenbrier, mom. In the eyes of a pet, there’s a new star in home who’s stealing his spotlight. Even the gentlest animal will probably act up if he doesn’t get his usual attention. These simple steps will help your pet adjust and keep your baby safe.
     Introduce Them with Care
Your newborn and per’s first encounter can set the tone for their relationship. To make it as smooth as possible, try this trick from Caryn Ruiz:“Before we left the hospital, my husband took blankets home to our dog, Daisy, so she’d know our newborn Devon’s smell.” When you get home, have your husband carry the baby so you can greet your pet without worrying about her jumping on you. A cat will likely walk away at first, while a dog probably wants to investigate right away.
To introduce your baby, get down on your pet’s level and let her have a hello sniff. Don’t panic and pull your baby away unless your pet is barking or hissing, because it’ll send the message that the baby is a threat.
    Learn the Safety Basics
No matter how smoothly the introduction goes, there are certain safety rules you should follow. Never leave your baby alone with the pet. Even the gentlest animal can react unpredictably. Your baby’s crying could frighten your cat, or your dog could suddenly become territorial. Consider setting up baby gates to limit your pet’s access. To keep your cat from jumping into the bassinet(有篷盖的摇篮), try putting mosquito netting over the top. Cats hate sticky paws, so keep the crib(有栏杆的婴儿床)and changing table off-limits by lining the edges with sticky strips made for furniture. You can also train your dog to sleep in a crate(大木箱).
1.  At the beginning of the passage, the author uses the stories to_____.
A.illustrate possible reactions when pets meet a newborn baby
B.show that pets don’t like a newborn baby
C.prove how friendly a pet is when it meets a newborn baby
D.introduce how terrible the pets are when a mother gets a baby home
2.  Who is Sonya mentioned in the 1 st paragraph?
A.Jennifer’s dog.                        B.Jennifer’s baby.
C.Jennifer’s husband.                    D.A pet expert.
3.  What can we infer from the passage?
A.Cats are more welcoming than dogs when they meet a newborn baby.
B.You must show your baby to your pet dog when it is barking.
C.You should never keep a baby together with your pet.
D.The first introduction of your newborn baby to your pet is important.
4.  According to the passage, to keep your baby safe, you should do the following things EXCEPT_____.
A.introducing your baby to your pet with care
B.leaving your baby alone with your pet at the first day when they meet
C.setting up baby gates to limit your baby
D.keeping your pet away from your baby
B
 “Seven out of ten people have tried to learn a language at some point in their life and most wish they could speak one more fluently,” a survey found. “And nine out of ten people want their children to learn foreign languages at primary school,” said the poll for the OCR Examing Board (牛津剑桥皇家考试委员会).Languages are no longer compulsory(义务的)for pupils aged 14 and over. But the government wants all primary school pupils in England to learn a language by the end of the decade.
A survey of 1000 people was carried out, which is organised by the National Centre of Language .The study suggested people in London were the most likely(78%) to have studied another language, Scots were next at 74%, followed by the northeast of England (71%).In the west of England, more than six in ten have knowledge of another language.
Barrie Hunt from OCR said, “People are often very negative about Britain,s grasp of foreign languages but in reality the number of people who can speak a second language is impressive. The great joke is that many of these people will have no formal qualification to show their family, friends and employers what they can do. Whether they are fluent or just able to hold a short conversation in another language is unknown.”
He said OCR had set a new language scheme called Asset Languages to encourage people of all ages to learn languages in bite-sized amounts and get a qualification.
The scheme also provides assessment for community languages spoken at home, such as Chinese, Urdu and Punjabi.
Isabella Moore from the National Centre of Languages said, “Employers want evidence of good communication skills, confidence and outward-looking attitudes, so a language qualification is an important addition to anyone,s resume.”
5.  It can be inferred that___________________________ .
A. foreign language study is popular in UK
B. foreign language study is a must for people of all ages
C. it is especially easy for British people to study foreign languages
D. students of over 14 no longer study foreign languages
6.  Which of the following has the most to have studied a foreign language?
A. People from Scotland.              B. People from the northeast of England.
C. People in London.                 D. People from the west of England.
7.  Which statement is true according to the text?
A. A language qualification is the only evidence of a high-quality employee.
B. Speaking foreign languages is the most important skill required in employment among all.
C. A language qualification is very difficult to get in UK.
D. Many people in UK don,t have a qualification although they can speak foreign languages.
8.  What’s the best title for the text?
A. An Interesting Survey                 B. UK Loves After All
C. Language Teaching in UK              D. Better to Get a Language Qualification

第18天                             A
He could have been president of Israel or played violin at Carnegie Hall, but he was too busy thinking. His thinking on God, love and the meaning of life graces our greeting cards and day-timers.
Fifty years after his death, his shock(乱蓬蓬的一堆)of white hair and hanging moustache still symbolize genius. Einstein remains the foremost scientist of the modern time. Looking back 2,400 years, only Newton ,Galileo and Aristotle were his equals.
Around the world , universities and academies(研究院)are celebrating the 100th anniversary of Einstein’s “miracle year” when he published five scientific papers in 1905 that basically changed our grasp of space, time ,light and matter. Only he could top himself about a decade later with his theory of relativity.
Born in the age of horse-drawn carriages, his ideas launched a technological revolution that has made more changes in a century than in the previous two thousand years. Computers, satellites, telecommunications, lasers, televisions and nuclear power all owe their invention to ways in which Einstein exposed a stranger and more complicated reality underneath the world.
He escaped Hitler’s Germany and devoted the rest of his life to human rights and peace with an authority unmatched by any scientist today, or even most politicians and religious leaders. He spoke out against fascism(法西斯主义)and racial prejudice. His FBI(美国联邦调查局)file ran 1,400 pages.
His letters expose a disorderly personal life ─ married twice and indifferent toward his children while absorbed in physics. Yet he charmed lovers and admirers with poetry and sailboat outings. Friends and neighbors fiercely protected his privacy.
1. The first paragraph implies that Einstein             .
A. had the gift for politics and music
B. had run for president before he worked at his research
C. was an excellent violinist
D. was more a political leader of a musician than a thinker
2. When you think of Einstein, what typical appearance was formed in your mind?
A. Funny and humorous, with an air of a musician.
B. Wearing very wide trousers and a moustache, with an image of an actor.
C. Rough untidy mass of white hair and hanging moustache , with an image of thinking .
D. Black long hair and moustache, with his eyes deep set.
3. Why was 1905 called Einstein’s “miracle year”?
A. Because he topped himself with the theory of relativity.
B. Because he made important discoveries of space, time , light and matter.
C. Because he published five papers on his theory of relativity.
D. Because he wrote five important articles to help people understand space, time , light and matter better.
4. Which of the following is not true about Einstein according to the passage?
A. When he was absorbed in his research ,he didn’t care for his family.
B. He tried to amuse his family and friends in his spare time.
C. He was so busy with the physical research that he showed no interest in politics.
D. His theory led to much improvement in many technological fields.

B
Heading back to the room for dinner and a hot shower may sound like the act of a tired tourist ,but in a traditional Japanese inn ─ or ryokan ─ those activities can be as interesting as anything along the sightseeing trail.“People going looking for a sort of nostalgic(怀旧的),old-fashioned ,and traditional view of Japanese life will find it most easily in a ryokan,”said Peter Grilli, the president of Japan Society of Boston, Massachusetts.
Many ryokans sprang up in the 17th century to put up feudal lords traveling along the Tokaido highway to Edo(now Tokyo). Today tourists looking for a taste of the country’s historic lifestyle find varying levels of understated elegance in ryokans throughout the country.
A typical stay starts with a greeting from the inn’s staff and a change from street shoes into slippers .An attendant leads guests to their rooms, where slippers are removed before walking on the rice-straw flooring, called tatami. Walking slowly along behind a kimonoclad(身穿和服的)attendant on the creaky wood floors of Fukuzumiro ryokan,s hallways is like stepping back in time. The inn was established in 1890 by a former samurai(武士).
Tim Paterson ,33, a banker living in Tokyo, has stayed at several ryokans. This New Zealand native leaves after a recent stay at Fukuzumiro. “I think it’s quite good mixing culture with history and not just going to see it ,but living in it, staying in it,”he said. Sliding glass doors line the inn’s rural hallways, bringing in the sound of tricking water and the quietness of the stone and tree-filled courtyards outside.
5. From the first paragraph, we can see that_________________ .
A. there is no dinner and a hot shower in the ryokan
B. such activities as dinner and shower in the ryokan can take you back in time
C. such activities as dinner and shower mean the same both in ordinary inns and traditional inns
D. such activities as dinner and shower are more important than the sightseeing for tourists
6. What’s the purpose of building so many ryokans in the 17th century?
A. Providing rooms for the noble when they traveled.
B. Keeping the Japanese traditional style of life.
C. Making people feel elegant in the ryokan.
D. Attracting more tourists to put up in the ryokan.
7. Which of the following shows the right order of tourists entering the ryokan?
  a. An attendant shows guests to their room;
b. The guests take off their shoes; 
c. The staff greet the guests; 
d. The guests walk on tatami; 
e. The guests take off slippers; 
f. The guests put on slippers.
A. b ; c ; d ; e ; f ; a             B. c ; b ; f ; a ; e ; d  
C. c ; a ; d ; b ; e ; f             D b ; a ; d ; e ; c ; f
8. From Tim Paterson’s words in the last paragraph ,we can infer that      .
A. he will never stay in such a ryokan again
B. he stays in such a ryokan just for its long history
C. he feels relaxed and culturally enriched after staying in such a ryokan
D. he would rather live in such a ryokan than go back home


第19天                              A
It seems that Great Wall is the place to rock. There will be two parties held on the Great Wall this month.

Great Wall Ⅰ
The latest Great Wall party is sponsored(主办)by the Club and electrobeat and held at Jinshanling. Local DJ Mark ,as well as guest Slab from Australia ,Usami and Bobby from Hong Kong will spin the sounds. All drinks are priced at 20 yuan($2.4).
Tickets:200 yuan($24), including bus ride there and back plus entrance fee to the Great Wall.
T/D: 8 p.m. to 2 a. m., Sept.20.
Pre-sale tickets are available at: Public Space: 6416-0759 Neo Lounge: 6416-1077
Location: Buses leave at 5 p.m. on Saturday ,Sep. 20 from Neo Lounge, 99 Xinfuncun Zhonglu, Sanlitun, Chaoyan District.
For more info: www. elektrobeat.com

Great Wall Ⅱ
The other party at the end of this month at Jinshanling will be kick-started with live performances by Askar, Brain Failure, Longkuan, Supermarket, Mr.Zhou, Beijing Talking and the Yi band.
Dance till dawn to the groovy(绝妙的)sounds of DJs Ben ,Mickey Zhang ,Will, Cheese, Gao Hu and Huang Weiwei.
T/D: 8 p.m. to 2 a.m. ,Sept. 27.
Tickets: 350 yuan($42)or 300 yuan($36) for groups of 10 or more, 500 yuan ($60) at the door and VIP tickets 800 yuan($72), transportation included..
Location: Buses depart from the north gate of Workers, Stadium at noon, 2 p.m., 4 p.m., Sept. 27.
For more info: contact Li Zhenhua at lzh@msgp.org or call 133-2119-1731.

1.  Which is true according to the text?
A. You have to pay extra money for entering the Great Wall with a ticket.
B. You have to use a computer to get the details about Great Wall Rock.
C. You have to pay extra money for bus ride with a ticket.
D. It is at least 4 hours, ride from Neo Lounge to Jinshanling.
2.  What day of the week is September 27?
A. Saturday .       B. Sunday.       C. Weekday.       D. It can’t be known.
3.  A dozen people want to attend Great Wall Ⅱ.They should pay at least _________ for the tickets.
A. $504         B. $432        C. $720         D. $864
4.  If you want to go Great Wall Rock , _______________________.
A. you’ll have to get up early to catch the bus
B. you’ll have to spend a whole day on the bus
C. you can take a bus at any time from 8 p.m. to 2 a.m.
D. you can’t take a morning bus to get there

B
Jurassic Park could become a reality with dinosaurs making a comeback after a discovery last week. Scientists found remains of a dinosaur’s blood vessels(血管)and cells .In theory, DNA from these cells could be used to clone the longdead dinosaur.
A team from North Carolina State University found the remains in a fossil(化石)of the leg bone of a Tyrannosaurus rex(暴龙)in Montana, US.
The last dinosaurs on Earth died some 65 million years ago, but they left bits of themselves behind wherever they lived. Around the world ,dug-up bones and fossils have given scientists many ideas about what the animals were like.
Preserved by minerals, the newly discovered leg bone was hard. So the scientists used a liquid to dissolve(溶解)the minerals. A week later, the remaining material was soft and stretchy(有弹性的),which surprised the researchers.
Some of the materials appeared to be a network of blood vessels. Out of these, the researchers were able to squeeze(挤出)tiny , round, dark-red and deep-brown structures that seemed to be ancient blood cells.
Scientists are overjoyed by this discovery because most fossils come from hard body parts, like bones and shells, which last a long time. Soft tissues, like skin, muscle, and organs are very hard to find because they tend to break down more quickly.
Scientists think that the new discovery will help them to better understand how fossils form. Future finds should also help flesh out how the dinosaurs lived.
They were also very excited by the possibility of having some dinosaur DNA.From that scientists could create a real life “Jurassic Park”.
In the Hollywood movie, scientists reproduced dinosaurs from the DNA they found in a mosquito fossil and disaster soon followed.
5.  Scientists are excited _________________________ .
A. because they have got dinosaur DNA
B. about making a movie called “Jurassic Park”
C. because they found the liquid to dissolve fossils
D. because it,s very hard to find soft tissues in fossils
6.  The latest discovery can tell us       .
A. what the animals were like         B. how fossils form
C. how the dinosaur lived            D. how to get dinosaur DNA
7.  What does the underlined phrase“flesh out”mean in the article?
A. add more details or information to     B. take more photos of
C. make the public know more about     D. find the answer to
8.  Why is the latest discovery very important?
A. It could make it possible to make dinosaurs return to the former position.
B. It could throw light on how dinosaurs lived many years ago.
C. It could prove what dinosaurs were like.
D. It could explain why dinosaurs died some 65 million years ago.

第20天                      A
Beauty has always been regarded as something admirable .Almost everyone thinks that attractive people are happier and healthier; they have better marriages and have more respectable jobs. Personal consultants(顾问)give them better advice for finding jobs. Even judges are softer on attractive persons. But in the executive circle, beauty can become a liability.
While attractiveness is a positive thing for a man’s rise, it is harmful to a woman’s .Handsome male executives were considered as having more honesty than plainer men; effort and ability were thought to be the reasons for their success .Attractive female executives were considered to have less honesty than unattractive ones; their success was attributed not to ability but to factors such as luck. All unattractive women executives were thought to have more honesty and to be more capable than the attractive female executives.
Why are attractive women not thought to be able? An attractive woman is thought to be more feminine(女性的)and an attractive man more masculine(男性的)than the less attractive ones. Thus , an attractive woman has an advantage in traditionally female jobs, but an attractive woman in a traditionally masculine position appears to lack the “masculine”qualities required.
This is true even in politics. Anne Bowman recently published a study on the effects of attractiveness on political candidates(候选人).She asked 125 undergraduate students to rank two groups of photographs, one of men and one of women ,in order of attractiveness. The students were told the photographs were of candidates for political offices. They were asked to rank them again, in the order they would vote for them.
The results showed that attractive males completely defeated unattractive men , but the woman who had been ranked most attractive always received the fewest votes.
1.  In traditionally female jobs, attractiveness __________________ .
A. strengthens the feminine qualities required
B. makes women look more honest and capable
C. is of great importance to women
D. often enables women to succeed quickly
2.  Bowman’s experiment shows that when it comes to politics, attractiveness _____________________.
A. turns out to be an obstacle to men
B. affects men and women alike
C. has as little effect on men as on women
D. is more of an obstacle than a benefit to women
3.  It can be inferred from the passage that people’s views on beauty are often ____________ .
A. practical    B. old-fashioned    C. prejudiced(偏见的)  D. serious
4.  The author writes this passage to_______________________ .
A. discuss the negative aspects of being attractive
B. give advice to job-seekers who are attractive
C. demand equal rights for women
D. emphasize the importance of appearance

B
Drinking small amount of hard Japanese rice wine apparently never hurt 114-year-old Kamato Hongo.She is now the world’s oldest living person, according to Guinness World Records.
“Hongo inherited(继承)the title Monday after the death of the previous record holder, Maud Farris-Luse ,of Coldwater , Mich.,”the record-keeping company said on its website.Farris-Luse was 115 years and 56 days old then.
“Hongo, born on Sept .16,1887, was raised on a farm and counts drinking Japanese rice wine among her favorite things ─ along with black salt, pork ,sashimi(生鱼片)and green tea,”according to Guinness. “She also likes traditional Japanese dancing.”
“The key is not storing up stress,”said her 45-year-old grandson Tsuyoshi Kurauchi. “If you do that, you can eat or drink anything.”
“Hongo mothered seven children, more than 20 grandchildren, and even outlived her eldest daughter, who died two years ago while in her 90s,”according to Kurauchi, who described Hongo as a “warm, caring grandmother”.
She lived in a nursing home in Kagoshima, a city about 615 miles southwest of Tokyo on the island of Kyushu, which has reputation for record-breaking longevity among its residents.
Hongo was born in the nearby town of Isen, home to the late Shigechiyo Izumi, who also held the Guinness record as the world’s oldest person. He died in 1986 at the age of 120.
Recently , another Kyushu resident was regarded as the world’s oldest man. Retired silkworm farmer Yukichi Chuganji graduated into the spot on Jan . 4 with the death of his predecessor, Antonio Todde of Italy. Chuganji turns 113 on Saturday.
There are an estimated 15,000 Japanese over the age of 100, and women make up about 80 percent of the total.
5.  The sentence “The key is not storing up stress.”in Paragraph 4 means “ ___________”.
A. The most important is to mind everything that has been done.
B. The most important is to forget the unpleasant things.
C. The most important is to reduce the heavy load of learning and work.
D. The most important is to remember what brings you unhappiness.
6.  Who is considered to be the world’s oldest man alive in the passage?
A. Maud Farris-Luse.                B. Shigechiyo Izumi.
C. Yukichi Chuganji.                D. Kamato Hongo.
7.  Which of the following is not true about Kamato Hongo?
A. She is the world’s oldest person alive.
B. She loves drinking Japanese rice wine.
C. She is fond of traditional Japanese dancing.
D. She cares about everything that happens around her.
8.  The passage mainly talks about ___________________ .
A. the fact that women are living longer than men
B. something about the Japanese oldest living lady
C. the fact that Kagoshima is famous for longevity
D. the secret of living longer
第21天                                 A
 Sicily, an island of Italy, is home to beautiful beaches, outstanding food, and a bit of Italian history on every corner. It’s located just southwest of the Italian mainland and it’s the largest Mediterranean island.
 Invaded(侵略)by many armies over the centuries, it became the site of Roman and Greek colonies. Those cultures remain to this day.
 Although they have a rich culture and history, Sicilian people lead a simple life. Living on land with fertile(肥沃的) soil, most of them work in agriculture, fishing and mining, and of course tourism.
 In Sicily, most stores and businesses are closed from one to four in the afternoon. Street become crowded around five as people start to go out and engage in a variety of activities. They may take a walk to the shops, enjoy a pastry(糕点)or just meet up with friends.
 Food is one of the great pleasures of Sicilian people. There is an old Sicilian saying: “With a contented stomach, your heart is forgiving. With an empty stomach you forgive nothing.” People will go miles out their way to eat fresh seafood. Pasta(意大利面)is the main food Each region has its seasonal pasta dishes, and every family cook their own specialty. Bread is common too. As another Sicilian saying goes, “A table without bread is like a day without sunshine.” In Sicily, bread is always freshly baked or bought, and usually twice a day.
1.  Invaders from Rome and Greece came to Sicily______.
A.by bike           B.by ship           C.on foot           D.by train
2.  The underlined sentences mean Sicilian people______.
A.can always forgive other’s mistakes
B.can’t stand going hungry
C.like eating
D.may make mistakes when they are hungry
3.  According the author, Pasta changes with______.
A.weather            B.age              C.social position     D.season
4.  The best title of this passage might be______.
A.Sicily—an Island of Italy
B.Sicily—the Site of Roman and Greek Colonies
C.Italy’s most Beautiful Island
D.SiTALY’S Tasty Island Culture


B
Observer 2007-03-28 13:54
   Nothing could be more shameful for McDonald’s and KFC. They are violating labour’s rights. The government must immediately bring the guilty to justice. A stricter government inspection system must be enforced to protect the workers.
Nathan 2007-03-28 21:39
It is known that McDonald’s and KFC and other fast-food restaurants pay the lowest wage they possibly can to get their employees. I think it’s kind of funny that these two restaurants have not yet set up unions. It is also known that they also take every possible measure e(legal, and sometimes illegal) to prevent their employees from forming or joining unions. I think it is high time that government enforced the law that they have made.
Cushman 2007-03-28 22:32
The deepest reason is that China has a large population. If you complain that the pay is very low, the boss will tell you that can go to other places and that there are a lot of people waiting for the job. Today finding a job is not very easy, so you don’t have many choices, and you have to face the reality.
Chip 2007-03-29 20:33
If wages were too low, people wouldn’t work for them, but they do, so it proves the wages are reasonable. Sure, they could raise the wages, but why should they? The workers are still working, still willing to show up on time, and it keeps costs lower. Were they to raise wages, they would have to FIRE more workers, and the price of burgers would go up. Then people wouldn’t buy them, then McDonald’s would once again FIRE more workers because of a reduced demand, and you’d be back in the same boat, just with less people working.

5. What are they debating about?
A.McDonald’s and KFC pay too low a salary to their employees.
B.Setting up a social security system.
C.Fast-food restaurants have no rights to fire workers.
D.McDonald’s and KFC will be punished for their behaviour.
6. According to Chip, it is____for McDonald’s and KFC to give employees a low salary.
A.unacceptable       B.shameful        C.acceptable        D.illegal
7. In the opinion of Cushman, the key to the problem is that____.
A.the social security net has not been set up
B.China has too large a population
C.the government has not taken stronger steps to protect workers
D.the unions have not played an important part to raise the wages.
8. The underlined word “they” in Nathan’s words refers to____.
A.the employees                          B.governments    
C.all the restaurants                        D.fast-food restaurants
 第22天                        A
Why did humans evolve to walk upright? Perhaps because it’s just plain easier. Make that “energetically less costly”, scientifically speaking.
Bipedalism—walking on two feet, is one of the defining characteristics of being humans, and scientists have debated for years how it came about. In the latest attempt to find an explanation, researchers trained five chimps(黑猩猩)to walk on a treadmill(跑步机)while wearing masks that allowed measurement of their oxygen consumption. The chimps were measured both while walking upright and while moving on their legs and knuckles(膝关节).That measurement of the energy needed to move around was compared with similar tests on humans and the results are published in this week’s online edition of “Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences”.
It turns out that humans walking on two legs use only one-quarter of the energy that chimps use while knucklewalking on four limbs(肢).And the chimps, on average, use as much energy using two legs as they did when they used all four limbs.
However, there were differences among chimps in how much energy they used, and this difference corresponded to their different manner of walking and anatomy(解剖构造).One of the chimps used less energy on two legs, one used about the same and the others used more, said David Raichlen, assistant professor of anthropology at the University of Arizona.
“What we were surprised at was the variation(变异) ”, he said in a telephone interview. Interview. “That was pretty exciting, because when you talk about how evolution works, variation is the bottom line, without variation there is no evolution.”
Walking on two legs freed our arms, opening the door to drive the world, said Raichlen. “We think about the evolution of bipedalism as one of first events that led hominids(原始人)down the path to being humans.”
The research was supported by the National Science Foundation and the L.S.B.Leakey Foundation.
1. The underlined word “Bipedalism” in Paragraph 2 probably means____.
A.moving sideways              B.walking upright
C.walking on four legs            D.running fast
2. We can infer from the passage that____.
A.scientists have no idea on how humans’ walking on two legs came about
B.scientists have had different views on why chimps walk on four legs
C.scientists have had different views on how humans’ walking on two legs vame about
D.scientists have had similar views on how humans’ walking on two legs came about
3. What is Paragraph 4 mainly about?
A.How chimps saved energy.
B.Why chimps didn't walk on two legs.
C.David Raichlen studied chimps.
D.Different chimps consumed different energy.
4. According to the passage, humans walk upright in order to____.
A.conserve energy                  B.differ from other animals
C.free their brains                  D.strengthen their legs

B
Does technology pose a threat to the purity of Chinese language?
Many Chinese use instant messenger tools such as MSN or QQ, listen to music on MP3 players and log on the Internet using ADSL—most without knowing the literal Chinese translation of the abbreviations(缩略词). But they don’t have to, as many English letters have become part of the local vocabulary.
A dozen abbreviations including GDP, NBA, IT, MP3, QQ, DVD and CEO are among the 5,000 most-frequently used words in the Chinese media last year, according to a report on the 2006 Language Situation in China.
The report said some parents are so keen on English letters that a couple tried to name their baby “@”, claiming the character used in email addresses reflects their love for the child. While the “@”is obviously familiar to Chinese e-mail users, they often use the English word “at” to pronounce it “ai ta”,or “love him”.
The study collected more than 1 billion language samples from newspapers, magazines, TV, radio and websites. The annual report is jointly compiled by the Ministry of Education and the State Language Commission.
“Nowadays, more and more English abbreviations are being used in Chinese, making them an important part of modern language,” said Hou Min, a professor at Communication University of China.
“The abbreviations have gained popularity because of the ease of usage,” Hou said. For example, DNA is much simpler to use than its Chinese version. “As more Chinese people learn foreign languages, especially English, in recent years, using abbreviations has become a trend among educated people,” she added.
Some language scholars fear such usage will contaminate(污染)the purity of Chinese and cause confusion in communication.
5. Which of the following is TRUE about the report on the 2006 Language Situation in China?
A.The report is compiled by the Ministry of Education alone.
B.The report is compiled every year.
C.The report is compiled every two years.
D.The report is based on over 1 billion language samples from websites.
6. Why does the author use the example of a couple who tried to name their baby “@”?
A.To show Chinese is badly polluted by English.
B.To express the couple’s love for the child.
C.To indicate “@”is a very common sign among the e-mail users.
D.To show some people are very enthusiastic over English letters.
7.Why are the English abbreviations becoming more and more popular according to the passage?
A.Because English is the most common language in the world.
B.Because using English abbreviations is a fashion.
C.Because English abbreviations are easy and simple to use.
D.Because English abbreviations are easy to pronounce.
8.What can we infer from the passage?
A.People should know clearly the exact Chinese translation of English abbreviations.
B.More and more Chinese people will use English abbreviations in the future.
C.Most parents like to give their child English names now.
D.Language scholars hate to use English abbreviations.

第23天                        A
Now let’s talk about doing well by doing good—many people who have ever been volunteers for the community find their place in relative jobs or even make their way to be corporate(团体的)leaders.
Consider the case of Kimberly Mulcahy. Throughout her career, Mulcahy has actively volunteered in her community, profession and industry. Though she put in long hours as Vice President at a Fortune 500 company, she also found time to professional and community organizations.
Then last year, the unexpected thing happened. The company where she’d worked for more than 20 years was bought out and she was laid off.
On hearing the news, those who she served were quick not only to offer her support—but actual jobs! In the end, Mulcahy was hired by a PR agency—she used to work as a director of her industry association. And she brought with her several accounts based on relationships she had formed through volunteering.
Volunteering was a godsend(天赐之物)to Todd, who has been a mid-level manager at the same company for many years. After he was out of work, he felt old and disappointed. But Todd knew he needed a change. Todd became involved in community service. He joined his town’s volunteer fire department and was soon appointed to the finance committee.
Sometimes volunteering helps you bring passion to your work, other times it can turn your life’s passion into your work. Cape Cod Baseball League President Judy Scarafile is a registered pharmacist(药剂师)whose love of the game led her to volunteered as league publicist(宣传员), secretary and deputy commissioner woman to hold the top post.
Whether you are to enter the workforce, build your resume, or follow your passion, volunteering is good for the soul and the career.
1.  By saying “doing well by doing good” in Paragraph 1, the author wants to_____.
  A.encourage us just to do it, and it will be better
  B.encourage us to try as hard as possible
  C.tell us not to give up
  D.tell us that people who have volunteered their way into
2.  Which of the following is NOT true about Mulcahy according to the passage?
  A.Mulcahy put in long hours as Vice President at a Fortune 500 company.
  B.Mulcahy becomes a famous football player.
  C.Mulcahy brought with her several accounts based on relationships she had formed through volunteering.
  D.Mulcahy was hired by a PR agency.
3.  Which of the following words can best describe Todd?
  A.Learned         B.Lucky        C.Rude          D.Realistic
4.  Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?
  A.Volunteer Work Can Boost Your Career.
  B.Mulcahy’s Voluntary Work Experience.
  C.It’s a Good Chance to Be a Volunteer.
  D.Volunteer Work.


B
Dogs may help save the day in the Philippines, as they use their noses to smell out survivors buried by Friday’s mudslide(泥石流). The team of dogs arrived in the Philippines from Spain, and this Tuesday they were just beginning their work. Search officials told CNN they hope the recent rain will wash away the smell of rescue teams so the dogs can do their job more accurately.
The dogs were brought in after sound equipment found sounds coming from deep inside the ruins, at a place where a school stood before the mudslide covered it. The sounds could mean people are still alive under all the mud or it could just be the earth resettling.
On Monday, rescue workers worked at the school site until three in the morning, trying to locate survivors, and they will begin digging again as soon as the dogs think they find someone.
Human teams from the US, Malaysia, and Australia are all trying to help, too. But so far they have yet to locate any survivors. Rescue workers told CNN that an earlier report that 50 survivors had been found was false.
How did all that mud bury the village in the first place? On Friday, 2,400-foot Mt Kanabag turned into a mudslide after two weeks of constant rain weakened it. The mountain crumbled and the mud fell onto the village Guinsaugon, burying the 1,800 people who lived there . Out of the 300 houses in the village, only 3 were not covered by the mud . The village is on a southern Philippine Island called Levte. Rescue efforts have been difficult because the village takes six hours to reach from the nearest airport. Hopefully, the dogs can help their human friends find survivors.
5.  According to the search officials’ words in the first paragraph, we can learn that_________
A.the smell of rescue teams can disturb the dogs
B.the dogs can follow the smell of rescue teams
C.the gods can’t smell the rescue teams
D.the dogs can tell the differences between people and rescue teams
6.  The main purpose of this passage is probably_______.
 A.to show the way to rescue the victims in the ruins
  B.to introduce the instruments to save victims in a disaster
  C.to tell readers that dogs can smell out victims buried in the ruins
  D.to show how to train dogs to save victims in a mudslide
7.  How many survivors were found by the dogs?
  A. 50.           B. Only a few.           C. 1,800.          D. None.
8.  The reason why the rescue work wasn’t going smoothly was probably that_______.
  A. the rain was heavy
  B. so many people were buried
  C.it was difficult to reach the village
  D.these is little chance to save the survivors
9.  The underlined word “crumbled” in the last paragraph can be replaced by______.
  A. broke          B. shook              C. fell             D. moved
第24 天                                A
The Best of Friends
The evidence for harmony may not be obvious in some families. But it seems that four out of five young people now get on with their parents, which is the opposite of the popularly held image(印象)of unhappy teenagers locked in their room after endless family quarrels.
An important new study into teenage attitudes surprisingly shows that their family life is more harmonious than it has ever been in the past.” We were surprised by just how positive today’s young people seen to be about their families,” said one member of the research team.” They’re expected to be rebellious(叛逆的) and selfish but actually they have other things on their minds; they want a car and material goods, and they worry about whether school is serving them well. There’s more negotiation(商议) and discussion between parents and children, and children expect to take part in the family decision-making process. They don’t want to rock the boat.”
So it seems that this generation of parents is much more likely than parents of 30 years ago to treat their children as friends.” My parents are happy to discuss things with me and willing to listen to me,” says 17-years-old Daniel Lazall.” I always tell them when I’m going out clubbing. As long as they know what I’m doing, they’re fine with it.”Susan Crome, who is now 21, agrees.”Looking back on the last 10 years, there was a lot of what you could call negotiation. For example, as long as I’d done all my homework ,I could go out on a Saturday night. But I think my grandparents were a lot stricter with my parents than that.”
Maybe this positive view of family life should not be unexpected. It is possible that the idea of teenagers’ rebellion is not rooted in real facts. A researcher comments,” Our surprise that teenagers say they get along well with their parents comes because of a brief period in out social history when teenagers were regarded as different beings. But that idea of rebelling and breaking away from their parents really only happened during that one time in the 1960s when everyone rebelled. The normal situation throughout history has been a smooth change from helping out with the family business to taking it over.” (07北京卷)
1.  What is the popular images of teenagers today?
A. They worry about school                        B. They dislike living with their parents
C. They have to be locked in to avoid troubles         D. They quarrel a lot with other family members
2.  The study shows that teenagers don’t want to ___
A. share family responsibility                       B. cause trouble in their families
C. go boating with their family                      D. make family decisions
3.  Compared with parents of 30 years age, today’s parents___.
A. go to clubs more often with their children           B. are much stricter with their children
C. care less about their children’s life                 D. give their children more freedom
4.  According to the author, teenage rebellion____.
A. may be a false belief                            B. is common nowadays
C. existed only in the 1960s                         D. resulted from changes in families
5.  What is the passage mainly about?
A. Negotiation in family                           B. Education in family
C. Harmony in family                             D. Teenage trouble in family

B
Hunting
The days of the hunter are almost over in India. This is partly because there is practically nothing left to kill, and partly because some steps have been taken, mainly by banning tiger-shooting, to protect those animals which still survive.
Some people say that Man is naturally a hunter. I disagree with this view. Surely out earliest forefathers, who at first possessed no weapons, spent their time digging for roots, and were no doubt themselves often hunted by meat-eating animals.
I believe the main reason why the modern hunter kills is that he thinks people will admire his courage in overpowering dangerous animals. Of course, there are some who truly believe that the killing is not really the important thing, and that the chief pleasure lies in the joy of the hunt and the beauties of the wild countryside. There are also those for whom hunting in fact offers a chance to prove themselves and risk death by design; these men go out after dangerous animals like tigers, even if they say they only do it to rid the countryside of a threat. I can respect reasons like these, but they are clearly different from the need to strengthen your high opinion of yourself.
The greatest big-game hunters expressed in their writings something of these finer motives(动机).One of them wrote.
“You must properly respect what you are after and shoot it cleanly and on the animal’s own territory(领地)。You must fix forever in your mind all the wonders of that particular day. This is better than letting him grow a few years older to be attacked and wounded by his own son and eventually eaten, half alive, by other animals, Hunting is not a cruel and senseless killing – not if you respect the thing you kill, not if you kill to enrich your memories, not if you kill to feed your people.”
I can understand such beliefs, and can compare these hunters with those who hunted lions with spears(矛) and bravely caught them by the tail. But this is very different from many tiger—shoots I have seen, in which modern weapons were used.The so—called hunters fired from tall trees or from the backs of trained elephants. Such methods made tigers seem no more dangerous than rabbits. (07北京卷)
6.  There is no more hunting in India now partly because___.
A.it is dangerous to hunt there
B.hunting is already out of date
C.hunters want to protect animals
D.there are few animals left to hunt
7.  The author thinks modern hunters kill mainly____.
A.to make the countryside safe
B.to earn people’s admiration
C.to gain power and influence
D.to improve their health
8.  What do we learn about the big-game hunters?
A.They hunt old animals
B.They mistreat animals
C.They hunt for food
D.They hunt for money
9.  What is the author’s view on the tiger-shoots he has seen?
A.Modern hunters lack the courage to hunt face-to-face
B.Modern hunters should use more advanced weapons
C.Modern hunters like to hunt rabbits instead of tigers
D.Modern hunters should put their safety first

第25天                        A
An elderly woman died and several other passengers were critically injured when a crowded Virgin express train crashed in Cumbria last night.
     A huge rescue operation involving RAF helicopters and dozens of ambulances arrive. After passengers were trapped in the train for more than four hours because fallen power line poles made access for emergency workers difficult.
     Authorities reported up to 80 injuries. Thirteen people were taken to hospital in a“critical or serious condition.”
     Between 180 and 200 passengers were on the 5:15pm Virgin service from London Euston to Glasgow Central when all nine carriages left the rails between Oxenholme and Tebay. Witnesses said that the train shook violently before toppling(倾斜) over into an embankment(筑堤)with at least four carriages overturning. Early this morning, authorities confirmed an elderly woman had died and some other passengers had suffered injuries including back strains, head wounds and broken bones.
     Ruth Colton, a passenger on the train, said she was reading a book when the journey became uncomfortable. It seemed that the train was being beaten by heavy winds,“as if we were on a plane”.
     The accident brought concerns that Britain's busiest rail route would be crippled(瘫痪)for some time. The line between Preston and Carlisle was postponed as Virgin Trains promised a rapid investigation into the “serious incident”—the company's first big crash.
     It is understood that the investigation will examine whether there was an obstacle on the track and the possibility of speeding or mechanical breakdown. The driver, who was injured, will be interviewed and a black-box recorder installed in the train will be examined.
1.  What made the rescue come so late?
    A. It's not accessible to reach the accident spot.
    B. No enough helicopters and ambulances could be found at that time.
    C. It was too far from hospital to Cumbria.
    D. No one called the emergency center.
2.  According to the passage, the busiest rail route in Britain is          
    A. From Preston to Carlisle         B. Between Euston and Glasgow
    C. From Oxenholme to Tebay       D. Between Virgin and Pendolino
3.  What does the underlined word “critical”mean?
     A. Important.      B. Careless.     C. Dangerous.      D. Surprising.
4.  Which of the following is the possible cause of the accident?
     A. Careless driving.                 B. Heavy wind.
     C. Over loading.                    D. Obstacle on the track.
5.  We can learn from the passage that Virgin Trains               
     A. made no quick reaction to this accident
     B. seldom had so serious an accident before
     C. had made full preparations for the accident
     D. didn't mind how many passengers the train can hold
                              
B
    The Beijing government has set out to recruit thousands of university graduates to work as junior officials in rural areas to both improve rural administration and ease the city's employment problems.
    The government plans to recruit 3,000 university graduates this year, 1,000 more than last year, to work as assistants to village heads or Party secretaries in suburban areas.
    People interested in jobs in Beijing's rural villages and townships can submit applications to the Beijing Municipal Personnel Bureau or online at www. bjbys, com from February 1 through March 15.
    "We hope university graduates will seize this opportunity to use their knowledge in rural villages and to start their careers," Sun Zhenyu, deputy director of Beijing Personnel Bureau, told Xinhua News Agency.
    The government has promised successful candidates a monthly salary of 2,000 yuan( $ 250) in the first year, 2,500 yuan ($ 320) the second year and 3,000 yuan ($ 385) the third year, provided their performance is up to the required standards, Sun said.
    Wang Lina, who graduated from Beijing Union University last year, was one of the first graduates to find work in the city's countryside. After majoring in industrial and commercial administration, Wang served as the assistant to the village head of Ertiaojie Village in suburban Beijing’s Pinggu District. For one project, Wang contacted people at the Beijing Academy of Agricultural Sciences and arranged for the local farmers to receive training in strawberry planting. Her efforts paid off. The village had a plentiful harvest of organic strawberries earlier this year.
    Nationwide, about 150,000 university graduates found employment in rural areas last year, according to figures provided by the Ministry of Education.
    The ministry predicts that 4. 95 million students will graduate from universities across the country this year, 820,000 more than last year. About 1.4 million of them are unlikely to find jobs when they graduate.
    In Beijing, a record 200,000 people are expected to graduate from university this year. Less than half of them are expected to be offered jobs, according to the personnel bureau.
6.  The underlined word "recruit "in the first paragraph probably means_____________.
    A. employ         B. force         C. encourage       D. train
7.  We can see from the passage that_______________.
    A. once you are hired as a junior official, you can get an endlessly rising salary
    B. the government guarantee a relatively high salary for the successful candidates
    C. working as junior officials is easy but very meaningful
    D. the competition for the job as junior officials is very fierce
8.  From the story of Wang Lina we can learn that________________.
    A. the sooner you go to the countryside, the sooner you will be successful.
    B. local farmers can get big harvests if they learn more knowledge.
    C. university graduates can also realize their value in rural areas.
D. Wang had great difficulty in helping villagers planting organic strawberries.
9.  The last two paragraphs aim to tell us that________________.
    A. more and more graduates will work as junior officials
    B. the universities should not have so many students
    C. there are more and more graduates in recent years
    D. it is not easy for graduates to find jobs nowadays
10. Which of the following can be the best title for this passage?
    A. Go to the countryside.
    B. Job hunting for university graduates.
    C. What is the best career?
    D. A good choice for university graduates.

第26天                          A
Human Capital - How what you know shapes your life
Version: Print (Paperback) Publication date: 20 Feb 2007
Language: English ISBN: 9789264029088 Price: C15 I $19 1$10
      This book explores the influence of education and learning on our societies and lives and examines what countries are doing to provide education and training to support people throughout their lives.
Economic Policy Reforms -- Going/or Growth, 2007 Edition
Version: Print (Paperback) Publication date: 15 Feb 2007
Language: English ISBN: 9789264030473 Price: $60|$75|$41
      Based on a broad set of indicators of structural policies and performance, Going for Grcwth 2007 takes stock of the recent progress made in implementing policy reforms and identifies, for each OECD country, five policy priorities to lift growth.
Climate Change in the European Alps -- Adapting Winter Tourism and Natural Hazards Management
Version: Print (Paperback) Publication date: 22 Jan 2007
Language: English ISBN: 9789264031685 Price: $24 $32$ 17
      The first systematic cross-country analysis of snow-reliability of Alpine ski areas under climate change for five countries in the region: France, Switzerland, Austria, Italy and Germany.
OECD in Figures 2006--2007--Statistics on the Member Countries -- OECD Observer-- Volume 2006 Supplement 1
Version: Print (Paperback) Publication date: 05 Jan 2007
Language: English ISBN: 9789264022638 Price.; $15 |$20 |$10
      A handy pocket reference containing key data covering the entire range of OECD
work including the economy, employment, health, education, migration, the environment, science and technology, public finances, agriculture, trade, and development aid.
OECD Economic Outlook -- December No, 80 -- Volume 2006 Issue 2
Version: Print (Paperback) Publication date: 26 Jan 2007
language-English ISBN: 9789264030954 Price: $80 | $97|$55
      OECD's twice yearly assessment and projections for the economies of the OECD area and selected non-members. This edition also looks at the rise in household debt.
1.  Which of the following books was published most lately?
    A. OECD in Figures 2006-2007.   B. OECD Economic Outlook.
    C. Human Capital.              D. Climate Change in the European Alps.
2.  We can learn from the passage that Alps is________________.
    A. an Austrian interesting place most attractive in summer seasons
    B. an European mountain belonging to three countries
    C. a stadium for skiing lovers from five European countries
    D. an European mountain famous for its winter skiing
3.  From the book with ISBN ____ you can get a wider range of information about OECD.
    A. 9789264029088                   B. 9789264022638
    C. 9789264030954                   D. 9789264030473
4.  You should afford  ____Euro dollars for a book to know about the recent progress in economic policies in the OECD countries.
    A. 60              B. 15           C. 55           D. 80

B
      There are many theories about the beginning of drama in ancient Greece. The one most widely accepted today is based on the assumption that drama evolved (演化) from ceremony. The argument for this view goes as follows.
       In the beginning, human beings viewed the natural forces of the world -even the seasonal changes - as unpredictable, and they sought through various means to control these unknown and feared powers. Those measures which appeared to bring the desired results were then kept and repeated until they hardened into fixed ceremonies. Eventually stories arose which explained the mysteries of the ceremonies. As time passed some ceremonies were abandoned, but the stories, later called myths, remained and provided material for art and drama.
       Those who believe that drama evolved out of ceremony also argue that those ceremonies contained the seed of theater because music, dance, masks, and costumes were almost always used. Furthermore, a suitable site had to be provided for performances and when the entire community did not participate, a clear division was usually made between the "acting area" and the "auditorium " . In addition, there were performers, and, since considerable importance was attached to avoiding mistakes in the performing of ceremonies, religious leaders usually took that task.. Wearing masks and costumes, they often acted other people, animals, or supernatural beings, and imitated the desired effect -- success in hunt or battle, the coming rain, etc. as an actor might. Eventually such dramatic representations were separated from religious activities.
      Another theory traces(追溯) the theater's origin from the human interest in storytelling. According to this view, tales (about the hunt, war, etc) are gradually developed, at first through the use of action and dialogue, and then through the assumption of each of the roles by a different person. A closely related theory traces theater to those dances that are primarily rhythmical and gymnastic or that are imitations of animal movements and sounds.
5.  Which is the best title of the passage?
        A. Religious activities in ancient Greece.        B. The ceremonies in ancient Greece.
        C. Drama theories.                          D. The origin of Greek Drama.
6.  According to the passage, drama_______________.
        A. was played in memory of ancient Greek ceremonies
        B. was a form of ceremony played by ancient Greeks to control unknown powers
        C. evolved out of ancient Greek ceremonies with time passing by
        D. is one of the measures Ancient Greeks took to view natural forces
7.  What do drama and ancient ceremonies have in common according to the passage?
        A. Both of them were performed in theaters.
        B. Music, dance, masks, costumes and so on were contained in both of them.
        C. Religious leaders were in charge of both of them.
        D. Both of them were concerned about natural power.
8.  In tracing the beginning of drama, which of the following is not mentioned?
        A. Planting.                         B. Religious ceremonies.
        C. Gymnastic.                       D. Storytelling.
9.  It can be inferred from the passage that____________________.
        A. human beings loved to tell stories
        B. people could do nothing about nature
        C. religious leaders tried to develop the effective form of drama
        D. religious activities played a very important role in the evolvement of drama
第27 天                          A
Every year, whenever Spring Festival arrives, a lot of Chinese people cannot wait to go home. They queue for long hours in front of the ticket offices in railway stations, or do whatever they can in order to get a ticket. They tolerate the long journey on the train only to want to ______ with their near and dear ones.
     According to The Beijing Youth Daily, most Chinese celebrate the Spring Festival not only because they want to follow tradition, there are also some practical reasons to explain Chinese people's fever for the holiday. Compared with one's workplace, home provides a more humane environment for one to relax oneself.
     Society may do with or without you, but at home, you become unique and indispensable. You may be the father or mother, daughter or son, grandfather or grandmother in the family and the family will be incomplete if anyone is absent, because every member in the family is bound together, and everyone in the family is pleased with the feeling that he or she is unique and irreplaceable.
     In addition, family provides an ideal environment for one to fully relax oneself. At home, one can take one's time do whatever he or she wants, and one can spend money whenever one likes. In society, however, one needs to do everything fast and with high efficiency, because society always reqiores efficiency and maximum profits. Such company principles make people merely a tool in modern society.
     Chinese people's strong desire for Spring Festival shows that they feel oppressed and have a sense of predicament(困境) of existence in modern society. The Spring Festival provides a chance for them to escape from such anxiety and treasure the long-lost tradition of community spirit. With the Spring Festival, people can find back the warm, family atmosphere often seen in days gone by.

1. What's the passage mainly talking about? (Please answer within 10 words. )


2. Fill in the blanks with proper words or phrases to complete the sentence. (Please answer within 10 words. )


3. Which sentence in the passage can be replaced by the following one?You may not be a necessary part in society, but in your family, you are very important and no one else can take the place of you.

 

4. Do you think home is important for Chinese to celebrate the Spring Festival?Why or why not? (Please answer within 30 words. )

 

 

5. Translate the underlined sentence in the last paragraph into Chinese.

 

B
I entered high school having read hundreds of books. But I was not a good reader. Merely bookish, I lacked a point of view when I read. Rather, I read in order to get a point of view. I searched books for good expressions and sayings, pieces of information, ideas, themes—anything to enrich my thought and make me feel educated. When one of my teachers suggested to his sleepy tenth-grade English class that a person could not have a "complicated (复杂的) idea" until he had read at least two thousand books, I heard the words without recognizing either its irony (嘲讽) or its very complicated truth. I merely determined to make a list of all the books I had ever read. Strict with myself, I included only once a title I might have read several times. ( How, after all, could one read a book more than once?) And I included only those books over a hundred pages in length. ( Could anything shorter be a book?)
There was yet another high school list I made. One day I came across a newspaper article about an English professor at a nearby state college. The article had a list of the "hundred most important books of Western Civilization. " "More than anything else in my life," the professor told the reporter with finality , " these books have made me all that I am . " That was the kind of words I couldn’t ignore (忽视). I kept the list for the several months it took me to read all of the titles. Most books, of course, I hardly understood. While reading Plato's The Republic, for example, I needed to keep looking at the introduction of the book to remind myself what the text was about. However, with the special patience and superstition (迷信) of a schoolboy, I looked at every word of the text. And by me time I reached the last word, pleased, I persuaded myself that I had read The Republic, and seriously crossed Plato off my list.
6. On heating the teacher's suggestion of reading, the writer thought________.
A. one must read as many books as possible
   B. a student should not have a complicated idea
   C. it was impossible for one to read two thousand books
   D. students ought to make a list of the books they had read
7. While at high school, the writer________.
   A. had plans for reading        B. learned to educate himself
   C. only read books over 100 pages     D. read only one book several times
8. The underlined phrase "with finality" probably means
   A. firmly      B. clearly   C. proudly      D. pleasantly
9. The writer's purpose in mentioning The Republic is to________.
   A. explain why it was included in the list
   B. describe why he seriously crossed it off the list
   C. show that he read the books blindly though they were hard to understand
   D. prove that he understood most of it because he had looked at every word
10. The writer provides two book lists to ________.
   A. show how he developed his point of view
   B. tell his reading experience at high school
C. introduce the two persons' reading methods
   D. explain that he read many books at high school

  第28天                         A
 Erik Weihenmayer was born with an eye disorder. As a child his eyesight became worse and then, at the age of 13, he lost his sight completely. However, he did not lose his determination to lead a full and active life.
 Erik became an adventurer. He took up parachuting, wrestling and scuba diving. He competed in long-distance biking, marathons and skiing. His favorite sport, thought, is mountaineering.
 As a young man, Erik started to climb mountains. He reached the summit of Mount McKinley in 1995 and then climbed the dangerous 1000-metre rock wall of EI Capitan. Two years later, while climbing Mount Kilimanjaro in Kenya with his girlfriend, they stopped for a time at 13,000 feet above sea level-in order to get married. In 1999, he climbed Aconcagua, the tallest mountain in South America. And then , on May 25, 2001, at the age of 33, Erik successfully completed the greatest mountaineering challenge of all. He climbed Mount Everest, the highest mountain in the world.
 Erik invented his own method for climbing mountains. He carries two long poles: one to lean on and the other to test the way ahead of him. The climber in front of him wears a bell to guide him. Erik is a good team member. He does his share of the job, such as setting up tents and building snow walls.
 Although he could not enjoy the view, Erik felt the excitement of being on the summit of Everest. He hopes that his success will change how people think about the blind. “When people think about a blind person or blindness, now they will think about a person standing on top of the world.” 
1.  When was Erik born?
 A. In 1968.   B. In 1995.   C. In 1967.   D. In 1969.
2.  What was unusual about his wedding?
 A. He got married on the summit of Mount McKinley.
B. He got married when climbing Mount Everest.
 C. .His wedding was held after he prepared a lot.
D. His wedding was held at 13,000 feet above sea level.
3.  What is Erik’s special method for climbing a mountain?
A. He takes his girlfriend with him.       B. He does his share of the jobs.
C. He uses two long poles to help himself.     D. He keeps a good team around him.
4.  Which of the following shows the right order of what happened?
a. He topped Mount McKinley.
b. He became blind.
c. He challenged Mount Everest.
d. He reached the peak of Kilimanjaro.
e. He climbed the rock wall of EI Capitan.
A. b, e, d, c, a    B. b, a, e, d, c     C. a, b, e, d, c     D. b, d, a, c, d


B
 
    “BEST PRODUCT WE'VE EVER SEEN”-THIS REALLY WORKS-ON SALE NOW
Need to lower your cholesterol(胆固醇)?We strongly recommend CholestrolblockTM. This really works, and now is the best time to buy,because of a special offer for the first 250 customers only for a limited time.
    * Takes cholesterol out of food,no matter what you eat.
    * Clinically demonstrated effective in university and hospital testing.
    * Lowers cholesterol absorption up to 42% or more.
* “NO SIDE EFFECTS unlike Liptor®, Zocor®,Crests®&other commonly prescribed(处方的) medications-safe and effective.
    * “Outsells all other brands on Internet every month.
LIMITED TIME ONLY一Try Cholesterol Watchers free with purchase.     

5.  If you happen to be the 200th customer to buy Cholestrolblock, you will           .
A. be able to buy it at a low price   B. be the luckiest one online
C. try it free of charge     D. change your diet
6.  Liptor®,Zocor®,Crestor® are             .
A. diseases  B. side effects  C. medicines  D. cholesterol
7.  Where can you most probably read this passage?
    A. In a travel guide book.   B. On a university bulletin board.
C. In a health magazine.    D. In a doctor's prescription.
                                 

 


  第29天                                A  
    It's not a new phenomenon, but have you noticed how many nouns are being used as verbs? We all use them, often without noticing what we're doing.
    I was arranging to meet someone for dinner last week, and I said “I’ll pencil it in my diary”, and my friend said “You can ink it in”, meaning that it was a firm arrangement not a tentative one!
Many of these new verbs are linked to new technology. An obvious example is the word fax, which is a shortening of facsimile originally, an exact copy of a book or document. We all got used to sending and receiving faxes, and then soon started talking about faxing something and promising we'd fax it immediately. So, nouns turn into verbs in two easy stages. Then along came email, and we were soon all emailing each other madly. How did we do without it? I can hardly imagine life without my daily emails.
Email reminds me, of course, of my computer and its software, which has produced another couple of new verbs. On my computer I can bookmark those pages from the World Wide Web that I think I'll want to look at again, thus saving all the effort of remembering their addresses and calling them up from scratch. I can do the same thing on my PC, but there I don't bookmark; I favorite—coming from “favorite pages”, so the verb is derived from an adjective not a noun. I wasn’t really sure whether people said this,but someone told me recently that they had favorited a site I was looking for and so they could easily give me its address.
In the late 1980s I noticed that lots of my friends had acquired pagers, and kept saying things like “I’ll page you as soon as I know what time we’re meeting”. They couldn't say it to me, though; 1 refused to have one. So my children bought me a mobile phone, now known simply as a mobile and I had to learn yet more new verbs. I can message someone, that is, I can leave a message (either spoken or written)for them on their phone.Or I can text them, write a few words suggesting when and where to meet, for example. How long will it be before I can mobile them, that is, phone them using my mobile? I haven’t heard that verb yet, but I’m sure I will soon. Perhaps I’ll start using it myself!  
1.  “I’ll pencil it in my diary” in the second paragraph probably means          .
    A. it was a firm arrangement            B. it was an uncertain arrangement
    C. the arrangement should be written as a diary     D. he prefers a pencil to a pen
2.  A website address can be easily found if it has been_____.
    A. emailed    B. messaged    C. favorited      D. texted
3.  Which of the following has not been used as a verb, yet?
    A. message   B. page       C. email      D. mobile
4.  The best title for this passage is____.
A. New Verbs from Old Nouns    B. The Development of the English language
    C. New Technology and New words    D. Technology and Language.

B
To many web-building spiders, most of whom are nearly blind, the web is their essential window on the world: their means of communicating, capturing prey(猎物), meeting mates and protecting themselves. A web-building spider without its web is like a men cast away on an island of solid rock,totally out of touch and destined to starve to death.
    So important is the web to an orb-web spider's survival that the animal will continue to construct new webs daily even if it is being starved. For 16 days the starving spider builds completely normal webs. Then, as the animal gets scrawnier(憔悴的), it constructs a wider-meshed web using fewer strands(线). Such webs would only trap larger prey, which is more economical from the perspective of a starving spider.
    The spider stores energy by recycling web protein. It simply eats its own web each evening and reuses it to produce new silk. In studies with radioactively,labeled materials, it was found that 95 percent of web protein reappears in the next day' web. Most of the energy needed for web-building is used in walking over the strands as they are laid down.
    Scientists are impressed by the adaptability of the spider's highly preprogrammed brain, which is larger for its size than the brain of any other invertebrate(无脊推动物).If web-building is interrupted, or if some of the existing strands are destroyed,the spider simply goes back to see where the web is left off and then finishes building a normal web. One spider will finish building the incomplete web of another. 
5.  Which of the following best expresses the main ideas of the passage?
A. Secrets of Spiders' Adaptability    B. Importance of Webs to Spiders
C. Secrets of the Spiders' Life     D. Spiders' Highly Preprogrammed Brain
6.  According to the passage, which of the following statements is TRUE?
    A. Most spiders will stop conducting webs when hungry.
    B. One Web-building spider usually conducts one web.
    C. Web-building spiders will probably die without their webs.
    D. Web-building spiders have good eyesight.
7.  A spider conducts a wider-meshed web when____________.
A. it is 16 days old        B. it is getting weaker  
C. it has fewer wends       D. it hunts for food
8.  A spider's ability to finish an incomplete web proves that___________.
    A. it has a highly preprogrammed brain    B. it reuses its web protein to reproduce new silk
    C. the web is everything for a spider   D. it is able to rebuild a destroyed web


   第30天                        A 
    High school dropouts(辍学者)earn an average of $ 9,000 less per year than graduates. Now a new study dispels a common belief why they quit. It’s much more basic than flunking out(不及格).
    Society tends to think of high school dropouts as kids who just can’t cut it. They are lazy,and perhaps not too bright.So researchers were surprised when they asked more than 450 kids who quit school about why they left.
    “The vast majority actually had passing grades and they were confident that they could have graduated from high school.” John Bridgeland, the executive researcher said. About 1 million teens leave school each year. Only about half of African-American and Hispanic(美籍西班牙的)student will receive a diploma(证书),and actually all dropouts come to regret their decision. So, if failing grades don’t explain why these kids quit, what does? Again,John Bridgeland:"The most dependable finding was that they were bored.” “They found classes uninteresting; they weren’t inspired or motivated. They didn’t see any direct connection between what they were learning in the classroom to their own lives, or to their career aspirations.”
    The study found that most teens who do drop out wait until they turn sixteen, which happens to be the age at which most states allow students to quit. In the US,only one state,New Mexico,has a law requiring teenagers to stay in high school until they graduate. Only four states: California, Tennessee, Texas and Utah, plus the District of Columbia, require school attendance until age 18, no exceptions, another researcher,says raising the compulsory(义务的)attendance age may be one way to keep more kids in school.
  “As these dropouts look back,they realize they’ve made a mistake. And anything that sort of gives these people an extra push to stick it out and it through to the end, is probably helpful measure.”
    New Hampshire may be the next state to raise its school attendance age to 18. But critics say that forcing the students unwilling to continue their studies to stay in school misses the point-the need for reform. It's been called for to reinvent high school education to make it more challenging and relevant, and to ensure that kids who do stick it out receive a diploma that actually means something.  
1. Most high school students drop out of' school because__.
A. they have failing grades     B. they take no interest in classes
C. they are discriminated against    D. they are lazy and not intelligent
2. Acceding to the passage,which state has a law requiring school attendance until they graduate?
A. New Hampshire  B. Utah  C. New Mexico   D. The District of Columbia
3. The underlined words “stick it out” probably means“__”.
A. complete schooling      B. solve the problem
C. love having classes      D. believe in themselves
4. From the passage,we can infer the following EXCEPT that_.
A. the grades of most dropouts at school were acceptable
B. about 500, 000 high school dropouts are black and Spanish
C. classes don't appeal to dropouts
D. on average dropouts cannot get good jobs


B
Tell a story and tell it well, and you may open wide the eyes of a child, open up lines of communication in a business, or even open people’s mind to another culture or race.
People in many places are digging up the old folk stories and the messages in them. For example, most American storytellers get their tales from a wide variety of sources, cultures, and times. They regard storytelling not only as a useful tool in child education, but also as a meaningful activity that helps adults understand themselves as well as those whose culture may be very different from their own.
“ Most local stories are based on a larger theme,” American storyteller Opalanga Pugh says, “ Cinderella(灰姑娘), or the central idea of a good child protected by her goodness, appears in various forms in almost every culture of the world.”
Working with students in schools, Pugh helps them understand their own cultures and the general messages of the stories. She works with prisoner too, helping them knowing who they are by telling stories that her listeners can write, direct, and act in their own lives. If they don’t like the story they are living, they can rewrite the story. Pugh also works to help open up lines of communication between managers and workers. “For every advance in business,” she says, “ there is a greater need for communication.” Storytelling can have a great effect on either side of the manager-worker relationship, she says.
Pugh spent several years in Nigeria, where she learned how closely storytelling was linked to the everyday life of the people there. The benefits of storytelling are found everywhere, she says.
“I learned how people used stories to spread their culture,” she says, “ What I do is to focus on the value of the stories that people can translate into their own daily world of affairs. We are all storytellers. We all have a story to tell. We tell everybody’s story.”  (07浙江卷)
5. What do we learn about American storyteller from Paragraph 2?
   A. They share the same way of storytelling.
   B. They prefer to tell the stories from other cultures.
   C. They learn their stories from the American natives.
   D. They find storytelling useful for both children and adults.
6. The underlined sentence (Paragraph 4) suggests that prisoners can _____.
   A. start a new life                        B. settle down in another place
   C. direct films                           D. become good actors
7. Pugh has practised storytelling with _____ groups of people.
   A. 2              B. 3               C. 4             D. 5
8. What is the main idea of the text?
   A. Storytelling can influence the way people think.
   B. Storytelling is vital to the growth of business.
   C. Storytelling is the best way to educate children in school.
   D. Storytelling helps people understand themselves and others.

    第31天                        A
Meeting people from another culture can be difficult. From the beginning, people may send the wrong signal (信号). Or they may pay no attention to signals from another person who is trying to develop a relationship.
Different cultures emphasize (强调) the importance of relationship building to a greater or lesser degree. For example, business in some countries is not possible until there is a relationship of trust. Even with people at work, it is necessary to spend a lot of time in "small talk", usually over a glass of tea, before they do any job. In many European countries -- like the UK or France -- people find it easier to build up a lasting working relationship at restaurants or caf6s rather than at the office.
Talk and silence may also be different in some cultures. I once made a speech in Thailand. I had expected my speech to be a success and start a lively discussion; instead there was an uncomfortable silence. The people present just stared at me and smiled. After getting to know their ways better, I realized that they thought I was talking too much. In my own culture, we express meaning mainly through words, but people there sometimes feel too many words are unnecessary.
Even within Northern Europe, cultural differences can cause serious problems. Certainly, English and German cultures share similar values; however, Germans prefer to get down to business more quickly. We think that they are rude. In fact, this is just because one culture starts discussions and makes decisions more quickly.
People from different parts of the world have different values, and sometimes these values are quite against each other. However, if we can understand them better, a multicultural environment (多元文化环境) will offer a wonderful chance for us to learn from each other. (07安徽卷)
1.  In some countries, eating together at restaurants may make it easier for people to _______.
     A. develop closer relations             B. share the same culture
     C. get to know each other            D. keep each other company
2.  The author mentions his experience in Thailand to show that _________.
     A. the English prefer to make long speeches       
B. too many words are of no use
     C. people from Thailand are quiet and shy by nature
     D. even talk and silence can be culturally different
3.  According to the text, how can people from different cultures understand each other better?
     A. By sharing different ways of life.    B. By accepting different habits.
     C. By recognizing different values.     D. By speaking each other' s languages.
4.  What would be the best title for the text?
     A. Multicultural Environment.          B. Cross-Cultural Differences.
     C. How to Understand Each Other.      D. How to Build Up a Relationship.

B
For a clearer picture of what the student knows, most teachers use another kind of examination in addition to objective tests. They use “essay” tests, which require students to write long answers to broad, general questions such as the following: “Mention several ways in which Benjamin Franklin has influenced thinking of people in his own country and in other parts of the world.”
One advantage of the essay test is that it reduces the element of luck. The student cannot get a high score just by making a lucky guess. Another advantage is that it shows the examiner more cares about the student’s ability to put facts together into a meaningful whole. It should show how deeply he has thought about the subject. Sometimes, though, essay tests have disadvantages, too. Some students are able to write rather good answers without really knowing much about the subject, while other students who actually know the material have trouble expressing their ideas in the essay form.
Besides, in an essay test the student’s score may depend upon the examiner’s feelings at the time of reading the answer. If he is feeling tired or bored, the student may receive a lower score than he should. Another examiner reading the same answer might give it a much higher mark. Because of this, the objective test gives each student a fairer chance, and of course it is easier and quicker to score.
Whether an objective test or an essay test is used, problems arise. When some objective questions are used along with some essay questions, however, a fairly clear picture of the student’s knowledge can usually be gotten.
5. What may have been discussed in the previous paragraphs?
A. The essay test.                    B. How teachers test their students.
C. How students write their essays.      D. The objective test.
6. The essay test is preferred because ______.
A. it shows more about the student’s understanding of the subject
B. it tests the student’s knowledge of the material as well as his expression of ideas
C. it gives each student a fairer chance
D. its scoring may be influenced by the examiner’s feelings
7. The underlined word “this” refers to the fact that ______.
A. students may receive a lower score in an essay test
B. another examiner usually gives the answer a higher mark
C. different examiners may give the same essay different scores
D. the objective test gives each student a fairer chance
8. According to the passage, which of the following statements about the objective test is NOT true?
    A. It is more objective than the essay test in terms of scoring.
    B. It allows the student to guess the correct answer without really knowing the material.
    C. It shows the student’s ability to think about difficult problems.
    D. It is easy and quick to score.

   第32天                         A
Childhood is a happy time, right? Not necessarily. Consider these facts.
Depression(抑郁症) may occur in as many as 1 in 33 children.
Once a child has an episode(一段情节) of depression, he or she has a 50 percent chance of experiencing another episode in the next 5 years.
Suicide(自杀) is the 6th leading cause of death for 5–to–15-year-olds.
If your child experiences 5 or more of these signs or symptoms(症状) for at least 2 weeks, he or she may be experiencing depression or another mental illness.
Feeling——Does your child demonstrate:
Sadness               Emptiness
Hopelessness          Guilt
Worthlessness
Lack of enjoyment in everyday pleasures Thinking ——Is your child having trouble:
Concentrating        Making decisions
Completing schoolwork
Maintaining grades
Maintaining friendships

Physical problems—Does your child complain of :
Headaches            Stomachaches
Lack of energy
Sleeping problems ( too much or too little)
Weight or appetite changes ( gain or loss) Suicide risk--Does your child talk or think about:
Suicide
Death
Other morbid (生病的)subjects
Behavior problems ——Is your child:
Irritable                              Not wanting to go to school    
Wanting to be alone most of the time       Having difficulty getting along with others
Cutting classes or skipping school         Dropping out of sports, hobbies or other activities
Drinking alcohol or using drugs.
Sometimes, a child who causes problems at school or at home may actually be depressed, according to the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. If you think your child may be depressed, it’s important to have your child treated. Discuss your child’s problems with his or her doctor. The doctor may suggest a referral to a children’s psychologist(心理医生)or psychiatrist(精神病医生).
Treatment may include individual and family therapy(治疗), along with an antidepressant medication (抗抑郁药)

1.  This article is particularly written for ____.
A. parents    B. teachers     C. children     D. psychologists
2.  Which statement describes a child who may have physical problems?
A. The child is always in high mood.
B. The child always feels tired but sleeps only four hours a day.
C. The child hates to study.  
D. The child can not concentrate on one thing for a long period.
3.  When your child always talks about death or other morbid subjects, he or she___
A. may has trouble in thinking    B. may have suicide risk
C. may have behavior problems   D. may have physical problems
4.  What should we do when we find our kids experiencing depression?
A. Ask for leave to accompany them at home.
B. Ask them to take antidepressant immediately.
C. Go to see the doctor.
D. Ask them to have a good rest.
B
Does a drink a day keep heart attacks away? Over the past 20 years, numerous studies have found that moderate(中度的) alcohol consumption, say, one or two beers, glasses of wine or cocktails daily helps to prevent coronary (冠状动脉)heart disease. Last week a report in the New England Journal of Medicine added strong new evidence in support of that theory. More important, the work provided the first solid indication of how alcohol works to protect the heart.
   In the study, researchers from Boston’s Brigham and Women’s Hospital and Harvard Medical School compared the drinking habits of 340 men and women who had suffered recent heart attack with those of healthy people of the same age and sex. The scientists found that people who sip one to three drinks a day are about half as likely to suffer heart attacks as nondrinkers are. The apparent source of the protection: those who drank alcohol had higher blood levels of high density lipoproteins(脂蛋白), the so-called good cholesterol(胆固醇), which is known to prevent heart disease.
   As evidence has mounted, some doctors have begun recommending a daily drink for patients of heart diseases. But most physicians are not ready to recommend a regular happy hour for everyone. The risks of teetotal ling (绝对戒酒 ) are nothing compared with the dangers of too much alcohol, including high blood pressure, strokes and liver troubles---not to mention violent behavior and traffic accident. Moreover, some studies suggest that even moderate drinking may increase the incidence of breast and colon cancer(乳腺癌和结肠癌). Until there is evidence that the benefits of a daily dose of alcohol outweigh the risks, most people won’t be able to take a doctor’s prescription to the neighborhood bar or liquor store.
5.  The medical article quoted in the first paragraph indicates________.
A.the way in which alcohol can help the heart.
B.how a couple of cocktails daily can stop heart problems
C.why alcoholic drinks are dangerous to one’s health
D.that reports on the advantages of alcohol were misled
6.  Experiments showed that nondrinkers had___________.
A.larger amounts of good cholesterol        B.smaller amounts of good cholesterol
C.higher blood pressure                  D.lower blood pressure
7.  According to the passage, moderate drinking_______.
A.is recommended by most doctors for heart patients
B.should be allowed on prescription
C.is still not medically advisable
D.is not related to liver problems
8.  The main theme of this passage is_______________.
A.the change in recent drinking habits
B.the connection between cancer and alcohol
C.whether moderate drinkers outlive nondrinkers
D.whether alcohol may be good for one’s health
  第33天                              A
A woman whose sports car was stolen with her dog in it put up notices all over the area that made it clear getting back her pet was more important than her car.
“Whoever did this can keep my car.Please let Benjerman come home,” the notice said.
It is not known whether the thief showed any pity, but almost 30 hours after the 1 pm theft Friday, Kimberly Atkins of Dover and Benjerman,a 12-year-old black retriever(猎犬),were reunited after police located them in Barrington.
“He’s hungry, he’s dirty, but he’s very happy to be home,”Atkins said.
The car was found at about 5 pm Saturday off Route 125 in a swampy area frequented by off-the-road cars and dirt bikes.However, the police couldn’t control Benjerman,and they had to call Atkins to come and get him.
Atkins said the thief cared for Benjerman a little by providing him with some dry cat food.She believed Benjerman ended up drinking some muddy water in the area.
She said they have been together for nearly 11 years after she took him back from a society shelter in Dallas, Texas.
 Before Benjerman was found,Atkins and several friends put up notices all over the city and in Somersworth.They also contacted animal shelters,throughout southern New Hampshire and Massachusetts.
The notice stated there was a reward,and also that the dog needed medication.Any caller could remain anonymous(匿名的).
Atkins had parked the car outside a hardware store with the keys inside and gone in to rent a carpet cleaner.
¨It was l0 minutes and I came out and my car was gone along with Benjerman in broad daylight,” Atkins said.The car thief threw Atkins’ wallet and other personal items out of the car before escaping from the scene.
1.What would be the best title for the passage?
A.A car with a dog was stolen
B.Lucky dog was returned to his owner
C.Stealing cars:a most important social problem
D.Woman wants dog back more than stolen car
2.Which of the following shows the correct order of what happened?
a.Notices were put up saying there was a reward.
b.Atkins saw Benjerman again.
c.Police found Atkins’car.
d.Atkins took Benjerman back from a society shelter. 
e.Atkins hired a carpet cleaner in a hardware store.
A.d,e,a, b,c      B.d,e,a,c,b      C.e,a,d,b,c    D.e,a,c,d,b
3.We can infer from the passage   .
A.the dog was treated extremely badly by the thief
B.car stolen accidents happen frequently nowadays
C.the dog was found because of the reward
D.the thief stole the car easily
4.Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A.Benjerman was sent back immediately after Atkins put up the notices.
B.Atkins and her friends made a great effort to look for Benierman.
C.The thief gave the dog back but kept the sports car.  
D.The dog was back at 1 pm on a Friday.
B
Brian Walker chews pens. He bites them so hard that his boss has warned him to stop or buy his own. Kate’s weakness is more acceptable-she is unable to walk past a cake shop without overeating Sophin Cartier finds her cigarette habit a headache, while Alice’s thumb-sucking drives her boy friend crazy. Four people with very different habits, but they all share a common problem anxiety disorder or, in serious cases. Obsessive Compulsive Disorder  (OCD).
From nail-biting to too much hand-washing, overeating and internet addiction(上瘾),OCD is widespread in almost every workplace and countless home. “It is a relatively common form of anxiety,” says Dr. Mootee. “The main feature of OCD is the repetition of unwanted obsessive(过度的) thoughts such as worries that doors are left unlocked , gas or electrical appliances are left on.” In order to fight against the an esasy checking door locks and gas or electrical appliances.
 Dr. Mootee says that repetitive washing, particularly of the hands, is the most common type of OCD. She has treated many patients who wash their hands up to 30 times a day. The technique Mootee uses to treat people with OCD is called cognitive-behavioral therapy(认知行为疗法).“It is based on the general idea that people have the ability to change the way they think and behave,” says Mootee.
But when does a habit become a problem? “It’s personal,” says Mootee.“Everyone has something unusual, but if you can’t put up with it, then it’s a problem and you need to do something to change it.”Mootee says many people resist for treatment because they fear they are “crazy”. But as people become more knowledgeable about these problems they will go and get help. The only way to cure is to conquer(07江西卷)

5.  If a person suffers from OCD, be is likely to keep doing any of the following EXCEPT   .
  A.chewing pens           B.hurting himself
C.sucking fingers          D.biting nails
6.  According to the passage, a person suffering from OCD    .
A.reduces his/her anxiety by taking drugs
B.gets into unwanted habits to relieve stress
C.has unwanted thoughts about habits
D.has unwanted thoughts because of illness
7.  Dr. Mootee’s treating lechnique is based ont eh idea that    .
    A.everyone has something different
B.people can put up with their problems
C.people can change their way of thinking and action
D.people tend to repeat their obsessive actions
8.  By saying “The only way to cure is to conquer.” Dr. Mootee suggests that an OCD sufferer   .
    A.has to be an extraordinary person
B.must cure his illness by himself
C.must overcome many physical illnesses
D.should have a right attitude towards the problem

 

第 34 天                       A
Part I
If you are hunting a chance to improve yourself in English, TOP ENGLISH CITY will be a smart choice. We are members of "the International Language Workshop" and enjoy both of the good honor in English teaching and high quality of our teaching team. We are devoted to providing affordable, excellent English training programs for those who want to improve both their English knowledge and their language skills.
    In TOP ENGLISH CITY, you will be a top English-speaker among your competitors and enjoy the advantage that your competitors have not. You will be proud of being a member of TOP ENGLISH CITY.
    Courses designed:
    Basic Studies… Sat. 8:00-10:00 a. m.
    Intermediate(中级)Spoken English… Sun. 8:00-10:00 a. m.
    Standard Spoken English… Sat. 8:00-10:00 a.m.
    Basic Business English… Sun.8:00-10:00 a.m.
    Intermediate Business English… Sun. 7:00-9:00 p.m.
    TOEFL Super Studies… Sun. 7:30-9:30 p.m.
    Children's Weekend… Sat. &. Sun. 8:00 a.m. -5:00 p.m.
    For more information, please contact:
    Room 806 American Plaza Tianhexi Rd, 510150 Guangzhou
    Tel: 86668888-8806
Part II
ENGLISH SALON
    A place for you to practise your English, to exchange your English learning experiences, to know more about the culture of English-speaking countries, to make more friends who can speak very good English.
    You will have free talks, famous English films and songs appreciation, English lectures and games; all are for you to improve yourself in English in the special, full-of-fun Salon.
    How to Join:
We are a group with membership system, so if you want to join our group, please make an application to the Tianhe Office of Top English City, filling in the applying forms. You will be given a salon ID card, and becomes our member.
The Qualifications(条件):
    You must be fluent in English-speaking or / and an English lover. Those who are now learning English in the Top English City will be advantageous.
For more information, please contact:  
 Mr Jiu Chan           at: 47129198
    English Salon, your best friend! Join Right Now!
1. Which of the following can be the best title for Part I?
   A. Top English, your smart choice!      B. If you want to learn English, we can teach you!
   C. Top English, the best English!        D. We have what you want!
2. If you work in a joint Venture(合资) Company, you probably take the        course.
   A. Standard Spoken English                B. Intermediate Business English
   C. TOEFL Super Studies                  D. Children's Weekend
3. Which of the following courses can be learned by the same person?
 A. Basic Studies and Standard Spoken English. 
B. Intermediate Spoken English and Basic Business English.
C. Standard Spoken English and TOEFL Super Studies.
D. Intermediate Business English and TOEFL Super Studies.
4. If you want to join the English Salon, you should at least        .
   A. be a university graduate        
B. be a student learning English in the Top English City
   C. be an English lover or can speak English well
   D. make more friends and know more about the culture of the English

B
People use money to buy food, furniture, books, bicycles and hundreds of other things they need or want. Most of the money today is made of metal or paper. But people used to use all kinds of things as money. One of the first kinds of money was shells. Shells were not the only things used as money. In China, cloth and knives were used. In the Philippine Islands, rice was used as money for a long time. Elephant tusks, monkey tails, and salt were used as money in parts of Africa.
    Some animals were used as money too. The first metal coins were made in China. They were round and had a square hole in the center. People strung them together and carried them from place to place. The first coins in England were made of tin (锡). Sweden and Russia used copper (铜) to make their money. Later countries began to make coins of gold and silver.
    Later the Chinese thought of a way to improve money. They began to use paper money. Money has had an interesting history from the days of shell money until today.
5.  People used different kinds of things as          .
A. gold      B. metal     C. money      D. silver
6.  Tin was first made as money in         .
A. China      B. Philippine Islands     C. England      D. Russia
7.  The word "strung" in the passage probably means         ."
A. came    B. tied    C. put    D. made
8.  The best topic of the article is”         .”
A. How Many Kinds of Money Are There in the World    B. The History of Money
C. Money in Different Countries                      D. The Use of Money

  第 35 天                        A
Anna Koumikova was born on June 7th, 1981 in Moscow. Her parents' names are Allah and Sergel. When she was 5 years old, her parents sold their TV to buy her the first tennis bat for Christmas. She played in a club near her place until aged 11. Then she moved to Bradenton, Florida(USA) to train with Nick Bollitierri. At 14, she represented Russia in a Fed Cup match and became the youngest player ever to win a Fed Cup match.
      Kournikova made her WTA first show at 15 years old at the US Open where she finally lost against player Steffi Graf. But she made it to the double quarter finals that same match. In 1996, Kournikova won the Rookie of the Year award and the next year. She improved very much to even make it to the semi - finals in Wimbledon. She lost to world number one Martina Hingis at the French Open and at Wimbledon. In 1999 she won her professional title at Midland, Miehigon, an international Tennis Federation match. She was 5th favourite in Illinois the same year and won her 2nd career ITF match. She won her first grand slam(大满贯) title ill 1999 with Martina Hingis in doubles at the Australia Open. Since then, they have played regularly together and have quickly become one of the 'best pairs. Aim in 1999,she made her first career WTA final in key Biscayne against Venus Williams in a tough 3 set match. She alto won her first doubles tile with Monica Seles in Tokyo.
      At present Kournikova is more successful on the net than at the net. She remains the "most searched" and "most download (网上下载)" on the internet, three times more popular than the NO. 2 sports figure, Michael Jordan. She is still very young and she seems to have a great future ahead !
1.  Which of the following is right?
    A. Kournikova beat Steffi Graf at the US Open when she was 15.
    B. Kournikova won the Rookie of the Year award in 1999.
    C. Koumikova is now more lucky at the net than on the Internet.
    D. In 1997, Kournikova worked hard to make it to the semi - finals in Wimbledon.
2.  Kournikova won her first grand slam title in doubles at the Australia Open with              .
    A. Steffi Graf       B. Venus Williams   C. Martina Hingis   D. Monica Seles
3.  From the text we can know Kournikova won her professional title in an ITF match          .
    A. at Midland       B. in France         C. in Australia       D. at Biscayne
4.  What can we learn about Kournikova?
A. She has a lot of fans on the Internet.
B. Her parents gave her much support.
C. She beat Martina Hings in 1996.
D. She played tennis for her home country Russia.


B
Odland remembers like it was yesterday working in an expensive French restaurant in Denver. The ice cream he was serving fell onto the white dress of a rich and important woman.
Thirty years have passed, but Odland can’t get the memory out of his mind, nor the woman’s kind reaction(反应).She was shocked, regained calmness and, in a kind voice, told the young Odland. “It’s OK. It wasn’t your fault.”When she left the restaurant, she also left the future Fortune 500 CEO(总裁) with a life lesson: You can tell a lot about a person by the way he or she treats the waiter.
Odland isn’t the only CEO to have made this discovery. Rather, it seems to be one of those few laws of the land that every CEO learns on the way up. It’s hard to get a dozen CEOS to agree about anything, but most agree with the Waiter Rule. They say how others treat the CEO says nothing. But how others treat the waiter is like a window into the soul.
Watch out for anyone who pulls out the power card to say something like,“I could buy this place and fire you.”or “I know the owner and I could have you fired.”Those who say such things have shown more about their character(人品) than about their wealth and power.
The CEO who came up with it, or at least first wrote it down, is Raytheon CEO Bill Swanson. He wrote a best-selling book called Swanson’s Unwritten Rules of Management.
“A person who is nice to you but rude to the waiter, or to others, is not a nice person,” Swanson says. “I will never offer a job to the person who is sweet to the boss but turns rude to someone cleaning the tables.” (07全国卷二)
1.What happened after Odland dropped the ice cream onto the woman’s dress?
A. He was fired.
B. He was blamed.
C. The woman comforted him.
D. The woman left the restaurant at once.
2.Odland learned one of his life lessons from _______.
A. his experience as a waiter     B. the advice given by the CEOs
C. an article in Fortune      D. an interesting best-selling book
3.According to the text, most CEOs have the time opinion about _______.
A. Fortune 500 companies     B. the Management Rules
C. Swanson’s book       D. the Waiter Rule
4.From the text we can learn that _______.
A. one should be nicer to important people
B. CEOs often show their power before others
C. one should respect others no matter who they are
D. CEOs often have meals in expensive restaurants
第36天                        A
    Everyone becomes a little more forgetful as they get older, but men's minds decline more than women's, according to the results of a worldwide survey.
    Certain differences seem to be inherent in male and female brains: Men are better at maintaining and dealing with mental images (useful in mathematical reasoning<推论;说服> and spatial <空间的>skills), while women tend to excel (擅长) at recalling information from their brain's files (helpful with language skills and remembering the locations of objects).
    Many studies have looked for a connection between sex and the amount of mental decline (衰退) people experience as they age, but the results have been mixed.
    Some studies found more age-related decline in men than in women, while others saw the opposite or even no relationship at all between sex and mental decline. Those results could be improper because the studies involved older people, and women live longer than men: The men tested are the survivors, "so they're the ones that may not have shown such cognitive(认知的;认识的) decline," said study team leader Elizabeth of the University of Warwick in England.
    People surveyed completed four tasks that tested sex-related cognitive skills: matching an object to its rotated(旋转的) form, matching lines shown from the same angle, typing as many words in a particular category (范畴) as possible in the given time, e.g.  "object usually colored gray", and recalling the location of objects in a line drawing. The first two were tasks at which men usually excel; the latter are typically dominated(占有主导地位的) by women.
    Within each age group studied, men and women performed better in their separate categories on average. And though performance declined with age for both genders(性别), women showed obviously less decline than men overall(全部地).
1. The underlined word in the second paragraph means_________.
   A. natural     B. great C. obvious D. absolute
2. According to the passage, which of the following can Not be typed into the same category?
   A. cloud   B. sheep C. trees D. goose
3. Which of the following statements is true according the article?
   A. Men do better than women when it comes to learning English.
   B. Women stand out at remembering people’s names.
   C. Men excel at typing as many words in a particular category as possible in the given time.
   D. Women excel at dealing mathematic problems.
4. One important factor that affects the correctness of the results is that _________.
   A. the old men tested may not have shown such cognitive decline
   B. people surveyed are all old
   C. people taking part in this test came from all over the world   D. women live longer than men
5. The author aims to tell us that __________.
   A. women’s minds perform better than men’s
   B. men’s minds decline more with age
   C. everyone becomes a little more forgetful as they get older
D. a survey on human’s mind decline was done recently
 

B
It seems that politicians around the world are thinking about the health of their countries. While in China, Chen Zhu has announced his plans for a universal(全体的,普遍的)health service and reform across health services. Gordon Brown, the UK Prime Minister, has also announced he is planning to make some changes in our health service.
    The crux(关键)of Mr. Brown's proposals are related to giving the NHS (National Health Service) a greater focus on prevention, rather than just curing patients.
    He is planning to introduce increased screening for common diseases such as heart disease, strokes(中风), and cancer, for example, breast cancer. In Britain there are 200,000 deaths a year from heart attacks and strokes, many of which might have been avoided if the condition had been known about.
    Initially, the diagnostic (诊断的) tests will be available for those who are vulnerable, or most likely to have the disease. One example is a plan to offer all men over 65 an ultrasound test to check for problems with the main artery (动脉), a condition which kills 3,000 men a year.
The opposition have criticized Mr. Brown's proposals, saying that they are just a trick, and claiming that there is no proper timetable for the changes. They also say that Mr. Brown is reducing the money available for the treatment of certain conditions while putting more money towards testing for them.
    The NHS was founded in 1948, and is paid for by taxation. The idea is that the rich pay more towards the health service than the poor. However in recent years there has been a great increase in the use of private healthcare, because it’s much quicker. NHS waiting lists for operations can be very long, so many people who can afford it choose to pay for medical care themselves.
1. The underlined word vulnerable in the fourth paragraph probably means ________.
   A. sick     B. weak     C. wounded     D. old
2. All the following statements are true except that _________.
   A. all people should pay for their healthcare at the NHS.
   B. some people are against the reform of the healthcare.
   C. the writer is likely to come from Britain.
   D. more money will be spent on testing people than before.
3. Which of the following is the reason for the increasing private healthcare?
   A. People are paying more attention to their own health.
   B. People are well off enough to pay their healthcare.
   C. The NHS was not available for most of the people.
   D. It’s not so convenient for people to go to the NHS for their healthcare.
4. According to the passage, the purpose of the health reform plan in the UK is to _______  
   A. encourage more private healthcare.
   B.focus on the prevention rather than on curing the patient.
   C. deal with the main artery problems.
   D. fight against the opposition in the UK.
5. The author of this passage intends to tell us _________.
   A. the NHS should be reformed right away.
   B. more and more people are dying from diseases.
   C. the plan to reform the NHS in the UK.
   D. the criticism of Mr. Brown's proposals.


第37天
A
YANGON -- Myanmar has officially accepted an offer of the United States to send humanitarian aid(人道主义援助) to the country's cyclone(飓风;暴风)victims, state radio reported Friday in a night broadcast Myanmar Deputy Foreign Minister U Kyaw Thu gave the assurance Friday, saying that the country is receiving such relief aid from any country without limit at this time according to its policy(政策) of dealing with the disaster, the report said.
     Kyaw Thu denied rumors about Myanmar's turning down of such relief materials from Western countries but accept those from nations in good relations with Myanmar, saying that the country has never done so in this case.
     Kyaw Thu said that well wishers abroad may make cash donation(捐赠)through Myanmar embassies(使馆)stationed there, while those who like to donate relief goods may present at the Yangon International Airport and seaports.
     According to the report, the US relief aid would arrive in Yangon in days.
     A foreign ministry's statement said earlier on Friday that at this moment, the international community can best help the victims by donating emergency provisions such as medical supplies, food, cloth, electricity generator, and materials for emergency shelter or with financial assistance," adding that "Myanmar will wholeheartedly welcome such course of action".
     The government and the people of Myanmar are grateful to the friendly nations, the United Nations, international organizations, non-governmental organizations, private individuals and others for their sympathy and generosity." it said.
 1. Which of the following is true?
   A. The US relief aid was turned down at first and then accepted.
   B. The US relief aid has been sent to the capital city of Myanmar.
   C. There are rumors(谣言)that Myanmar has turned down the US relief aid.
   D. Myanmar will wholeheartedly welcome such course of action but the US relief aid. 
2. We Chinese may denote money to help the country's cyclone victims(受害者) through_____.
   A. Myanmar embassies in Beijing.  
   B. the Yangon International Airport
   C. the United Nations
   D. the Yangon International seaports.
3. What can the international community(组织)best help the victims in Myanmar?
   A. medical supplies      B. financial assistance
   C. electricity generator   D. all of the above.
4. What is Myanmar’s policy toward the aids from abroad?
   A. Myanmar prefers cash donation to relief goods.
   B. Myanmar only receives emergency provisions such as medical supplies, food, cloth, electricity generator, etc.
   C. Myanmar receives donation relief aid from any country without any limit.
   D. Myanmar prefers relief goods to cash donation.
5. The title that best expresses the idea of the passage is _______.
   A. How to help Myanmar.
   B. Myanmar accepts US humanitarian aid officially.
   C. Myanmar is receiving relief aid from any country without limit.
   D. The government and the people of Myanmar are grateful.
                                  

B
    The largest earthquake ( magnitude里氏 9.5) of the 20th century happened on May 22, 1960 off the coast of South Central Chile.
    It generated(生成) one of the most destructive Pacific-wide tsunamis(海啸). Near the generating area, both the earthquake and the tsunami were very much destructive, particularly in the coastal area from Concepcion to the south end of Isla(岛) Chiloe. The largest tsunami damage occurred at Isla Chiloe---the coastal area closest to the epicenter(震中). Huge tsunami waves measuring as high as 25 meters arrived within 10 to 15 minutes after the earthquake, killing at least two hundred people, sinking all the boats, and flooding half a kilometer inland.
    There was large damage and loss of life at Concepcion, Chile's top industrial city. Near the city of Valdivia, the earthquake and following aftershocks generated landslides which killed 18 people. At the port city of Valparaiso, a city of 200,000, many buildings collapsed. A total of 130,000 houses were destroyed --- one in every three in the earthquake zone and nearly 2,000,000 people were left homeless.
Total damage losses, including to agriculture and to industry, were estimated(估计) to be over a half billion dollars . The total number of death related with both the tsunami and the earthquake was never found accurately for the region. Estimates of deaths reached between 490 to 5,7002 with no distinction(差别) as to how many deaths were caused by the earthquake and how many were caused by the tsunami. However, it is believed that most of the deaths in Chile were caused by the tsunami.                                                                                       
1. Where did the largest tsunami damage occurred?
   A. Concepcion      B. Isla Chiloe       C. Valdivia      D. Valparaiso
2. What can we learn about the tsunami waves generated by the earthquake?
   A. The tsunami waves as high as 25 meters arrived immediately after the earthquake.
   B. The tsunami waves killed 200 people and sank all boats.
   C. The tsunami waves were very destructive.
   D. The tsunami waves flooded half of the inland.
3. What is generally thought the main cause of deaths in Chile?
   A. landslides      B. the tsunami      C. aftershocks      D. the magnitude 9.5 earthquake
4. What is the total number of deaths in the earthquake?
   A. 2,000,000      B. between 490 to 57,002     
   C. 200,000        D. it was hard to know.
5. What does the underlined word “collapsed” probably mean ?
   A. was destroyed     B.. caught fire     
   C. was flooded       D. sank

第38天                          A
The history of the Games Olympia
    Olympia, the site of the ancient Olympic Games, is in the western part of the Peloponnese which, according to Greek mythology, is the island of "Pelops", the founder of the Olympic Games. Imposing temples, votive buildings, elaborate shrines and ancient sporting facilities(设备) were combined in a site of unique natural and mystical beauty.
    Olympia functioned as a meeting place for worship and other religious and political practices as early as the 10th century B.C. The central part of Olympia was dominated by the majestic temple of Zeus, with the temple of Hera parallel to it. The ancient stadium in Olympia could hold more than 40,000 audience, while in the surrounding area there were auxiliary(辅助的) buildings which developed gradually up until the 4th century B.C. and were used as training sites for the athletes or to house the judges of the Games.
The Games and religion
    The Olympic Games were closely linked to the religious festivals of the cult of Zeus, but were not a total part of a rite. Indeed, they had a secular character and aimed to show the physical qualities and development of the performances accomplished by young people, as well as encouraging good relations between the cities of Greece. According to specialists, the Olympic Games owed their purity and importance to religion.
Victory ceremonies
    The Olympic victor received his first awards immediately after the competition. Following the announcement of the winner's name by the herald, a Hellanodikis (Greek judge) would place a palm branch in his hands, while the audience cheered and threw flowers to him. Red ribbons were tied on his head and hands as a mark of victory.
The official award ceremony would take place on the last day of the Games, at the elevated vestibule of the temple of Zeus. In a loud voice, the herald would announce the name of the Olympic winner, his father's name, and his homeland. Then, the Hellanodikis placed the sacred olive tree wreath(花环), or kotinos, on the winner's head.
1. When did Olympia become the site of the Olympic Games?
   A. In the 10th century B.C.
   B. Before the 4th century B.C.
   C. After the 4th century B.C.
   D. It was not mentioned here.
2. Which one is TRUE according to the passage?
   A. Zeus is the founder of the Olympic Games.
   B. The ancient stadium in Olympic were used as training sites for the athletes in the 10th century.
   C. The Olympic Games have much to do with the religion.
   D. The Olympic victor would receive a golden medal.
3. Can you guess the meaning of this word “herald” in the passage?
   A. the author   B. the headmaster   C. the announcer   D. the manager
4. When the athletes won the game, ______.
   A. They were awarded immediately after the competition.
   B. They were awarded twice. The first, immediately after the competition; the second, on the last day of the game.
   C. They were awarded on the last day of the game.
   D. They were awarded on the last day of the game or immediately after the competition.
 


 B
    The income gap between China's rural and urban residents(居民) has continued to widen during the past few years in spite of rapidly rising rural incomes, Agricultural Minister Sun Zhengcai said here on Wednesday.
    The income ratio(比率) between urban and rural residents was 3.28:1 in 2006, against 3.23:1 in 2003, said Sun in his report on the promotion of building a new countryside in 2007. Sun also said the net income of rural residents in different regions also varied widely. The income gap is only one of several problems in rural areas, according to Sun's report. While listing the achievements in rural areas in recent years, Sun believed that rural development still followed behind urban development.
    "We have bigger pressure to ensure the supply of major agricultural products such as grain," he said. "China's urbanization(都市化) has been speeded up and more rural residents have gone to urban areas," he said.
    "In this case, more agricultural producers become farm produce consumers, which created more pressure for supply," he said.
    Another problem facing China's agricultural development is inadequate application of science and technology.
    "Only 30 percent of scientific and technological achievements have been applied to agricultural production, which is 40 percentage points lower than developed countries," he said.
    Despite increased government spending in rural areas, the infrastructure(基础下部组织) is still poor and easily hit by disasters.
    According to Sun, the government spent 431.8 billion yuan ($59.15 billion) on agriculture, rural areas and farmers this year, an increase of 80.1 billion yuan over the previous year.
    China set aside 11.38 billion yuan to promote a new rural cooperative medical care system and 27.98 billion yuan to support the new compulsory education mechanism in rural area to ensure that all citizens shared the fruits of China's reform and opening-up, Sun said.
1. Which of the following is TRUE according to the text?
   A. Because of the rapidly rising rural incomes, the income gap between China's rural and urban residents will disappear this year.
   B. The net income of rural residents in different regions is the same.
   C. The government has taken measures to develop the economy in the rural areas.
   D. Because of the rapidly rising rural incomes, the supply of major agricultural products is enough.
2. Can you infer the meaning of the underlined words in paragraph 5?
   A. be made full use of
   B. be made little use of
   C. be not made full use of
   D. be made good use of
3. How much is spent on agriculture, rural areas and farmers the previous year?
   A. 431.8 billion yuan   B. 511.9 billion yuan 
   C. 351.7 billion yuan   D. 80.1 billion yuan
4. Which is NOT the problem in rural areas?
   A. The income gap
   B. The inadequate application of science and technology
   C. The supply of major agricultural products
   D. China's urbanization
                                 

第39天
A
    Some futurologists have assumed that the vast upsurge(剧增)of women in the workforce may portend a rejection of marriage. Many women, according to this hypothesis, would rather work than marry. The converse(反面)of this concern is that the prospects of becoming a multi-paycheck household could encourage marriage. In the past, only the earnings and financial prospects of the man counted in the marriage decision. Now, however, the earning ability of a woman can make her more attractive as a marriage partner. Data show that economic downturns tend to putting off marriage because the parties cannot afford to establish a family or are concerned about rainy days ahead. As the economy comes to life, the number of marriages also rises.
The increase in divorce rates follows to the increase in women working outside the home. Yet, it may be wrong to jump to any simple cause-and-effect conclusions. The impact of a wife’s work on divorce is no less cloudy than its impact on marriage decisions. The realization that she can be a good provider may increase the chances that a working wife will choose divorce over an unsatisfactory marriage. But the reverse is equally plausible(似是而非的). Tensions grounded in financial problems often play a key role in ending a marriage. By raising a family’s standard of living, a working wife may strengthen her family’s financial and emotional stability.
Psychological factors also should be considered. For example, a wife blocked from a career outside the home may feel caged in the house. She may view her only choice as seeking a divorce. On the other hand, if she can find fulfillment through work outside the home, work and marriage can go together to create a stronger and more stable union.
Also, a major part of women’s inequality in marriage has been due to the fact that, in most cases, men have remained the main breadwinners. A working wife may rob a husband of being the master of the house. Depending upon how the couple reacts to these new conditions, it could create a stronger equal partnership or it could create new insecurities.
1. The word “portend” (Line 2, Para.1) is closest in meaning to“_____”.
    A. defy   B. signal   C. suffer from   D. result from
2. It is said in the passage that when the economy slides_____.
    A. men would choose working women as their marriage partners
    B. more women would get married to seek financial security
    C. even working women would worry about their marriages
    D. more people would prefer to remain single for the time being
3. If women find fulfillment through work outside the home,_____.
    A. they are more likely to dominate their marriage partners
    B. their husbands are expected to do more housework
    C. their marriage ties can be strengthened
    D. they tend to put their career before marriage
4. One reason why women with no career may seek a divorce is that_____.
    A. they feel that they have been robbed of their freedom
    B. they are afraid of being bossed around by their husbands
    C. they feel that their partners fail to live up to their expectations
    D. they tend to suspect their husbands? loyalty to their marriage
5. Which of the following statements can best summarize the authors view in the passage?
    A. The stability of marriage and the divorce rate may reflect the economic situation of the country.
    B. Even when economically independent, most women have to struggle for real equality in marriage.
    C. In order to secure their marriage women should work outside the home and remain independent
    D. The impact of the growing female workforce on marriage varies from case to case.
                                   
B
    It's killed at least two dozen people, damaged hundreds of homes, cost some 22 billion Yuan in direct economic losses so far and has left thousands of family-bound travelers stranded. The massive snow and ice storm that has swept through the southern part of China has put this country into full disaster management mode. Tens of thousands of soldiers have been activated and the government has already provided 126 million Yuan in aide to six provinces in the south slammed by the unexpected winter blast. But is enough being done? And what else can be done to ensure that the effects of natural disasters like the one in southern China are minimized in the future?
“Ni hao, you're listening to People In the Know, your window into the world around you, online at www.crienglish.com here on China Radio International. In this edition of the show, we'll be talking about the southern China snow and ice storm. So let's get started.
First, let's get a Chinese perspective of how well the ice and snow storm in southern China is being handled from a logistical point of view. For this we're joined on the line by Professor Peng Xizhe, Dean of the School of Social Development and Public Policy at Fudan University in Shanghai.
(Dialogue with Peng)
    And after a short break, we'll talk about the broader view of disaster management.”
   “Ni hao, you're listening to People In the Know, your window into the world around you, online at www.crienglish.com here on China Radio International. I'm Paul James in Beijing. In this edition of the show, we're talking about the massive winter storm that has ravaged southern China. For a broader look at disaster management, we're joined on the line now by Mr. Aloysius Rego and Ms. Jiang Lingling, both with the Asian Disaster Preparedness Center in Thailand.
(Dialogue with Jiang and Rego)
    And with that we close out this edition of People In the Know, online at www.crienglish.com here on China Radio International. Though it may seem small consolation now for the thousands who remain stranded because of the storm, it's important to remember that as long as patience prevails, you will get home. Questions or comments for us can be sent to crieng@crifm.com. For Executive Director Wang Lei and Producers Yang Jingjie and Xu Yang, I'm Paul James in Beijing. Take care.”
1. What style does this passage according to?
   A. 说明文   B. 议论文   C. 描写文   D. 新闻报道
2. What’s the main idea of this article?
   A. Tell the stories about the snow storm in the southern part of China
   B. Tell us some facts about the people in the disaster.
   C. What have been done or will be done to rescue the people in the disaster.
   D. Let’s know the measures about the disaster.
3. How many people died from the snow disaster before this report?
   A. more than 30    B. more than 24    C. many    D. 50
                                
第40天
A
    Vienna-In spite of Iraq’s decision to stop oil deliveries, the 11- nation Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries(OPEC)will not increase production to make up the shortfall, ministers decided Tuesday in Vienna.
    The 11 oil ministers decided to meet again on July 3 to discuss the effects of the Iraq temporary stop. The organization’s president, Charkid Kheria of Algeria, said after the meeting that stocks were high and prices were stable, so quota increases were not necessary.
    The E.U. Commission has expressed concern about Iraq’s output stop. A speaker said OPEC had to take all possible measures to keep or lower the oil price.
    Saudi Arabia’s Oil Minister Ali Al-Nuaimi had earlier said there would not be any shortfall of oil in the market. The organization had already taken steps to fill the gap, he said. OPEC Secretary General Ali Rodriguez added that the period of Iraq’s output stop was not known, so other exporters were not going to lift quotas yet. If the market was destabilized (使……动摇), a suitable response could be made.
    Iraq on Monday stopped shipments of crude oil to protest against the U.N. Security Council’s decision to extend the oil-for-food programme by only a month, instead of the normal six-month renewal. Just before the Vienna meeting, oil prices had gone up, with a barrel of OPEC crude oil selling for 27.05 dollars, up from 26.81 dollars last Friday. North Sea oil was at 29.26 dollars Monday evening.
    OPEC wants the oil price to stay within a margin of 22 to 28 dollars and achieved that with cuts in January and March that reduced 2.5 million barrels per day off quotas(配额).
1. Iraq made the decision to stop oil deliveries because ___________.
    A. oil price is too low in international market.
    B. The U.N. Secretary Council has decided to shorten the time of extension of the oil-for-food programme
    C. Many oil wells were destroyed during the war in the late 1980s
    D. It couldn’t get enough money to develop its economy
2. The attitude the E.U. Commission took towards Iraq’s output stop is ________.
    A. active       B. concerned        C. cold        D. surprised
3. The 11 oil ministers decided to meet on July 3 so that _________.
    A. they can persuade Iraq to continue oil production
    B. they can have a talk with the U.N. Security Council
    C. they can have a discussion about the effects of Iraq’s temporary output stop
    D. they can make up their minds to increase oil production
4. The main idea of the passage is ________.
    A. the oil prices in the world were stable though Iraq has stopped oil deliveries
    B. OPEC has controlled the oil price to stay within a margin of 22 to 28 dollars
    C. OPEC will not increase oil production to make up the shortfall that caused by Iraq
    D. Oil is connected with people’s daily life
B
    China news, Beijing, Feb. 9 – Housing price in China has always aroused heated discussions among property developers and ordinary Chinese. To many property developers and local government officials, housing price in China is still low compared with many developed countries. However, the average housing price in the United States is only 8,000 yuan per square meter, while in China, it is even higher than in the United States. This shows that there are some bubbles(泡沫) in Chinese real estate market, the International Finance News reported.
    Although the average price of residential houses in the United States, after converted to Renminbi, is about 8,000 yuan per square meter, the houses in US are not sold in terms of building area, as most Chinese property developers do when they sell their houses. If US property developers sell their houses according to the building area, then the housing price will be even lower than 8,000 yuan per square meter. In most big Chinese cities, such as Beijing, Shanghai, and Shenzhen, houses are sold at a price even higher than those in the US.
The high housing sales price in large cities in China proves that Chinese real estate market does have some bubbles. Moreover, Chinese houses can not be compared with houses in US in terms of building quality, environment and supporting facilities. Furthermore, it should be noted that American people’s average income is several dozen times higher than that of Chinese people. How can the Chinese afford to buy a house which is even more expensive than that sold in US?
    At the beginning of 2007, Chinese government issued a set of policies that aimed to benefit the public. Now in order to reduce the high housing prices, the government can regulate(控制) the real estate market by raising tax on property industry and controlling the release of loans and lands to property developers. At the same time, the government should allow people to build more houses through various fund-raising channels, such as funds collected from buyers or raised by working units. By applying these multiple means, it is expected that the high housing prices can be lowered.
1. What is the average housing price per square meter in China?
    A. 8,000 yuan    B. 10,000 yuan     C. 7,000 yuan    D. It’s not mentioned here
2. Which of the following does NOT support the idea that the average housing price in China is even higher than in the United States?
    A. Chinese houses can not be compared with houses in US in terms of building quality, environment and supporting facilities.
    B. American people’s average income is several dozen times higher than that of Chinese people.
    C. The houses in US are not sold in terms of building area, as most Chinese property developers do when they sell their houses.
    D. There are more people who need houses in China.
3. What is the main idea of this passage?
    A. The housing price in China is so high that the government should do something useful to prevent it.
    B. There are some bubbles in Chinese real estate market
    C. The average housing price in China is even higher than in the United States
    D. Chinese government issued a set of policies that aimed to benefit the public.
4. How many measures are mentioned in the last paragraph in order to reduce the high housing prices?
    A. Four    B. Three    C. Five    D. Two
 


第41天
A
   It's time to be water efficient!
   As populations increase across Australia and the rest of the world, demand for water will also increase. If we don’t reduce each individual’s demand for water (both directly and through embodied water) the water situation will become dire.
    It is obvious that we cannot increase demands for water much more without detrimental(有害的) effects to the environment, society and the economy.
    It’s all too easy to blame someone else for the water situation –“if 70% of water is used for agriculture then that’s what we should target” – but it’s not that easy. We all depend on the food and resources that agriculture provides, and while there are definitely opportunities to increase water efficiency on the farm, the solution will take more than that.
    We each share responsibility for the sustainable management of our water resources, which means using less water at home, in the workplace, at school, on holidays, on the farm, … everyone, everywhere, every time.
    It's time to become water efficient! This involves reassessing our relationship with water, and learning to use it more sparingly. On the most basic level, it requires a behavioural(行动的) change, and assigning a value to water that truly reflects its worth.
    We can also unlock economic benefits of being water efficient. There are many real world examples given in the case studies on this site.
    Everybody has a responsibility to save water, if future generations are to enjoy a similar standard of living to the one we enjoy now. In fact, many of the impacts associated with water use are likely to have an effect on our own lives!
    www.savewater.com.au has been designed to help you respond to the challenge to become water efficient. It acts as a central repository for relevant information and further advice, so that you can actually achieve significant savings. It also showcases those companies with products that will assist you in your goal.
1. Can you infer where this passage is from?
    A. newspaper    B. TV programme    C. Radio broadcast    D. Internet 
2. What can we do to save water?
    A. find more water resources 
    B. use less water everywhere, every time
    C. realize the importance of saving water
    D. unlock economic benefits of being water efficient
3. What is not the reason to save water?
    A. There are more and more people in the world.
    B. The water resources are limited.
    C. Agriculture needs more water.
    D. The water is very important for us.
4. What is the main idea of this passage?
    A. Water is very important for the human.
    B. Everybody has a responsibility to save water.
    C. It's time to be water efficient.
    D. Let’s save water for our future generations.
                                    

B
    Beijing's broadened ban on smoking in public places took effect Thursday, adding force to the effort to hold a smoke-free Olympics.
The new rules extend existing anti-smoking regulations to more places, including fitness centers, cultural relic sites, offices, meeting rooms, dining halls, toilets and lifts. Restaurants, Internet cafes, parks, and waiting halls at airports, railway stations and coach stations are required to set up smoking areas. Hotels will have to offer smoke-free rooms or floors, but the regulations do not specify a proportion.
    However, some restaurant owners have complained that it would be difficult to have a separate smoking room as required by the new regulations. "We plan to issue specific rules to solve this problem as soon as possible," Rao Yingsheng, vice-director of the Beijing Committee for Patriotic Public Health Campaign, was quoted by the Beijing News as saying Thursday. He said small restaurants without a separate room should set aside at least 70 percent of their area for non-smokers. He also said customers and restaurant owners would be asked for their thoughts on the new rule.
    Local authorities dispatched about 100,000 inspectors to make sure the ban was being enforced Thursday. Everyone has the right to dissuade people from smoking in public places, Liu Zejun, who works for the Beijing committee, said. "Citizens are encouraged to expose those who refuse to obey the rule by calling the free telephone line 12320," Liu said.
    People caught smoking in forbidden areas will be fined 10 yuan ($1.40), while enterprises and institutions that violate(违反) the ban will face fines of between 1,000 yuan and 5,000 yuan. Smoking was forbidden in hospitals, kindergartens, schools, museums, sports venues and other places before the new regulations took effect. From Oct 1 last year, the city also banned smoking in its 66,000 cabs, and imposed fines of 100 yuan to 200 yuan on drivers caught smoking in taxis.
    China has pledged a cigarette-free, green Olympics. This year's event will be the first non-smoking Olympic Games since the Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC), of which China is a signatory(签名人), went into effect in 2005.
1. The passage mainly tells us _____.
    A. There will be more places where smoking is forbidden.
    B. More people should give up smoking.
    C. Broadened ban on smoking in public places took effect in order to set up a non-smoking Olympic Games.
    D. Those who smoke at public places will be fined.
2. Smoking is _____ at airports, railway stations or coach stations etc.
    A. forbidden         B. allowed 
    C. allowed at it’s smoking areas        D. we don’t know
3. Which of the following is Not true according to the passage?
    A. Hotels will have to offer smoke-free rooms.
    B. Smoking is not allowed in most restaurants.
    C. 12320 is a free telephone line to expose those who smoke at public places.
    D. People caught smoking in forbidden areas will be fined.
4. If a taxi driver smokes in his cab, he will probably be fined _____ .
    A. 10 yuan    B. 50 yuan     C. 120 yuan   D. 1000 yuan

                                   

第42天                          A
    The snow has paralysed(使瘫痪) transport in China during the country’s most important vacation period, the celebration of the Chinese New Year. Not only have transport delays hindered personal trips, but they have also slowed the delivery of fresh produce to markets. Consequently, in Zhengzhou, the capital city of the Henan province, tomato prices have doubled, and the cost of 47 other vegetables has increased by 36%, as reported by local media at the end of January.
     According to an inside PR source, “wholesalers in Beijing were quoted as saying that only about 20% of the usual fresh vegetable supplies were reaching the city.” As an Asian country with a diet based on fresh produce, the shortage of vegetables and the rise in prices is not only affecting fresh food producers, but also the final consumers.
     In terms of production, this is the worst snow disaster to hit China in the last 50 years, affecting a total of 9.4 million hectares of farmland in the country, according to a report published on 4 February 2008 by Feng Tao of Xinhua News, at the Chinese government website. Most of the crops devastated(毁坏)by the frost are located in the middle and lower reaches of the Yangtze River, the traditional natural border between North and South China.
Chen Xiwen, Director of the Office of the Central Leading Group on Rural Work, pointed out at the end of last week that “the blizzard disaster in the south has had a severe impact on winter crops, and the impact on fresh vegetables could be catastrophic in certain areas”, as stated in the Xinhua News report.
     The Chinese government has been quick to take extreme measures. The Chinese Ministry of Agriculture (MOA) has sent 13 teams of experts to 8 of the areas most seriously affected by the harsh weather. The aim of this initiative is to provide farmers with technical assistance to minimize their losses.
1. From this passage, we can know that the snow happened _____.
   A. During the Spring Festival
   B. In the coldest days of the winter
   C. In the North of China.
   D. It’s not mentioned here.
2. What’s the meaning of the underlined word in paragraph four?
   A. worst  B. snowstorm  C. cold weather  D. biggest
3. This passage mainly tells us _____ .
   A. The snow in the south of China caused many problems.
   B. The effect of the snow in the south of China on the fresh food
   C. The snow in the south of China slowed the delivery of fresh produce to markets.
   D. The Chinese government has taken extreme measures to help the suffered farmers.
4. The Chinese Ministry of Agriculture (MOA) has sent 13 teams of experts to 8 of the areas to _____ .
   A. help the farmers plant crops          B. give money to the farmers
   C. give directions to the farmers with their technic(技术;技巧).
   D. deliver crops for the farmers.


B
    Once the 2008 Olympic Games finishes, the drums and trumpets(喇叭) of the competitions would also stop. But would the city remain as lively as it would be after this world event? Investment sustainability and high demand are two highly invaluable economic concepts(概念) that can be looked at in order to ensure post-Olympics flourish, or perhaps, an even better future for Beijingers.
    Naturally, an economic downturn occurs in an Olympic host city once the major event finishes. Renmin University Professor Jin Yuanpu noted that a global event like this would put Beijing into a position of large importance in the international stage. But after this event, who would use the heavily-funded equipment and public and private investments left in the city? Various economists argued that a meltdown (彻底垮台) is highly unlikely. Jonathan Anderson, UBS Asia economist, suggested that the negative effects of the end of Beijing Olympics 2008 on the entire country aren’t important compared to previous host cities. China is such a huge economy that the conclusion of the Olympics games is the same as an ant-bite on a dragon.
    But what about post-Olympics Beijing? Retired Headmaster of Peking University, Li Yining, noted that a long-term civil demand growth and a popular desire by companies to adopt careful financial management decisions can lead to continued investment growth. Even though demand in some departments of the economy would drop in the short-run, creativity, practicality and innovation(创新) would be the key factors that would continually enhance the city's image and flourish long after the Olympics in the city has ended.
    So what's next for Beijing after the Olympics? Well, it's business as usual...
1. Which one of the followings is the author’s idea?
   A. Beijing’s economy will have a downturn after the 2008 Olympic Games.
   B. The 2008 Olympic Games have no effects on Beijing’s economy.
   C. Beijing’s economy will go on as usual.
   D. Beijing’s economy will go worse after the 2008 Olympic Games.
2. What’s the Jin Yuanpu idea about Beijing’s economy after the 2008 Olympic Games according to the passage?
   A. to have a downturn
   B. to develop as usual
   C. to develop more rapidly
   D. all of the above
3. Why did Jonathan Anderson believe that the negative effects of the end of Beijing Olympics 2008 on the entire country aren’t important?
   A. The negative effects are small.
   B. The Chinese government has many measures to take.
   C. The Chinese economy has developed at a certain level so that the negative effects can’t affect it too much.
   D. Jonathan Anderson liked China very much so he didn’t want China to go worse.
4. Choose a best title for this passage.
   A. Beijing After the Olympics
   B. The negative effects of the end of Beijing Olympics
   C. Can Beijing get through the difficult period after the 2008 Olympic Games
   D. Beijing’s economy after the 2008 Olympic Games

 

第43天
A
Want to be a volunteer for Beijing Olympics in 2008? Recently, the recruiting started.
The recruiting of Beijing Olympics Volunteer starts from Aug 28, 2006 to end of March 2008.
Stage 1: Beijing Volunteers
From August 28, 2006, the program opens to applicants in Beijing (and Beijing only).
Stage 2: China Volunteers
From Dec, 2006, people from outside Beijing can submit their application.
Stage 3: Overseas Volunteers
By March 2007, people from outside China (including in other countries) can apply for volunteering in Olympics 2008.
The Program
Travel, hotel are not provided. Only working meal is available for volunteers (makes sense, isn't it?)
If you have any questions, just call Olympics Volunteer hotline: +86-10-12308
According to news, 100k college students have applied for the position after three days of recruiting. 50,000 to 100,000 volunteers are needed for the game.
If you want to participate, just call the number and ask more questions about the program. However, my guess is, to be admitted to the program is not easy.
1. Who has the most time to apply for volunteering in Olympics 2008 ?
A. Liling from Beijing        B. Wangbing from Tianjin .
C. Jane from Australia        D. Dongdong from Yunnan.
2. Being a volunteer in Olympics 2008 , you can enjoy free ________ service.
  A. food  B. taxi  C. hotel  D. ticket
3. Why does the author think it is not easy to be admitted to the program?
  A. Because too many people want to watch the game live.
  B. Because the volunteers can have good free meals every day.
  C. Because the volunteers can watch the game without buying a ticket.
  D. Because more and more people care for the Olympics .
 
B
The run-up to the launch of China's first lunar orbiter at the end of this month has caught the country's imagination, with more than two thirds of the nation hoping to see the launch live on TV, according to a survey.                              
According to the survey by China Youth Daily and www.qq.com, almost the entire nation hopes to catch images of the event at some point, with 99 percent of the 10358 respondents saying they expected to witness the satellite launch and 68.9 percent said they were certain to watch the live broadcast of the launch. On www.qq.com and www.sina.com, two popular web portals in the country, internet users have contributed some 2,000 poems and 5000 drawings on the theme of Chang'e I.
"The satellite launch means much more than just saying 'hello' to the moon. Maybe in the future we could also send some people to accompany sister 'Chang'e'," said a college student in the survey.
Remarkably, many people expect to visit the moon one day, with 93.4 percent of respondents saying they expected to do so.
Chang'e I is named after Chang'e, a famous character from Chinese mythology. She ascended from earth to live on the moon as a celestial being after drinking an elixir.
There is also another connection between the moon and China. In the 1970s, a crater on the moon was named after a Chinese stargazer, Wan Hu, who is said to be the first astronaut in human history.
Legend says about 600 years ago, around the middle of the Ming Dynasty, Wan Hu, a local government official, tried to fly into space with the help of a chair, two big kites and 47 self-made gunpowder-filled rockets. According to the legend after the rockets were lit there was a huge bang and lots of smoke. When the smoke cleared Wan was nowhere to be found.
China's first astronaut flew into space in 2003 with the launch of the Chinese-made spaceship Shenzhou V. China became the third country, after the Soviet Union and the United States, to carry out manned space missions.
1. Which is true according to the passage?
 A. According to a survey, two thirds of the nation are hoping to see the launch live on TV,
 B. The internet users have drawn some 5000 pictures of ‘Chang’e’.
C. Wan Hu, a Chinese stargazer(n. 看星星的人,占星师,天文学家) , was dead after the huge bang and a lot of smoke.
 D. China’s first astronaut flew into space in 2003 in the spaceship Shenzhou VI.
2. What’s the meaning of the underlined word in paragraph 5?
A. a kind of medicine for long life. B. a kind of medicine to make you light enough to fly in the air.
C. a kind of wine               D. a kind of alcohol.
3. Why was Wan Hu said to be the first astronaut in human history?
 A. Because a crater on the moon was named after his name.
 B. Because he was the first to go to the moon in his own “spaceship”.
 C. Because of his courage for scientific experiment to the moon.
 D. Because he made the first rocket in human history. 

第44天                          A
China's government has issued a severe weather warning after the heaviest snowfalls in decades. The country is experiencing transport delays and power cuts as millions of people prepare to make long journeys home for the Chinese New Year. This report from Quentin Summerville: China hasn't experienced weather this bad in decades. And as the country prepares for Chinese New Year, the disruption couldn't come at a worse time. Over 100,000 people are stranded(搁浅) in Guangzhou railway station in the south. It may climb to as many as 600,000 as more people arrive to make their journeys home for the Spring Festival. Travellers have been evacuated to nearby sports stadiums and exhibition centres.
Across China around nineteen airports have shut because of the weather. Around half the provinces in the country have had to start rationing power(定量供电), according to the state media. The government has suspended(暂停) coal exports in favour of home consumption. At least a dozen people died over the weekend because of heavy rains and the snowfall.
The Spring Festival is China's most important holiday when people journey home to be with their families. For millions of the country's migrant workers it's their only holiday. Some two billion journeys were made during the festival last year, making it the largest migration of people on the planet. And even without the severe weather, conditions on overcrowded trains and buses are terrible. The holiday stretches China's transport system to its very limits
1. Choose the best title for this passage.
A. Heavy snow hits China            
B. Chinese New Year in snow 
C. China’s terrible translation system.  
D. An accident
2. Which is not true according to the passage?
  A. The heavy snow is the worst disaster in decades in China. 
  B. No other cities in the world have more travellers in festivals than in China.
  C. The government doesn’t care for people’s life in disaster areas.
  D. The country’s migrant workers have more than one holidays to celebrate, according to the passage


B
Besides entertainment and beautiful lanterns, another important part of the Lantern Festival, or Yuanxiao Festival is eating small dumpling balls made of glutinous rice flour. We call these balls Yuanxiao or Tangyuan. Obviously, they get the name from the festival itself. It is said that the custom of eating Yuanxiao originated during the Eastern Jin Dynasty in the fourth century, then became popular during the Tang and Song periods.
The fillings inside the dumplings or Yuansiao are either sweet or salty. Sweet fillings are made of sugar, Walnuts, sesame(芝麻), osmanthus flowers(桂花), rose petals, sweetened tangerine(橘子)peel, bean paste, or jujube paste(枣子酱). A single ingredient or any combination can be used as the filling . The salty variety is filled with minced meat(肉末儿), vegetables or a mixture.
The way to make Yuanxiao also varies between northern and southern China. The usual method followed in southern provinces is to shape the dough of rice flour into balls, make a hole, insert the filling, then close the hole and smooth out the dumpling by rolling it between your hands. In North China, sweet or nutmeat stuffing is the usual ingredient. The fillings are pressed into hardened cores, dipped lightly in water and rolled in a flat basket containing dry glutinous rice flour. A layer of the flour sticks to the filling, which is then again dipped in water and rolled a second time in the rice flour. And so it goes, like rolling a snowball, until the dumpling is the desired size.
The custom of eating Yuanxiao dumplings remains. This tradition encourages both old and new stores to promote their Yuanxiao products. They all try their best to improve the taste and quality of the dumplings to attract more customers.
1. Which of the following is NOT true?
 A. The custom of eating Yuanxiao dates back to the fourth century.
 B. Sugar, rose petals and minced meat are all fillings of Yuanxiao.
 C. Sweet Yuanxiao are usually made in southern China.
 D. People in northern China usually make Yuanxiao by rolling like a snowball.
2. Which country does the Lantern Festival come from?
A. China  B. South Korea C. Jin Dynasty  D. Tang and Song periods.
3. Choose the right order of making Tangyuan in southern provinces.
① make a hole and insert the filling 
② roll the dough between your hands 
③ shape the dough of rice flour into balls  
④ close the hole  
⑤ prepare some rice flour
 A. ⑤③②①④  B. ③⑤①②④  C. ③①④②⑤  D. ⑤③①④②
4. What is the best title of this passage?
A. The Lantern Festival                        B. The ingredients of Yuanxiao
C. The difference between Yuanxiao and Tangyuan.  D. China’s traditional food—Yuanxiao.
5. Why do we eat Yuanxiao today?
A. Because it’s a tradition.
B. Because it’s a tasty food.
C. Because we love our country.
D. Because this food can make money.
第45天
A
The story goes that some time ago, a man punished his 3-year-old daughter for wasting a roll of gold wrapping paper. Money was tight and he became infuriated(愤怒的) when the child tried to decorate a box to put under the Christmas tree. Nevertheless, the little girl brought the gift to her father the next morning and said, "This is for you, Daddy."
The man was embarrassed by his earlier overreaction, but his anger flared again when he found out the box was empty. He yelled at her, stating, "Don't you know, when you give someone a present, there is supposed to be something inside? The little girl looked up at him with tears in her eyes and cried, "Oh, Daddy, it's not empty at all. I blew kisses into the box. They're all for you, Daddy."
The father was crushed. He put his arms around his little girl, and he begged for her forgiveness.
Only a short time later, an accident took the life of the child. It is also told that her father kept that gold box by his bed for many years and, whenever he was discouraged, he would take out an imaginary kiss and remember the love of the child who had put it there.
In a very real sense, each one of us, as humans beings, have been given a gold container filled with unconditional love and kisses from our children, family members, friends, and God. There is simply no other possession, anyone could hold, more precious than this.
1. The 3-year-old girl was punished by her father for ________.
A. wasting gold                         B. wasting wrapping paper
C. putting the box under the Christmas tree   D. bringing the gift to her father
2. What’s inside the box according to the little girl?
A. nothing           B. air 
C. kisses            D. gold wrapping paper
3. The father remembered the love of his daughter by ________.
A. kissing the gold box.                    B. putting gold into the box.
C. taking out an imaginary kiss from the box.   D. keeping the little girl’s ash box by his bed.
4. Choose the best title for the passage.
A. The kisses in the box.      B. A girl and his father 
C.  A love story            D. The box under the Christmas tree.
                                  
B
The world economy has run into a brick wall. Despite countless warnings in recent years about the need to address a looming(逼近) hunger crisis in poor countries and a looming energy crisis worldwide, world leaders failed to think ahead. The result is a global food crisis. Wheat, corn and rice prices increases combined with soaring energy costs will slow if not stop economic growth in many parts of the world and will even undermine(破坏) political stability, as evidenced by the protest riots that have erupted in places like Haiti, Bangladesh and Burkina Faso. Practical solutions to these growing woes do exist, but we'll have to start thinking ahead and acting globally.
So, what should be done?Here are three steps to ease the current crisis and avert(防止, 避免) the potential for a global disaster. The first is to scale-up(按比例增加,扩大) the dramatic success of Malawi, a famine-prone(遭遇饥荒) country in southern Africa, which three years ago established a special fund to help its farmers get fertilizer and high-yield seeds. Malawi's harvest doubled after just one year. An international fund based on the Malawi model would cost a mere $10 per person annually in the rich world, or $10 billion in all.
Second, the U.S. and Europe should abandon their policies of subsidizing(给补助金) the conversion of food into biofuels(生物燃料).
Third, we urgently need to weatherproof(使防风雨) the world's crops as soon and as effectively as possible. For a poor farmer, sometimes something as simple as a farm pond--which collects rainwater to be used for emergency irrigation in a dry spell--can make the difference between a bountiful crop and a famine. The world has already committed to establishing a Climate Adaptation Fund to help poor regions climate-proof vital economic activities such as food production and health care but has not yet acted upon the promise.
The food crisis provides not only a warning but also an opportunity. We need to invest vastly more in sustainable development in order to achieve true global security and economic growth.
1. Which of the following is the best title?
A. How to end the global food shortage
B. How to end the global disaster
C. How to help the farmers in the poor countries
D. How to subsidize the farmers to increase food products
2. The word “woes” in paragraph one is most likely to mean              .
A. hunger   B. things   C. matters   D. disasters
3. What does the author think of the global food shortage?
A. people in the world can do nothing.
B. The global food crisis will continue.
C. The food crisis provides not only a warning but also an opportunity.
D. We don’ know.
4. What measures should be taken to ease the current crisis and avert the potential for a global disaster?
A. to scale-up the dramatic success of Malawi
B. the U.S. and Europe should abandon their policies of subsidizing the conversion of food into biofuels
C. to prevent the world's crops from being destroyed by weather as soon and as effectively as possible.
D. All above .
                                    
第46天
A
A computer virus is a program or piece of code that is loaded onto your computer without your knowledge and runs against your wishes. All computer viruses are manmade. Here are some virus prevention tips.
Do not open any files attached to an e-mail from an unknown, suspicious or untrustworthy source.
Do not open any files attached to an e-mail unless you know what it is, even if it appears to come from a dear friend or someone you know. Some viruses can replicate(复制) themselves and spread through e-mail. Better be safe that sorry and confirm that they really sent it .
Do not open any files attached to an e-mail if the subject line is questionable or unexpected. If the need to do so is there always save the file to your hard drive before doing so.
Delete chain e-mails and junk e-mail. Do not forward(转寄) or reply to any of them. These types of e-mail are considered spam(垃圾邮件), which contains lots of annoying advertisements and useless information.
Do not download any files from strangers.
Be careful when downloading files from the Internet. Ensure that the source is a legitimate(合法的)and reputable one. Verify(证实)that an anti-virus program checks the files on the download site. If you are uncertain, don’t download the file at all or download the file to a floppy(软盘)and test it with your own anti-virus software.
Update your anti-virus software regularly. Over 500 viruses are discovered each month, so you’ll want to be protected. These updates should be at least the products virus signature files. You may also need to update the product’s scanning engine as well.     Back up(备份) your files on a regular basis. If a virus destroys your files, at least you can replace them with your backup copy. You should store your backup copy in a separate location from your work files, one that is preferably not on your computer.
1.This passage mainly tells us              .
A. What a computer virus is
B. how to use e-mail safely
C. how to use computers safely
D. how to prevent computer viruses
2. Which of the following statements about computer virus is TRUE?
A. A computer virus is a kind of worm
B. Not all computer viruses are manmade
C. Computer viruses run according to our wishes
D. A computer virus is a program or piece of code.
3. When we use e-mail, we should                .
A. open all the files we receive
B. open any file even if we don’t know what it is
C. not open any files if the subject line is questionable
D. forward or reply to junk e-mail.
4. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. We’d better not down load any files from strangers.
B. We’d better download files from a legitimate and reputable source.
C. We should update our anti-virus software regularly.
D. We should store our backup copy in the same location as our work files.
B
Tiny tot’s big adventure: Super Baby, a multimedia children’s play co-produced by Beijing Children’s Art Theater and Yeowoobi Animation Company of South Korea, is running at Beijing’s Cultural Palace of Nationalities.
Adapted from a popular South Korean cartoon book by Korean writer Cho Soo Min , the play tells the story of the boy named Siqing, who sets out in search of adventure with his friend Weiwei, a dinosaur, and a panda to rescue his kidnapped grandfather.
In director Hang Cheng’s eyes, it is a story of hope, dreams and courage.  
He says it is a Chinese interpretation of Alice’s Adventure in Wonderland, and Cheng hopes it could inspire the young audience members to love one another, treasure friendship and pursue their dreams.
Time: 7:30pm, until August 26
Place: 49 fuxingmen Neidajie Street, Xicheng District
Tel: 400 – 810 – 1887, 5905 – 9082
Lords of the rings: The Chinese Acrobatics Group, established in 1950, will put on a performance that includes traditional acrobatics, circus, magic, old Beijing folk plays and more.
The show blends music, dance, local opera and martial arts with acrobatics.
Time: 7:30pm, daily
Place: Tiandi Theater, Dongsi Shitiao, 100 meters north of Poly Theater, Chaoyand District
Tel: 6416 – 9893
Fooling around: dashan is taking to the stage with the otherwise all-Chinese cast of Chaoji Bendan, or Super Idiot. The play is an adaptation of the famous French comedy, Le diner de Cons (The dinner Game).
Dashan, or Mark Rowswell, is a Canadian who became a household name and popular TV host who speaks superb Chinese. He plays the role of Pierre Brochant, a successful Parisian publisher, who attends a weekly “idiots’ dinner”. Each guest must bring along an “idiot” for the amusement of the other invitees. At the end of the dinner, the evening’s “champion idiot” is selected.
Time: 7:30pm, September 29~30
Place: Poly Theater, 14 Dongzhimen Nandajie, Dongcheng District
Tel: 6416 – 9990
Classic comeback: Chinese drama classic The Top Restaurant (Tianxia diyilou) will be staged by Beijing People’s Art theater. Written by He Jiping, the drama has been one of the most popular Chinese theatrical works performed by the renowned Beijing People’s Art Theater. It has been staged more than 400 times since the premiere.
Time: 7:30pm, September 5~14
Place: Capital Theater, 22 Wangfujing Dajie
Tel: 6524 – 9847
Order now , you can get a 20% discount. More information, please click here
1.If you want to enjoy magic on Sunday, you can go to            .
A. Red Theater   B. Tiandi Theater  C. Poly Theater   D. Capital Theater
2.The advertisements are about“              ”.
A. exhibitions    B. meetings   C. stage performances      D. western cultures
3.Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Super Baby, a children’s play, is performing at Beijing’s Cultural Palace of Nationalities.
B. The Chinese Acrobatics Group can perform old Beijing folk plays.
C. Dashan is a popular TV host who speaks superb Chinese.
D. The Top Restaurant will be performed by He Jinping
4. This passage is most probably taken from                .
A. a textbooks   B. a magazine   C. a newspaper   D. a website
第47天
A
The United States government wants to know what the public thinks about its findings on the safety of cloned animals.
The Food and Drug Administration says meat and milk from clones of adult cattle, pigs and goats are safe to eat. An F.D.A. official called them "as safe to eat as the food we eat every day." And when those clones reproduce sexually(有性繁殖), the agency says, their offspring(后代) are safe to eat as well. But research on cloned sheep is limited. So the F.D.A. proposes that sheep clones not be used for human food.
The United States this year could become the first country to approve the sale of foods from cloned animals. First, however, the public will have ninety days to comment on three proposed documents. On December 28th the F.D.A. released a long report, called a draft risk assessment, along with two policy documents.
The agency says it must receive comments by April second. The F.D.A. seemed ready to act several years ago, but an advisory committee called for more research.
For now, the government will continue to ask producers to honor a request that they not sell foods from cloned animals.
Clones are still rare. They cost a lot and are difficult to produce.
The F.D.A. says most food from cloning is expected to come not from clones themselves, but from their sexually reproduced offspring. It says clones are expected to be used mostly as breeding animals to spread good qualities.
Public opinion studies show most Americans do not like the idea of food from cloned animals. But this research also shows the public knows little about cloning.
Cloning differs from genetic engineering. A cell taken from a so-called donor animals is grown into an embryo(胚胎)in the laboratory. Next, the embryo is placed into the uterus(子宫)of a female animal. If the process is successful, the pregnancy reaches full term and a genetic copy of the donor animal is born.
1. From the passage we know that               .
A. foods from cloned animals are popular in America
B. cloned adult animals are safe to eat except sheep.
C. cloned animals will be easy to produce
D. most foods from cloning is expected to take place of other foods
2. The main purpose of the text is to               .
A. tell a interesting story     B. give some advice on foods
C. give a report            D. compare different opinions
3. Who believe that foods from cloning are safe to eat?
A. Most Americans     B. An advisory committee
C. Critics             D. The F.D.A.
4. It can be inferred from the last paragraph that         .
A. cloning has much in common with genetic
B. not every cell taken from a donor animal can grow into a genetic copy
C. the donor animal should be a female one
D. cloned animals grow faster than normal ones

B
CANBERRA (Reuters Life!) - Think twice before eating those dropped crumbs off your computer keyboard -- you might as well be eating off a toilet seat, according to a new study on the amount of germs on keyboards.
A study by British "Which? Computing" asked a microbiologist to examine for bugs on 33 keyboards in a typical London office, a toilet seat and a toilet door handle.
Four keyboards were judged potential health hazards and the microbiologist recommended the removal of one keyboard as it had 150 times the pass limit of bacteria -- five times filthier than the swabbed toilet seat.
"Most people don't give much thought to the grime that builds up on their PC, but if you don't clean your computer, you might as well eat your lunch off the toilet," said Sarah Kidner, the consumer magazine editor of "Which? Computing" in a statement.
The study found that eating lunch at desks is the main cause of a bug-infested keyboard. Dropped crumbs and food encourages the growth of millions of bacteria.
Poor personal hygiene, such as not washing hands after going to the toilet, may also add to the dirtiness of keyboards.
But despite the health hazard of a dirty keyboard, a survey of 4,000 people by the magazine found one in 10 people ever cleaned their keyboard while another two in 10 never cleaned their mouse.
Almost half -- or 46 per cent -- cleaned their keyboard less than once a month.
To clear out bugs, the magazine recommends users unplug keyboards, turn them upside down and shake them.
1. The purpose of the passage is             .
A. tell us something about the keyboards.
B. warn people to clean the keyboards often.
C. tell us how to clean the keyboard
D. tell us the germs on keyboards
2. What do you think the expression “Think twice before eating those dropped crumbs off your computer keyboard” stands for?
A. Think several times before eating beside your computer
B. Don’t drop foods onto the computer keyboard.
C. Don’t eat foods dropped onto the computer keyboard.
D. Be careful when you are eating by the computer.
3. What are the main causes of a bug-infested keyboard?
A. Dropped crumbs and food encourages the growth of millions of bacteria.
B. Poor personal hygiene
C. Much dirt on the computer keyboard.
D. Dropped crumbs and food and Poor personal hygiene
4. "Which? Computing" is probably a name of            .
A. An organization        B. a newspaper
C. a report               D. a magazine
第48天
A. The only way to travel is on foot
The past ages of man have all been carefully labeled(标记)by anthropologists(人类学家). Descriptions like ‘Palaeolithic(旧石器时代) Man’, ‘Neolithic Man’, etc., neatly(干净地;整洁地) sum up whole periods. When the time comes for anthropologists to turn their attention to the twentieth century, they will surely choose the label ‘Legless Man’. Histories of the time will go something like this: ‘in the twentieth century, people forgot how to use their legs. Men and women moved about in cars, buses and trains from a very early age. There were lifts and escalators(自动电梯,自动扶梯)in all large buildings to prevent people from walking. This situation was forced upon earth dwellers(居民) of that time because of miles each day. But the surprising thing is that they didn’t use their legs even when they went on holiday. They built cable railways, ski-lifts and roads to the top of every huge mountain. All the beauty spots on earth were marred (糟蹋)by the presence of large car parks. ’
The future history books might also record that we were deprived(剥夺) of the use of our eyes. In our hurry to get from one place to another, we failed to see anything on the way. Air travel gives you a bird’s-eye view of the world – or even less if the wing of the aircraft happens to get in your way. When you travel by car or train a blurred image of the countryside constantly smears the windows. Car drivers, in particular, are forever obsessed with the urge to go on and on: they never want to stop.
Is it the lure of the great motorways, or what? And as for sea travel, it hardly deserves mention. It is perfectly summed up in the words of the old song: ‘I joined the navy to see the world, and what did I see? I saw the sea.’ The typical twentieth-century traveler is the man who always says ‘I’ve been there. ’ You mention the remotest, most evocative place-names in the world like El Dorado, Kabul, Irkutsk and someone is bound to say ‘I’ve been there’ – meaning, ‘I drove through it at 100 miles an hour on the way to somewhere else. ’
When you travel at high speeds, the present means nothing: you live mainly in the future because you spend most of your time looking forward to arriving at some other place. But actual arrival, when it is achieved, is meaningless. You want to move on again. By traveling like this, you suspend all experience; the present ceases to be a reality: you might just as well be dead. The traveler on foot, on the other hand, lives constantly in the present. For him traveling and arriving are one and the same thing: he arrives somewhere with every step he makes. He experiences the present moment with his eyes, his ears and the whole of his body. At the end of his journey he feels a delicious physical weariness. He knows that sound. Satisfying sleep will be his: the just reward of all true travellers.
1. Anthropologists label nowadays’ men ‘Legless’ because
 A . people forget how to use his legs.            B  people prefer cars, buses and trains.
 C  lifts and escalators prevent people from walking. D  there are a lot of transportation devices.
2. Travelling at high speed means
 A people’s focus on the future.   B a pleasure.
C satisfying drivers’ great thrill.  D a necessity y of life.
3. Why does the author say ‘we are deprived of the use of our eyes’ ?
 A  People won’t use their eyes.     B In traveling at high speed, eyes become useless.
 C  People can’t see anything on his way of travel.   D  People want to sleep during travelling.
4. What is the purpose of the author in writing this passage?
 A Legs become weaker.   B Modern means of transportation make the world a small place.
 C There is no need to use eyes.    D The best way to travel is on foot.
5. What does ‘a bird’s-eye view’ mean?
 A  See view with bird’s eyes.    B  A bird looks at a beautiful view.
C It is a general view from a high position looking down.   D  A scenic place.


B.Vicious(剧烈的)and Dangerous Sports Should be Banned by Law
When you think of the tremendous technological progress we have made, it’s amazing how little we have developed in other respects. We may speak contemptuously of the poor old Romans because they relished the orgies of slaughter that went on in their arenas. We may despise them because they mistook these goings on for entertainment. We may forgive them condescendingly because they lived 2000 years ago and obviously knew no better. But are our feelings of superiority really justified? Are we any less blood-thirsty? Why do boxing matches, for instance, attract such universal interest? Don’t the spectators who attend them hope they will see some violence? Human beings remains as bloodthirsty as ever they were. The only difference between ourselves and the Romans is that while they were honest enough to admit that they enjoyed watching hungry lions tearing people apart and eating them alive, we find all sorts of sophisticated arguments to defend sports which should have been banned long age; sports which are quite as barbarous as, say, public hangings or bearbaiting.
It really is incredible that in this day and age we should still allow hunting or bull-fighting, that we should be prepared to sit back and watch two men batter each other to pulp in a boxing ring, that we should be relatively unmoved by the sight of one or a number of racing cars crashing and bursting into flames. Let us not deceive ourselves. Any talk of ‘the sporting spirit’ is sheer hypocrisy. People take part in violent sports because of the high rewards they bring. Spectators are willing to pay vast sums of money to see violence. A world heavyweight championship match, for instance, is front page news. Millions of people are disappointed if a big fight is over in two rounds instead of fifteen. They feel disappointment because they have been deprived of the exquisite pleasure of witnessing prolonged torture and violence.
Why should we ban violent sports if people enjoy them so much? You may well ask. The answer is simple: they are uncivilized. For centuries man has been trying to improve himself spiritually and emotionally – admittedly with little success. But at least we no longer tolerate the sight madmen cooped up in cages, or public floggings of any of the countless other barbaric practices which were common in the past. Prisons are no longer the grim forbidding places they used to be. Social welfare systems are in operation in many parts of the world. Big efforts are being made to distribute wealth fairly. These changes have come about not because human beings have suddenly and unaccountably improved, but because positive steps were taken to change the law. The law is the biggest instrument of social change that we have and it may exert great civilizing influence. If we banned dangerous and violent sports, we would be moving one step further to improving mankind. We would recognize that violence is degrading and unworthy of human beings.
1.It can be inferred from the passage that the author’s opinion of nowadays’ human beings is
A. not very high.         B.  high.  C.  contemptuous. D.  critical.
2.The main idea of this passage is
A. vicious and dangerous sports should be banned by law.
B. people are willing to pay vast sums money to see violence.
C. to compare two different attitudes towards dangerous sports.
D. people are bloodthirsty in sports.
3.That the author mentions the old Romans is
A. To compare the old Romans with today’s people.  B. to give an example.
C. to show human beings in the past know nothing better.
D. to indicate human beings are used to bloodthirsty.
4. How many dangerous sports does the author mention in this passage?
A.  Three. B.  Five.    C.  Six.    D.  Seven.
5. The purpose of the author in writing this passage is
A. that, by banning the violent sports, we human beings can improve ourselves.
B. that, by banning the dangerous sports, we can improve the law.
C. that we must take positive steps to improve social welfare system.
D. to show law is the main instrument of social change.

第49天
A. Advertisers Perform a Useful Service to the Community
Advertisers tend to think big and perhaps this is why they’re always coming in for criticism. Their critics seem to resent them because they have a flair for self-promotion and because they have so much money to throw around. ‘It’s iniquitous,’ they say, ‘that this entirely unproductive industry (if we can call it that) should absorb millions of pounds each year. It only goes to show how much profit the big companies are making. Why don’t they stop advertising and reduce the price of their goods? After all, it’s the consumer who pays…’
The poor old consumer! He’d have to pay a great deal more if advertising didn’t create mass markets for products. It is precisely because of the heavy advertising that consumer goods are so cheap. But we get the wrong idea if we think the only purpose of advertising is to sell goods. Another equally important function is to inform. A great deal of the knowledge we have about household goods derives largely from the advertisements we read. Advertisements introduce us to new products or remind us of the existence of ones we already know about. Supposing you wanted to buy a washing machine, it is more than likely you would obtain details regarding performance, price, etc., from an advertisement.
Lots of people pretend that they never read advertisements, but this claim may be seriously doubted. It is hardly possible not to read advertisements these days. And what fun they often are, too! Just think what a railway station or a newspaper would be like without advertisements. Would you enjoy gazing at a blank wall or reading railway byelaws while waiting for a train? Would you like to read only closely printed columns of news in your daily paper? A cheerful, witty advertisement makes such a difference to a drab wall or a newspaper full of the daily ration of calamities.
We must not forget, either, that advertising makes a positive contribution to our pockets. Newspapers, commercial radio and television companies could not subsist without this source of revenue. The fact that we pay so little for our daily paper, or can enjoy so many broadcast programmes is due entirely to the money spent by advertisers. Just think what a newspaper would cost if we had to pay its full price!
Another thing we mustn’t forget is the ‘small ads.’ which are in virtually every newspaper and magazine.  What a tremendously useful service they perform for the community! Just about anything can be accomplished(完成的,实现的)through these columns. For instance, you can find a job, buy or sell a house, announce a birth, marriage or death in what used to be called the ‘hatch, match and dispatch’ column but by far the most fascinating section is the personal or ‘agony’ column. No other item in a newspaper provides such entertaining reading or offers such a deep insight into human nature. It’s the best advertisement for advertising there is!
1. What is main idea of this passage?
A. Advertisement.   
B. The benefits of advertisement.
C. Advertisers perform a useful service to communities.   
D. The costs of advertisement.
2. The attitude of the author toward advertisers is
A. appreciative.    B.  trustworthy.   
C. critical.     D.  dissatisfactory.
3. Why do the critics criticize advertisers?
A. Because advertisers often brag. 
B. Because critics think advertisement is a “waste of money”.
C. Because customers are encouraged to buy more than necessary. 
D. Because customers pay more.
4. Which of the following is Not True?
A. Advertisement makes contribution to our pockets and we may know everything.
B. We can buy what we want.
C. Good quality products don’t need to be advertised.
D. Advertisement makes our life colorful.
5. The passage is_______________
A. Narration.     B.  Description.
C. Criticism.     D.  Argumentation.


B. Preface
Science is a dominant(占优势的) theme in our culture. Since it touches almost every facet of our life, educated people need at least some acquaintance with its structure and operation. They should also have an understanding of the subculture in which scientists live and the kinds of people they are. An understanding of general characteristics of science as well as specific scientific concepts is easier to attain if one knows something about the things that excite and frustrate the scientist.
 This book is written for the intelligent student or lay person whose acquaintance with science is superficial; for the person who has been presented with science as a musty storehouse of dried facts; for the person who sees the chief objective of science as the production of gadgets; and for the person who views the scientists as some sort of magician. The book can be used to supplement a course in any science, to accompany any course that attempts to give an understanding of the modern world, or – independently of any course – simply to provide a better understanding of science. We hope this book will lead readers to a broader perspective on scientific attitudes and a more realistic view of what science is, who scientists are, and what they do. It will give them an awareness and understanding of the relationship between science and our culture and an appreciation of the roles science may play in our culture. In addition, readers may learn to appreciate the relationship between scientific views and some of the values and philosophies that are pervasive(普遍的;深入的)in our culture.
 We have tried to present in this book an accurate and up-to-date picture of the scientific community and the people who populate it. That population has in recent years come to comprise more and more women. This increasing role of women in the scientific subculture is not a unique incident but, rather, part of the trend evident in all segments of society as more women enter traditionally male-dominated fields and make significant contributions. In discussing these changes and contribution, however, we are faced with a language that is implicitly sexist, one that uses male nouns or pronouns in referring to unspecified individuals. To offset this built-in bias, we have adopted the policy of using plural nouns and pronouns whenever possible and, when absolutely necessary, alternating he and she. This policy is far form being ideal, but it is at least an acknowledgment of the inadequacy of our language in treating half of the human race equally.
 We have also tried to make the book entertaining as well as informative. Our approach is usually informal. We feel, as do many other scientists, that we shouldn’t take ourselves too seriously. As the reader may observe, we see science as a delightful pastime rather than as a grim and dreary way to earn a living.
1. According to the passage, ‘scientific subculture’ means
A  cultural groups that are formed by scientists. B  people whose knowledge of science is very limited.
C  the scientific community.    D  people who make good contribution to science.
2. We need to know something about the structure and operation of science because
A. it is not easy to understand the things that excite and frustrate scientists.
B Science affects almost every aspect of our life.
C Scientists live in a specific subculture.  D It is easier to understand general characteristics of science.
3. The book mentioned in this passage is written for readers who
A are intelligent college students and lay person who do not know much about science.
B are good at producing various gadgets.
C work in a storehouse of dried facts.    D want to have a superficial understanding of science.
4. According to this passage,
A English is a sexist language.  B only in the scientific world is the role of women increasing rapidly.
C women are making significant contributions to eliminating the inadequacy of our language.
D male nouns or pronouns should not be used to refer to scientists.
5. This passage most probably is
A. book review. B the preface of a book.  C the postscript of a book.  D the concluding part of a book.

第50天
A. Meditation in Indonesian Business
  It looked like a typical business meeting. Six men, neatly dressed in white shirts and ties filed into the boardroom of a small Jakarta company and sat down at a long table. But instead of consulting files or hearing reports, they closed their eyes and began to meditate(冥想), consulting the spirits of ancient Javanese kings. Mysticism touches almost every aspect of life in Indonesia and business is no exception. One of the meditators said his weekly meditation sessions are aimed mainly at bringing the peace of mind that makes for good decision-making. But the insight gained from mystic communication with spirits of wise kings has also helped boost the profits of his five companies.
  Mysticism and profits have come together since the 13th century introduction of Islam to Indonesia by Indian Moslem merchants. Those devout traders, called ‘Wali Ullah’ or ‘those close to God, ’ energetically spread both trade and religion by adapting their appeals to the native mysticism of Java. Legends attribute magic power of foreknowledge to the Wali Ullah. These powers were believed to be gained through meditation and fasting.
  Businessman Hadisiko said his group fasts and meditates all night every Thursday to become closer to God and to contact the spirits of the great men of the past. ‘If we want to employ someone at the managerial level, we meditate together and often the message comes that this man can’t hole onto money or he is untrustworthy. Or maybe the spirits will tell us he should be hired.’  Hadiziko hastened to add that his companies also hold modern personnel management systems and that formal qualifications are essential for a candidate even to be considered. Perspective investments also are considered through mystic meditation. ‘With the mind relaxed and open, it is easier to be objective in judging the risk of a new venture. Meditation and contact with the wisdom of the old leaders sharpens your own insight and intuition. Then you have to apply that intuition to the information you have and work hard to be successful. ’ Mystic meditation helped reverse a business slide his companies experienced in the mid-1980. Operating with normal business procedures, he lost more than $ 3 millions in that year alone. Meditation brought back his peace of mind. Putting the right persons in the right jobs and gaining confidence in his business decisions were the keys to a turning around that has brought expansion and profitability. The mysticism in Handspike’s boardroom is part of a growing movement in Indonesia called Kebatinan – the ‘search for the inner self.’
  One of his managers, Yusuf Soemado, who studied business administration at Harvard University, compared the idea of mystic management to western system of positive thinking. ‘Willpower and subconscious mind are recognized as important factors in business. Such approaches as psycho-cybernetics, Carnegie’s think and growth rates, or the power of positive thinking are western attempts to tap the same higher intelligence that we contact through meditation,’ he said.
1. What is the most important factor in their doing business?
A Mysticism.  B Religion.  C Meditation.  D Investment.
2. Whom do they consult?
A The spirits of ancient Javanese kings.  B Wali Ullah.  C Old Kings.  D Carnegie.
3. Why did Hadisike hasten to add ‘his companies also hold modern personnel management systems…’?
A He thought Mysticism was not so good as expected.
B To show they too focused on qualifications.
C To show they hired qualified persons.
D To show the possibility of combination of the scientific management with religion.
4. According to the passage, the function of the meditation is
A to gain profit from the god.  B to gain peace of mind to make decision.
C to gain foreknowledge.     D to gain objective conclusion.
5. What does ‘operating with normal business procedures’ refer to?
A .Adopting the western way of doing business.
B Ordinary way of doing business without meditation and fasting.
C Contact with God.
D Putting right persons in the right jobs.

B. Dropouts for Ph. D. s
  Educators are seriously concerned about the high rate of dropouts among the doctor of philosophy candidates and the consequent loss of talent to a nation in need of Ph. D. s. Some have placed the dropouts loss as high as 50 percent. The extent of the loss was, however, largely a matter of expert guessing. Last week a well-rounded study was published. It was published. It was based on 22,000 questionnaires sent to former graduate students who were enrolled in 24 universities and it seemed to show many past fears to be groundless.
  The dropouts rate was found to be 31 per cent, and in most cases the dropouts, while not completing the Ph. D. requirement, went on to productive work. They are not only doing well financially, but, according to the report, are not far below the income levels of those who went on to complete their doctorates.
  Discussing the study last week, Dr. Tucker said the project was initiated ‘because of the concern frequently expressed by graduate faculties and administrators that some of the individuals who dropped out of Ph. D. programs were capable of competing the requirement for the degree. Attrition at the Ph. D. level is also thought to be a waste of precious faculty time and a drain on university resources already being used to capacity. Some people expressed the opinion that the shortage of highly trained specialists and college teachers could be reduced by persuading the dropouts to return to graduate schools to complete the Ph. D.’
  “The results of our research” Dr. Tucker concluded, “did not support these opinions.”
1). Lack of motivation was the principal reason for dropping out.
2). Most dropouts went as far in their doctoral program as was consistent with their levels of ability or their specialities(特性)
3). Most dropouts are now engaged in work consistent with their education and motivation.
  Nearly 75 per cent of the dropouts said there was no academic reason for their decision, but those who mentioned academic reason cited failure to pass the qualifying examination, uncompleted research and failure to pass language exams. Among the single most important personal reasons identified by dropouts for non-completion of their Ph. D. program, lack of finances was marked by 19 per cent.
  As an indication of how well the dropouts were doing, a chart showed 2% in humanities were receiving $ 20,000 and more annually while none of the Ph. D. ‘s with that background reached this figure. The Ph. D. ‘s shone in the $ 7,500 to $ 15,000 bracket with 78% at that level against 50% for the dropouts. This may also be an indication of the fact that top salaries in the academic fields, where Ph. D. ‘s tend to rise to the highest salaries, are still lagging behind other fields.
  As to the possibility of getting dropouts back on campus, the outlook was glum. The main condition which would have to prevail for at least 25 % of the dropouts who might consider returning to graduate school would be to guarantee that they would retain their present level of income and in some cases their present job.
1. The author states that many educators feel that
A steps should be taken to get the dropouts back to campus.
B the dropouts should return to a lower quality school to continue their study.
C the Ph. D. holder is generally a better adjusted person than the dropout.
D The high dropouts rate is largely attributable to the lack of stimulation on the part of faculty members.
2. Research has shown that
A Dropouts are substantially below Ph. D. ‘s in financial attainment.
B the incentive factor is a minor one in regard to pursuing Ph. D. studies.
C The Ph. D. candidate is likely to change his field of specialization if he drops out.
D about one-third of those who start Ph. D. work do not complete the work to earn the degree.
3. Meeting foreign language requirements for the Ph. D.
A is the most frequent reason for dropping out.
B is more difficult for the science candidate than for the humanities candidate.
C is an essential part of many Ph. D. programs.
D does not vary in difficulty among universities.
4. After reading the article, one would refrain from concluding that
A optimism reigns in regard to getting Ph. D. dropouts to return to their pursuit of the degree.
B a Ph. D. dropout, by and large, does not have what it takes to learn the degree.
C colleges and universities employ a substantial number of Ph. D. dropouts.
D Ph. D. ‘s are not earning what they deserve in nonacademic positions.
5. It can be inferred that the high rate of dropouts lies in
A salary for Ph. D. too low.      B academic requirement too high.
C salary for dropouts too high.   D 1,000 positions.

 

第51天
A. Stricter Traffic Law Can Prevent Accidents
  From the health point of view we are living in a marvelous(不平凡的)age. We are immunized from birth against many of the most dangerous diseases. A large number of once fatal illnesses can now be cured by modern drugs and surgery. It is almost certain that one day remedies will be found for the most stubborn remaining diseases. The expectation of life has increased enormously. But though the possibility of living a long and happy life is greater than ever before, every day we witness the incredible slaughter of men, women and children on the roads. Man versus the motor-car ! It is a never-ending battle which man is losing. Thousands of people the world over are killed or horribly killed each year and we are quietly sitting back and letting it happen.
  It has been rightly said that when a man is sitting behind a steering wheel, his car becomes the extension of his personality. There is no doubt that the motor-car often brings out a man’s very worst qualities. People who are normally quiet and pleasant may become unrecognizable when they are behind a steering-wheel. They swear, they are ill-mannered and aggressive, willful as two-years-olds and utterly selfish. All their hidden frustrations, disappointments and jealousies seem to be brought to the surface by the act of driving.
  The surprising thing is that society smiles so benignly on the motorist and seems to condone his behaviour. Everything is done for his convenience. Cities are allowed to become almost uninhabitable because of heavy tragic; towns are made ugly by huge car parks; the countryside is desecrated by road networks; and the mass annual slaughter becomes nothing more than a statistic, to be conveniently forgotten.
  It is high time a world code were created to reduce this senseless waste of human life. With regard to driving, the laws of some countries are notoriously lax and even the strictest are not strict enough. A code which was universally accepted could only have a dramatically beneficial effect on the accident rate. Here are a few examples of some the things that might be done. The driving test should be standardized and made far more difficult than it is; all the drivers should be made to take a test every three years or so; the age at which young people are allowed to drive any vehicle should be raised to at least 21; all vehicles should be put through stringent annual tests for safety. Even the smallest amount of alcohol in the blood can impair a person’s driving ability. Present drinking and driving laws (where they exist) should be mad much stricter. Maximum and minimum speed limits should be imposed on all roads. Governments should lay down safety specifications for manufacturers, as has been done in the USA. All advertising stressing power and performance should be banned. These measures may sound inordinately harsh. But surely nothing should be considered as to severe if tit results in reducing the annual toll of human life. After all, the world is for human beings, not motor-cars.
1. The main idea of this passage is
A Traffic accidents are mainly caused by motorists.
B Thousands of people the world over are killed each year.
C The laws of some countries about driving are too lax.
D Only stricter traffic laws can prevent accidents.
2. What does the author think of society toward motorists?
A Society smiles on the motorists.   B Huge car parks are built in the cities and towns.
C Victims of accidents are nothing.  D Society condones their rude driving.
3. Why does the author say:’ his car becomes the extension of his personality?’
A Driving can show his real self.      B Driving can show the other part of his personality.
C Driving can bring out his character.  D His car embodies his temper.
4. Which of the followings is NOT mentioned as a way against traffic accidents?
A Build more highways.       B Stricter driving tests.
C Test drivers every three years. D raise age limit and lay down safety specifications.
5. The attitude of the author is
A ironical        B critical        C appealing     D militant
B. The Development of Cities
  Mass transportation revised the social and economic fabric of the American city in three fundamental ways. It catalyzed physical expansion, it sorted out people and land uses, and it accelerated the inherent instability of urban life. By opening vast areas of unoccupied land for residential expansion, the omnibuses, horse railways, commuter trains, and electric trolleys pulled settled regions outward two to four times more distant form city centers than they were in the premodern(现代文明之前)era. In 1850, for example, the borders of Boston lay scarcely two miles from the old business district; by the turn of the century the radius extended ten miles. Now those who could afford it could live far removed from the old city center and still commute there for work, shopping, and entertainment. The new accessibility of land around the periphery of almost every major city sparked an explosion of real estate development and fueled what we now know as urban sprawl. Between 1890 and 1920, for example, some 250,000 new residential lots were recorded within the borders of Chicago, most of them located in outlying areas. Over the same period, another 550,000 were plotted outside the city limits but within the metropolitan area. Anxious to take advantage of the possibilities of commuting, real estate developers added 800,000 potential building sites to the Chicago region in just thirty years – lots that could have housed five to six million people.
  Of course, many were never occupied; there was always a huge surplus of subdivided, but vacant, land around Chicago and other cities. These excesses underscore a feature of residential expansion related to the growth of mass transportation: urban sprawl was essentially unplanned. It was carried out by thousands of small investors who paid little heed to coordinated land use or to future land users. Those who purchased and prepared land for residential purposes, particularly land near or outside city borders where transit lines and middle-class inhabitants were anticipated, did so to create demand as much as to respond to it. Chicago is a prime example of this process. Real estate(财产)subdivision(细分再分的部分)there proceeded much faster than population growth.
1. With which of the following subjects is the passage mainly concerned?
A Types of mass transportation.
B Instability of urban life.
C How supply and demand determine land use.
D The effect of mass transportation on urban expansion.
2. Why does the author mention both Boston and Chicago?
A To demonstrate positive and negative effects of growth.
B To exemplify cities with and without mass transportation.
C To show mass transportation changed many cities.
D To contrast their rate of growth.
3. According to the passage, what was one disadvantage of residential expansion?
A It was expensive.
B It happened too slowly.
C It was unplanned.
D It created a demand for public transportation.
4. The author mentions Chicago in the second paragraph as an example of a city,
A that is large.
B that is used as a model for land development.
C where the development of land exceeded population growth.
D with an excellent mass transportation system.


第52天
A. Holmes’ Knowledge
His ignorance was as remarkable as his knowledge. Of contemporary literature, philosophy and politics he appeared to know next to nothing. Upon my quoting Thomas Carlyle, he inquired in the naivest(天真的;幼稚的)way who he might be and what he had done. My surprise reached a climax, however, when I found incidentally that he was ignorant of the Copernican Theory and of the composition of the Solar system.
  “You appear to be astonished, ” Holmes said, smiling at my expression. “Now that I do know it I shall do my best to forget it. You see, I consider that a man’s brain originally is like a little empty attic, and you have to stock it with such furniture as you choose: A fool takes in all the lumber of every sort that he comes across, so that the knowledge which might be useful to him gets crowded out, or at best jumbled up with a lot of other things, so that he has difficulty in laying his hand upon it. It is a mistake to think that the little room has elastic walls and can distend to any extent. Depend upon it, there comes a time when for every addition of knowledge you forget something that you know before. It is of the highest importance, therefore, not to have useless facts elbowing out the useful ones.”
  “But the Solar System! ” I protested.
  “What the deuce is it to me?” he interrupted impatiently.
  One morning, I picked up a magazine from the table and attempted to while away the time with it, while my companion munched silently at his toast. One of the articles had a pencil mark at the heading, and I naturally began to run my eye through it.
  Its somewhat ambitious title was “The Book of Life, ” and it attempted to show how much an observant man might learn by an accurate and systematic examination of all that came in his way. It struck me as being a remarkable mixture of shrewdness and of absurdity. The reasoning was close and intense, but the deduction appeared to me to be far-fetched and exaggerated. The writer claimed by a momentary expression, a twitch of a muscle or a glance of an eye, to fathom a man’s inmost thought. Deceit, according to him, was impossibility in the case of one trained to observation and analysis. His conclusions were as infallible as so many propositions of Euclid. So startling would his results appear to the uninitiated that until they learned the processes by which he had arrived at them they might well consider him as a necromancer.
  “From a drop of water, ”said the writer, “a logician could infer the possibility of an Atlantic. So all life is a great chain, the nature of which is known whenever we are shown a single link of it. Like all other arts, the science of Deduction and Analysis is one which can be acquired by long and patient study, nor is life long enough to allow any mortal to attain the highest possible perfection in it. ”
  This smartly written piece of theory I could not accept until a succession of evidences justified it.
1. What is the author’s attitude toward Holmes?
A  Praising.    B Critical.         C Ironical.     D Distaste.
2. What way did the author take to stick out Holmes’ uniqueness?
A  By deduction.  B By explanation.    C By contrast.     D By analysis.
3. What was the Holmes’ idea about knowledge-learning?
A Learning what every body learned.  B Learning what was useful to you.
C Learning whatever you came across. D Learning what was different to you.
4. What did the article mentioned in the passage talk about?
A One may master the way of reasoning through observation.
B One may become rather critical through observation and analysis.
C One may become rather sharp through observation and analysis.
D One may become practical through observation and analysis.
B. Antinuclear Demonstration
 Police fired tear gas and arrested more than 5,000 passively resisting protestors Friday in an attempt to break up the largest antinuclear demonstration ever staged in the United States. More than 135,000 demonstrators confronted police on the construction site of a 1,000-megawatt nuclear power plant scheduled to provide power to most of southern New Hampshire. Organizers of the huge demonstration said, the protest was continuing despite the police actions. More demonstrators were arriving to keep up the pressure on state authorities to cancel the project. The demonstrator had charged that the project was unsafe in the densely populated area, would create thermal pollution in the bay, and had no acceptable means for disposing of its radioactive wasters. The demonstrations would go on until the jails and the courts were so overloaded that the state judicial system would collapse.
 Governor Stanforth Thumper insisted that there would be no reconsideration of the power project and no delay in its construction set for completion in three years. “This project will begin on time and the people of this state will begin to receive its benefits on schedule. Those who break the law in misguided attempts to sabotage the project will be dealt with according to the law,” he said. And police called in reinforcements from all over the state to handle the disturbances.
 The protests began before dawn Friday when several thousand demonstrators broke through police lines around the cordoned-off construction site. They carried placards that read “No Nukes is Good Nukes,” “Sun-power, Not Nuclear Power,” and “Stop Private Profits from Public Peril.” They defied police order to move from the area. Tear gas canisters fired by police failed to dislodge the protestors who had come prepared with their own gas masks or facecloths. Finally gas-masked and helmeted police charged into the crowd to drag off the demonstrators one by one. The protestors did not resist police, but refused to walk away under their own power. Those arrested would be charged with unlawful assembly, trespassing, and disturbing the peace.
1. What were the demonstrators protesting about?
A Private profits.     B Nuclear Power Station.
C The project of nuclear power construction.   D Public peril.
2. Who had gas-masks?
A Everybody.    B A part of the protestors.
C Policemen.    D Both B and C.
3. Which of the following was NOT mentioned as a reason for the demonstration?
A Public transportation.    B Public peril.
C Pollution.             D Disposal of wastes.
4. With whom were the jails and courts overloaded?
A With prisoners.        B With arrested demonstrators.
C With criminals.        D With protestors.
5. What is the attitude of Governor Stanforth Thumper toward the power project and the demonstration?
A stubborn.             B insistent.
C insolvable.            D remissible.
第53天
A. Superconducting Materials
 The stone age, The Iron Age. Entire epochs have been named for materials. So what to call the decades ahead? The choice will be tough. Welcome to the age of superstuff(超级材料). Material science -- once the least sexy technology – is bursting with new, practical discoveries led by superconducting ceramics that may revolutionize electronics. But superconductors are just part of the picture: from house and cars to cook pots and artificial teeth, the world will someday be made of different stuff. Exotic plastics, glass and ceramics will shape the future just as surely as have genetic engineering and computer science.
 The key to the new materials is researchers’ increasing ability to manipulate substances at the molecular level. Ceramics, for example, have long been limited by their brittleness. But by minimizing the microscopic imperfections that cause it, scientists are making far stronger ceramics that still retain such qualities as hardness and heat resistance. Ford Motor Co. now uses ceramic tools to cut steel. A firm called Kyocera has created a line of ceramic scissors and knives that stay sharp for years and never rust or corrode.
 A similar transformation has overtaken plastics. High-strength polymers now form bridges, ice-skating rinks and helicopter rotors. And one new plastic that generates electricity when vibrated or pushed is used in electric guitars, touch sensors for robot hands and karate jackets that automatically record each punch and chop. Even plastic litter, which once threatened to permanently blot the landscape, has proved amenable to molecular tinkering. Several manufacturers now make biodegradable forms; some plastic six-pack rings for example, gradually decompose when exposed to sunlight. Researchers are developing ways to make plastics as recyclable as metal or glass. Besides, composites – plastic reinforced with fibers of graphite or other compounds – made the round-the-world flight of the voyager possible and have even been proved in combat: a helmet saved an infantryman’s life by deflecting two bullets in the Grenada invasion.
 Some advanced materials are old standard with a new twist. The newest fiberoptic(光学纤维的) cable that carry telephone calls cross-country are made of glass so transparent that a piece of 100 miles thick is clearer than a standard window pane.
 But new materials have no impact until they are made into products. And that transition could prove difficult, for switching requires lengthy research and investment. It can be said a firmer handle on how to move to commercialization will determine the success or failure of a country in the near future.
1. How many new materials are mentioned in this passage?
A Two      B Three    C Four    D Five
2. Why does the author mention genetic engineering and computer science?
A To compare them with the new materials.
B To show the significance of the new materials on the future world.
C To compare the new materials to them.
D To explain his view point.
3. Why is transition difficult?
A Because transition requires money and time.
B Because many manufacturers are unwilling to change their equipment.
C Because research on new materials is very difficult.
D Because it takes 10 years.
4. Where lies success of a country in the New Age of superstuff?
A It lies in research.      B It lies in investment.
C It lies in innovation.    D It lies in application.

B. We Should All Grow Fat and Be Happy
Here’s a familiar version of the boy-meets-girl situation. A young man has at last plucked up courage to invite a dazzling young lady out to dinner. She has accepted his invitation and he is overjoyed. He is determined to take her to the best restaurant in town, even if it means that he will have to live on memories and hopes during the month to come. When they get to the restaurant, he discovers that this ethereal creature is on a diet. She mustn’t eat this and she mustn’t that. Oh, but of course, she doesn’t want to spoil his enjoyment. Let him by all means eat as much fattening food as he wants: it’s the surest way to an early grave. They spend a truly memorable evening together and never see each other again.
 What a miserable lot dieters are! You can always recognize them from the sour expression on their faces. They spend most of their time turning their noses up at food. They are forever consulting calorie charts; gazing at themselves in mirrors; and leaping on to weighing-machines in the bathroom. They spend a lifetime fighting a losing battle against spreading hips, protruding tummies and double chins. Some wage all-out war on FAT. Mere dieting is not enough. They exhaust themselves doing exercises, sweating in sauna baths, being pummeled and massaged by weird machines. The really wealthy diet-mongers pay vast sums for ‘health cures’. For two weeks they can enter a nature clinic and be starved to death for a hundred guineas a week. Don’t think it’s only the middle-aged who go in for these fads either. Many of these bright young things you see are suffering from chronic malnutrition: they are living on nothing but air, water and the goodwill of God.
 Dieters undertake to starve themselves of their own free will; so why are they so miserable? Well, for one thing, they’re always hungry. You can’t be hungry and happy at the same time. All the horrible concoctions they eat instead of food leave them permanently dissatisfied. Wonderfood(奇妙的事物) is a complete food, the advertisement says. ‘Just dissolve a teaspoonful in water…’. A complete food it may be, but not quite as complete as a juicy steak. And, of course, they’re always miserable because they feel so guilty. Hunger just proves too much for them and in the end they lash out and devour five huge guilt-inducing cream cakes at a sitting. And who can blame them? At least three times a day they are exposed to temptation. What utter torture it is always watching others tucking into piles of mouth-watering food while you munch a water biscuit and sip unsweetened lemon juice!
 What’s all this self-inflicted torture for? Saintly people deprive themselves of food to attain a state of grace. Unsaintly(saintly<圣洁的>的反义词) people do so to attain a state of misery. It will be a great day when all the dieters in the world abandon their slimming courses; when they hold out their plates and demand second helpings!
1. The best title for this passage is
A On Fat.
B We Should All Grow Fat and Be Happy.
C Many Diseases Are Connected with Fat.
D Diet Deprives People of Normal Life.
2. Why do they never see each other again?
A Because it is a memorable evening.
B Because she lets him eat as much fattening food as he wants.
C Because she does not eat this and drink that.
D Because eating fattening food is the surest way to an early grave.
3. Which of the following ways is NOT mentioned for diet?
A Doing exercises.  B Not eating sugar.  C Not eating fat.  D Taking sauna baths.
4. What is the author’s attitude toward diet?
A Persuasive.   B Critical.   C Indifferent.   D Adversative.


第54天
A. The Neutrality of American in the Early World War II
 The establishment of the Third Reich influenced events in American history by starting a chain of events which culminated in war between Germany and the United States. The compete destruction of democracy, the persecution of Jews, the war on religion, the cruelty and barbarism of the Nazis, and especially the plans of Germany and her allies, Italy and Japan, for world conquest caused great indignation in this country and brought on fear of another world war. While speaking out against Hitler’s atrocities, the American people generally favored isolationist policies and neutrality. The Neutrality Acts of 1935 and 1936 prohibited trade with any belligerents or loans to them. In 1937 the President was empowered to declare an arms embargo in wars between nations at his discretion.
 American opinion began to change somewhat after President Roosevelt’s “quarantine the aggressor” speech at Chicago (1937) in which he severely criticized Hitler’s policies. Germany’s seizure of Austria and the Munich Pact for the partition of Czechoslovakia (1938) also aroused the American people. The conquest of Czechoslovakia in March, 1939 was another rude awakening to the menace of the Third Reich. In August, 1939 came the shock of the Nazi-soviet Pact and in September the attack on Poland and the outbreak of European war. The United States attempted to maintain neutrality in spite of sympathy for the democracies arrayed against the Third Reich. The Neutrality Act of 1939 repealed the arms embargo and permitted “cash and carry” exports of arms to belligerent nations. A strong national defense program was begun. A draft act was passed (1940) to strengthen the military services. A Lend Act (1941) authorized the President to sell, exchange, or lend materials to any country deemed necessary by him for the defense of the United States. Help was given to Britain by exchanging certain overage destroyers for the right to establish American bases in British territory in the Western Hemisphere. In August, 1940 President Roosevelt and Prime Minister Churchill met and issued the Atlantic Charter which proclaimed the kind of a world which should be established after the war. In December, 1941, Japan launched the unprovoked attack on the United States at Pearl Harbor. Immediately thereafter, Germany declared war on the United States.
1. One item occurring before 1937 that the author does not mention in his list of actions that alienated the American public was
A the burning of the Reichstag.   B German plans for conquest.
C Nazi barbarism.             D the persecution of religious groups.
2. The Lend-Lease Act was designed to
A help the British.
B strengthen the national defense of the United States.
C promote the Atlantic Charter.
D avenge Pearl Harbor.
3. American Policy during the years 1935-1936 may be described as being
A watchful.  B isolationist.  C peaceful.   D indifferent.
4. The Neutrality Act of 1939
A permitted the selling of arms to belligerent nations.
B antagonized Japan.
C permitted the British to trade only with the Allies.
D led to Lend-Lease Act.
5. We entered the war against Germany
A because Germany declared war.
B because Japan was an ally of Germany.
C after Germany had signed the Nazi-soviet Pact.
D after peaceful efforts had failed.

B. Antarctica and Environment
 Antarctica has actually become a kind of space station – a unique observation post for detecting important changes in the world’s environment. Remote from major sources of pollution and the complex geological and ecological systems that prevail elsewhere, Antarctica makes possible scientific measurements that are often sharper and easier to interpret than those made in other parts of the world.
 Growing numbers of scientists therefore see Antarctica as a distant-early-warning sensor, where potentially dangerous global trends may be spotted before they show up to the north. One promising field of investigation is glaciology. Scholars from the United States, Switzerland, and France are pursuing seven separate but related projects that reflect their concern for the health of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet – a concern they believe the world at large should share.
 The Transantarctic Mountain, some of them more than 14,000 feet high, divide the continent into two very different regions. The part of the continent to the “east” of the mountains is a high plateau covered by an ice sheet nearly two miles thick. “West” of the mountain, the half of the continent south of the Americas is also covered by an ice sheet, but there the ice rests on rock that is mostly well below sea level. If the West Antarctic Ice Sheet disappeared, the western part of the continent would be reduced to a sparse cluster of island.
 While ice and snow are obviously central to many environmental experiments, others focus on the mysterious “dry valley” of Antarctica, valleys that contain little ice or snow even in the depths of winter. Slashed through the mountains of southern Victoria Land, these valleys once held enormous glaciers that descended 9,000 feet from the polar plateau to the Ross Sea. Now the glaciers are gone, perhaps a casualty of the global warming trend during the 10,000 years since the ice age. Even the snow that falls in the dry valleys is blasted out by vicious winds that roars down from the polar plateau to the sea. Left bare are spectacular gorges, rippled fields of sand dunes, clusters of boulders sculptured into fantastic shapes by 100-mile-an-hour winds, and an aura of extraterrestrial desolation.
 Despite the unearthly aspect of the dry valleys, some scientists believe they may carry a message of hope of the verdant parts of the earth. Some scientists believe that in some cases the dry valleys may soak up pollutants faster than pollutants enter them.
1. What is the best title for this passage?
A Antarctica and environmental Problems.
B Antarctica: Earth’s Early-Warning station.
C Antarctica: a Unique Observation Post.
D Antarctica: a Mysterious Place.
2. What would the result be if the West Antarctic Ice Sheet disappeared?
A The western part of the continent would be disappeared.
B The western part of the continent would be reduced.
C The western part of the continent would become scattered Islands.
D The western part of the continent would be reduced to a cluster of Islands.
3. Why are the Dry Valleys left bare?
A Vicious wind blasts the snow away.                B It rarely snows.
C Because of the global warming trend and fierce wind.  D Sand dunes.
4. Which of the following is true?
A The “Dry Valleys” have nothing left inside.
B The “Dry Valleys” never held glaciers.
C The “Dry Valleys” may carry a message of hope for the verdant.
D The “Dry Valleys” are useless to scientists.

第55天
A. Contribution of Coeducation
 Imagining being asked to spend twelve or so years of your life in a society which consisted only of members of own sex. How would you react? Unless there was something definitely wrong with you, you wouldn’t be too happy about it, to say the least. It is all the more surprising therefore that so many parents in the world choose to impose such abnormal conditions on their children – conditions which they themselves wouldn’t put up with for one minute!
 Any discussion of this topic is bound to question the aims of education. Stuffing children’s heads full of knowledge is far from being foremost among them. One of the chief aims of educations is to equip future citizens with all they require to take their place in adult society. Now adult society is made up of men and women, so how can a segregated school possibly offer the right sort of preparation for it? Anyone entering adult society after years of segregation can only be in for a shock.
 A co-educational school offers children nothing less than a true version of society in miniature. Boys and girls are given the opportunity to get to know each other, to learn to live together from their earliest years. They are put in a position where they can compare themselves with each other in terms of academic ability, athletic achievement and many of the extra-curricular activities which are part of school life. What a practical advantage it is ( to give just a small example ) to be able to put on a school play in which the male parts will be taken by boys and the female parts by girls! What nonsense co-education makes of the argument that boys are cleverer than girl or vice-versa. When segregated, boys and girls are made to feel that they are a race apart. Rivalry between the sexes is fostered. In a coeducational school, everything falls into its proper place.
 But perhaps the greatest contribution of co-education is the healthy attitude to life it encourages. Boys don’t grow up believing that women are mysterious creatures – airy goddesses, more like book-illustrations to a fairy-tale, than human beings. Girls don’t grow up imagining that men are romantic heroes. Years of living together at school dispel illusions of this kind. There are no goddesses with freckles, pigtails, piercing voices and inky fingers. There are no romantic heroes with knobby knees, dirty fingernails and unkempt hair. The awkward stage of adolescence brings into sharp focus some of the physical and emotional problems involved in growing up. These can better be overcome in a co-educational environment. Segregated schools sometimes provide the right conditions for sexual deviation. This is hardly possible under a co-educational system. When the time comes for the pupils to leave school, they are fully prepared to enter society as well-adjusted adults. They have already had years of experience in coping with many of the problems that face men and women.
1. What is the best title for this passage?
A only co-education can be in harmony with society.
B people are in great need of co-education.
C any form of education other than co-education is simply unthinkable.
D co-education has many features.
2. what does co-education offer to children?
A A society.           B A true small model of society.
C A real life.          D True version of social condition.
3. According to the passage, what is one of the chief aims of education?
A It is for students to acquire knowledge.
B It is to equip future citizens with scientific technology.
C It is to equip future citizens with what is required in getting a position in society.
D It is for students to get academic achievements.
4. Why do boys and girls in co-education have no illusion about each other?
A They live together and know each other too well.
B Years of living together at school dismiss such illusion.
C co-education encourage them to have an healthy attitude toward life.
D They are familiar with each other’s problems.


B. Mules
 Although the top men in smuggling(走私)business must work together, most of a syndicate’s(集团)small fry, especially the mules, know only their immediate contacts. If caught there is little they can give away. A mule probably will not even know the name of the person who gives him his instructions, nor how to get in touch with him. Usually he even does not know the person to whom he has to make delivery. He will be told just to sit tight in a certain hotel or bar until someone contacts him. In this way if he is blown, coming through airport customs he cannot unwittingly lead agents to the next link in the chain. All the persons at the receiving end do is to hang around the airport among the waiting crowd, and see that the mule comes through safely. If he does not, he is dimply written off(报废;注销)as a loss. To make identification of mules easier, several syndicates have devised their own “club ties” so that a mule wearing one can immediately be picked out.
 Mules often receive careful training before embarking on their first journey. One Beirut organization, for example, uses a room with three airline seats in it. There the trainee mules sit for hours on end wearing weighted smuggling vests beneath their clothes, so that they become accustomed to standing up after a long flight in a natural way, and without revealing what they are carrying. An outfit in Brussels maintained a comfortable apartment where the mules could relax and get a firm grip on themselves on the night before their first journey; they were helped to dress before setting out for the airport in the morning. More often than not a courier will not know precisely where he is going or what flight number is until he is actually handed his tickets at the airport. This prevents the careless boast in some bar or to a girl friend the night before.
 Mules occasionally run off with the goods to keep the profit themselves. As insurance against this, a syndicate often sends a high-up on the same plane to keep a wary eye on couriers, particularly new ones. Even then things can go badly wrong. One international currency smuggler who was having trouble getting money out of Britain was offered help by a group of men who said they were in a position to “fix thing” – for a fee of course. Foolishly, the smuggler agreed to accept their help. When he got to London’s Heathrow Airport, he handed over to one of the men a black suitcase containing nearly $90,000 in cash, destined for Frankfurt. Just to keep an eye on things, the smuggler went along on the same plane. When they landed at Frankfurt he was handed back his suitcase. He beat a straight path to the men’s toilet, opened the case, and found only old clothes. The courier had switched suitcase en route, but the smuggler could hardly run to the police and complain that “the man who was smuggling money out of England for me has stolen it.”
1. What is a “mule”?
A A person who sends smuggling goods for a syndicate is called mule.
B A person in charge of smuggling goods is called mule.
C A person who makes delivery for a syndicate is called mule.
D A person who receives instructions from a smuggler is called mule.
2. The sentence “if he is blown” in line (6) is closest in meaning to
A if he is arrested.                  B if he is recognized, but not necessarily arrested.
C if he is recognized and arrested.     D if he runs away.
3. Why does the author give an example in the last paragraph?
A To show how a smuggler is caught. 
B To show a smuggler is afraid of the police.
C To show to keep a wary eye on couriers is useless.
D To show mules may keep the profit for themselves.
4. how does a mule work?
A Jointly.                   B Independently.
C consciously.               D Separately.
第56天
A.On the President’s Program
 President Arling has put his long awaited economic restructuring program before the Congress. It provides a coordinated program of investment credits, research grants, education reforms, and tax changes designed to make American industry more competitive. This is necessary to reverse the economic slide into unemployment, lack of growth, and trade deficits that have plagued the economy for the past six years.
 The most liberal wing of the President’s party has called for stronger and more direct action. They want an incomes policy to check inflation while federal financing helps rebuild industry behind a wall of protective tariffs.
 The Republicans, however, decry even the modest, graduated tax increases in the President’s program. They want tax cuts and more open market. They say if federal money has to be injected into the economy, let it through defence(防务)spending.
 Both these alternatives ignore the unique nature of the economic problem before us. It is not simply a matter of markets or financing. The new technology allows vastly increased production for those able to master it. But it also threatens those who fail to adopt it with permanent second-class citizenship in the world economy. If an industry cannot lever itself up to the leading stage of technological advances, then it will not be able to compete effectively. If it cannot do this, no amount of government protectionism or access to foreign markets can keep it profitable for long. Without the profits and experience of technological excellence to reinvest, that industry can only fall still further behind its foreign competitors.
 So the crux is the technology and that is where the President’s program focused. The danger is not that a plan will not be passed, it is that the ideologues of right and left will distort the bill with amendments that will blur its focus on technology. The economic restructuring plan should be passed intact. If we fail to restructure our economy now, we may not get a second chance.
1. The focus of the President’s program is on
A investment.      B economy.
C technology.      D tax.
2. What is the requirement of the most liberal wing of the Democratic-party?
A They want a more direct action.
B They want an incomes policy to check inflation.
C They want to rebuild industry.
D They want a wall of protective tariffs.
3. What is the editor’s attitude?
A support.       B distaste.
C Disapproval.   D Compromise.
4. The danger to the plan lies in
A the two parties’ objection.
B different idea of the two parties about the plan.
C its passage.
D distortion.
5. The passage is________
A .a review.          B a preface.     C an advertisement.       D an editorial.

B.Strictly Ban smoking
 If you smoke and you still don’t believe that there’s a definite(一定的)link between smoking and bronchial(支气管的)troubles, heart disease and lung cancer, then you are certainly deceiving yourself. No one will accuse you of hypocrisy. Let us just say that you are suffering from a bad case of wishful thinking. This needn’t make you too uncomfortable because you are in good company. Whenever the subject of smoking and health is raised, the governments of most countries hear no evil, see no evil and smell no evil. Admittedly, a few governments have taken timid measures. In Britain for instance, cigarette advertising has been banned on television. The conscience of the nation is appeased, while the population continues to puff its way to smoky, cancerous death.
 You don’t have to look very far to find out why the official reactions to medical findings have been so lukewarm. The answer is simply money. Tobacco is a wonderful commodity to tax. It’s almost like a tax on our daily bread. In tax revenue alone, the government of Britain collects enough from smokers to pay for its entire educational facilities. So while the authorities point out ever so discreetly that smoking may, conceivable, be harmful, it doesn’t do to shout too loudly about it.
 This is surely the most short-sighted policy you could imagine. While money is eagerly collected in vast sums with one hand, it is paid out in increasingly vaster sums with the other. Enormous amounts are spent on cancer research and on efforts to cure people suffering from the disease. Countless valuable lives are lost. In the long run, there is no doubt that everybody would be much better-off if smoking were banned altogether.
 Of course, we are not ready for such a drastic action. But if the governments of the world were honestly concerned about the welfare of their peoples, you’d think they’d conduct aggressive anti-smoking campaigns. Far from it! The tobacco industry is allowed to spend staggering sums on advertising. Its advertising is as insidious as it is dishonest. We are never shown pictures of real smokers coughing up their lungs early in the morning. That would never do. The advertisement always depict virile, clean-shaven young men. They suggest it is manly to smoke, even positively healthy! Smoking is associated with the great open-air life, with beautiful girls, true love and togetherness. What utter nonsense!
 For a start, governments could begin by banning all cigarette and tobacco advertising and should then conduct anti-smoking advertising campaigns of their own. Smoking should be banned in all public places like theatres, cinemas and restaurants. Great efforts should be made to inform young people especially of the dire consequences of taking up the habit. A horrific warning – say, a picture of a death’s head – should be included in every packet of cigarettes that is sold. As individuals, we are certainly weak, but if governments acted honestly and courageously, they could protect us from ourselves.
1. Why do a few governments take timid measures toward smoking?
A because they are afraid of people.  B Because diseases cost a lot.
C Because they are afraid of the cutting down of their revenue.
D Because they are afraid of manufacturers.
2. The tone of this passage is________________.
A critical.  B ironical(讽刺的用反语的).  C distaste(不喜欢).    D amusing.
3. What does the sentence “because you are in good company” mean?
A you are backed by the government. B You are not alone.
C You have good colleagues.       D Governments are blind to evils of smoking too.
4. What is the best title of this passage?
A World Governments should conduct serious campaigns against smoking.
B World governments take timid measures against smoking.
C smoking is the most important source of income to many countries.
D tobacco industry spends a large sum of money on medical research.
第57天
A.TV’s Harmfulness
 Yes, but what did we use to do before there was television? How often we hear statements like this! Television hasn’t been with us all that long, but we are already beginning to forget what the world was like without it. Before we admitted the one-eyed monster into our homes,  we never fond it difficult to occupy our spare time. We used to enjoy civilized pleasures. For instance, we used to have hobbies, we used to entertain our friends and be entertained by them, we used to go outside for our amusements to theatres, cinemas, restaurants and sporting events. We even used to read books and listen to music and broadcast talks occasionally. All that belongs to the past. Now all our free time is regulated by the goggle box. We rush home or gulp down our meals to be in time for this or that programme. We have even given up sitting at table and having a leisurely evening meal, exchanging the news of the day. A sandwich and a glass of beer will do – anything, providing it doesn’t interfere with the programme. The monster demands and obtains absolute silence and attention. If any member of the family dares to open his mouth during a programme, he is quickly silenced.
 Whole generations are growing up addicted to the telly(电视). Food is left uneaten, homework undone and sleep is lost. The telly is a universal pacifier. It is now standard practice for mother to keep the children quiet by putting them in the living-room and turning on the set. It doesn’t matter that the children will watch rubbishy commercials or spectacles of sadism and violence – so long as they are quiet.
 There is a limit to the amount of creative talent available in the world. Every day, television consumes vast quantities of creative work. That is why most of the programmes are so bad: it is impossible to keep pace with the demand and maintain high standards as well. When millions watch the same programmes, the whole world becomes a village, and society is reduced to the conditions which obtain in preliterate communities. We become utterly dependent on the two most primitive media of communication: pictures and the spoken word.
 Television encourages passive enjoyment. We become content with second-hand experiences. It is so easy to sit in our armchairs watching others working. Little by little, television cuts us off from the real world. We get so lazy, we choose to spend a fine day in semi-darkness, glued to our sets, rather than go out into the world itself. Television may be s splendid medium of communication, but it prevents us from communicating with each other. We only become aware how totally irrelevant television is to real living when we spend a holiday by the sea or in the mountains, far away from civilization. In quiet, natural surroundings, we quickly discover how little we miss the hypnotic tyranny of King Telly.
1. What is the biggest harm of TV?
A It deprives people of communication with the real world.
B People become lazy.
C People become dependent on second-hand experience.
D TV consumes a large part of one’s life.
2. In what way can people forget TV?
A Far away from civilization.  B To a mountain.  C By the sea.  D In quiet natural surroundings.
3. What does a mother usually do to keep her children quiet?
A Let them watch the set.       B Put them in the living room.
C Let them watch the rubbish.   D Let them alone.
4. What does the first sentence in the first paragraph mean?
A We found it difficult to occupy our spare time.      B We become addicted to TV.
C What we used to do is different from now.         D We used to enjoy civilized pleasures.

B. The Law to Keep the Oil Industry under Control
 The Norwegian Government is doing its best to keep the oil industry under control. A new law limits exploration to an area south of the southern end of the long coastline; production limits have been laid down (though these have already been raised); and oil companies have not been allowed to employ more than a limited number of foreign workers. But the oil industry has a way of getting over such problems, and few people believe that the Government will be able to hold things back for long. As on Norwegian politician said last week: “We will soon be changed beyond all recognition.”
 Ever since the war, the Government has been carrying out a programme of development in the area north of the Arctic Circle. During the past few years this programme has had a great deal of success: Tromso(特罗姆瑟[挪威北部港市])has been built up into a local capital with a university, a large hospital and a healthy industry. But the oil industry has already started to draw people south, and within a few years the whole northern policy could be in ruins.
 The effects of the oil industry would not be limited to the north, however. With nearly 100 percent employment, everyone can see a situation developing in which the service industries and the tourist industry will lose more of their workers to the oil industry. Some smaller industries might even disappear altogether when it becomes cheaper to buy goods from abroad.
 The real argument over oil is its threat to the Norwegian way of life. Farmers and fishermen do not make up most of the population, but they are an important part of it, because Norwegians see in them many of the qualities that they regard with pride as essentially Norwegian. And it is the farmers and the fishermen who are most critical of the oil industry because of the damage that it might cause to the countryside and to the sea.
1. The Norwegian Government would prefer the oil industry to
A provide more jobs for foreign workers.
B slow down the rate of its development.
C sell the oil it is producing abroad.
D develop more quickly than at present.
2. The Norwegian Government has tried to
A encourage the oil companies to discover new oil sources.
B prevent oil companies employing people from northern Norway.
C help the oil companies solve many of their problems.
D keep the oil industry to something near its present size.
3. According to the passage, the oil industry might lead northern Norway to
A the development of industry.
B a growth in population.
C the failure of the development programme.
D the development of new towns.
4. In the south, one effect to the development of the oil industry might be
A a large reduction on unemployment.
B a growth in the tourist industry.
C a reduction in the number of existing industries.
D the development of a number of service industries.
5. Norwegian farmers and fishermen have an important influence because
A they form such a large part of Norwegian ideal.
B their lives and values represent the Norwegian ideal.
C their work is so useful to the rest of Norwegian society.
D they regard oil as a threat to the Norwegian way of life.
第58天                         A
Lying in the sun on a rock, the cougar(美洲狮) saw Jeb and his son, Tom, before they saw it. Jeb put his bag down quickly and pulled his jacket open with both hands, making himself look big to the cougar. It worked. The cougar hesitated, ready to attack Jeb, but ready to forget the whole thing, too.
Jeb let go of his jacket, grasped Tom and held him across his body, making a cross. Now the cougar’s enemy looked even bigger, and it rose up, ready to move away, but unfortunately Tom got scared and struggled free of Jeb.
“Tom,no!”shouted his father.
But Tom broke and ran and that’s the last thing you do with a cougar. The second Tom broke free, Jeb threw himself on the cougar, just as it jumped from the rock. They hit each other in mid-air and both fell. The cougar was on Jeb in a flash, forgetting about Tom, which was what Jeb wanted.
Cougars are not as big as most people think and a determined man stands a chance, even with just his fists. As the cougar’s claws(爪子) got into his left shoulder. Jeb swung his fist at its eyes and hit hard. The animal howled(吼叫) and put its head back. Jeb followed up with his other fist. Then out of the corner of his eye. Jeb saw Tom. The boy was running back to help his father.
“Knife, Tom,” shouted Jeb.
The boy ran to his father’s bag, while Jeb started shouting as well as hitting, to keep the cougar’s attention away from Tom. Tom got the knife and ran over to Jeb. The cougar was moving its head in and out, trying to find a way through the wall Jeb was making out of his arms. Tom swung with the knife, into the cougar’s back. It howled horribly and ran off into the mountains.
The whole fight had taken about thirty seconds.
1. Why did Jeb pull his jacket open when he saw the cougar?
A. To get ready to fight.      B. To frighten it away.
C. To protect the boy.      D. To cool down.
2. What do we know about cougars?
A. They are afraid of noises.
B. They hesitate before they hit.
C. They are bigger than we think.
D. They like to attack running people.
3. How did Jeb try to hold the cougar’s attention?
A. By keeping shouting and hitting.
B. By making a wall out of his arms.
C. By throwing himself on the cougar.
D. By swinging his fists at the cougar’s eyes.
4. Which of the following happened first?
A. The cougar jumped from the rock.
B. Tom struggled free of his father.
C. Jeb asked Tom to get the knife.
D. Jeb held Tom across his body.
B
     Scientists have found what look like caves on Mars(火星), and say they could be protecting life from the planet’s terrible environment.
     The first caves discovered beyond the Earth appear as seven mysterious black dots on the pictures sent back by NASA’s Mars Odyssey orbiter. Each as large as a football field, they may be openings into natural caves below the Martian surface.
    “If there is life on Mars, there is a good chance you’d find it in caves,” said Jut Wynne, one of the researchers who noticed the features while working on a US Geological Survey Mars Cave Detection Program.
    Jonathan Clarke, a geologist with the Mars Society of Australia, yesterday described the discovery as exciting.
    One photo taken at night by an infrared imager(红外线成像器) showed one hole to be unusually warm, suggesting hot air trapped during the day is flowing out.
    “I said: ‘Wow, that’s a cave’” Dr. Clarke said excitedly. “People have been looking for these for a long time; now we have found them.”
    He agreed such caves would be perfect places to hunt for life escaping from the bitterly cold, radiation-soaked(充满辐射的), dry surface.
     “Tiny drops of water could collect inside,” he said. “If there are gases coming out, they could provide energy for a whole range of bacteria. A cave is also a protection from radiation; the surface of Mars is exposed to high levels of space radiation.”
     The caves probably formed when tube-shaped lave flows(管状岩浆流) spread across the planet long ago. The outside of the tubes cooled, forming solid walls, while something hotter inside allowed the remaining have to flow out, forming caves. (07福建卷)
1.What does the passage mainly talk about?
A. How the caves were formed on Mars.  B. How scientists found these caves on Mars.
C. Caves on Mars may be full of hot air or a sign of life.
D. Scientists have completely recognized the surface of Mars.
2.We can learn from the passage that           .
A. water has already been found on Mars  B. the scientists found all the caves at night
C. it is certain that there is life in these caves
D. the surface of Mars is bitterly cold, radiation-soaked and dry
3.According to the passage, Dr. Clarke was so excited because        .
A. such caves could provide energy for life  B. they had finally found the caves on Mars
C. such caves would be perfect places to hunt for life
D. scientists had long been looking for these caves
4.Necessary conditions for life on Mars mentioned in the passage may include        .
A. lava and energy       B. water and radiation from space
C. gases and lava       D. water and protection from radiation

 

第59天                        A
Below is a web page from Google.
Olympic—Modern Olympic Games
The complete results archive of summer and winter Olympic games, with winners lists, statistics, national anthems and flags of all countries since 1896.
www. olympic. it/english/home-16k  Environment
Beijing steel plants to run at the lowest level of cost during 2008 Olympics [2007-03-11] Beijing able to treat 90 pct of waste water [2007-02-05] •Air quality in Beijing has improved over the past six years [2007-02-01]•Green Olympics dream coming true … en. Beijing2008.com/80/67/column211716780.shtml-52k  Beijing announces planned route of Olympic torch relay
Beijing announced the 2008 Olympic Games torch relay route and set off the Olympic Games torch on Thursday. … Green Olympics is one of the three concepts of the Beijing Games, …
english.china.com/zh_cn/news/sports/11059227/14069663.html-26k
Environmental Symbol of Beijing Olympics —‘Green Olympics’
Environmental Symbol of Beijing Olympics —‘Green Olympics’, officially announced on Saturday, 24 September 2005. The symbol, created using a calligraphic art form, is composed of human and tree-like shapes, …
my.opera.com/green_head/blog/show.dml/92155-18k  Green Olympics Forum In Beijing 2004
On behalf of BOCOG, Wang Wei, executive vice president of BOCOG, gave a presentation about Green Olympics, introduced the environment protection work of BMG and BOCOG, and answered several questions such as protection of cultural relics …
en.beijing2008.com/84/91/article211929184.shtml-36k  Olympic Games Quizzes and Olympic Games Trivia
Who was the founder of the Modern Olympics? In which cities were the modern Olympic Games due to be held/ scheduled during the ‘war years’, i.e., 1916, 1940, and 1944? … In which three years of the Modern Olympic Games were … More questions …
www.funtrivia.com/quizzes/sports/ olympic_games.html-12k  OFFICIAL WEBSITE OF THE OLYMPIC MOVEMENT
… aimed at young researchers engaged in scholarly research on the Olympic Movement, its history and values, and the impact of the …[ Full story] SPORT ACCORD[2005-01-23]…
www.olympic.org/  Ancient Olympic Heritage and Modern Olympic Games in Athens 2004
As put forward in the various official texts, the Olympic symbols of ancient Olympia, the Olympic flame and the Marathon race are bridges between the ancient and the modern Olympic Games, …
www.c2008.org/rendanews/knowledge_detail.asp?id=911-106k (07浙江卷)
1. When was the environmental symbol of Beijing Olympics made public?
   A. On January 23, 2005.                         B. On September 24, 2005.
   C. On February 5, 2007.                         D. On March 11, 2007.
2. Which of the following websites is designed for young researchers interested in the Olympics?
   A. Environment       B. Green Olympics Forum In Beijing 2004
   C. Olympic Games Quizzes and Olympic Games Trivia
   D. OFFICIAL WEBSITE OF THE OLYMPIC MOVEMENT
3. Which website provides a complete list of the winners in the Olympic Games?
   A. Olympic—Modern Olympic Games  B. Green Olympics Forum In Beijing 2004
   C. Environmental Symbol of Beijing Olympics —‘Green Olympics’
   D. Ancient Olympic Heritage and Modern Olympic Games in Athens 2004
4. What do we learn from the above web page?
   A. Beijing has made efforts to improve its air quality.
   B. The Olympic torch relay route has not been planned.
   C. The Olympic flags will be on display in Athens.  D. A quiz on the Olympics will be held in Beijing.
B  
Topping the class academically was certainly an advantage. Studying was a breeze for Nigel. The reward was certainly incomparable to the little effort that he had to put it. It began when he was selected to help the teachers in the computer laboratories.
The peak of his school career came not when he topped the school but when he was selected for the nationwide competition. Unlike everyone else, Nigel wanted to join the contest because he liked playing with the Lego sets and making something out of them. Nigel spent the next two months rebuilding the robot. It was during the time that Nigel found out about the prizes for the competition. Its well us auspices competitor. Alicia, from a neighboring school. His early intentions were forgotten. Getting the thousand-dollar prize was more important than anything else. Nigel decided to befriend Alicia. Unaware of his intentions, she told him all about the robot that she had been building for the competition. He even helped her to put the finishing branches to her robot. He was glad with the way things had progressed. His robot looked even better than Alicia’s and it was able to become a ball with its arms, something Alicia had failed to do.
On the day of the competition, he says Alicia. Everything dawned on her the minute she saw him among the competition. She stared at him, puzzled at first, then angry and finally a look of helplessness came over her.
The flashbulbs of the camera exploded in Nigel’s try. The robot bird performed actions so unique and different that the specialist judgments were the same. Nigel was so personal with himself that he did not even notice the girl standing a few feet away from him. Without her, he would never win the competition.(08江西)
1. What reward did Nigel receive for doing well in his school work?
A. He was offered a part-time job     
B. He was honored with a scholarship
C. He helped his teacher construct a robot         
D. He helped in the computer laboratories
2. Nigel’s original intention of joining the contest was to ___.
A. be the top student of the school        
B. being great honor to his school
C. constructs a robot with the Lego sets        
D. wins the thousand-dollar prize
3. Why did Nigel help Alicia finish her robot?
A. He tried to make friends with her    
B. He was fond of building robots
C. He intended to help her       
D. He didn’t want her to suspect him
4. What is the author’s attitude towards Nigel’s actions?
A. He is mildly critical        
B. He is strongly critical
C. He is in favor of them       
D. His attitude is not clear

第60天                          A  
    It is often necessary to release a fish, that is, set it free after catching, because it is too small, or you just don’t want to take it home to eat. In some cases, releasing fish is a good measure that will help keep fish variety and build their population size. The Department of Game and Inland Fisheries (DGIF) encourages fishermen who practice catch-and-release fishing to use a few simple skills when doing so. The advice provided below will help make sure that the fish you release will survive (存活) to bite again another day.
—When catching a fish, play it quickly and keep the fish in the water as much as possible.
  Don’t’ use a net in landing the fish and release it quickly to prevent it from dying.
—Hold the fish gently. Do not put your fingers in its eyes. Don’t wipe the scales (鱼鳞) off the   fish because it might cause it to develop a disease and reduce its chance of survival.
—Remove your hook (鱼钩) quickly. If the hook is too deep or hooked in the stomach, cut the   line and leave the hook in. The hook left inside will cause no serious problem to the fish.
—Take good care of the fish by moving it gently in water . Release the fish when it begins to   struggle and is able to swim.
—Do not hold fish in a bucket or some other containers and later decide to release it. If you are   going to release a fish, do so right away.
With a little care and by following the suggestions given above, you can give the released fish a better chance of survival. (08全国卷一)
1. People sometimes set a fish free after catching it because they _________
   A. don’t want it to die                B. hope it will grow quickly
   C. don’t want to have it as food         D. want to practice their fishing skills
2. Which of the following will probably make a fish ill?
   A. Taking the hook off it.             B. Removing its scales.
   C. Touching its eves                 D. Holding it in your hand.
3. A proper way to release a fish is to _________.
   A .move it in water till it can swim          B. take the hook out of its stomach
   C. keep it in a bucket for some time         D. let it struggle a little in your hand
4. What is the purpose of the test?
   A. To show how to enjoy fishing.          B. To persuade people to fish less often.
   C. To encourage people to set fish free.     D. To give advice on how to release fish.


Gallery For Visitors to National Gallery of Art, Washington
Visitors must present all carried items for inspection upon entry. After inspection all bags, backpacks, umbrellas, parcels, and other things as determined by security officers must be left at the checkrooms, free of charge, close to each entrance. All oversized bags, backpacks, and luggage must be left at the checkrooms near the 4th Street entrance of either the East or West Building. These items will have to be x-rayed before being accepted. Items of value, such as laptop computers, cameras, and fur coats, may not be left in the checkrooms but may be carried into the galleries.
   We regret that we do not have enough space for visitor items larger than 17*26 inches into the Gallery or its checkrooms.
   Additional security procedures and checks may be taken according to the decision of the Gallery.    For the safety of the artworks and other visitors, nothing may be carried on a visitor’s back. Soft front baby carriers are allowed, but children may not be carried of shoulders or in a child carrier worn on the back. Pushchairs are available free of charge near each checkroom
   Smoking is prohibited. Food and drink are not permitted outside the food service areas. Up opened bottled water may be carried only in a visitor’s bag. Cell phones may not be used in the galleries.
   Animals, other than service animals, are not permitted in the Gallery.
   Skateboarding is prohibited.
   Picture-taking (including video) for personal use is permitted except in special exhibitions and where specifically prohibited. Tripods(三角架) are not allowed. (08江苏卷)
Please do not touch the works of art.
1. When people come to visit the Gallery, they should _______.
   A. leave all their carried items at the checkrooms
   B. have all their carried items x-rayed at the entrance
   C. take all their carried items with them without inspection
   D. have all their carried items inspected at the entrance
2. What does the Gallery feel sorry for?
   A. Visitors have to keep their valuable items in the checkrooms..
   B. The size of visitor items allowed into the Gallery is limited.
   C. It cannot keep oversized visitor items due to limited space..
   D. Visitor items over 17*26 inches must go through additional checks.
3. Parents with small children visiting the Gallery __________.
  A. can carry their children in soft front child carriers
B. can carry their children on their shoulders
  C. can carry their children in carriers worn on the back
D. ought to pay if they want to use pushchairs for their children
4. Visiting photographers should make sure that _______.
  A. pictures and videos are allowed for personal use anywhere in the gallery
  B. pictures and videos can be taken in some places for personal use
  C. picture-taking and videoing are totally forbidden in the Gallery
  D. tripods are allowed except in some special exhibitions


第61天                     A    
 Tom was one of the brightest boys in the year, with supportive parents. But when he was 15 he suddenly stopped trying. He left school at 16 with only two scores for secondary school subjects. One of the reasons that made it cool for him not to care was the power of his peer(同龄人) group.
 The lack of right male(男性的) role models in many of their lives — at home and particularly in the school environment(环境) — means that their peers are the only people they have to judge themselves against.
 They don’t see men succeeding in society so it doesn’t occur to them that they could make something of themselves. Without male teachers as a role model, the effect of peer actions and street culture(文化) is all-powerful. Boys want to be part of a club. However, schools can provide the environment for change, and provide the right role models for them. Teachers need to be trained to stop that but not in front of a child’s peers. You have to do it one to one, because that is when you see the real child.
 It’s pointless sending a child home if he or she has done wrong. They see it as a welcome day off to watch television or play computer games. Instead, schools should have a special unit where a child who has done wrong goes for the day and gets advice about his problems — somewhere he can work away from his peers and go home after the other children. (08辽宁卷)
1. Why did Tom give up studying?
   A. He disliked his teachers.
   B. His parents no longer supported him.
   C. It’s cool for boys of his age not to care about studies.
   D. There were too many subjects in his secondary school.
2. What seems to have a bad effect on students like Tom?
   A. Peer groups.   B. A special unit.
   C. The student judges.  D. The home environment.
3. What should schools do to help the problem schoolboys?
   A. Wait for their change patiently.
   B. Train leaders of their peer groups.
   C. Stop the development of street culture.
   D. Give them lessons in a separate area.
4. A teacher’s work is most effective with a schoolboy when he ______.
   A. is with the boy alone
   B. teaches the boy a lesson
   C. sends the boy home as punishment
   D. works together with another teacher


B.
Do’s and Don’ts in Whale(鲸)Watching
The Department of Fisheries and Oceans has developed guidelines for whale watching in Johnstone Strait, where killer whales are found on a daily basis each summer. It is strongly recommended that vessel(船只)operators follow these guidelines for all kinds of whales.
● Approach whales from the side, not from the front or the back.
● Approach no closer than 100 metres, then stop the boat but keep the engine on.
● Keep noise levels down-no horns, whistles or racing of engines.
● Start your boat only after the whales are more than 100 metres from your vessel.
● Leave the area slowly, gradually moving faster when you are more than 300 metres from the whales.
● Approach and leave slowly, avoiding sudden changes in speed or direction.
● Avoid disturbing groups of resting whales.
● Keep at low speeds and remain in the same direction if travelling side by side with whales.
● When whales are travelling close to shore, avoid crowding them near the shore or coming between the whales and the shore.
● Limit the time spent with any group of whales to less than 30 minutes at a time when within 100 to 200 metres of whales.
● If there is more than one vessel at the same observation spot, be sure to avoid any boat position that would result in surrounding the whales.
● Work together by communicating with other vessels, and make sure that all operators are aware of the whale watching guidelines. (08宁夏卷)
1.For whom is this text written?
A. Tour guides.
B. Whale watchers.
C. Vessel operators.
D. Government officials.
2.When leaving the observation areas, the vessel should ________________.
A. move close to the beach
B. increase speed gradually
C. keep its engine running slowly
D. remain at the back of the whales
3.When going side by side with whales, the vessel should    .
A. keep moving in the same direction
B. surround the whales with other boats
C. travel closer and closer to the shore
D. take a good viewing position
4. What is the shortest safe distance from the whales?
A. 400 metres.   B. 300 metres.    C. 200 metres.   D.100 metres.

第62天                          A
It was the summer of 1965. DeLuca, then 17, visited Peter Buck, a family friend. Buck asked DeLuca ab